ZTE

Radio Parameter Mapping Princ

XX <Operator Name> XX <Project Area> Swa

Document Reviewed
Date Prepared by
Version by

R1.0 12/30/2010 Hou Shuai Yu Liyun

R1.1 6/9/2011 Wang Ning Yu Liyun

Applicable to: Network optimization engineers

<> 729 , 1
ZTE

<> 729 , 2
 ZTE

Operator Logo

ping Principles

t Area> Swap Project

Reason for
Revision

First published

Invalid T9113

<> 729 , 3
ZTE

<> 729 , 4
Instruction on radio parameter Mapping
1) Check the "Need to mapping?" column. If "Y" is marked in this column, this parameter should be mapped to the original n
2) For the radio parameters with "Y" marked in the "Need to mapping?" column, if they cannot be found in the original netw
3) For the radio parameters with "N" marked in the "Need to mapping?" column, if the network has signal frequency and the
4) For the "PS Radio Parameter" sheet, it is unnecessary to map the parameters in different scenes.
d be mapped to the original network before the swap. And this parameter should be set based on the value of the original network.
be found in the original network, and the network has signal frequency and the cells are not divided into different scenes, the engineer c
has signal frequency and the cells are not divided into different scenes, the engineer can refer to the "Recommended Value for Network
e value of the original network.
nto different scenes, the engineer can refer to the "Recommended Value for Network Optimization" column to set parameters; For the n
"Recommended Value for Network Optimization" column to set parameters; for the network in which the cells are divided into different s
olumn to set parameters; For the network in which the cells are divided into different scenes, the engineer can refer to the "Recommend
the cells are divided into different scenes, the engineer can refer to the "Recommended Value for Different Scenes " column to set para
neer can refer to the "Recommended Value for Different Scenes " column to set parameters.
ferent Scenes " column to set parameters.
 Parameter Parameter Parameter
Level Category Definition
Code Name Class

DynaHREna Dynamic HR Important

BSC Dynamic HR If this cell supports dynamic HR.
ble Enable Parameter

Threshold for
When channel occupation exceeds this
TRX
Important threshold, it will apply for half-rate
BSC Dynamic HR HRThs switched
Parameter channel directly to increase the user
from FR to
capacity.
HR

When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=

AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell
support AMR, subsequent service
prefers AMR voice rate.
AMR
This threshold value can be configured
Dynamic HR Important
BSC Dynamic HR AmrHRThs on BSC and BTS, when "User cell
Conversion Parameter
dynamic HR parameter"
Threshold
(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs
value configured by cell will be used,
otherwise AmrHRThs configured by BSC
is used.

When HR timeslot in the cell / general

timeslot in the cell <
HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can
HR channel generate new HR channel.
HRTsPercent Important
BSC Dynamic HR percentage This parameter can be configured on
age Parameter
threshold BSC and BTS. If the proportion of HR
timeslot in the cell is lower than
HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS,
the cell can generate new HR channel.
 It is a switch to support HR channel frag
finishing functions, which can be
configured both on BSC and BTS.
Support HR Only when both BSC and BTS are
HRDfragSup General
BSC Dynamic HR channel frag enabled, and finished HR frags / idle HR
port Parameter
finishing channel in the cell is no more than
HRDefragThs, HR channel
defragmentation function is enabled,
otherwise it is disabled.

According to GSM specifications, intra-

BSC inter-cell handover is implemented
by the following methods: BSC
controlled inter-cell handover without
Inter-Cell MSC involvement. MSC controlled inter-
General
BSC HO Related InHoEnable handover cell intra-BSC handover whose handover
Parameter
allowed flow is similar to that of inter-BSC
handover. This parameter decides the
choice of method for inter-cell intra-BSC
handover. Do select 'No for this
parameter if it is not necessary.

Protective
1 Timer start: it starts when RANCS
time that PO
sends the HANDOVER REQUIRED
responses
General message to MSC.
BSC HO Related rmsT7 external
Parameter 2 Timer stop: it stops when RANCS
handover
instance receives HANDOVER
completion
COMMAND response from MSC.
message

This parameter is timer rmsT8,

monitoring external handover process.
1 Timer start: rmsT8 starts after
External handover command is sent in Serve
handover Important state while RANCS instance shall be
BSC HO Related rmsT8
protection Parameter handovered externally.
time 2 Timer stop: rmsT8 timer stops if
RANCS instance receives HO
COMCLEAR CMD (handover success)
or UM HO FAIL (handover failed) .
 In micro-micro handover control, a delay
time value is required (the timer value) .
Timer Start: relevant timer starts
Time of instantly when a call enters a micro cell.
Micro-Micro Important Timer Stop: relevant timer stops when it
BSC HO Related Tmicro
handover Parameter reaches the set value. Existing call can
delay use neighboring micro cell in the same
layer only when the timer stops. In this
way, it could prevent fast moving mobiles
staying in the micro cell layer.

Timer T3121, protection time after

sending inter-system to utran handover
command (UM) to UE.
1 Timer Start: The timer starts when
Handover BSC sends "inter-system to utran
protecting handover command" message to MS.
General
BSC HO Related rmsT3121 timer to 2 Timer stop: the timer stops when BSC
Parameter
WCDMA/FD receives "CLEAR COMMAND" message
D from MSC or "HANDOVER FAILURE"
message from MS.
3 Overtime Action: If this timer is
overtime, BSC will send CLEAR
REQUEST message to MSC.

This timer indicates the time period for

internal handover process of BSC.
1 Timer Start: The timer starts when
BSC sends HANDOVER COMMAND
message to MS.
2 Timer Stop: The timer suspends when
Handover
Important BSC receives HANDOVER COMPLETE
BSC HO Related rmsT3103 period of
Parameter message on a new channel or
source cell
HANDOVER FAILURE message on an
old channel from MS.
3 Overtime Action: If the timer is
overtime, the BSC will send a CLEAR
REQUEST message
This parameter to MSC, and
(PriThreshold) thethe
uses
new channel is released.
service of preferred access for high-
priority subscriber, that is eMLPP
service, the system may set some
reserved channels (currently, only full
rate TCH channels are supported to be
the reserved channels) .
When CS instance calls database to
apply for channels, the subscriber's
General
BSC eMLPP PriThreshold User Priority PriorityLevel information reaches to
Parameter
database, and is compared with
PriThreshold in the database and BSC
table.
When If PriorityLevel <= PriThreshold
(the less the subscriber's priority level
value, the higher the priority level, that is
the subscriber's priority level is not lower
than PriThreshold priority) , the reserved
channel can be used.
 RsvChanFirs Reserved General The selection order of reserved channel
BSC eMLPP
t Channel First Parameter and non-reserved channel

eMLPP When using high priority user to access

channel General service, that is, EMLPP service, the
BSC eMLPP EMLPPThs
Reserved Parameter system may configure certain remained
time channels

When attempting oriented retry, if target

cell has not been gained through
inspection, you shall configure rmsT16 to
Waiting time
Directed General wait for receiving measurement report,
BSC rmsT16 for oriented
Retry Parameter and then check if oriented retry is
retry
conducted at target cell after rmsT16 is
timeout. This process can be repeated
for several times.

Send
Directed ExDRSendA assignment General It describes if external redirection allows
BSC
Retry ssFail failure Parameter assignment failure.
allowed
 This parameter is one of TFO control
parameters, to describe if TFO is
enabled. 0 represents NO, 1 for Yes.
0: disable;
TFOControl_ Important 1: enable.
BSC TFO TFO Enable
0 Parameter When TFO is not enabled, or value of
TFOControl_0 is 0, other switch is
disabled and values of TFOControl_1,
TFOControl_2 and TFOControl_3 are 0
too.

This parameter is one of TFO control

Coding/deco parameters, to describe if
TFOControl_ ding type General coding/decoding type can be optimized.
BSC TFO
1 optimization Parameter 0 represents NO, 1 for Yes.
enable 0: disable;
1: enable.

This parameter is one of TFO control

Coding/deco parameters, to describe if unmatched
TFOControl_ ding type General coding/decoding type cannot be solved.
BSC TFO
2 unmatched Parameter 0 represents NO, 1 for Yes.
enable 0: disable;
1: enable.

This parameter is one of TFO control

AMR parameters, to describe if it is AMR
TFOControl_ General
BSC TFO Optimization optimization mode.
3 Parameter
Mode 0: don't support ACS variations;
1: support ACS variations.
 This timer indicates the time period for
assignment period and internal handover
of a cell..
1 Timer Start: The timer starts when
BSC sends RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT
COMMAND message to MS.
2 Timer Stop: The timer stops when
Assignment Important BSC receives RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT
BSC Assignment rmsT3107
period Parameter COMPLETE message or RIL3_RR
ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message.
3 Overtime Action: If this time is
overtime, in the case of assignment, the
former and new channel will be released;
in the case of cell internal handover, the
BSC will send a CLEAR REQUEST
message to the MSC.

Preferred When implementing the CS channel

PreferSpeec speech Important allocation policy, describe the preferred
BSC AMR
hVer version Parameter half-rate speech version. Halfrate version
(half) 1 refers to HR, and version 3 for AMR.

Preferred When implementing the CS channel

PreferSpeec speech Important allocation policy, describe the preferred
BSC AMR
hVer version Parameter half-rate speech version. Halfrate version
(half) 1 refers to HR, and version 3 for AMR.

The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits.

Bit 8: 12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps; Bit
AMR full
Important 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit 5: 6.70 kbps ... Bit 2:
BSC AMR AmrFullAcs Active Codec
Parameter 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. 'Yes
Set
represents '1 and 'No represents '0.
Default code is 10101010 (that is 170) .
 The threshold of changing AMR mode
includes seven factors:
AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2,
AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,
AmrThresholds5, AmrThresholds6,
AmrThresholds7. Also, the following
restricted conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1 =< AmrThresholds2 =<
AmrThreshol Thresholds General AmrThresholds3 =< AmrThresholds4 =<
BSC AMR
ds of AMR Parameter AmrThresholds5 =< AmrThresholds6=<
AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1
+AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2
+AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3 +
AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4 +
AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5
+AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6 +
AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7 +
The hysteresis of changing AMR mode
AmrHysteresis7
includes seven factors: AmrHysteresis1,
AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3,
AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5,
AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also,
the following restricted conditions shall
AmrHysteresi Hysteresis of General be met: AmrThresholds1 +
BSC AMR
s AMR Parameter AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2 +
AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3 +
AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4 +
AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5 +
AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6 +
AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7 +
AmrHysteresis7

Initial codec General 1 When

Use four values
the coding mode are configured
specified by as
BSC AMR IsAmrICM "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
mode Parameter Startmode
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-4;
2 When five values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-3;
3 When six values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-2;
4 When seven values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
AmrStartMod Startmode General interface, value range is 1;
BSC AMR
e codec mode Parameter 5 When all values are configured as "No"
for 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec
Set (AmrFullAcs) " interface, value
range is None;
The values are as follows:
1: Select the coding mode with lowest
bit rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the
second lowest bit rate, if there is more
than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third
lowest bit rate, if there is more than two
coding modes.
4: Select the coding mode with the
fourth lowest bit rate, if there are more
than three coding modes.
 The code has 8 bits. Bit 6- Bit 8:
reserved; Bit 5: 7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70
kbps ... Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75
AMR Half
General kbps.
BSC AMR AmrHalfAcs Active Codec
Parameter 'Yes represents '1 and 'No represents
Set
'0. Four coding modes could be set at
the most. Default code is 00011110 (that
is 30) .

The threshold of changing AMR mode

includes seven factors:
AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2,
AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,
AmrThresholds5, AmrThresholds6,
AmrThresholds7. Also, the following
restricted conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1 =< AmrThresholds2 =<
AmrThreshol Thresholds General AmrThresholds3 =< AmrThresholds4 =<
BSC AMR
ds of AMR Parameter AmrThresholds5 =< AmrThresholds6=<
AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1
+AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2
+AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3 +
AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4 +
AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5
+AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6 +
AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7 +
The hysteresis of changing AMR mode
AmrHysteresis7
includes seven factors: AmrHysteresis1,
AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3,
AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5,
AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also,
the following restricted conditions shall
AmrHysteresi Hysteresis of General be met: AmrThresholds1 +
BSC AMR
s AMR Parameter AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2 +
AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3 +
AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4 +
AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5 +
AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6 +
AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7 +
AmrHysteresis7

Initial codec General Use the coding mode specified by

BSC AMR IsAmrlCM
mode Parameter Startmode
 interface, value range is 1-4;
2 When five values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-3;
3 When six values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-2;
4 When seven values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
AmrStartMod Startmode General interface, value range is 1;
BSC AMR
e codec mode Parameter 5 When all values are configured as "No"
for 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec
Set (AmrFullAcs) " interface, value
range is None;
The values are as follows:
1: Select the coding mode with lowest
bit rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the
second lowest bit rate, if there is more
than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third
lowest bit rate, if there is more than two
This
codingparameter
modes. defines if AMR noise
control
4: Selectis enabled,
the coding that is, towith
mode suppress
the
Enable noise Realized background
fourth lowestnoise andif keep
bit rate, thereoriginal
are more
BSC AMR IsAmrNscb
control Parameter voice quality.
than three coding modes.
No: Enable noise suppression;
Yes: Disable noise suppression;

This parameter defines if AMR noise

control is enabled, that is, to suppress
Enable noise Realized background noise and keep original
BSC AMR IsAmrNscb
control Parameter voice quality.
No: Enable noise suppression;
Yes: Disable noise suppression;

Timer that is waiting for disconnecting

and disabling BTS during dynamic
channel conversion.
CcmWaitTim Timer for Realized
BSC Timer Start if CCM starts channel conversion,
er CCM waiting Parameter
stop if receiving successive module and
BTS response, and send message to
BTS again if timeout.
 This parameter is timer T9101,
supervising the reception of RLSD.
1 Timer start condition: T9101 starts
RLSD when BSC sends the "BSSAP CLEAR
message COMPLETE" message to MSC.
Realized
BSC Timer T9101 receive 2 Timer stop condition: T9101 stops
Parameter
protection when the RLSD message from MSC is
timer received.
3 Overtime Action: If this timer is
overtime, BSC will send RLSD message
to release SCCP connection.

This parameter is timer T9103,

monitoring channel activation process.
1 Timer Start: T9103 timer starts when
BSC sends CHANNEL ACTIVATION
Channel message to BTS.
activation Realized 2 Timer Stop: T9103 timer suspends
BSC Timer rmsT9103
protection Parameter when BSC receives CHANNEL
timer ACTIVATION ACK or CHANNEL
ACTIVATION NACK message.
3 Overtime Action: If this timer is
overtime, BSC will send RF CHANNEL
RELEASE message to BTS

This parameter is rmsT1 timer. It

indicates protection waiting time for MS
access during assignment or handover,
after channel activation process.
1 Timer start condition: The destination
Protective channel receives the "CHL ACITIVATION
General
BSC Timer rmsT1 time waiting ACK" message and sends the "RADIO
Parameter
for access AVAILABLE" message to the source
channel.
2 Timer stop: In MS access, the
destination channel receives the
"ASSIGNMENT
This parameter isCOM" or "HANDOVER
T13 timer. It
COM" message.
supervises BTS and MS modes
modification process. Mode modification
refers to modify channel mode. When
there is not SDCCH and FACCH is
allocated, new channel is not allocated
after assignment, but modify the modes.
1 Timer start condition: When BSC
sends the "MODE MODIFY" message to
Mode
Realized BTS and sends the "CHANNEL MODE
BSC Timer rmsT13 modification
Parameter MODIFY" message to MS.
process time
2 Timer stop condition: When BSC
receives the "MODE MODIFY
ACK/NACK" message from BTS and the
"CHANNEL MODE MODIFY" message
from MS.
3 Overtime Action: If the timer is
overtime, the BSC will send BSSAP
ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message to
MSC.
 This timer indicates the time period for
the instant assigning process.
1 Timer Start: The timer starts when
BSC sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
Immediate COMMAND message.
Important
BSC Timer rmsT3101 assignment 2 Timer Stop: The timer stops when
Parameter
period BSC receives ESTABLISH INDICATION
message.
3 Overtime Action: If the timer is
overtime, the BSC will send CHANNEL
RELEASE message to BTS.

This timer supervises the channel

release process.
1 Timer Start: The timer starts when
BSC sends RIL3_RR CHANNEL
RELEASE message to MS.
Channel
Important 2 Timer Stop: The timer stops when
BSC Timer rmsT3109 release
Parameter BSC receives RELEASE INDICATION
period
message from BTS (when BTS receives
DISC frame from MS) .
3 Overtime Action: If this timer is
overtime, BSC will send CHANNEL
RELEASE message to MS.

After releasing the UM interface radio

link layer, in order to make sure the radio
link is disconnected, BSC sets a period
of protection time rmsT3111.
Releases the wireless channel and
Channel
General deactivates it after rmsT3111 timer stops.
BSC Timer rmsT3111 deactivation
Parameter 1 Timer start: rmsT3111 timer starts
delay
when BSC receives RELEASE
INDICATION message.
2 Overtime Action: If rmsT3111 timer is
overtime, the BSC will send RF
CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS.

This parameter is T15 timer.

1 Timer start: When the target instance
Available
decides forced release, it will send the
time to wait
"PREEMPT APPLY" to the released
for resources
General object.
BSC Timer RMST15 by the target
Parameter 2 Timer stop: The target instance
instance in
receives the "RESOURCE AVAILABLE"
forced
message from the released object,
release
indicating that the resources are
available.
 This parameter is a switch to support
MPLMNSupp Support Multi General multi PLMN, to determine whether multi
BSC MultiPLMN
ort PLMN Parameter PLMNs are supported. One iBSC can
support up to 16 operators.

Support BTS
General Support handover between the cells with
BSC MultiPLMN InterNetHO of different
Parameter different net
net handover

This parameter is a switch to support

Not RF FlexASuppor Support General FLEX A, to determine whether FlexA
BSC
related t FLEX A Parameter function is supported. One iBSC can
support up to 16 MSCs.

This parameter is a switch to support

Not RF FLEXGBSup Support General FLEX GB, to determine whether Flex GB
BSC
related port FLEX GB Parameter function is supported. One iBSC can
support up to 16 SGSNs.
 This parameter is a switch to support
MSP, to determine whether MSP function
is supported.
Not RF General One signaling point can configure up to
BSC MSPSupport MSP Support
related Parameter 16 links. To have more bandwidth at port
A and implement multi-signaling point
function, you can configure more links at
port A.

Not RF Support GE Important

BSC GESupport Switch to support GE platform
related platform Parameter

Switch to support outer TC function,

Not RF Important
BSC TCType Is TC Type which cannot be modified after
related Parameter
configuration.

Not RF VoiceQuality Report voice Realized Determine whether voice quality is

BSC
related Report quality Parameter reported
 Confusion message is bidirectional. If the
Send received message could not be
Not RF ConfusionMs confusion Realized processed properly for some reason, and
BSC
related g message Parameter there is no other proper fault message to
allowed send, the system will send confusion
message.

Not RF General
BSC - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
related Parameter

MCC consists of three digits of decimal

Mobile
Not RF General number. It is used to uniquely identify the
BSC MCC Country
related Parameter home country of the mobile user (or
Code
system) .

For mobile network code, the user can

The max
Not RF General select whether supporting 2 or 3 digits
BSC MNC3Digits length to
related Parameter MNC, which is not modifiable on
support MNC
creation.
 MNC consists of three digits of decimal
Mobile
Not RF General number. It uniquely identifies a specific
BSC MNC Network
related Parameter PLMN network in a country (determined
Code
by MCC) .

OMP board is used as the IP address to

Not RF Important establish a link. This parameter shall be
BSC OMP_IP OMP IP
related Parameter consistent with O&M board IP
configuration.

MAC address of OMP board, default is

[Link].0.254. If 0 is filled in,
MAC address for OMP is generated
based on default foreground rule, which
is [Link].[Link].
In single OS environment, you can use
Not RF General
BSC OMP_MAC OMP MAC default value, no further setting required;
related Parameter
but for multiple OS environment (such
as in a lab) , default value may cause
conflict (multiple OS environment refers
to the environment with above 2 OS
environment connected to a same HUB,
so address conflict may be caused) .

It is the subnet mask of the OMP IP

address.
In single OS environment, you can use
default value, no further setting required;
Not RF OMC subnet Important but for multiple OS environment (such
BSC Info4
related mask Parameter as in a lab) , default value may cause
conflict (multiple OS environment refers
to the environment with above 2 OS
environment connected to a same HUB,
so address conflict may be caused) .
 Infor5 is the IP address of gateway from
OMP to iOMCR.
Not RF OMC Important This parameter can be kept unchanged,
BSC Info5
related Gateway Parameter default value is ok. Only when other
access shall be shielded by setting
gateway, user can configure it.

Info6 is the IP address that iOMCR uses

to setup link with OMP.
This parameter can be kept unchanged.
Not RF OMC Important If configuring it, it shall be consistent with
BSC Info6
related SERVER IP Parameter IP address of userdefined-zxgsmomcr-
ftpip = *.*.*.* in deploy-
gsmomcr001_properties in background
Server, that is, cell address.

Not RF Important
BSC - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
related Parameter

Not RF General The network type belonging to this office

BSC Net Net Type
related Parameter is defined by users on demands.
 Type of signaling point is selected
according to actual network condition,
which is consistent with the demands at
MSC side. Normal equipment is the
signaling node, such as BSC and MSC.
If application at upper layer of signaling
exists, signal is not transmitted.
Not RF General
BSC SpType SP Type Signaling transit point (STP) is used to
related Parameter
aggregated and forwarded. The
equipment integrated with SEP and
STEP functions is STEP.
For peer office, select SEP; for signaling
transit point, select STP; for both peer
office and signaling transit point, select
STEP.

It is used to determine whether the

signaling point restart function shall be
Not RF General
BSC Restart Restart Flag enabled.
related Parameter
Not required normally, default value is
ok.

It is defined by the customer and set

Not RF Important according to the network configuration,
BSC Bureau No Office Code
related Parameter keeping different in whole topology tree,
which can't be modified after creation.

Signaling
Not RF General Restart time when local signaling pint is
BSC stpT18, ms point restart
related Parameter STP
time as STP
 Test code functions as link test, MTP
sends test message (with test code)
Not RF General
BSC TestCode Test code timely to verify availability of the link, and
related Parameter
you shall use same test code while
responding to the office.

If CPU occupancy exceeds this

threshold, signaling trace is automatically
Not RF CPU Thread General
BSC Info2 enabled to analyze network, mainly
related Tracing Parameter
including MTP and SCCP signaling
trace, excluding signaling trace at Abis.

Depend on the actual configuration of

Alarm value the users.
of It is the alarm value of communication
Not RF communicate General flux of module control. If actual
BSC Info16
related flux of Parameter communication flux exceeds configured
module value, it triggers alarm. Default value is
control 1M Byte, and you don't modify it
normally.

Identify BSC geographical longitude

(longitude in BSC managed element
Not RF Realized parameter is not synchronized to
BSC Longitude Longitude
related Parameter foreground, and property of BSC global
resource may be synchronized to
foreground) .
 Identify BSC geographical latitude
(latitude in BSC managed element
Not RF Realized parameter is not synchronized to
BSC Latitude Latitude
related Parameter foreground, and property of BSC global
resource may be synchronized to
foreground) .

Not RF SNTP SYNC General BSC periodically performs time

BSC Info10
related cycle Parameter synchronization with the server by SNTP.

It is IP address of SNTP server. It

Not RF SNTP Server Important
BSC Info9 synchronizes the clock of each NE. Not
related Address Parameter
required normally, default value is ok.

It is Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) ,

Not RF GlobalTimeZ Global time Important
BSC configured according to the local time
related one zone Parameter
zone, and China is GMT + 08: 00.
 Defined according to user requirement. If
Not RF SummerTime Summer time Important
BSC summer time system is used at local,
related Flag flag Parameter
select Yes, otherwise select No.

Not RF SummerStart Summer Important Set the time to enable summer time in
BSC
related Time Start Time Parameter local based on user demands.

Not RF SummerEnd Summer End Important Set the time to disable summer time in
BSC
related Time Time Parameter local based on user demands.

Timer for MSG Waiting on RanAWorker

process. RanAWorker process is the
Not RF Timer for General working process of RANA module. Start
BSC TWaitMsg
related MSG Waiting Parameter if RANA instance is created, stop if
message is received, and instance is
released if timeout.
 Interval for RanAWorker process waiting
for RANCS process responding
Timer for ClearCom. RanAWorker process is the
Not RF TWaitRancs General
BSC RANCSCLE working process of RANA module. Start
related CleCom Parameter
COM waiting if sending clear command to RANCS,
stop if receiving RANCS response, and
continue release process if timeout.

Time to wait for RANCS process

applying for resource protection.
RANCS process is to process CS
Timer for
Not RF TWaitRancs General service. This timer is started if RANA
BSC RANCSEST
related Est Parameter receives external handover request and
Waiting
applying for channel from RANCS; stop
if receiving RANCS response, and fail to
send handover to interface A if timeout.

This parameter is T9104 timer. It

supervises CLEAR COMMAND from
MSC.
1 Timer Start: T9104 timer starts when
MSC clear BSC sends a CLEAR REQUEST
Not RF command Realized message to MSC.
BSC T9104
related protection Parameter 2 Timer Stop: T9104 timer suspends
timer when BSC receives CLEAR COMMAND
message from MSC.
3 Overtime Action: If this timer is
overtime, CLEAR REQUEST message
will be resent (four times at the most) .

This parameter is T9105 timer,

monitoring SCCP connection process.
1 Timer Start: T9105 timer starts when
BSC sends BSSAP
SCCP_CONNECTION_REQ message to
MSC.
SCCP
Not RF Realized 2 Timer Stop: T9105 suspends when
BSC T9105 Connection
related Parameter BSC receives
Timer
SCCP_CONNECTION_CONFIRM"/"SC
CP_CONNECTION_REFUSED
message.
3 Overtime Action: If this timer is
overtime, BSC will send CHANNEL
RELEASE message to MS.
 This parameter is T2 timer.
1 Timer start condition: The new channel
sends the "RADIO APPLY" message.
Protection 2 Timer stop: Channel request succeeds
Not RF time for Realized and the new channel receives the
BSC rmsT2
related channel Parameter "RADIO AVAILABLE" message; or the
request channel request fails and the "RADIO
UNAVAILABLE" message is received; or
the "RAIO PROCEEDING" message is
received in queuing.

This parameter is T3 timer.

1 Timer start: RANCS instance sends
Protection
"ESTABLISH IND" to RANA instance.
Not RF time for link Realized
BSC rmsT3 2 Timer stop: RANCS instance receives
related establishmen Parameter
the "CONNECT CONF" sent by RANA
t response
instance, or the "CONNECT FAIL" when
RANA fails to establish the link.

This parameter is timer T5, used to

supervise modification process of
encryption mode, that is, the timer that
waits for MS response after configuring
radio encryption mode.
Encryption 1 Timer Start: T5 timer starts when BSC
Not RF mode Realized receives CIPHER MODE COMMAND
BSC rmsT5
related modification Parameter message from MSC.
time 2 Timer Stop: T5 timer suspends when
BSC receives CIPHER MODE
COMPLETE message from MS.
3 Overtime Action: If this timer is
overtime, BSC will send BSSAP CIPHER
MODE REJECT message to MSC.

Timer T6 supervises link establishment

of SAPI3.
1 Timer start: timer T6 starts when BSC
receives the DTAP (SAPI = 3) message
SAPI3 link from MSC and there is no SAPI3 link.
Not RF Realized
BSC rmsT6 establishmen 2 Timer stop: timer T6 stops when BSC
related Parameter
t time receives the ESTABLISH CONFIRM
message from BTS.
3 Overtime action: When timer T6
expires, the BSSMAP SAPI"n" REJECT
message will be sent to MSC.
 This parameter is T9 timer.
1 Timer start: T9 starts when RF
Protective CHANNEL RELEASE is sent to BTS
Not RF time for RF Realized when RANCS instance is released.
BSC rmsT9
related channel Parameter 2 Timer stop: T9 stops when RANCS
release instance receives RF CHANNEL
RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE response
from BTS.

This parameter is T12 timer.

1 Timer Start: T12 timer starts
periodically when RANCS receives
Acknowledg
CONNECT CONF message from RANA.
Not RF ment interval Realized
BSC rmsT12 Timer decides to perform activity check
related for periodic Parameter
at peer end. Lately, it is periodical start.
status
2 Timer Stop: T12 timer stops when
RANCS instance receives RELEASE
TYPE message.

Connection delay timer. This timer is

Continue
Not RF TModeModif Realized used to wait for connection finished after
BSC Timer for
related yConn Parameter sending connection request, including
mode modify
Abis connection and TC connection.

Protecting
time of FUC protection timer for system message
Not RF response to General broadcast to wait for the response of
BSC BcProtect
related system Parameter FUC. FUC response is used to ensure
message BTS correctly receives system message.
broadcast
 This parameter is T1 timer. BSS
blocks/unblocks a terrestrial circuit and
sends BLOCK/UNBLOCK message to
MSC due to various reasons (such as 0;
equipment failure/recovery; radio
Not RF Blocking/unbl General
BSC T1 resources unavailable/available) .
related ocking period Parameter
T1 timer sets the time interval between
BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE
message sent from MSC to BSC and
BLOCK/UNBLOCK message. T1 is used
to identify it during this period.

This parameter is T4 timer, monitoring

the BSSAP RESET message sent from
BSC to MSC.
1 Timer start condition: T4 starts when a
Global
Not RF General global resetting occurs in BSC.
BSC T4 Resetting
related Parameter 2 Timer stop condition: The "BSSAP
Period
RESET ACKNOWLEDGE" message
from MSC is received.
3 Timeout action: If T4 expires, BSC will
repeat the whole process.

The maximum allowable resets to BSC.

After BSC sends the BSSAP RESET
message to MSC, if BSSAP RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE message fails to
reach BSC from MSC within GSM-
Not RF BSCMaxRes BSC Max General specified T4 time interval, the resetting
BSC
related etNum Reset Num Parameter will be repeated.
BSSAP RESET message repeats up to
N times. MSC ends the reset process
and notifies OMS incase of no reply from
BSC after N times. N
depends on this parameter.

This parameter is T13 timer, which is a

protection time period for a local call
clearing process.
1 Timer Start: T13 timer starts when
Protective BSC receives BSSAP HANDOVER
Not RF period for General COMMAND message.
BSC T13
related global Parameter 2 Timer Stop: T13 timer suspends when
resetting SCCP receives a SSP/SPI message.
3 Overtime Action: If this timer is
overtime, BSS will send BSSAP RESET
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message to
MSC.
 If BSC SCCP connection is abnormal
while the circuits must be released to idle
status, BSS will send the "BSSAP
CIRCUIT RESET" message to MSC and
Circuit start T19. After MSC receives this
Not RF resetting General message, it will release the
BSC T19
related period on Parameter corresponding services and the circuits
BSS side to the idle status and send the "BSSAP
CIRCUIT RESET ACKNOWLEDGE"
message to BSC. T19 timer stops when
MSC receives RESET CIRCUIT
ACKNOWLEDGE message from BSC.

For some reasons (0; intervention;

equipment fault/recovery; radio
resources unavailable/available) , BSS
Circuit group will block a group of terrestrial circuits,
Not RF blocking/unbl General then send the "BSSAP CIRCIUIT
BSC T20
related ocking Parameter GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK" message to
Period MSC. After receiving this message, MSC
will send the "BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP
BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWKEDGE"
message to BSS for notification.

This timer is configured to prevent from

signal instantaneous disconnection and
wrong actions.
Protective If disconnection duration of no.7 link
time for No7 exceeds timer protective time, global
signal resetting is issued. If no signaling point
Not RF General
BSC T3 instantaneou reachable event is received during delay
related Parameter
s time, no.7 link is considered as
disconnectio disconnection and global resetting
n process begins; if reachable signaling
point is received during delay time, no.7
link is considered as instantaneous
disconnection.

Ater wait This parameter describes SCCP

Not RF TAterWaitCo SCCP General CONNECT CONFIRM message used to
BSC
related nn connection Parameter wait for iTC after iBSC configures this
timer timer.
 This parameter describes RESOURCE
Ater wait
Not RF TWaitAterRe General REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message
BSC resource
related s Parameter used to wait for iTC after iBSC
timer
configures this timer.

This parameter describes RESOURCE

Ater wait
Not RF General RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message
BSC TAterWaitRel resource
related Parameter used to wait for iTC after iBSC
release timer
configures this timer.

Ater This parameter describes monitor

Not RF TAterMoniter General
BSC handover handover process when iBSC configures
related HO Parameter
monitor timer this timer to use outer iTC.

Ater wait This parameter describes the response

Not RF TWaitAterRe resource General to apply for resource from iTC, to
BSC
related sAck acknowledge Parameter configure this timer wait for iTC during
timer iBSC handover.
 This parameter describes BLOCKING
ACKNOWLEDGE message or
Not RF Ater block General
BSC TAterCicBlk UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE
related circuit timer Parameter
message used to wait for iTC after iBSC
configures this timer.

This parameter describes BLOCKING

CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE
Ater wait
Not RF TAterBlkCicG General message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT
BSC resource
related rp Parameter GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message
timer
used to wait for iTC after iBSC
configures this timer.

This parameter describes RESET

Not RF Ater reset General CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message
BSC TAterRstCic
related circuit timer Parameter used to wait for iTC after iBSC
configures this timer.

This parameter describes RESET

Not RF Ater reset General
BSC TAterRst ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait
related timer Parameter
for iTC when iBSC configures this timer.
 This parameter describes iBSC
Not RF Ater reset General
BSC TITCRst configures this timer to delay when
related guard timer Parameter
resetting globally, to release resource.

This parameter describes BLOCKING A

Ater block a CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message or
Not RF General
BSC TBlkACic interface UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT
related Parameter
circuit timer ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait
for iTC when iBSC configures this timer.

This parameter describes BLOCKING A

Ater block a CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE
Not RF interface General message or UNBLOCKING A CIRCUIT
BSC TBlkACicGrp
related circuit group Parameter GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message to
timer wait for iTC after iBSC configures this
timer.

Supervise the timer length in whole

locating process.
After BSC sends locating request to
Not RF LcsSuperVisi Length of Realized
BSC SMLC, this timer is configured and shall
related on super vision Parameter
receives locating response prior to
timeout, otherwise locating process is
terminated.
 Supervise the timer length to transmit
radio information.
This timer supervises the process to
Not RF Length of Realized
BSC LcsRadio deliver MS the message related with
related radio Parameter
locating. Start while sending message to
MS, and stop while receiving response
from MS.

Length of timer waiting intra BSS

Length of handover completed.
Not RF LcsWaitInTra timer waiting Realized Continue locating process after handover
BSC
related HO intra BSS Parameter is finished, with a length threshold for
handover waiting. Stop while this timer length is
exceeded.

Overload contains overloads of CPU,

MSC signaling point, MSC service, and
CCCH.
First In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a
Overload timer mT11 for traffic flow control. This
Not RF General
BSC MT11 Period of clock is used together with mT12 to
related Parameter
Flow Traffic modify
Overload thecontains
parameter "ACCESS
overloads of CPU,
Control CONTROL"
MSC signalingconfigured
point, MSCfor the cell and
service, and
notify
[Link] via the system information for
flow
In control.
cell overloadTheconditions,
value of timer
BSCmust be a
adopts
less
timerthan that offlow
for traffic mT12 [Link] mT12
control.
timer in combination with mT11 timer
modifies ACCESS CONTROL parameter
in the cell. BSC notifies the MS to
achieve flow control through system
information.
The value of timer must be more than
that of mT11 timer. The two clocks
Second
control the cell flow as follows: When
Overload
Not RF General the network receives the overload
BSC MT12 Period of
related Parameter message for the first time, the system
Flow Traffic
decreases the flow by one level, and
Control
starts mT11 and mT12. The OVERLOAD
message during mT11 period will be
ignored. If the OVERLOAD message is
received between mT11 and mT12, the
flow will be decreased by another level
and both mT11 and mT12 will be
restarted. If BSC does not receive
OVERLOAD message after mT12 timer
stops, the flow increases to one more
level, and the mT12 timer restarts. Lower
grade and higher grade represent
different proportion to reject service.
 This parameter describes FUC flow
Not RF Flow control General control level.
BSC
related reason Parameter The parameter value corresponding to
level 0 cant be modified.

This parameter describes hurry call

percentage corresponding to certain
Not RF Emergency General
BSC FUC flow control level.
related call Parameter
The parameter value corresponding to
level 0 cant be modified.

This parameter describes call rebuilt

percentage corresponding to certain
Not RF General
BSC Call Rebuilt FUC flow control level.
related Parameter
The parameter value corresponding to
level 0 cant be modified.

This parameter describes call response

percentage corresponding to certain
Not RF Call General
BSC FUC flow control level.
related Response Parameter
The parameter value corresponding to
level 0 cant be modified.
 This parameter describes calling
percentage corresponding to certain
Not RF General
BSC Calling FUC flow control level.
related Parameter
The parameter value corresponding to
level 0 cant be modified.

This parameter describes site refresh

percentage corresponding to certain
Not RF Location General
BSC FUC flow control level.
related Update Parameter
The parameter value corresponding to
level 0 cant be modified.

This parameter describes site refresh

percentage corresponding to certain
Not RF GPRS General
BSC FUC flow control level.
related access Parameter
The parameter value corresponding to
level 0 cant be modified.

This parameter describes site refresh

percentage corresponding to certain
Not RF General
BSC Restore FUC flow control level.
related Parameter
The parameter value corresponding to
level 0 cant be modified.
 FUC establishes a channel request
refuse map. After flow control is started,
you can be based on this bitmap to
Flow control determine if certain access can be
Not RF General
BSC map slim refused.
related Parameter
adjust (bit) Each bit in this map represents if to allow
channel access due to this reason: 1
represents refusal, 0 represents
allowance.

The load indication process informs the

adjacent BSC of the cell load at border to
provide more reference information in
normal handover and the internal traffic
handover of BSC.
Load This parameter determines if load
Not RF General
BSC LoadInd indication indication is available, an also
related Parameter
allowed determines the validity of parameter
'Load valid time and 'Load indication
period. If this parameter is 'No (load
indication process is disabled) , the
latter two parameters are invalid.
Otherwise they are valid.

In load indication process, BSC sends

BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to
MSC periodically, notifying about the
load status. The message includes time
indication information which indicates the
Not RF LoadValidTim Load Valid General valid time length of the service load
BSC
related e Time Parameter information. MSC relays the BSSAP
LOAD INDICATION message to
neighboring BSCs. This parameter
represents the valid time length of the
load message. 255 means valid
permanently.

In load indication process, BSC sends

BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to
MSC periodically, notifying about the
load status. The message includes time
indication information which indicates the
Load valid time length of the service load
Not RF General
BSC LoadIndPrd Indication information. MSC relays the BSSAP
related Parameter
Period LOAD INDICATION message to
neighboring BSCs. When the load
indication message is sent periodically,
this parameter decides the period for
BSC to send the load indication
message.
 REQUEST to determine the indication
messages interval (unless the
'Periodicity IE is 0 and BSC ignores 0)
once O&M of BSC satisfies the Auto
condition (service threshold or the
interval between any two messages) .
2 One-off mode: After the "BSSAP
RESOURCE REQUEST" message is
received, BSC immediately returns a
"BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION"
message with resource information. BSC
Automatic stops sending and waits for next BSSAP
Not RF ResourceInd resource General RESOURCE REQUEST if the BSSAP
BSC
related Ths indication Parameter RESOURCE REQUEST message does
threshold not contain Extended Resource
Indication IE. If there is Extended
Resource Indication IE, BSC shall follow
the regulations of Subsequent Mode
element in the message, same as mode
4. If the previous one is mode 1 or 3,
then you can use mode 1 or 3, otherwise
you can use mode 4.
3 Period mode: After BSC receives the
"BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST"
Time
message, to wait for immediately
it will RANCS process return a
applying for resource protection.
"BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION"
RANCS
messageprocess is to process
that contains CS
the resource
Timer for
Not RF TWaitRancs General service.
[Link]
timerthat,
is started if RANA
BSC periodically
BSC RANCSEST
related Est Parameter receives
sends theexternal
"BSSAPhandoverRESOURCE request and
Waiting
applying
INDICATION" for channel
message. fromIfRANCS;
"Periodicity stop
ifIE"
receiving RANCSRESOURCE
in the "BSSAP response, and fail to
send
REQUEST" handover to interface
message is notA0,if then
timeout.
the
period to send the message is the value
of "Periodicity IE" multiplied by 100ms. If
Periodicity IE is 0, then the message is
wrong and the whole "BSSAP
RESOURCE REQUEST" message is
regarded as wrong.
4 Stop mode: After the "BSSAP
RESOURCE
This parameter REQUEST"
is T4 [Link] is
Protective received, BSCAfterimmediately
1 Timer start: RANCS returns
receives a the
time for P0 "BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION"
"HO COM" or "ASS COM" message of
Not RF confirms the General message without any
BSC rmsT4 MS and forwards it to resource
RANA.
related message Parameter information as RANCS
an acknowledgement.
2 Timer stop: receives
HO/ASS And then, it will no of longer
acknowledgement "HO send
COM"the or cell
"ASS
COM resource information to MSC.
COM" message by RANA.
When using IP carrier at user plane of
interface A, because TC is placed at
MGW, CN shall be informed to replace
codec during intra-BSC handover. CN
replacement codec is triggered by
HANDOVER PERFORMED message. To
ensure MSC has received this message
and successfully command MGS to
replace codec against obstacles at
speech aspect, HANDOVER
HO PERFORMED ACK message is added.
Not RF TwaitHoPFM General
BSC performed This timer is used to wait for
related Ack Parameter
ack timer HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK
message from MSC.
1 Timer start: it starts when BSC sends
HANDOVER PERFORMED message to
MSC.
2 Timer stop: it stops when BSC
receives HANDOVER PERFORMED
ACK message from MSC.
3 Timeout action: release call while
sending CLEAR REQUEST message to
MSC.
 Protective This parameter is timer T14. It is the
Not RF time of UM General period between sending of ASS/HO
BSC rmsT14
related assignment Parameter COM and receiving of ASS/HO COM
completion ACK messages at destination instance.

The parameter Tbsic defines a period,

which is calculated from call
establishment or handover completion
(inter-cell or intra-cell) . TC/I evaluation
is considered as unreliable during this
BSIC
Not RF Realized period, thus, handover to a special TRX
BSC Tbsic decoding
related Parameter is not allowed. During this period, MS
period
can decode BSIC that interferes with
neighboring cells before handover
procedure starts.
This parameter is only valid in concentric
circle case.

DCS1800/PC Specify the frequency supported. It is

Not RF General
BSC FuncExt S1900 unmodifiable after being created
related Parameter
Supported successfully.

Not RF Realized
BSC - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
related Parameter
 This parameter determines if data report
function is supported for measurement
Not RF MR report General report, in combination with MrRptTimap.
BSC MrRptEnable
related enable Parameter If enable, and place it at this time, report
function of measurement data is
supported.

This parameter is T15 timer.

1 Timer start: When the target instance
Available
decides forced release, it will send the
time to wait
"PREEMPT APPLY" to the released
for resources
Not RF Realized object.
BSC rmsT15 by the target
related Parameter 2 Timer stop: The target instance
instance in
receives the "RESOURCE AVAILABLE"
forced
message from the released object,
release
indicating that the resources are
available.

It indicates the external IP address of

Not RF Realized special lucid channel used while BSC
BSC VIRTUALIP Virtual IP
related Parameter provides it to OMCB and SDR for link
establishment.

Timer start: it starts when RANCS sends

The
the HANDOVER REQUIRED message
protective
Invalid to MSC.
BSC Not valid T7 period for
Parameter Timer stop: it stops when RANCS
handover
instance receives HANDOVER
request
COMMAND response from MSC.
 This parameter is timer rmsT8,
monitoring external handover process.
Timer start: rmsT8 starts after handover
Source BSC command is sent in Serve state while
handover Invalid RANCS instance shall be handovered
BSC Not valid T8
execution Parameter externally.
period Timer stop: rmsT8 timer stops if RANCS
instance receives HO COMCLEAR CMD
(handover success) or UM HO FAIL
(handover failed) .

This parameter is T4 timer.

Timer start: After RANCS receives the
Protection of
"HO COM" or "ASS COM" message of
resources on Invalid
BSC Not valid aisT4 MS and forwards it to RANA.
external in- Parameter
Timer stop: RANCS receives
Handover
acknowledgement of "HO COM" or "ASS
COM" message by RANA.

This timer is used to send HANDOVER

REQUIRED to MSC, where target cell is
UTRAN cell, waiting for response from
MSC.
1 Timer start: this timer starts if BSC
Handover
sends HANDOVER REQUIRED to MSC,
protecting Invalid
BSC Not valid mT7 where target cell is UTRAN cell.
time to Parameter
2 Timer stop: it stops when BSC
UTRAN
receives HANDOVER COMMAND from
MSC.
3 Timeout action: configure penalty for
UTRAN target cell carried in
HANDOVER REQUIRED.

Starting time
General
BSC Not valid rmsT10 for oriented This parameter is T10 timer.
Parameter
retry
 Assignment Invalid
BSC Not valid T10 None
period Parameter

Monitor This parameter is timer T9108. Currently,

physical Invalid the process to monitor physical context
BSC Not valid rmsT9108
context Parameter request is not used, reserved for later
request use.

This parameter is T12 timer.

Timer Start: T12 timer starts periodically
when RANCS receives CONNECT
Serving
CONF message from RANA. Timer
status Invalid
BSC Not valid aisT12 decides to perform activity check at peer
protection Parameter
end. Lately, it is periodical start.
timer
Timer Stop: T12 timer stops when
RANCS instance receives RELEASE
TYPE message.

Regular timer
for system Invalid
BSC Not valid BcRegular None
message Parameter
broadcast
 Level
General
BSC HO Related info_0_15 threshold of Level threshold of target cell
Parameter
target cell

It describes if the load information in this

cell is filled in the unit of "New BSS to old
External cell General
BSC HO Related Info_0 BSS information" for handover request
load notify Parameter
while the cell service under current BSC
is switched to the cell under other BSCs.

Neighbor cell
Realized It describes the valid time of the load
BSC HO Related Info_0_17 load valid
Parameter information.
duration

MS power
hold in Realized It indicates if MS power hold in handover
BSC HO Related info_0_9
handover Parameter option is supported.
option
 PingPong ping pong handover counter that
PingPongDur General
BSC Statistic handover measures the number of handovers out
a Parameter
duration and in the original cell within this period.

Number of
On call drops, you shall determine which
LatestMeasu measuremen
General reason causes the call drop based on
BSC Statistic reRptNum, t reports for
Parameter average level and quality. This parameter
num dropped
is used to control the average number.
connections

On call drops, if the distance

(represented by TA value) between MS
DropExcessi Excessive TA General
BSC Statistic and network is not less than this
veTAThs threshold Parameter
threshold, it measures as call drop due
to too distant TA.

Downlink
On call drops, if downlink level is not
DropLowSig signal General
BSC Statistic more than this threshold, it measures as
StrDLThs strength Parameter
call drop due to low downlink level.
threshold
 Uplink signal On call drops, if uplink level is not more
DropLowSig General
BSC Statistic strength than this threshold, it measures as call
StrULThs Parameter
threshold drop due to low uplink level.

Downlink On call drops, if downlink quality is better

DropBadQua General
BSC Statistic quality than this threshold, it measures as call
lDLThs Parameter
threshold drop due to poor downlink quality.

On call drops, if uplink quality is better

DropBadQua Uplink quality General
BSC Statistic than this threshold, it measures as call
lULThs threshold Parameter
drop due to poor uplink quality.

DWORD[0]BI Support
Realized It indicates if frequency offset correction
BSC BB Hopping T3 frequency
Parameter is supported.
Info_2 offset Correct
 DSCP Field of SCTP Packet
This parameter field belongs to service
IP
DSCP Field
Realized telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
BSC BB Hopping INFO3 of SCTP
Parameter means
Packet
TypeOfService, which is used to indicate
service
type or quality required by datagram.

It is the subnet mask of the OMP IP

address.
In single OS environment, you can use
default value, no further setting required;
OMC subnet Realized but for multiple OS environment (such
BSC BB Hopping INFO4
mask Parameter as in a lab) , default value may cause
conflict (multiple OS environment refers
to the environment with above 2 OS
environment connected to a same HUB,
so address conflict may be caused) .

Infor5 is the IP address of gateway from

OMP to iOMCR.
OMC Realized This parameter can be kept unchanged,
BSC BB Hopping INFO5
Gateway Parameter default value is ok. Only when other
access shall be shielded by setting
gateway, user can configure it.

Queue It determines if queue is allowed or set it

QueueIndAs Important
BSC eMLPP indicate per cell if there are no available channels
s Parameter
when assign in the cell during assignment.
 Queue
It determines if queue is allowed or set it
allowed General
BSC eMLPP QueueIndHo per cell if there are no available channels
when Parameter
in the cell during handover.
handover

Forced
It determines if forced release is allowed
PreemptionIn release General
BSC eMLPP or set it per cell if there are no available
dAss indicate Parameter
channels in the cell during assignment.
when assign

Forced
release It determines if forced release is allowed
PreemptionIn General
BSC eMLPP allowed or set it per cell if there are no available
dHo Parameter
when channels in the cell during handover.
handover

Forced It determines if forced handover is

ForcedHoInd handover General allowed or set it per cell if there are no
BSC eMLPP
Ass indication for Parameter available channels in the cell during
assign assignment.
 Forced It determines if forced handover is
ForcedHoInd handover General allowed or set it per cell if there are no
BSC eMLPP
Ho indication for Parameter available channels in the cell during
handover handover.

Strategy for This parameter decides the preemption

AssPreempts General
BSC eMLPP preemption policy if there is no available channel on
trategy Parameter
when assign assignment.

Strategy for
This parameter decides the preemption
HoPreemptst preemption General
BSC eMLPP policy if there is no available channel on
rategy when Parameter
handover.
handover

It determines the max time of waiting for

queue if there is no available channel in
Queue timer Important
BSC eMLPP rmsT11 the cell during assignment. The
for assign Parameter
assignment fails if no any resource is
gotten.
 It determines the max time of waiting for
Queue timer General queue if there is no available channel in
BSC eMLPP rmsTqho
for handover Parameter the cell on handover. The handover fails
if no any resource is gotten.

It determines the period of forced

handover or forced release if there is no
Preemption
AssPreempTi Realized available channel during assignment. If
BSC eMLPP duration
mer Parameter the period elapses, only queue is
when assign
allowed, and new forced handover or
forced release not required.

It determines the period of forced

Preemption handover or forced release if there is no
HoPreempTi duration Realized available channel during handover. If the
BSC eMLPP
mer when Parameter period elapses, only queue is allowed,
handover and new forced handover or forced
release not required.

Maximum
forced It determines the max number of retry for
AssForcedH Realized
BSC eMLPP handover forced handover if there is no available
oTry Parameter
times when channel during assignment.
assign
 Maximum
It determines the max number of retry for
AssForcedR forced Realized
BSC eMLPP forced release if there is no available
elTry release times Parameter
channel during assignment.
when assign

Maximum
forced It determines the max number of retry for
HoForcedHo Realized
BSC eMLPP handover forced handover if there is no available
Try Parameter
times when channel during handover.
handover

Maximum
forced It determines the max number of retry for
HoForcedRel Realized
BSC eMLPP release times forced release if there is no available
Try Parameter
when channel during handover.
handover

It determines the time of waiting for

resource after forced handover. If getting
Wait the resource within this period, do not
resource initiate forced handover or forced release
Realized
BSC eMLPP ForceHoWait timer after and quit from the queue. If cannot get it,
Parameter
forced initiate forced handover, forced release,
handover or queue.
This parameter is configured according
to the time required to finish handover.
 It determines the time of waiting for
resource after forced release. If getting
Wait
the resource within this period, do not
resource
Realized initiate forced release and quit from the
BSC eMLPP ForceRelWait timer after
Parameter queue. If cannot get it, initiate forced
forced
release or queue.
release
This parameter is configured according
to the time required to finish handover.

Interval for This parameter determines the waiting

search time for searching forced handover
AssForceHoI forced Realized target again if forced handover target
BSC eMLPP
nterval handover Parameter cannot be found when there is no
target when available channel in the cell during
assign assignment.

Interval for
This parameter determines the waiting
search
time for searching forced release target
AssForceRelI forced Realized
BSC eMLPP again if forced release target cannot be
nterval release Parameter
found when there is no available channel
target when
in the cell during assignment.
assign

Interval for This parameter determines the waiting

search time for searching forced handover
HoForceHoIn forced Realized target again if forced handover target
BSC eMLPP
terval handover Parameter cannot be found when there is no
target when available channel in the cell on
handover handover.
 Interval for
This parameter determines the waiting
search
time for searching forced release target
HoForceRelI forced Realized
BSC eMLPP again if forced release target cannot be
nterval release Parameter
found when there is no available channel
target when
in the cell on handover.
handover

It determines if to do forced handover if

Timer for both forced handover and forced release
AssForceRel start forced Realized are allowed when there is no available
BSC eMLPP
Timer release when Parameter channel in the cell during assignment, or
assign to do forced release and do not forced
handover after no any channel is gotten.

It determines if to do forced handover if

Timer for both forced handover and forced release
HoForceRelT start forced Realized are allowed when there is no available
BSC eMLPP
imer release when Parameter channel in the cell during handover, or to
handover do forced release and do not forced
handover after no any channel is gotten.

To reduce the search times when

searching for the target of forced
Enough low handover and forced release, if target
LowestPriorit Realized
BSC eMLPP priority for priority is not higher than this priority, it is
y Parameter
preemption considered that the priority of this target
is low enough, and do not search for the
lowest priority. 1: highest priority
 To reduce search times while searching
for the target of forced handover and
Enough call forced release, if the duration of target
LongCallDur Realized
BSC eMLPP duration for call is longer than this parameter value, it
ation Parameter
preemption is considered that the duration of target
call is sufficient and do not search the
target with the longest call duration.

Forced
It determines this instance cannot be
ForceHoPen handover Realized
BSC eMLPP used as forced handover target within
alty target Parameter
this period after forced handover fails.
penalty time

priority of It determines if the call with higher or

EmergServic Realized
BSC eMLPP emergency equivalent priority is emergency call. 1:
elPrio Parameter
service highest priority

This parameter (PriThreshold) uses the

service of preferred access for high-
priority subscriber, that is eMLPP
service, the system may set some
reserved channels (currently, only full
rate TCH channels are supported to be
the reserved channels) .
When CS instance calls database to
apply for channels, the subscriber's
Realized
BSC eMLPP PriThreshold User Priority PriorityLevel information reaches to
Parameter
database, and is compared with
PriThreshold in the database and BSC
table.
When If PriorityLevel <= PriThreshold
(the less the subscriber's priority level
value, the higher the priority level, that is
the subscriber's priority level is not lower
than PriThreshold priority) , the reserved
channel can be used.
 RsvChanFirs Reserved Realized The selection order of reserved channel
BSC eMLPP
t Channel First Parameter and non-reserved channel

eMLPP When using high priority user to access

channel Realized service, that is, EMLPP service, the
BSC eMLPP EMLPPThs
Reserved Parameter system may configure certain remained
time channels

It indicates the number of HBTS

S8001 HBTSSCAN Realized scanning sites at each time. 0 indicates
BSC 0
related SITENUM Parameter the periodical scanning function is
disabled.

S8001 Realized
BSC SiteId SITE ID SiteId
related Parameter
 S8001 Realized
BSC BtsId BTS ID Serial number of this cell.
related Parameter

S8001 Realized
BSC RSSIThrd 0 RSSI threshold
related Parameter

S8001 HBTSScanS Realized It indicates the switch of searching

BSC 0
related upport Parameter frequency.

S8001 GSM1900Su Realized It indicates if GSM900 frequency band is

BSC 0
related pport Parameter supported.
 HBTS Arfcn
S8001 HBTSRange Realized
BSC Range None
related Num Parameter
Number

HBTSRangeLow and HBTSRangeHigh

are configured in pair. You can set
S8001 HBTSRange HBTS rang Realized
BSC multiple ranges.
related Low low Parameter
HBTSRangeLow: the lower absolute RF
channel id

HBTSRangeLow and HBTSRangeHigh

are configured in pair. You can set
S8001 HBTSRange HBTS rang Realized
BSC multiple ranges.
related High high Parameter
HBTSRangeHigh: the upper absolute
RF channel id.

System Operation
Realized
Control control - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
Parameter
Parameter parameters
System Operation
Realized
Control control - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
Parameter
Parameter parameters

System Operation Whether queue is allowed if no channel

AssQueEnab Assign query Important
Control control is applied
le enable Parameter
Parameter parameters on assignment.

Determine whether to allow channel

System Operation Internal
Important request from
Control control InDREnable redirection
Parameter other cells in BSC if no any channel is
Parameter parameters enable
requested.

Determine whether to allow channel

System Operation Outer
OutDREnabl Important request from
Control control redirection
e Parameter the cells out of BSC if no any channel is
Parameter parameters enable
requested.
 Determine whether to allow preemption
System Operation Assign of the
Important
Control control AssPreempt preemption channel occupied by the subscriber with
Parameter
Parameter parameters enable lower
priority if no any channel is requested.

System Operation BSC intracell

HoIntraEnabl General Determine whether to allow intra-cell
Control control handover
e Parameter handover.
Parameter parameters enable

System Operation BSC cell

HoInterEnabl General Determine whether to allow inter-cell
Control control handover
e Parameter handover.
Parameter parameters enable

System Operation BSC outer

General Determine whether to enable BSC outer
Control control HoOutEnable handover
Parameter handover
Parameter parameters enable
System Operation SDCCH
General Determine whether to enable SDCCH
Control control SHoEnable handover
Parameter handover
Parameter parameters enable

System Operation TCH/F

General Determine whether to enable TCH/F
Control control TFHoEnable handover
Parameter handover
Parameter parameters enable

System Operation TCH/H

General Determine whether to enable TCH/H
Control control THHoEnable handover
Parameter handover
Parameter parameters enable

System Operation
HoQueEnabl Handover Important Determine whether to enable handover
Control control
e query enable Parameter queue
Parameter parameters
System Operation Handover
Important Determine whether to allow forced
Control control HoPreEnable preemption
Parameter release.
Parameter parameters enable

It is used to identify which kind of

handover
Handover criteria algorithm is used.
System Operation
check Realized 0: DZD handover algorithm 1
Control control HoA
arithmetic Parameter 1: DZD handover algorithm 2
Parameter parameters
choose .......
9: DZD handover algorithm 10
10: reserved

System Operation Handover Determine whether MSC shall respond

General
Control control HoACK request messages
Parameter
Parameter parameters response on BSC outer handover

System Operation First use TCH/F service channel on

Force Important
Control control FacchOnly immediate
FACCH Parameter
Parameter parameters assignment of channel request.
System Operation Continuum
Realized For internal use, assign the number of
Control control HoTrigger handover
Parameter handover
Parameter parameters trigger

System Operation
Handover Realized For internal use, assign the reason of
Control control HoCauseInd
reason tip Parameter handover
Parameter parameters

System Operation Local cell For internal use, assign the position
Realized
Control control LAC position number at
Parameter
Parameter parameters number local cell on handover.

System Operation For internal use, assign the number of

Local cell Realized
Control control CI local cell
identification Parameter
Parameter parameters on handover.
System Operation Outer cell For internal use, assign the number of
Realized
Control control OutCellNum target external
Parameter
Parameter parameters number target cell on handover.

System Operation Outer cell For internal use, assign the position
Realized
Control control OutLAC[3] position number 1 of
Parameter
Parameter parameters number1 external target cell on handover.

System Operation Outer cell For internal use, assign the position
Realized
Control control position number 2 of
Parameter
Parameter parameters number2 external target cell on handover.

System Operation Outer cell For internal use, assign the position
Realized
Control control position number 3 of
Parameter
Parameter parameters number3 external target cell on handover.
System Operation For internal use, assign the number 1 of
Outer cell Realized
Control control OutCI[3] external
number1 Parameter
Parameter parameters target cell on handover.

System Operation For internal use, assign the number 2 of

Outer cell Realized
Control control external
number2 Parameter
Parameter parameters target cell on handover.

System Operation For internal use, assign the number 3 of

Outer cell Realized
Control control external
number3 Parameter
Parameter parameters target cell on handover.

It describes the content that shall be sent

System Operation Old BSS to for
OLDTONEW General
Control control new BSS "Old BSS to New BSS information"
CTRL Parameter
Parameter parameters information information in
HANDOVER REQUIRED message.
System Operation
ACCESSCT Access Important
Control control Determine whether to do access control
RL control Parameter
Parameter parameters

System Operation Identify whether to allow queue on inter-

HandOutQue Handout General
Control control BSC
Ind query sign Parameter
Parameter parameters handover.

System Operation Send cell Determine whether to include Cell Prefer

SendCellPref General
Control control prefer Ind in
erInd Parameter
Parameter parameters indication full layer 3 message

System
IPAAmrStart IPA AMR General
Control AMR Start rate used by IPA AMR
Mode start mode Parameter
Parameter
 FUC is done by system message
method while all
MSC overloaded or SP congested (FUC
shall be
Use system
started for this kind of overload) .
message
System Use system message mode, that is,
FUC MscSysInfoFl method when General
Control disables some
Parameters c MSC Parameter
Parameter MS access based on ACCN parameter in
overload or
system
link block
messages; use FUC mode, that is,
disable some
MS access based on random number on
RACH.

Enable system message method if CPU

System Start system utilization
FUC CpuSysInfoFl General
Control message of CMP increases up to the CPU
Parameters c Parameter
Parameter method threshold o system
message control method.

FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP

uses CPU
threshold of system message control
method. It
System means if CPU utilization exceeds this
FUC CpuSysInfoC General
Control Start limit threshold
Parameters tlCpu Parameter
Parameter and "Start system message method"
parameter is
Yes, FUC can be done by system
message control
method.

Enable FUC flow control if CPU

System utilization of CMP
FUC Start FUC General
Control CpuFucFlc increases up to the CPU threshold of
Parameters flow control Parameter
Parameter FUC flow
control method.
 FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP
uses CPU
threshold of FUC control method. It
System means if
FUC CpuFucCtlCp General
Control Start limit CPU utilization exceeds this threshold
Parameters u Parameter
Parameter and Start
FUC flow control parameter is Yes, flow
can be
controlled by FUC flow control.

The MAX
System control level It indicates allowed MAX control level
FUC MscFlcMaxL General
Control for MSC while MSC
Parameters evel Parameter
Parameter overload or is overloaded or link is blocked.
link block

System
CanBcchExc BCCH switch Important This parameter decides if the cell allows
Control HO Related
h allowed Parameter BCCH switch.
Parameter

SDCCH
System
CanSdcchDy dynamic Important This parameter decides if the cell allows
Control HO Related
n configuration Parameter SDCCH dynamic configuration.
Parameter
allowed
 This parameter is used to indicate the
scanning
duration for idle SDCCH channel by the
network when
dynamic configured SDCCH function is
enabled in
the cell. When network enables dynamic
System configured
Scan Realized
Control HO Related ScanSdcch SDCCH function, the network may
SDCCH Parameter
Parameter periodically check
idle SDCCH channels in the cell
according to this
parameter, to decide conversion
condition. This
parameter can reflect response time for
This parameter
this case due is used to indicate the
scanning
to insufficient SDCCH channel resource.
duration for idle BCCH channel by the
network when
dynamic configured BCCH function is
enabled in the
cell. When network enables dynamic
System configured
Realized
Control HO Related ScanBcch Scan BCCH BCCH function, the network may
Parameter
Parameter periodically check
idle BCCH carrier state in the cell
according to this
parameter, to decide conversion
condition. This
parameter can reflect response time for
this case due
to network BCCH carrier failure.

The initial delay for BCCH switchover.

The user
System shall check the state of BCCH carrier
BCCH Realized
Control HO Related BcchDelay after timer
starting delay Parameter
Parameter timeout. Formally start switchover flow if
switchover
is required indeed.

The initial delay for BCCH switchover.

The user
System BCCH shall check the state of BCCH carrier
Realized
Control HO Related ReBcchEx finishing after timer
Parameter
Parameter delay timeout. Formally start switchover flow if
switchover
is required indeed.
 It indicates delay of TRX forcible release.
During BCCH handover, if you select the
System Delay of TRX carrier with existing service as BCCH
Realized
Control HO Related TrxRel forcible carrier after handover, you can inform
Parameter
Parameter release the service and handover to other carrier.
Release the service on this carrier after
timer is timeout.

It indicates delay of TS forcible release.

During
dynamic config SDCCH converted to
System Delay of TS TCH, first
Realized
Control HO Related TsRel forcible handover the service on this timeslot to
Parameter
Parameter release other
timeslots, and release the service on this
timeslot
after timer is timeout.

This parameter is delay protection timer,

which is
used to indicate response timeout timer
after waiting
System for BTS configuration finishing while
Delay Realized
Control HO Related MaxDelay dynamic config
protection Parameter
Parameter BCCH or SDCCH function is enabled
and dynamic
conversion condition is met. Restart flow
after timer
is timeout.

This parameter is used to indicate

whether dynamic
configured SDCCH function is enabled
System TCH- and conversion
General
Control HO Related MinSdcch >SDCCH threshold from TCH to SDCCH. Only
Parameter
Parameter limit when idle SDCCH
is lower than this threshold, the
conversion from TCH
to SDCCH can be done.
 This parameter is used to enable
dynamic config
SDCCH function in the cell. After TCH is
dynamically
converted to SDCCH channel and
SDCCH channel is
System
SDCCH- General idle, to prevent from frequent channel
Control HO Related TimeToTch
>TCH delay Parameter conversion,
Parameter
a time limit will be added for the
conversion from
SDCCH channel to TCH channel. During
this limit,
SDCCH channel cannot be converted to
TCH channel.

The MAX
System cells'amount It controls the MAX number of cells that
MaxChange General
Control HO Related of can be
Proc Parameter
Parameter simultaneous handovered simultaneously in a module.
ly handover

Whether B2 carrier on BTSV2 site

System supports AMR
V2TruSuppor B2 support Realized
Control Others voice algorithm determines whether
tAmr AMR Parameter
Parameter service on B2
carrier can use AMR voice version.

System It indicates whether call history record

Realized
Control Others CHREnable CHR enable function
Parameter
Parameter is enabled.
System
General
Control Others NC2Support Support NC2 It indicates whether to support NC2.
Parameter
Parameter

System
General
Control Others MRSVRIP MR server IP MR server IP
Parameter
Parameter

System
MRSVRPOR MR server General
Control Others MR server port
T port Parameter
Parameter

Voice quality inspects the weight of

influence
factors. This parameter indicates BER
System
VoiceQualWe Realized weight. The
Control Others BER weight
ight Parameter system calculate the weight of voice
Parameter
quality level
while adding or reducing these influence
factors.
 Voice quality inspects the weight of
influence
factors. This parameter indicates BER
System
VoiceQualWe Realized weight. The
Control Others BER weight
ight Parameter system calculate the weight of voice
Parameter
quality level
while adding or reducing these influence
factors.

Voice quality inspects the weight of

influence
factors. This parameter indicates BER
System
VoiceQualWe Realized weight. The
Control Others BER weight
ight Parameter system calculate the weight of voice
Parameter
quality level
while adding or reducing these influence
factors.

Voice quality inspects the weight of

influence
factors. This parameter indicates BER
System
VoiceQualWe Realized weight. The
Control Others BER weight
ight Parameter system calculate the weight of voice
Parameter
quality level
while adding or reducing these influence
factors.

Voice quality inspects the weight of

influence
factors. This parameter indicates BER
System
VoiceQualWe Realized weight. The
Control Others BER weight
ight Parameter system calculate the weight of voice
Parameter
quality level
while adding or reducing these influence
factors.
 Voice quality inspects the weight of
influence
factors. This parameter indicates BER
System
VoiceQualWe Realized weight. The
Control Others BER weight
ight Parameter system calculate the weight of voice
Parameter
quality level
while adding or reducing these influence
factors.

Voice quality inspects the weight of

influence
factors. This parameter indicates BER
System
VoiceQualWe Realized weight. The
Control Others BER weight
ight Parameter system calculate the weight of voice
Parameter
quality level
while adding or reducing these influence
factors.

A port
System It describes proportion threshold while
resource General
Control Others ResLimit_0 alarm
block Parameter
Parameter occurs by PCM at A interface.
threshold

NSVC
System It describes proportion threshold while
resource General
Control Others ResLimit_1 alarm
block Parameter
Parameter occurs by NSVC at Gb interface.
threshold
 Channel
System It describes proportion threshold while
resource General
Control Others ResLimit_2 alarm
block Parameter
Parameter occurs in radio channel.
threshold

System It is used as constraint condition for

Subcell busy General
Control Others ResLimit_3 traffic shift
threshold Parameter
Parameter and frag concentration.

It describes IBS shutdown limit, when the

cell can
System IBS do IBS shutdown inspection, if traffic in
IBS General
Control DownLimit shutdown current
parameters Parameter
Parameter limit cell is lower than this threshold, this cell
need
close a carrier.

It describes IBS powerup threshold. If

traffic in
System current cell exceeds this threshold, it is
IBS IBS powerup General
Control ByUpLimit considered
parameters limit Parameter
Parameter this cell shall enable the carrier closed
during IBS
shutdown.
 It indicates the resource utilization
threshold for
urgent powerup in IBS shutdown
System IBS function, after
IBS PowerOverL General
Control powerover occupying channel proportion over this
parameters mt Parameter
Parameter limit threshold,
immediately enable the carriers that is
closed
during IBS shutdown.

System
IBS BYPOWERP IBS power General
Control It describes IBS power priority.
parameters RIORITY priority Parameter
Parameter

It indicates bitmap at the segment of IBS

shutdown
function enabled, in hour. Based on time
segment
System configuration, BSC decides whether
IBS DwDownPow IBS time General
Control current time
parameters erBmp bitmap Parameter
Parameter belongs to the segment of IBS shutdown
function,
then check whether the cell allows to
disable IBS
shutdown carrier.

It indicates BCCH forbidden TS merger

time
BCCH
System bitmap, in hour. Intelligent TRX shutdown
IBS BCCHForbid forbidden TS General
Control decides
parameters denBmp merger time Parameter
Parameter whether traffic of other carrier can
bitmap
migrate to
BCCH carrier.
System
Not RF Important
Control CTSON CTS support
related Parameter
Parameter

System
Not RF Important
Control CDTON CDS support
related Parameter
Parameter

System
Not RF CDT server General
Control CDTSVRIP 0
related IP Parameter
Parameter

System
Not RF CDTSVRPO CDT server General
Control 0
related RT port Parameter
Parameter
 Report CDT
System
Not RF CDTFLOWT flow General
Control 0
related HRES threshold of Parameter
Parameter
inform

Report
System successful
Not RF CDTOPTION General
Control intra-bsc 0
related 0 Parameter
Parameter handover
info

System
Not RF CDTOPTION Report ps General
Control 0
related 1 info Parameter
Parameter

System Report
Not RF CDTOPTION General
Control location 0
related 2 Parameter
Parameter update info
System
Not RF CDTOPTION Report short General
Control 0
related 3 message info Parameter
Parameter

System Report
Not RF CDTOPTION General
Control access 0
related 4 Parameter
Parameter failure info

Report
System
Not RF CDTOPTION relevant General
Control 0
related 5 signaling of Parameter
Parameter
CS failure

Report
System relevant
Not RF CDTOPTION General
Control internal 0
related 6 Parameter
Parameter message of
CS failure
 Report
System measuremen
Not RF CDTOPTION General
Control t report of 0
related 7 Parameter
Parameter location
update

Report
System measuremen
Not RF CDTOPTION General
Control t report of 0
related 8 Parameter
Parameter short
message

To prevent the MS from accessing the

system at a low receiving signal level
(usually, the poor communication quality
cannot guarantee
normal communications after access),
Report and from unreasonably wasting the radio
System measuremen sources of network, it is prescribed in the
Not RF CDTOPTION General
Control t report of 0
GSM system that the receiving level be
related 9 Parameter
Parameter normal call greater than a threshold for MS to
release access the network, that is, MS Min
RxLev to Access (the minimum
receiving level for the MS to access the
network).
In addition, it is one of the criteria for MS
to select and reselect the cell. The
parameter will be broadcast to all MSs in
a cell through the "RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3" and "TYPE4"
messages. MIN received signal level to
access is one of the cell selection
parameters.
MIN received
Cell RxLevAcces Important Recommended value is usually
Cell signal level
Selection sMin Parameter approximated according to MS receiving
to access
sensitivity. When network observes
uneven traffic distribution in certain cells,
MIN received signal level to access
increases the resulting C1 and C2 to
decrease the cell effective coverage
range. However, the value of this
parameter cannot be too large.
Otherwise, large value change can bring
'void area across cell boundaries to
result in sudden call drop problem.
With this measure for traffic balance, it is
suggested that the level value should not
exceed -90dBm.
Define the parameter value to 10 (that
is, from -101 dBm - -100 dBm) at initial
network rollout stage or lower, which is
higher than the receiving sensitivity of
MS (that is, -102 dBm). However, the 2
dB increase in parameter value is
allowable in situations where network
coverage is not a problem.
 This parameter preferably selects certain
cells in the cell selection process
according to capacity, traffic and
functional difference in overlapping
areas.
This function can be implemented by
configuring CellBarQualify.
CellBarQualify is used to limit cell priority
in special case. Network broadcasts the
parameter information to all MSs in the
cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
Cell CellBarQualif Cell bar Important
Cell messages. It is one of the cell selection
Selection y qualify Parameter
parameters. The validity of this
parameter depends upon cell reselection
parameter indication.
Select 'No' for Cell Bar Access and 'No
for Cell bar qualify, that is, the cell priority
is defined as 'Normal. MS preferably
enter some types of cells. Set the priority
of this cell type as 'Normal, while the
priorities of other cells to 'Low. In some
cases, such as micro cellular application,
and
PLMN dual-frequency networking,
carriers can determine this
if to allow
setting will notaaffect
MS to access the cell
specific cell reselection.
(for
example
It indicatestheMScellaccess
in test control
or the celllevelforto
Cell CellBarAcces Cell bar Important absorbing
access [Link]
Commononly).MS has the class 0
Cell
Selection s access Parameter Network broadcasts
- 9 and special MS has Cellthe
barclass
access 11 - 15.
information
Class 10 does to MS
not in the cell
exist. through
System can
RIL3_RR
prohibit MS SYSTEM
with some INFORMATION
access class to
TYPE1,
enter the2,cell2bis, 3 and 4 to
according messages.
this
parameter. System allows access of a
mobile with access class, N = 0, 1 ...9,
11 ...15. It allows emergency calls when
the eleventh digit = EC. (For convenient
programming, C10 is always 0) If the
Nth bit of access control level is 0 ('0
represents 'access allowed, '1
represents 'access not allowed), it will
allow the access of MS with AccCtrlClass
=N (N=0, 1, ... 9, 11, ... 15). Bit 11= EC
Cell Access General
Cell AccCtrlClass represent that Emergency Call is
Selection control level Parameter
available.
This parameter consists of two bytes (16
bits).
The first bit: C15, C14, C13, C12, C11,
C10, C9, C8;
The second bit: C7, C6, C5, C4, C3, C2,
C1, C0
1 Parameter allows cell access when Cn
is 0, which indicates that MS with access
class of N is not forbidden (N =0, 1, ...,
9, 11, ..., 15)
2 Parameter forbids cell access when Cn
Minimal level is 1, which indicates that MS with access
threshold of class of N is forbidden
Cell RachAccess Important Minimal level threshold (N = 0,uplink
of MS 1, ..., 9,
Cell MS uplink 11, ..., 15)
Selection Min Parameter RACH access
RACH 3 C10 is always 0.
access
 Minimal level
threshold of
Cell General It indicates the minimum TA granted to
Cell TAMIN MS uplink
Selection Parameter be accessed into the cell.
RACH
access
BTS needs to measure interference on
the unallocated traffic channels. BTS
calculates the average of recent
interference values on periodic basis and
converts it into corresponding
interference band information. BTS then,
transfers to BSC in the RF RESOURCE
INDICATION message to consider it as a
factor in channel allocation strategy.
The interface boundaries are used to
help the conversion of the interference
Idle Interference
InterfBounda General level (average) value into
Cell measuremen Band
ry Parameter corresponding interference band
t Boundary
information. Altogether six boundaries
determine five interference bands. In
fact, it is unnecessary to set interference
boundary 0 and interference boundary 5.
One of them represents infinity and the
other represents negative infinity. This
parameter, describing the remaining four
boundaries, is one of the BTS
configuration
BTS needs toparameters.
measure interference on
Generally, -85 dBm
the unallocated - -115
traffic dBm isBTS
channels. used
for interference
calculates boundaries
the average 1 - 4.
of recent
interference values on periodic basis and
Idle Interference converts it into corresponding
General
Cell measuremen InterfAvgPrd averaging interference band information.
Parameter
t period BTS then, transfers to BSC in the RF
RESOURCE INDICATION message to
consider it as a factor in channel
allocation strategy. This parameter is one
of the BTS configuration parameters.
DTX mode is an optional downlink
feature of GSM System.
The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX)
mode means that the system does not
transmit signals during the speech
intermission of the subscriber
conversation. This parameter
Downlink participates in determining to use DTX
discontinuou mode in downlink direction.
Important
Cell DTX DtxDwlink s Actually, using DTX in downlink direction
Parameter
transmission (in CHANNEL ACTIVATION message
allowed and MODE MODIFY message sent to
BTS) is determined together by this
parameter and the DTX indication in
downlink direction in ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message and HANDOVER
REQUEST message of MSC.
Yes: enable;
No: disable
 The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX)
mode means that the system does not
transmit signals during the speech
intermission of the subscriber
conversation.
This parameter controls how MS uses
the DTX mode. System broadcasts
'RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE3 message to all MSs in the cell. In
addition, it may be necessary to notify
MSs of older versions (of the first stage)
through the RIL3_RR SYSTEM
Uplink
INFORMATION TYPE6 message on
DtxUplinkBcc discontinuou Important Number
Cell DTX SACCH. of Formultiframes
MSs of newer of the PCH the
versions,
h s Parameter specifies
RIL3_RR the repeat INFORMATION
SYSTEM cycle of PCH group
transmission subchannel usingcontains
multiple Uplink
51-MultiFrame
TYPE6 message
structures.
discontinuous It istransmission.
one of the system
This control
parameters.
parameter is one of the network function
According
parameters. to GSM Specifications, a
unique
The valuesIMSIare identifies MS and paging
as follows:
group. IMSI determines
MS could use DTX; the PCH sub-
channel
MS should for MS usein DTX;
a paging group. In the
actual network,
MS should notMSuseonly "tunes in" the
DTX.
paging sub-channel
If both the BTS equipment to whichandit belongs
TRAU
and ignores
support the DTXthe contents
mode, setof the
other paging
sub-channels,
parameter as 1and shuts DTX).
(employ off the power
supply
Otherwiseof some
set it hardware
as 2 (not equipment
employ DTX).in
Channel Number of the MS to save the power overhead of
Important
Cell related BsPaMframs multiframes MS.
Parameter
Parameters of the PCH In other IDLE time, MS shuts off the
hardware equipment power supply to
save power. Number of multiframes of
the PCH determines the number of
paging sub-channels of the paging
channel in a cell.
MS use this parameter to find out its
home paging group, so as to monitor
corresponding paging sub-channel.
Network broadcasts the parameter
information to all MSs in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
SDCCH TYPE3 message. Number of multiframes
Dynamic CanSdcchDy dynamic Important of
Thistheparameter
PCH is decides if the cell allows
Cell one
SDCCH n configuration Parameter SDCCHthe
of systemconfiguration.
dynamic control parameters.
allowed

DynaHREna Dynamic HR Important

Cell Dynamic HR If this cell supports dynamic HR.
ble Enable Parameter
 Use cell
UseCellDynH Important It indicates use cell dynamic HR
Cell Dynamic HR dynamic HR
RPara Parameter parameter.
parameter

Threshold for
When channel occupation exceeds this
TRX
Important threshold, it will apply for half-rate
Cell Dynamic HR HRThs switched
Parameter channel directly to increase the user
from FR to
capacity.
HR

When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=

AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell
support AMR, subsequent service
prefers AMR voice rate.
AMR
This threshold value can be configured
Dynamic HR General
Cell Dynamic HR AMRHRThs on BSC and BTS, when "User cell
Conversion Parameter
dynamic HR parameter"
Threshold
(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs
value configured by cell will be used,
otherwise AmrHRThs configured by BSC
is used.

When HR timeslot in the cell / general

timeslot in the cell <
HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can
generate new HR channel.
HRTsPercent Percentage Important
Cell Dynamic HR This parameter can be configured on
age(<) of HR Ts Parameter
BSC and BTS. If the proportion of HR
timeslot in the cell is lower than
HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS,
the cell can generate new HR channel.
 FR-HR
FRTHRHOS HandOver General
Cell Dynamic HR FR-HR HandOver Based On Cell Load
upport Based On Parameter
Cell Load

The serving channels in the GSM system

can be classified into channels with full
rate and channels with half rate
according to GSM specifications.
Common GSM system supports
channels with full rate. The network
operators decide if the network support
half rate service. The new setup reason
New setup
General denotes the NECI to notify MS if the area
Cell Dynamic HR NECI cause
Parameter supports the half rate service. The
indication
parameter notifies MS through the
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. NECI is
one of networks functional parameters.
No: half rate service access not
supported by this cell;
Yes: half rate service access supported
by this cell.

It is a switch to support HR channel frag

finishing functions, which can be
configured both on BSC and BTS.
HR Support HR Only when both BSC and BTS are
HRDfragSup Important
Cell Concentratio channel frag enabled, and finished HR frags / idle HR
port Parameter
n finishing channel in the cell is no more than
HRDefragThs, HR channel
defragmentation function is enabled,
otherwise it is disabled.

It indicates the proportion threshold of

HRDefragNum / idle HR channel in the
cell. This parameter can be configured
HR on BTS. Only when both BSC and BTS
HRDefragTh Threshold of General
Cell Concentratio can enable HRDfragSupport, and
s HR Defrag Parameter
n finished HR frags / idle HR channel in
the cell is no more than HRDefragThs,
HR channel defragmentation function is
enabled, otherwise it is disabled
 This parameter defines if eMLPPThs is
Use cell
UseCellEmlp General used. If yes, you shall select cell
Cell eMLPP EMLPP
pThs Parameter property, otherwise to select BSC
threshold
property.

eMLPP When using high priority user to access

channel General service, that is, EMLPP service, the
Cell eMLPP EMLPPThs
Reserved Parameter system may configure certain remained
time channels

ChanSelectS ChanSelectS General

Cell eMLPP It is based on IMSI resource allocation.
trategy trategy Parameter

It decides if forced disconnection is

allowed during the assignment. The
priority in the assignment request or
handover is valid and the preemption is
Preemption
PreemptionIn General valid. Those connections with low priority
Cell eMLPP allowed
d_0 Parameter can be forcefully disconnected
when assign
(handover) to allocate their resources to
other assignments or handover request
with higher priority. Assignment request
indicate the call status.
 It decides if forced disconnection is
allowed during the handover. The priority
in the assignment request or handover is
Preemption valid and the preemption is valid. Those
PreemptionIn allowed General connections with low priority can be
Cell eMLPP
d_1 when Parameter forcefully disconnected (handover) to
handover allocate their resources to other
assignments or handover request with
higher priority. A Handover request
indicates the call status.

This parameter indicates if the low

When priority subscribers can be forcefully
ForcedHOInd assigned General handover to other cell, so that high
Cell eMLPP
_0 forced Parameter priority subscribers can obtain channels.
handover This parameter represents if forced
handover is allowed during assignment.

This parameter indicates if the low

When priority subscribers can be forcefully
ForcedHOInd handover General handover to other cell, so that high
Cell eMLPP
_1 forced Parameter priority subscribers can obtain channels.
handover This parameter represents if forced
handover is allowed during handover.

This parameter decides if to allow

Queue
Important queuing in assignment process. Cell
Cell Queue QueueInd_0 allowed
Parameter improves the call drop rate with the use
when assign
of such techniques.
 Queue This parameter decides if queuing can
allowed General be performed during a handover process
Cell Queue QueueInd_1
when Parameter and when there are no available
handover channels in the cell.

This parameter indicates if to use

directed retry process. Network assigns
corresponding service channel for MS in
an adjacent cell, if there is no service
channel available in serving cell.
Directed Directed retry Important Directed retry indication defines a special
Cell DrInd_0
Retry indication Parameter handover process that can reduce the
call drop ratio. Directed retry falls into
intra-BSC directed retry and inter-BSC
directed retry. The former one does not
need the participation of MSC, while the
latter one does.

Inter
Directed Direction General It indicates if to use outer directed retry,
Cell DrInd_1
Retry retry Parameter that is, inter-BSC directed retry.
indication

This parameter indicates if AMR

parameter in the cell is enabled.
1 If the cell doesn't enable its own AMR
Use cell
parameters, AMR parameter value
UseCellAMR dynamic Important
Cell AMR configured by BSC is configured as the
Param AMR Parameter
predominant;
parameter
2 If the cell is enabled, AMR parameter
value configured by the cell is configured
as the predominant;
 The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits.
Bit 8: 12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps; Bit
AMR full
General 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit 5: 6.70 kbps ... Bit 2:
Cell AMR AmrFullAcs Active Codec
Parameter 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. 'Yes
Set
represents '1 and 'No represents '0.
Default code is 10101010 (that is 170) .

The threshold of changing AMR mode

includes seven factors:
AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2,
AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,
AmrThresholds5, AmrThresholds6,
AmrThresholds7. Also, the following
restricted conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1 =< AmrThresholds2 =<
AmrThreshol Thresholds General AmrThresholds3 =< AmrThresholds4 =<
Cell AMR
ds of AMR Parameter AmrThresholds5 =< AmrThresholds6=<
AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1
+AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2
+AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3 +
AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4 +
AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5
+AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6 +
AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7 +
AmrHysteresis7

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode

includes seven factors: AmrHysteresis1,
AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3,
AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5,
AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also,
the following restricted conditions shall
AmrHysteresi Hysteresis of General be met: AmrThresholds1 +
Cell AMR
s AMR Parameter AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2 +
AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3 +
AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4 +
AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5 +
AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6 +
AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7 +
AmrHysteresis7

Initial codec General Use the coding mode specified by

Cell AMR IsAmrICM
mode Parameter Startmode
 interface, value range is 1-4;
2 When five values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-3;
3 When six values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-2;
4 When seven values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
AmrStartmod Startmode General interface, value range is 1;
Cell AMR
e codec mode Parameter 5 When all values are configured as "No"
for 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec
Set (AmrFullAcs) " interface, value
range is None;
The values are as follows:
1: Select the coding mode with lowest
bit rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the
second lowest bit rate, if there is more
than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third
lowest bit rate, if there is more than two
This
codingparameter
modes. defines if AMR noise
control
4: Selectis enabled,
the coding that is, towith
mode suppress
the
Enable noise General background
fourth lowestnoise andif keep
bit rate, thereoriginal
are more
Cell AMR IsAmrNscb
control Parameter voice quality.
than three coding modes.
No: Enable noise suppression;
Yes: Disable noise suppression;

The code has 8 bits. Bit 6- Bit 8:

reserved; Bit 5: 7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70
kbps ... Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75
AMR Half
General kbps.
Cell AMR AmrHalfAcs Active Codec
Parameter 'Yes represents '1 and 'No represents
Set
'0. Four coding modes could be set at
the most. Default code is 00011110 (that
is 30) .

The threshold of changing AMR mode

includes seven factors:
AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2,
AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,
AmrThresholds5, AmrThresholds6,
AmrThresholds7. Also, the following
restricted conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1 =< AmrThresholds2 =<
AmrThreshol Thresholds General AmrThresholds3 =< AmrThresholds4 =<
Cell AMR
ds of AMR Parameter AmrThresholds5 =< AmrThresholds6=<
AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1
+AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2
+AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3 +
AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4 +
AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5
+AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6 +
AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7 +
AmrHysteresis7
 The hysteresis of changing AMR mode
includes seven factors: AmrHysteresis1,
AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3,
AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5,
AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also,
the following restricted conditions shall
AmrHysteresi Hysteresis of General be met: AmrThresholds1 +
Cell AMR
s AMR Parameter AmrHysteresis1 =< AmrThresholds2 +
AmrHysteresis2 =< AmrThresholds3 +
AmrHysteresis3 =< AmrThresholds4 +
AmrHysteresis4 =< AmrThresholds5 +
AmrHysteresis5 =< AmrThresholds6 +
AmrHysteresis6 =< AmrThresholds7 +
AmrHysteresis7

Initial codec General 1 When

Use four values
the coding mode are configured
specified by as
Cell AMR IsAmrICM "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
mode Parameter Startmode
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-4;
2 When five values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-3;
3 When six values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
interface, value range is 1-2;
4 When seven values are configured as
"No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs) "
AmrStartmod Startmode General interface, value range is 1;
Cell AMR
e codec mode Parameter 5 When all values are configured as "No"
for 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec
Set (AmrFullAcs) " interface, value
range is None;
The values are as follows:
1: Select the coding mode with lowest
bit rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the
second lowest bit rate, if there is more
than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third
lowest bit rate, if there is more than two
This
codingparameter
modes. defines if AMR noise
control
4: Selectis enabled,
the coding that is, towith
mode suppress
the
Enable noise General background
fourth lowestnoise andif keep
bit rate, thereoriginal
are more
Cell AMR IsAmrNscb
control Parameter voice quality.
than three coding modes.
No: Enable noise suppression;
Yes: Disable noise suppression;
 Setting of AMR rate adjustment mode:
1 AMR quick rate adjustment mode:
AMR Codec General master adjustment time by BTS itself;
Cell AMR AmrAdjMode
Adjust Mode Parameter 2 Interval to adjust configuration:
adjustment time shall be defined at
background

It indicates AMR adjustment interval.

AmrAdjInterv AMR Codec General This parameter is only meaningful when
Cell AMR
al Interval Parameter AmrAdjMode is "interval to adjust
configuration".

Parameter used at the MS side. It

belongs to the PRACH control
parameters, and it is broadcast to the
MS in the PSI1 message. In
establishment of a connection, MS
usually will send the channel request
message in the PRACH channel to the
MS sends the channel request message
network.
Number of on
Channel As RACH
PRACHchannel to the network
is an ALOHA channel,totostart
slots to Important immediate
Cell Request TxInteger improve MSassignment
access successprocess.
rate, the
spread Parameter RACH
Access networkisallows
an ALOHA
MS tochannel, the
send multiple
transmission network
channel enables MS to sendbefore
request messages multiple
channel
receivingrequest
packet messages
assignmentbefore the If
message.
MS receives
does not the IMMEDIATE
receive any response for
ASSIGNMENT message
the previous channel to increase
request message,the
access success
MS resends rate of
channel MS. Maximum
request message
number of allowable
after waiting resend
for a random time
period.
depends
Network useson MAX number oftore-
S parameter determine
transmitting
random waiting events
[Link].
Network broadcasts this parameter
information to MS in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.
MAX number
Channel MAX number of re-transmitting events
of re- Important
Cell Request Mretrans times is one of the control parameters of
transmitting Parameter
Access GSM system.
events times
1 For the cell radius over 3km and the
area with small traffic, it can be set as 3
(that is, the maximum number of
resending times is 7) to improve the
access success rate of MS.
2 For the cell radius less than 3km and
the area with common traffic, it can be
set as 2 (that is, the maximum number
of resending times is 4) ;
3 Define value as 1 (maximum number
of resending times is 2) for the micro
cell.
4 Define value as 0 (maximum number
of resending times is 1) for the micro cell
with heavy traffic and the cell with
congestion.
 The network sends IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT REJECT message to MS
when it receives a channel request
message from MS and will not allocate a
suitable channel to MS. IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT REJECT message
contains T3122 timer parameter to
prevent possible wireless channel
blocking caused by repeated channel
Protection requests sent by the MS, which is
Channel
period for Important waiting for indication information unit.
Cell Request T3122
access Parameter MS cannot restart a new call until the
Access
attempt time indicated by T3122 is elapsed if it
receives the 'IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
REJECT
During themessage. communication between MS
This BTS,
and parameter is also one power
the transmission of the system
is
control
controlled parameters,
by the network. and is Thesentnetwork
to MS in
the IMMEDIATE
sets the power for ASSIGNMENT
MS REJECT
message.
through the power command and the
Following are
command the suggested
is transmitted values: 10
on SACCH
s(SACCH
- 15 s for hasnormal
2 headertraffic area;one
bytes, 15 iss -the
25
s for dense
power control traffic
bytearea
and the
other is the timing advance byte).
MS must extract the power control
Channel header from downward SACCH and
Important It represents
takes the specifiedthe maximum
transmissionTA granted
powerto
Cell Request TaAllowed TA Allowed
Parameter be accessed into
as output power. If the the cell.
Access
power level of MS cannot output the
power value, it will output the closest
transmission power that can be output.
For SACCH is Channel Associated
Signaling and it has to be used together
with SCCCH and TCH, so the power
control of MS starts after MS receives
SACCH.
The power of MS before receiving
SACCH (that is the power when sending
channel request on RACH) is
determined by Control channel MAX
Channel Control power level.
MsTxPwrMa Important The network sideMAX (BTS) maylevel
judge if
Cell Request channel MAX Control channel power is one
xCch Parameter the radio
Access power level of the celllink fails according
selection to two
and reselection
criteria:
parameters OneofisMS, based on thecalculation
involving uplink
SACCH
of C1 and error
C2 rate
[Link] the other is based
on
Thismeasured
parameter value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
is broadcasted to all MS
Radio link via
in the cell failure criterion
RIL3_RR determines the
SYSTEM
method
INFORMATION that the TYPE3BTS uses andasTYPE4.
the
standard to judgeisconnection
If this parameter set too large, failure.
the MS
If SACCH
near BTS will error rate is used
interfere as the
the adjacent
standard
[Link] judge it is too connection
small, thefailure,
MS at the
BTS uses the same
cell boundaries valuelow
will have of Radio
accesslink
timeout
successand [Link] same process as MS
does. Thus, BTS
The principle avoidsthis
of setting inconsistent
parameter is
judgment
as follows:standards
Under the in precondition
the uplink and that
Radio link downlink
the MS atdirections.
the cell boundary Meanwhile, is the
Radio Link ConFailCriter General
Cell failure Receiving
guaranteedlevel withthreshold
a certain and access Receiving
Timeout ion Parameter
criterion quality
successthreshold
rate, theparameters
MS access are levelinvalid.
If the measured
should be reduced value of
as much as possible.
RXLEV/RXQUAL
Generally, it is recommended is used as the standard
to set this
to judge connection
parameter as 5 (for failure,
GSM900MS) BTS willand use0
the
(for two parameters: Receiving
GSM1800MS).
level threshold
In practice, after(RxLevThs) and
setting this parameter,
Receiving
perform dialing quality testthreshold
at the cell edge,
(RxQualThs).
increase or decrease the value of this
The value range
parameter according is astofollows:
the MS access
1: Uplinkrate
success SACCH Error Rate
and access timeBased (in
tested with
order
differentto ensure
parameter the setup.
same judgment
standard in the uplink and downlink
directions) ;
2: RXLEV/RXQUAL Measurement
Based
 Bss Radio Fault detection period in AMR-FR
BSRADIOLK Link Timer's channel. Within this period, pick average
Radio Link General
Cell TMOUTAMR Max Value value through s times of measurement,
Timeout Parameter
FR for AMR HR and judge link fault threshold, to
Bug determine if the channel is failed.

Bss Radio Fault detection period in AMR-HR

BSRADIOLK Link Timer's channel. Within this period, pick average
Radio Link General
Cell TMOUTAMR Max Value value through s times of measurement,
Timeout Parameter
HR for AMR HR and judge link fault threshold, to
Bug determine if the channel is failed.

This parameter is the maximum value of

radio link counter S at Ms side,
transmitted on BCCH or SACCH by
BSS.
Radio link counter S is used to evaluate
Radio link
Radio Link MsRadioLKT Important radio link failure. When MS can't decode
Cell timeout on
Timeout mOut Parameter SACCH message (BFI=1), S
MS side
decrements; when MS successfully
receives SACCH message (BFI=0), S
increases by 2. If S is decreased to 0, it
indicates radio link fault, call shall be
reestablished or released.

This parameter is the maximum value of

Radio link
Radio Link BsRadioLKT Important radio link counter S at BSS side,
Cell timeout on
Timeout mOut Parameter transmitted on PBCCH by BSS under the
BSS side
leading of packet system message 2.
 The network side (BTS) may judge if
the radio link fails according to two
criteria: One is based on the uplink
SACCH error rate and the other is based
on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
The radio link is considered as failed if
BTS detects one of the following
conditions: The uplink receiving level is
smaller than a certain threshold; The
uplink receiving quality is greater than a
Receiving
Radio Link General certain threshold. This only applies, if the
Cell RxLevThs level
Timeout Parameter measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is
threshold
used as the standard to judge a
connection failure. Receiving level
threshold specifies the threshold of
receiving level.
The
This network
parameter side (BTS) ifmay
is invalid judge if
uplink
the
SACCHradioerror
link fails
rate according
is used asto thetwo
criteria.
standardOne is based
to judge on uplink
connection SACCH
failure
error
(Radio rate,
linkand thecriterion
failure other is based
is 1). on
measured valuethreshold
Receiving level of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
is one of the
If the measured
configuration value of of BTS.
parameters
RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard
to judge a connection failure, the radio
link will be considered as failed when
Receiving
Radio Link General BTS detects that the uplink receiving
Cell RxQualThs quality
Timeout Parameter level is smaller than a certain threshold
threshold
or the uplink receiving quality is greater
than a certain threshold. Receiving
quality threshold specifies the receiving
threshold quality.
If the uplink SACCH error rate is used as
the standard to judge a connection
failure, this parameter is invalid. This
parameter is one of the configuration
parameters of BTS.

Period to detect radio link failure at

Radio link
network side (in the unit of SACCH
Radio Link RxLevQualpr failure General
Cell multiframe), including the detection of
Timeout d checking Parameter
channel strength (dBm) and signal
period
quality received in each channel.

NCC Important Add or Delete NCC within the value

Cell Others NccPermitted
permitted Parameter range
 According to GSM specification, MS
transmits appended class mark
information (Classmark 3) to the
network through the CLASSMARK
CHANGE message as soon as possible.
Early category classmark sending control
Early determines if the network supports
category ECSC function. Network broadcasts the
Important
Cell Others ECSC classmark parameter information to MSs in the cell
Parameter
sending through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
control INFORMATION TYPE3 message.
If there is a cell in another frequency
band
Locationin the adjacent
update resultscellfrom
for handover
two majoror
the current cell itself is
causes in GSM system. One is whenextended GSMMS
cell and the
changes from function
old LAC of to
earlynewcategory
LAC and
classmark
the secondsendingis whencontrol
the networkis enabled,
notifies
set
MS ECSC as 'Yes,
for periodic otherwise
location update. set as 'No.
Network controls the location time
interval and depends upon T3212 timer.
Network broadcasts to all MSs in the cell
by RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
Periodical TYPE3 message. T3212 timer is one of
location Important the system control parameters.
Cell Others T3212
updating Parameter The setting of this parameter will affect
timer the overall service performance and
utilization rate of radio resources of the
network. For the area with higher traffic,
the period could be bigger (for example
16 or 20 hours, even 25 hours) ; for the
area with ordinary traffic, the value of
T3212 could be smaller (for example 3
or
For6 the
hours)
call ;drop
for the areaby
caused with extreme
radio link
overload traffic,from
failure resulted it is recommended
burst interference to set
or
T3212 as 0.
high building, MS could originate call re-
establishment process to restore the call.
However, the network determines if to
Call re- allow reestablishment by enabling Call
CallReestabli General Generally, a validallowed.
SIM card is required
Cell Others establishmen re-establishment
sh Parameter for any MS in GSM Network to get
t allowed Network broadcasts the parameter
various
informationnetwork
to MS services.
in the cell Butthrough
the
operators
RIL3_RR SYSTEMcould decide if to allow MS
INFORMATION
emergency
TYPE1, 2, 2bis, call service
3 and 4,for the MS Call
message.
without SIM card allowed
re-establishment or with SIM is onecard
of whose
the
access
networklevel is disabled
function by current cell,
parameters.
for example the police station. Select
'Yes for Emergency call allowed to
enable this function.
Network broadcasts the parameter
information to MS in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4, message. Call
re-establishment allowed is one of the
EmergencyC Emergency General
Cell Others network function parameters.
all call allowed Parameter
No: Do not allow Emergency call for
MSs whose access level is 0-9. For the
MSs whose access level is 11-15, if its
corresponding access control bit is T, the
emergency call is also not allowed.
Yes: Allow Emergency call for all MSs.
GSM specifications define emergency
call phone number as 112, which is
different from Chinese emergency call,
but 112 is generally connected to the
automatic voice service to inform the
users about the number of various
special services. Hence, EC shall be set
as 'No, that is to allow the emergency
call.
 cell allows IMSI Attach/Detach
procedure. IMSI detach occur when MS
reports switch-off or when the SIM card
is taken out from the MS.
The network (normally VLR) marks
'Detach flag in subscriber information
table. Such procedure assists the
network to prevent unnecessary paging
broadcast message to MS. Accordingly,
the IMSI Attach process means that the
MS reports entering the working status to
the network or the MS checks after the
IMSI
ImsIadAllowe General SIM card is re-inserted into the MS if the
Cell Others attach/detach
d Parameter LAI where the MS is located is consistent
allowed
with the original one saved. If yes, the
IMSI Attach process will be started;
otherwise, the location updating process
will be started instead.
The network (normally VLR) marks
'Attach flag in subscriber information
table.
This parameter is included in 'Control
channel information and is used for
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE3
Definedmessage.
according to user requirement.
This
If parameter
user of eachused,
selects subcell cell in the
the same
system
location area shall add
may automatically be identical.
"power control 2"
General
Cell Others SubCellUsed Subcell used node under cell node, used to control cell
Parameter
power. If the user selects don't use
subcell, "power control 2" node may be
automatically deleted.

Frequency
SubFreqBan General
Cell Others band of Set the frequency band of subCell.
d Parameter
subCell

Cell Important It represents the maximum TA supported

Cell TaMax TA Max
Selection Parameter by extended cell.
 Allowed BSC can allocate the suitable TCH
FACCH call channel when an MS attempts to access
FacchCallInd Important
Cell Others setup after the network, and there is no SDCCH
_0 Parameter
emergency available in the cell. That is the so-called
call FACCH call establishment.

Allowed BSC can allocate the suitable TCH

FACCH call channel when an MS attempts to access
FacchCallInd Important
Cell Others setup when the network, and there is no SDCCH
_1 Parameter
page available in the cell. That is the so-called
respond FACCH call establishment.

BSC can allocate the suitable TCH

Allowed call channel when an MS attempts to access
FacchCallInd Important
Cell Others setup on the network, and there is no SDCCH
_2 Parameter
FACCH available in the cell. That is the so-called
FACCH call establishment.

BSC can allocate the suitable TCH

Allowed call channel when an MS attempts to access
FacchCallInd Important
Cell Others reestablished the network, and there is no SDCCH
_3 Parameter
on FACCH available in the cell. That is the so-called
FACCH call establishment.
 Support
RepeatACC General This parameter determines if to use
Cell Others Repeated
H Parameter FACCH/SACCH retransmission function.
ACCH

Important
Cell Others INFO1[0] bit1 0
Parameter

It indicates delay of TRX forcible release.

During BCCH handover, if you select the
Delay of TRX carrier with existing service as BCCH
Realized
Cell Others TrxRel forcible carrier after handover, you can inform
Parameter
release the service and handover to other carrier.
Release the service on this carrier after
timer is timeout.

DTX
Realized
Cell Others Info_0_8 bandwidth None
Parameter
factor
 On disconnection at Abis, if the time from
AbisAlmDela Abis alarm Realized disconnection to recovery is shorter than
Cell Others
yTime delay time Parameter the delay time, do not send the
disconnection alarm.

RACH Receiving signal level threshold

RACH for busy burst is the threshold for
Receiving receiving signal level in RACH bursts. If
RachBuysTh Realized
Cell CCCH Load signal level the value is exceeded (that is less than
s Parameter
threshold for RACH Receiving signal level threshold
busy burst for busy burst dBm), system considers
that as a busy RACH.

Average bursts count surveyed by RACH

specifies the number of bursts measured
Average
on RACH. RACH channel overloads if
bursts count Realized
Cell CCCH Load AvgSlots receiving signal levels of this parameter
surveyed by Parameter
BP are less than RACH Receiving signal
RACH
level threshold for busy burst. BTS uses
this parameter.

When load degree in RACH channel for

BTS exceeds this threshold, BTS sends
CCCH load
CcchLoadIN Realized CCCH LOAD INDICATION message
Cell CCCH Load indication
DThs_0 Parameter periodically to iBSC until load degree in
(RACH)
RACH channel doesn't exceed this
threshold value.
 When load degree in PCH channel for
CCCH load BTS exceeds this threshold, BTS sends
CcchLoadIN indication Realized CCCH LOAD INDICATION message
Cell CCCH Load
DThs_1 (PAGCHRAC Parameter periodically to iBSC until load degree in
H) PCH channel doesn't exceed this
threshold value.

According to the GSM standard, BTS

sends periodical message CCCH LOAD
INDICATION to BSC as long as CCCH
(RACH+PCH+AGCH) channel exceeds
the threshold value set in O&M until the
CCCH Load
CcchLoadInd General CCCH is not over the threshold value
Cell CCCH Load Indication
Prd Parameter any more.
Period
CCCH load indication period parameter
defines the period of sending CCCH
LOAD INDICATION message. This
parameter is one of the BTS
configuration parameters.

CBC service is an important service

provided by mobile communication
system, mainly used to distribute
information to the mobile subscribers
within certain geographical location area.
The difference from P2P sms service
Not RF CBC Important contains: receiver for P2P sms is
Cell SmsCbUsed
related supported Parameter specific mobile subscriber, but receiver
for CBC is all mobile subscribers within
certain area, including external
subscribers roaming in this area.
This parameter identifies if this cell
supports the function of cell broadcasting
short message.

To save energy and reduce

consumption, BTS system shall turn off
Not RF StartPAPowe Start PA General PA offset voltage while close power for
Cell
related rOff Power Off Parameter idle timeslots.l If configuring on BTS,
FPGA can determine if PA offset voltage
shall be turned off.
 BA indication of BCCH. Adjacent cell list
Switch Flag can be broadcasted on of
BCCH and
Not RF StartTRXPo General It marks if "Switch Flag Ceil TRX
Cell of Ceil TRX transferred onenabled.
SACCH. The adjacent cell
related werOff Parameter Power Off" is
Power Off list transferred on BCCH can be different
from that on SACCH. When MS reports
the measurement data of adjacent cell,
either BCCH adjacent cell list or SACCH
adjacent cell list will be referred.
Therefore, to know which adjacent cell
list is referred by MS, a BA indication is
added when transferring adjacent cell list
on BCCH and SACCH. When reporting
the measurement result, MS notifies the
network side about the corresponding BA
indication of the referred adjacent cell
list. As a result, the network side
Not RF Realized recognizes which adjacent cell list this
Cell BcchBaInd BA Show
related Parameter MS uses.
This parameter describes the BS
indication value when the adjacent cell
list being transferred on BCCH. In the
case of transferring adjacent cell list on
SACCH, the BA indication value used is
the reverse of the parameter.
0: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on
BCCH (System message 2, 2bis, 2ter)
is 0; BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on
SACCH (System message 5, 5bis, 5ter)
is 1.
LAPDM timer 1: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on
used for BCCH
T200 is (System
the timermessage 2, 2bis, control
used on various 2ter)
Not RF Realized is 1; BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on
Cell T200_0 controlling channels in LAPDm protocol of BTS.
related Parameter SACCH
the SDCCH There are(System
7 kinds message
of T200. 5, 5bis, 5ter)
channel is 0.

Lapdm Timer
T200 is the timer used on various control
Not RF for controlling Realized
Cell T200_1 channels in LAPDm protocol of BTS.
related facch/full rate Parameter
There are 7 kinds of T200.
channel
 Lapdm Timer
T200 is the timer used on various control
Not RF for controlling Realized
Cell T200_2 channels in LAPDm protocol of BTS.
related facch/half Parameter
There are 7 kinds of T200.
rate channel

Lapdm Timer
for controlling T200 is the timer used on various control
Not RF Realized
Cell T200_3 sacch with channels in LAPDm protocol of BTS.
related Parameter
tch sapi0 There are 7 kinds of T200.
channel

Lapdm Timer
for controlling T200 is the timer used on various control
Not RF Realized
Cell T200_4 sacch with channels in LAPDm protocol of BTS.
related Parameter
sdcch There are 7 kinds of T200.
channel

LAPDM timer
used for
T200 is the timer used on various control
Not RF controlling Realized
Cell T200_5 channels in LAPDm protocol of BTS.
related the SDCCH Parameter
There are 7 kinds of T200.
sapi3
channel
 Lapdm Timer
for controlling T200 is the timer used on various control
Not RF Realized
Cell T200_6 sacch with channels in LAPDm protocol of BTS.
related Parameter
tch sapi3 There are 7 kinds of T200.
channel

General
Cell TFO TFOSupport Support TFO None
Parameter

This parameter decides if to add offset

value for Control channel MAX power
level parameter while sending access
request message on RACH for Class 3
MS of GSM1800. The necessity of offset
value depends on Power offset
indication, that is, this parameter decides
Not RF POWEROFF Power offset Realized
Cell if Power offset indication is valid. This
related SETIND indication Parameter
parameter also affects MS calculating
cell selection and cell reselection
standards C1 and C2.
Network broadcasts the parameter
information to MSs in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.
According to the GSM specification, for
Class 3 MS of GSM 1800, the
transmission power for sending access
request message on RACH is to the
value of Control channel MAX power
level plus a modified value. Power offset
specifies the modified value. It
Not RF Realized
Cell PowOffset Power offset determines if this parameter is valid.
related Parameter
This parameter also affects the
calculation of cell selection standard C1
and cell reselection standard C2.
Network broadcasts the parameter
information to MSs in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.
 This parameter decides maximum
NO. of
number of candidate cells for handover
Not RF CandidateNu candidate Realized
Cell that can be contained in BSSAP
related m cells for Parameter
HANDOVER REQUIRED message from
handover
BSC to MSC.

Not RF CanBcchExc BCCH switch Important This parameter decides if the cell allows
Cell
related h allowed Parameter BCCH switch.

Cell Support Encryption Mode is the

encryption mode supported by BTS. The
required encryption algorithm is
contained in BSSAP CIPHER MODE
CipherMode-
Cell Support COMMAND or BSSAP ASSIGNMENT
Not RF 0- Important
Cell Encryption REQUEST or BSSAP HANDOVER
related CipherMode- Parameter
Mode COMMAND message sent by the MSC
7
side. By checking this parameter, BSC
can learn if the cell supports this required
encryption algorithm to give a proper
response.

According to GSM specification, TRX

sends periodic OVERLOAD message to
notify BSC until overload disappears.
Overload
Not RF Realized Overload sending period specifies period
Cell OverloadPrd sending
related Parameter for TRX to send OVERLOAD message. It
period
is one of the configuration parameters of
BTS (all TRXs under BTS use same
period).
 This parameter provides a check
function about 0 - 23 time points. You
can enable measurement data report at
different points. Each time point indicates
Not RF MrRptTimeB MR report Important
Cell a hour, within 0-23 hours.
related mp time bitmap Parameter
Only if checking corresponding time and
enabling report function about
measurement report data, MR data can
be reported.

Not RF
Cell - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
related

S8001 HBTSSCAN Realized It indicates the begin time of HBTS

Cell 0
related BT Parameter scanning.

S8001 HBTSSCAN Realized

Cell 0 It indicates the HBTS scanning cycle.
related CYC Parameter
 Cell Level
Realized
Cell Property - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
Parameter
Parameters

Cell Level
Realized
Cell Property - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
Parameter
Parameters

Cell Level
Important
Cell Property SiteID SITE ID SiteId
Parameter
Parameters

Cell Level
Realized
Cell Property BtsID BTS ID Serial number of this cell.
Parameter
Parameters
 The type of this cell.
Cell Level
General If you need configure S8001 cell, "micro-
Cell Property CellType Cell Type
Parameter micro
Parameters
cell" shall be selected for "cell type".

MCC consists of three digits of decimal

Cell Level Mobile
Important number. It is used to uniquely identify the
Cell Property MCC Country
Parameter home country of the mobile user (or
Parameters Code
system) .

MNC consists of three digits of decimal

Cell Level Mobile
Important number. It uniquely identifies a specific
Cell Property MNC Network
Parameter PLMN network in a country (determined
Parameters Code
by MCC) .

Cell Level Local cell For internal use, assign the position
Important
Cell Property LAC position number at
Parameter
Parameters number local cell on handover.
 Cell Level For internal use, assign the number of
Local cell Important
Cell Property CI local cell
identification Parameter
Parameters on handover.

NCC is one of the composition parts of

Base Station
ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC +
BCC) . which is used
to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent
and different
GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent
operators
Cell Level shall have different NCCs. The
Important
Cell Property NCC NCC parameter related to
Parameter
Parameters NCC is "NccPermitted" of the cell. By
prohibiting MS
to report related NCC in the cell, MS is
prohibited to
measure the cell information of the
related
BCC is operators.
one of the composition parts of
Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC
Base Station
is
IDone
Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC +
of the network
BCC) identification
. Normally, BCC parameters.
is used to enable MS to distinguish
adjacent cells with
the same BCCH carrier frequency and
belonging to
Cell Level
Important the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the
Cell Property BCC BCC
Parameter GSM specifications
Parameters
stipulate that the TSC (Training
Sequence
Code) of the broadcast control channel
of a cell shall
be equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies
three bits BCC
is one of the network identification
parameters.

Cell Level
Frequency Important The frequency band types for GSM
Cell Property FreqBand
Band Parameter operation.
Parameters
 Common control channel configuration is
one of
the system control parameters. In GSM
Cell Level system,
Important CCCH includes Access
Cell Property CaArfcnList ARFCN list The radio frequency [Link] Channel
Parameter (AGCH)
Parameters
and Paging Channel (PCH) . It is used
to send
access granting (that is instant
assignment)
message and paging message.
In each cell, all service channels share
CCCH.
According to the configuration of the
service
channel in the cell and the traffic mode of
the
cell, CCCH could be one or more than
Common
Cell Level one
control Important
Cell Property CcchConf physical channel, and CCCH could share
channel Parameter
Parameters the
configuration
same physical channel with SDCCH
The combination mode of the common
control
channel in cell depends on CCCH
configuration
parameter and it should be consistent
with the
actual configuration of cell CCH. It could
be
observed from this parameter:
BS_CC_CHANS
The number
(Number of of blocks;used for AGCH in
CCCH)
Cell Level Blocks for 51-Multi-
BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB
Important
Cell Property BsAgBlkRes PAGCH in Frame. It is recommended
(If combined with SDCCH)that . this value
Parameter
Parameters Frames of
Thistheparameter
cells is broadcasted to all MSs
in the same
cell local area is identical.
by message RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3.

This parameter determines to enable or

Power Uplink power disable MS
Important
Cell Control PwrControlUl control uplink power control in the cell. This
Parameter
Related allowed power control is
only effective to TCH/F.
 Power Downlink This parameter determines if to enable
Important
Cell Control PwrControlDl power control or disable BTS
Parameter
Related allowed downlink power control in the cell.

It describes increase step, the value of

Power PC each power
PWRINCSTE Important
Cell Control increasing control variation. It applies to both uplink
P Parameter
Related step and downlink
directions.

It describes decrease step, the value of

Power PC each power
PWRREDST Important
Cell Control decreasing control the
During variation. It applies to
communication both uplink
between MS
EP Parameter
Related step and
and downlink
directions.
BTS, the transmission power is
controlled by the
network. The network sets the power for
MS
through the power command and the
command
is transmitted on SACCH (SACCH has 2
header
bytes, one is the power control byte and
the
other is the timing advance byte).
MS must extract the power control
Power
MSTXPWRM MAX power Important header
Cell Control
AX level of MS Parameter from downward SACCH and takes the
Related
specified
transmission power as output power. If
the power
level of MS cannot output the power
value, it
will output the closest transmission
power that
can be output. During BSC power
control, this
parameter determines the maximum
transmission
power available for MS in the cell. BSC
also
uses it to calculate PBGT value.
 BTS, the transmission power is
controlled by the
network. The network sets the power for
MS
through the power command and the
command
is transmitted on SACCH (SACCH has 2
header
bytes, one is the power control byte and
the
other is the timing advance byte).
MS must extract the power control
Power
MSTXPWRM MIN power Important header
Cell Control
IN level of MS Parameter from downward SACCH and takes the
Related
specified
transmission power as output power. If
the power
level of MS cannot output the power
value, it
will output the closest transmission
power that
This parameter controls the transmission
can beduring
power output. When BSC is performing
power
communication between MS and BTS.
control, this
SACCH parameter is the minimal
carries
transmission
the command with 2 header bytes
power (that is, lower limit of power
information
Power control)
(power control byte and timing advance
BSTXPWRM MIN power Important that can be used by MS in the cell.
Cell Control byte) from
IN level of BTS Parameter
Related BSC to BTS. During BSC control, this
parameter determines
the minimum transmission power (that
is,
lower limit of power control) available for
BTS in the
This
cell. parameter specifies the minimum
interval of
power control. Usually, MS still sends
two measurement
reports with the original power to BSC
after
enabling the power control. Signal level
Power MIN interval information
PCMININTE Important
Cell Control of power contained in the reports is inaccurate
RVAL Parameter
Related control and can be
ignored (information such as adjacent
cell information
is stillparameter
This valid). Thus a minimum
determines theinterval of
power
availability of
control
the rapid is power
neededcontrol
and signal levelRapid
process.
information
power during
the interval
control can be
process ignored.
is an option of BSC.
Rapid power
control can decrease interference of the
whole
system and meet the need of dynamic
Downlink power
Power
DIRapidPcIn rapid power Important control of rapidly moving MS.
Cell Control
d control Parameter The amplitude of power control used by
Related
indication rapid power
control process each time is no longer a
fixed
value, but an integer multiple of cell
parameter
power control step (increase and
decrease).
This parameter determines the
availability of
the rapid power control process.
 This parameter determines the
availability of
the rapid power control process. Rapid
power
control process is an option of BSC.
Rapid power
control can decrease interference of the
whole
system and meet the need of dynamic
power
Power Uplink rapid
UIRapidPcIn Important control of rapidly moving MS.
Cell Control power control
d Parameter The amplitude of power control used by
Related indication
rapid power
control process each time is no longer a
This
fixed parameter is set for preventing MS
from
value,call
but an integer multiple of cell
drop due to fast power control. It
parameter
corresponds
power controltostep (increase and
different
decrease). quality level. For example,
PwrDecrLimit
This parameter determines the
[0] determines
availability of the maximum power
decrease
the rapid power control process.
limit for calls with receiving quality level 0
(Bit
Error rate (BER) <0.2%). This
Power Power
Important parameter is
Cell Control PwrDecrLimit control
Parameter valid for both uplink and downlink.
Related PwrDecrLimit
This parameter is an array of eight
elements,
with element length of one byte.
PwrDecrLimit
[n] determines the maximum power
decrease
limit available for calls with quality level
n.
The
Power value range
control of each element
is performed at BTSisside
0-
38,
and BSC implements
standing for 0 - 38dB statistics. BTS
relevant performance
Report uses
Power period of this parameter to decide the periodicity
PwrCtrlRepor General
Cell Control measuremen to send the
tPrd Parameter
Related t for power preprocessed power measurement to
control BSC as an input
for power control analysis. This
parameter is in
the unit of SACCH multi-frame.
In GSM system, BSC determines if to
perform
power control according to measurement
data.
BSC uses the average value of
measurement
data to avoid adverse influences caused
by
Power
PcUlLevWind Uplink power Important abrupt changes in measurement data
Cell Control
ow level Parameter due to
Related
complex radio transmission.
BTS uses this parameter to calculate the
window
size for the average value of uplink
signal
strength, i.e. to calculate the average
value
of the number of used samples.
 to BSC fall into two types. One is the
average
of the measurement results of all
timeslots in a
measurement period in the non-DTX
mode, and
the other is the average of the
measurement
results of some special timeslots in a
measurement
period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to
optionally
Power
PcUlLevWeig Uplink level General select one type of measurement data
Cell Control
ht Weight Parameter and use
Related
the data to calculate the average value.
The first type of measurement data is the
average of the measurement results of
all
timeslots,
Description: andAccording
it is accurate.
to GSM But the
In GSM system, BSC determines if to
second
Specifications,
perform
type of measurement
discontinuous data is(DTX)
transmission the average
power
of the to
refers control
the according to measurement
data.
measurement
process in which results of somedoes
the system timeslots,
not
BSC
and ituses
transmit is the average value of
measurement
less
signals accurate. Therefore,
in the voice BSC, when
intermittent period
data
averaging
during to avoid adverse influences caused
by
the
the measurement values, usesprocess.
subscriber communication different
Power
PcdlLevWind Downlink Important abrupt
weights
In the DTXchangesmode, in the
measurement
measurement datadata
Cell Control
ow power level Parameter due
for to
the
reported two types of measurement data.
Related
complex
This
to BSC radio
parameter
fall intotransmission.
determines
two types. One the isweight
the for
BTS
the
average uses this parameter to calculate the
window
firstthe
of type of measurement
measurement results data when
of all
size for the
averaging
timeslots in average
a value of downlink
signal
uplink signal strength
measurement period in forthe
power control.
non-DTX
strength,
Weight
mode, and fori.e.
thetosecond
calculate typetheofaverage
value
measurement
the other is the average of the
of
datatheisnumber
measurement set to 1of byused samples.
default.
results of some special timeslots in a
measurement
period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to
optionally
Power select one type of measurement data
PcdlLevWeig Downlink General
Cell Control and use
ht level Weight Parameter
Related the data to calculate the average value.
The first type of measurement data is the
average of the measurement results of
all
timeslots, and it is accurate. But the
second
In GSM system, BSC determines if to
type
perform of measurement data is the average
of the control according to measurement
power
measurement
data. results of some timeslots,
and ituses
BSC is the average value of
less accurate. Therefore, BSC, when
measurement
averaging
data to avoid adverse influences caused
the
by measurement values, uses different
Power weightschanges in measurement data
PcUlIQualWi Uplink quality Important abrupt
Cell Control for
ndow level Parameter duethe to two types of measurement data.
Related This parameter determines the weight for
complex radio transmission.
the
BTS uses this parameter to calculate the
first type of measurement data when
window
averaging
size for the average value of uplink
downlink signal strength for power
signal
control.
quality, i.e. to calculate the average value
Weight for the second type of
of
measurement
the number of used samples.
data is set to 1 by default.
 reported
to BSC fall into two types. One is the
average
of the measurement results of all
timeslots in a
measurement period in the non-DTX
mode, and
the other is the average of the
measurement
results of some special timeslots in a
measurement
period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to
Power optionally
PcUlIQualWe Uplink quality General
Cell Control select one type of measurement data
ight Weight Parameter
Related and use
the data to calculate the average value.
The first type of measurement data is the
average of the measurement results of
all
timeslots,
In GSM system, and it is accurate.
BSC determinesBut the if to
second
According
perform to GSM Specifications,
type ofcontrol
discontinuous
power measurement data
transmission
according to is the average
(DTX)
measurement
of the
refers
data. to the
measurement
process
BSC uses in the
whichresults ofvalue
the system
average somedoes
oftimeslots,
not
and it
transmit is
measurement
less
data accurate.
signals to avoid Therefore,
in the adverse
voice BSC, when
intermittent
influences period
caused
averaging
during
by
Power the measurement
PcDlQualWin Downlink Important the
abruptsubscriber in values,
changescommunication
measurement usesprocess.
different
data
Cell Control weights
In the DTX mode, the measurement data
dow quality level Parameter due to
Related for the two
reported types of measurement data.
complex radio transmission.
This
to
BTS BSC parameter
uses fallthis determines
intoparameter
two [Link] the weight
is
calculatethe thefor
the first type of measurement data when
average
window
averaging
of
size theuplink
theformeasurementaveragesignal quality
results
value for power
ofofdownlink
all
control.
timeslots
signal in a
Weight
measurement
quality, [Link] the secondintype
period
to calculate of
the average
the non-DTXvalue
measurement
mode,
of and
dataother
the is setistothe
number of1used
by default.
average of the
samples.
measurement
results
Networkofmay some notspecial
perform timeslots
handover in aor
measurement
power
period
control in the DTX
if less mode. BSC
measurement needs
data is to
optionally
available during
Power Downlink
PcDlIQualWe General select one type
call process. The ofaverage
measurement data
calculating
Cell Control quality
ight Parameter and use
process for
Related Weight
the
these data to calculate
processes the average
is enabled only whenvalue.
The first
the measured type of measurement data is the
average
data reaches of thea measurement
certain windowresults size. of
all
Common average process does not take
timeslots,
place, and it is accurate. But the
second
for the five measured values BSC
type of measurement
receives. BSC data is the average
of the measurement
directly calculates the average results of some
of the 5
timeslots,
measured and it is
less
values accurate.
if the fast Therefore,
average BSC, process when is
averaging
adopted.
the
There measurement
are three cases values, uses different
resulting in
Power weights
insufficient data
Fast average General for
Cell Control FastAvg for the two types
calculating theofaverage
measurement value, [Link],
indication Parameter This
Related call parameter determines the weight for
the
establishment period, after handover and
first
aftertype of measurement data when
averaging
power control. After performing power
downlink
control signal quality for power control.
Weight
once, former for themeasured
second type of are
values
measurement
discarded in
data is setwhere
situations to 1 bytheydefault.
could result in an
error
control (measured values without the
influence
on handover control are still existing).
In addition, old measured values are
discarded
after the handover has occurred keeping
it
from causing error control (the forward
and
backward cells are in the same BSC).
 According to GSM specifications, power
control decisions
depend upon received average value
series
of uplink signal strength. The decision
process is as
Power Increase
PCULINCLL Important follows: For the latest N average values
Cell Control uplink level
EVTHSThs Parameter of uplink signal
Related Threshold
strength, if P of the N values fall below
relevant
threshold value, increase MS (uplink)
transmission
power to improve the uplink signal
strength.

According to GSM specifications, power

control decisions
depend upon received average value
series
of uplink signal strength. The decision
process is as
Power Increase
PCULINCLL Important follows: For the latest N average values
Cell Control uplink level
EVTHSP Parameter of uplink signal
Related Value P
strength, if P of the N values fall below
relevant
threshold value, increase MS (uplink)
transmission
power to improve the uplink signal
strength.

According to GSM specifications, power

control decisions
depend upon received average value
series
of uplink signal strength. The decision
process is as
Power Increase
PCULINCLL Important follows: For the latest N average values
Cell Control uplink level
EVTHSN Parameter of uplink signal
Related Value N
strength, if P of the N values fall below
relevant
threshold value, increase MS (uplink)
transmission
power to improve the uplink signal
strength.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Decrease
PCULREDLE Important the latest
Cell Control uplink level
VTHSThs Parameter N average values of uplink signal
Related Threshold
strength, if P
of the N values rise above relevant
threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission
power
to improve the uplink signal strength.
 According to GSM specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Decrease
PCULREDLE Important the latest
Cell Control uplink level
VTHSP Parameter N average values of uplink signal
Related Value P
strength, if P
of the N values rise above relevant
threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission
power
to improve the uplink signal strength.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Decrease
PCULREDLE Important the latest
Cell Control uplink level
VTHSN Parameter N average values of uplink signal
Related Value N
strength, if P
of the N values rise above relevant
threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission
power
to improve the uplink signal strength.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
Increase The decision process is as follows: For
Power
PcDlInclLevT downlink Important the latest
Cell Control
hs level Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related
Threshold strength, if
P of the N values fall below relevant
threshold
value, increase BTS (downlink)
transmission power
to improve the downlink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Increase
PCDLINCLL Important the latest
Cell Control downlink
EVTHSP Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related level Value P
strength, if
P of the N values fall below relevant
threshold
value, increase BTS (downlink)
transmission power
to improve the downlink signal quality.
 According to GSM specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Increase
PCDLINCLL Important the latest
Cell Control downlink
EVTHSN Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related level Value N
strength, if
P of the N values fall below relevant
threshold
value, increase BTS (downlink)
transmission power
to improve the downlink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
Decrease The decision process is as follows: For
Power
PCDLREDLE downlink Important the latest
Cell Control
VTHSThs level Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related
Threshold strength, if
P of the N values rise above relevant
threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink)
transmission power
to improve the downlink signal strength.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Decrease
PCDLREDLE Important the latest
Cell Control downlink
VTHSP Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related level Value P
strength, if
P of the N values rise above relevant
threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink)
transmission power
to improve the downlink signal strength.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Decrease
PCDLREDLE Important the latest
Cell Control downlink
VTHSN Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related level Value N
strength, if
P of the N values rise above relevant
threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink)
transmission power
to improve the downlink signal strength.
 According to GSM specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Increase
PCULINCLQ Important the latest
Cell Control uplink quality
UALTHSThs Parameter N average values of uplink signal quality,
Related Threshold
if P
of the N values rise above relevant
threshold
value, increase MS (uplink)
transmission power
to improve the uplink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Increase
PCULINCLQ Important the latest
Cell Control uplink quality
UALTHSP Parameter N average values of uplink signal quality,
Related Value P
if P
of the N values rise above relevant
threshold
value, increase MS (uplink)
transmission power
to improve the uplink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Increase
PCULINCLQ Important the latest
Cell Control uplink quality
UALTHSN Parameter N average values of uplink signal quality,
Related Value N
if P
of the N values rise above relevant
threshold
value, increase MS (uplink)
transmission power
to improve the uplink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Decrease
PCULREDQ Important the latest
Cell Control uplink quality
UALTHSThs Parameter N average values of uplink signal quality,
Related Threshold
if P
of the N values fall below relevant
threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission
power
to improve the uplink signal quality.
 According to GSM specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Decrease
PCULREDQ Important the latest
Cell Control uplink quality
UALTHSP Parameter N average values of uplink signal quality,
Related Value P
if P
of the N values fall below relevant
threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission
power
to improve the uplink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
Power Decrease
PCULREDQ Important the latest
Cell Control uplink quality
UALTHSN Parameter N average values of uplink signal quality,
Related Value N
if P
of the N values fall below relevant
threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission
power
to improve the uplink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
Increase The decision process is as follows: For
Power
PCDLINCLQ downlink Important the latest
Cell Control
UALTHSThs quality Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related
Threshold quality, if P of
the N values rise above relevant
threshold value,
increase BTS (downlink) transmission
power to
improve the downlink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
Increase The decision process is as follows: For
Power
PCDLINCLQ downlink Important the latest
Cell Control
UALTHSP quality Value Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related
P quality, if P of
the N values rise above relevant
threshold value,
increase BTS (downlink) transmission
power to
improve the downlink signal quality.
 According to GSM specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
Increase The decision process is as follows: For
Power
PCDLINCLQ downlink Important the latest
Cell Control
UALTHSN quality Value Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related
N quality, if P of
the N values rise above relevant
threshold value,
increase BTS (downlink) transmission
power to
improve the downlink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
Decrease The decision process is as follows: For
Power
PCDLREDQ downlink Important the latest
Cell Control
UALTHSThs quality Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related
Threshold quality, if
P of the N values fall below relevant
threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink)
transmission power
to improve the downlink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
Decrease The decision process is as follows: For
Power
PCDLREDQ downlink Important the latest
Cell Control
UALTHSP quality Value Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related
P quality, if
P of the N values fall below relevant
threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink)
transmission power
to improve the downlink signal quality.

According to GSM specifications, power

control
decisions depend upon received average
value
series of uplink signal strength.
Decrease The decision process is as follows: For
Power
PCDLREDQ downlink Important the latest
Cell Control
UALTHSN quality Value Parameter N average values of downlink signal
Related
N quality, if
P of the N values fall below relevant
threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink)
transmission power
to improve the downlink signal quality.
 Allow
Important This parameter determines if allow
Cell HO Related HoControl0 SDCCH
Parameter SDCCH handover.
handover

Allow intra-
This parameter determines if allow inter-
cell handover Important
Cell HO Related HoControl1 cell handover
due to uplink Parameter
attempt due to uplink interference.
interference

Allow intra-
cell handover This parameter determines if to allow
Important
Cell HO Related HoControl2 due to inter-cell handover
Parameter
downlink attempt due to downlink interference.
interference

Allow
This parameter determines if to allow
handover General
Cell HO Related HoControl3 handover due
due to Parameter
to distance.
distance
 Allow
This parameter determines if to allow
standard Important
Cell HO Related HoControl4 standard PBGT
PBGT Parameter
handover.
handover

Allow
automatic This parameter determines if to allow
Important
Cell HO Related HoControl5 handover automatic
Parameter
based on handover based on traffic.
traffic

Allow
This parameter determines if to allow
handover General
Cell HO Related HoControl6 automatic
based on Parameter
direction based on traffic.
direction

Allow
handover
General This parameter determines if to allow
Cell HO Related HoControl7 based on
Parameter concentric handover.
homocentric
circularity
 Allow intra-
cell handover This parameter determines if to allow
in super TRX General intra-cell handover
Cell HO Related HoControl8
channel due Parameter in super TRX channel due to downlink
to downlink interference.
interference

Allow intra-
cell handover This parameter determines if to allow
in super TRX General intra-cell handover
Cell HO Related HoControl9
channel due Parameter in super TRX channel due to uplink
to uplink interference.
interference

Allow
adjacent
This parameter determines if to allow
cells
General adjacent cells
Cell HO Related HoControl10 handover in
Parameter handover in super TRX channel due to
super TRX
PBGT
channel due
to PBGT

Allow
dynamic This parameter determines if to allow
Important
Cell HO Related HoControl11 adjustment of dynamic adjustment
Parameter
handover of handover priority.
priority
 Allow rapid Important This parameter determines if to allow
Cell HO Related HoControl12
handover Parameter rapid handover.

Allow macro- This parameter determines if to allow

Important
Cell HO Related HoControl13 micro delay Macro-Micro
Parameter
handover delay handover.

Allow Micro- This parameter determines if to allow

Realized
Cell HO Related HoControl14 Macro delay Micro-Micro delay
Parameter
handover handover.

Allow internal
Realized This parameter determines if to allow
Cell HO Related HoControl15 handover
Parameter internal handover based on TA.
based on TA
 Allow force This parameter determines if to allow
Important
Cell HO Related HoControl16 transfer forced transfer
Parameter
handover handover.

This parameter defines two handover

Subcell modes of
CO-BCCH Important
Cell HoControl17 handover subcell handover algorithm: Concentric
HO Parameter
algorithm Handover;
Handover based on path loss and TA.

Allow quality This parameter describes if uplink quality

Important
Cell HO Related HoControl19 handover in handover
Parameter
uplink is permitted.

Allow level This parameter describes if uplink level

Important
Cell HO Related HoControl20 handover in handover is
Parameter
uplink permitted.
 Allow quality This parameter describes if downlink
Important
Cell HO Related HoControl21 handover in quality
Parameter
downlink handover is permitted.

Allow level This parameter describes if downlink

Important
Cell HO Related HoControl22 handover in level handover
Parameter
downlink is permitted.

Allow DL
Important This parameter determines if to allow
Cell HO Related HoControl23 rapid
Parameter dwonlink rapid handover.
handover

PbgtHoLayer Important
Cell PBGT HO None None
_0 Parameter
 PbgtHoLayer Important
Cell PBGT HO None None
_1 Parameter

PbgtHoLayer Important
Cell PBGT HO None None
_2 Parameter

This parameter decides the priority to

select and
sequence the candidate cells for
handover. Received
signal level and signal quality decides
PbgtHoLayer Important the candidate
Cell PBGT HO None None
_3 Parameter cells for handover. Three options are
available:
First hand over to adjacent cells at the
upper
layer of the local cell, then to those at the
same
layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;
First hand over to adjacent cells at the
same
layer of the local cell, then to those at the
upper
layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;
Prior layer All adjacent cells are treated in the same
selecting way.
Realized
Cell HO Related LayerPriority parameter on This parameter determines to select one
Parameter
signal of
level/quality above three methods. During handover
control
process, this parameter has higher
priority
than normal adjacent cells.
Value range:
1 (UPPER_LAYER): adjacent cell at
above layer
first, same layer next,other adjacent cells
finally;
2 (SAME_LAYER): adjacent cell at
same
layer first, above layer next, other
adjacent cells finally;
3 (ALL_LAYER): all adjacent cells are
same.
Note: In general, micro cell adopts option
1
and macro cell adopts option 2.
 frequency band.
3: If the traffic of each frequency band is
quite
different, and the operator hopes that MS
enters
a specific frequency band with priority.
The survey
values are report
as contains
follows: the large
amount
0: MS reports the survey results of six
(message
known amount) of Abis interface
information.
and allowed adjacent cells with the
Preprocess
strongest of the survey report can be
transferred
NCC according to to the signal intensity,
Multiband BTS to reduce the burden of Abis
MulbandRep Important regardless
Cell HO Related report interface link. After band adjacent cells
ort Parameter of which frequency
indication preprocess, BTS averages the survey
are in.
data
1: MSofreports
MS by the measurement result of
its
1 own, and reports to BSC in a lower
frequency.
adjacent cells with strongest signal in the
Average
frequencyreporting
bands inperiod adjacent cancellbe two,
list
three or
(excluding
four SACCH
frequency bandmulti-frames
of serving (480 cell).ms).
In the That
is, thethe measurement data of at most
remaining
BSS
frequency
space,
six adjacentMSdecreases
reports adjacent from the celloriginal
in local
twice/s
cell with strongest signal strength. Thus
cells
to
theonce/2 s,band.
frequency so the message
If still amount
more space is of
Abis
available,
measurement results might not be
interface
MS reports
consecutive. decreases.
theForremaining However, the cells,
adjacent
Preprocessin Important decrease
regardless
cells whose ofofsignal
whichstrength
frequency bands
is less than
Cell HO Related Preprocess
g indication Parameter message
they
-110 aredBm, amount
in.2: still depends
MS reports the on if the
message
measurement
the measurement resultdata of 2are not reported.
length
adjacent
To avoid before
the preprocess
cellsnegative
with strongest is same
impact signal
of 0 on asinthat
the
after
frequency bands in adjacent cell list
averaging,
preprocess.
(excluding
suppose occasional One disadvantage
0 is allowedofand is
preprocess
frequency
not used inband is of serving cell). In the
that the handover
remaining
averaging, control occurrences
but excessive and power of
control
space,
0 indicate are reports adjacent cell in local
MS
not
thatin
cell time,
the which
signals of increases
this adjacent the cell are
possibility
poor. of
frequency
too band. If still more space is
disconnection
available,
If the number of rate.
zeroesThisin parameter
used for
determines
MS reports the
average if remaining adjacent cells,
to use preprocess
regardless
calculation of whichand
exceeds its period
frequency
Number or not.
ofbands
zero
Number of The
they values
allowed are inin. are as follows:
Important This
0: Do parameter
not specifies the interval
use preprocess
Cell HO Related ZeroAllowed zero allowed 3:
AV,MS thenreports the measurement
measurement result ofto
average equals
Parameter value
2: Use for which
preprocess; the average reporting
in AV 3
sum of
MS
periodwaits before
is values
2 SACCH themulti-frames
actual inter-cell
adjacent
reported cells with strongest
divided signal in the
by Neighboring
handover
3: Use preprocess; the average
frequency
cell . bands in adjacent cellreporting
list
occurs.
period isSuch
3 a timermulti-frames
SACCH is more
(excluding
To be specific,forduring averaging, if the
predominant
4: Useofpreprocess; the average reporting
frequency
count band of serving cell). In the
MS
periodat the
is 4 boundary
SACCH regions between two
multi-frames
remaining
0s in the sampling count exceeds
cells,
Other
space,values:
MS reports
ZeroAllowed, Reserved adjacent cell in local
where inter-cell handovers occur
cell
these sampling values are hardly
frequently.
frequency
reliable, andband. If still more space is
This parameter helps restrict frequent
available,
the measurement average will be the
inter-cell
MS reports
sum of and the remaining adjacent cells,
handover guarantees call quality.
regardless
the reported ofvalues
which divided
frequency by bands
Inter-cell handover takes place when the
they are in.
NCellWindow. If
MIN interval timer
HoMinInterva between Important the countthe
exceeds of 0s in theinterval
defined reported values
value from
Cell HO Related does
l inter-cell Parameter the not
handover exceed
last ZeroAllowed,
inter-cell handover these of [Link]
This
values
parameter are much reliable and the
measurement
affects only theaverage
inter-cell handover, but
will
not be the sum of the reported values
divided intra-cell or inter-cell concentric
common
by (NCellWindow the count of 0s).
handover.
In addition, micro-cell has its own
handover
policy, so this parameter is only effective
for
macro-cell layer and its above layer.
By default, it can be set to 5 for macro
cell. But for
micro cell, this parameter only can be set
to 0.
 This parameter defines the penalty time
for destination
cell if MS fails to handover to the
Penalty time destination cell.
HoFailPenalt Important
Cell HO Related for handover During the penalty time, inter-cell
yTime Parameter
failure handover within
BSC will not occur. This parameter
determines penalty
duration.

This parameter is used to perform an

Level offset
PenaltyLevOf General offset on the
Cell HO Related during
fset Parameter downlink level of this cell in the penalty
penalty
period.

In the GSM system, BSC makes

handover decision
according to the measurement data. To
avoid
the negative impact of burst
measurement values
resulting from complicated radio
transmission, BSC,
when making handover decision, no
Neighboring Important
Cell HO Related NCell longer uses
cell Parameter
the original measurement data but uses
a series
of average values of the measurement
data.
It is the interval for resending the
This
RIL3_RRparameter represents the window
size (number
PHYSICAL INFOMATION message
of sample
during an values) used to calculate
average value handover of SDCCH
asynchronous
of signal intensity
channel. This for adjacent cells.
timer is one of the configuration
parameters of BTS.
Timer Start: It starts when network sends
Interval of the
SDCCH re- Important RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION
Cell HO Related T3105d
sending phy Parameter message.
info message Timer Stop: It stops when the network
receives a layer-2 frame that can be
correctly
decoded or receives the HANDOVER
FAILURE
message from the former channel.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime,
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION
message
will be redelivered.
 It is the interval for resending the
RIL3_RR
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message
during an
asynchronous handover of TCH channel.
This timer
is one of the configuration parameters of
BTS.
Timer Start: It starts when network sends
Interval of
the
TCH re-
Important RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION
Cell HO Related T3105f sending PHY
Parameter message.
INFO
Timer Stop: RIL3_RR
BTS sends It stops when the network
PHYSICAL
message
receives a layer-2 frame that can be
INFORMATION
correctly
message to notify MS the advanced time
decoded or receives the HANDOVER
value
FAILURE
that is used during asynchronous
message from
handover the former channel.
process
Overtime Action: If the
to be in accordance timer
with GSMis overtime,
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL
specifications. BTS INFORMATION
message
starts the T3105 timer after the RIL3_RR
will be redelivered.
PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message is sent once.
MAX BTS resends
resending message RIL3_RR PHYSICAL
Important
Cell HO Related Ny1 times for INFORMATION and
Parameter
physical restart the T3105 timer if the timer stops
information and fails
to decode the frames in second layer
correctly
(format A or format B) or TCH frames.
MAX resending times for physical
information decides
maximum number of resending times for
RIL3_RR
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.
This parameter
is one of the BTS configuration
parameters.
TA of the destination cell is same as that
HoPatternInd Synchronizati General
Cell HO Related of the source
1 on Parameter
cell.

HoPatternInd Synchronizati General

Cell HO Related TA of the destination cell is unknown.
2 on Parameter
 Pseudo-
HoPatternInd General MS is able to calculate TA of the
Cell HO Related synchronizati
3 Parameter destination cell.
on

Pre-
HoPatternInd General This parameter determines the TA
Cell HO Related synchronizati
4 Parameter available for BASK.
on

This parameter defines a tolerable

dynamic priority
difference between the destination cell
and local cell
during a handover when using direction-
based handover
algorithm. During handover, if the first
cells
Difference of dynamic handover priority is higher than
DynPrioOffse General
Cell HO Related dynamic that of the
t Parameter
priority second cell but the second cell is in MS
moving direction,
then the direction-based handover
algorithm
works if the difference between the two
cells handover
priorities is within the tolerable
difference. MS
is handover to the second cell.

Support
maximum It indicates if maximum power on
Realized
Cell HO Related Info_3 power on handover
Parameter
handover command is supported.
Command
 The priority
of the It describes if the macro-micro handover
MacroMicroH handover Important decision
Cell HO Related
oPrio from Macro Parameter takes precedence of PBGT handover
cell to Micro decision.
cell

This parameter defines a tolerable power

budget difference
between destination cell and the local
cell
during a handover. During handover, if
the first cells
PBGT is higher than that of the second
cell but the
PBGT Realized second cell is in MS moving direction,
Cell Distance HO PbgtOffset
difference Parameter then the direction-
based handover algorithm works if the
difference
between the two cells PBGTs is within
the tolerable
difference. MS is handover to the second
cell.
This parameter indicates this allowable
difference.

To more effectively control traffic

distribution in the
Lag time for cell at different layers, while doing PBGT
PBGT decision,
PbgtHoPara General
Cell PBGT HO between add PBGT decision offset level in the cell
m_0 Parameter
different at different
layers layers within certain duration, which is
lag time for
PBGT between different layers.

To more effectively control traffic

distribution in the
Level offset cell at different layers, while doing PBGT
PbgtHoPara General
Cell PBGT HO for PBGT to decision,
m_1 Parameter
up layer add PBGT decision offset level in the cell
at upper
layer within certain duration.
 To more effectively control traffic
distribution in the
Level offset cell at different layers, while doing PBGT
PbgtHoPara General
Cell PBGT HO for PBGT to decision,
m_2 Parameter
low layer add PBGT decision offset level in the cell
at lower
layer within certain duration.

Value_N and Value_P in PBGT

handover. In PBGT
PBGT handover, if there are P values of PBGT
Important
Cell PBGT HO PBGTHoN handover in N PBGT
Parameter
Value N satisfying the handover determination
condition, the
PBGT handover conditions are satisfied.

Value_N and Value_P in PBGT

handover. In PBGT
PBGT handover, if there are P values of PBGT
Important
Cell PBGT HO PBGTHoP handover in N PBGT
Parameter
Value P satisfying the handover determination
condition, the
PBGT handover conditions are satisfied.

The You can do PBGT handover decision if

threshold for the downlink
PbgtHoStart Important
Cell PBGT HO starting level in current cell is lower than the
Ths Parameter
PBGT starting level
handover threshold of PBGT handover decision.
 to BSC fall into two types. One is the
average
of the measurement results of all
timeslots in a
measurement
According to GSM period in the non-DTX
Specifications,
mode, and
discontinuous transmission (DTX) refers
the
to theother is the average of the
measurement
process in which the system does not
results
transmitof some special timeslots in a
measurement
signals in the voice intermittent period
period
during in the DTX mode. BSC needs to
optionally
the subscriber communication process.
Uplink power
UL/DL RxLev HoUlLevWei General select
In the DTXone type
mode, of the
measurement
measurement datadata
Cell level
HO ght Parameter and use
reported
(Weight)
the
to BSCdatafall
to into
calculate the average
two types. One is value.
the
The first type of measurement data is the
average
average of the measurement
of the measurement results ofresults
all of
all
timeslots in a
timeslots,
measurement and period
it is accurate. But the
in the non-DTX
secondand
mode,
type of measurement
the other is the average data is the average
of the
of the
measurement
measurement
results of someresults specialoftimeslots
some timeslots,
in a
and it is
measurement
less
period accurate.
in the DTX Therefore,
mode. BSCBSC,needs
when to
averaging
optionally
Downlink the
selectmeasurement
one type of values, uses different
measurement data
UL/DL RxLev HoDlLevWei General weights
Cell power and use
HO ght Parameter for
level(Weight) the the
datatwoto types of measurement
calculate the average value. data.
This first
The parameter
type of determines
measurement thedata
weight for
is the
the first of the measurement results of
average
type of measurement data when
all
averaging
timeslots, and uplink
it is accurate. But the
signal strength for handover. Weight for
second
the
typesecond
according to the measurement
of measurement data is thedata. To
average
typetheof measurement data is set to 1 by
avoid
of
default.
the negative impact
measurement resultsofofburst
some timeslots,
measurement
and it is values
resulting
less [Link] complicated
Therefore, BSC, radiowhen
transmission,
averaging BSC,
when making handover
the measurement values, decision, no
uses different
Uplink power longer
weightsuses
UL/DL RxLev HoUlLevWin Important
Cell level(Window the original
for the measurement
two types data butdata.
of measurement uses
HO dow Parameter
) a series
This parameter determines the weight for
of
theaverage
first values of the measurement
data.
type of measurement data when
This parameter
averaging is the window size
downlink
(number
signal strength for handover. Weight for
In
thethe
of sampleGSMvalues)
second system, BSC
used tomakes
calculate
handover
average decision
type of measurement data is set to 1 by
according
value
default. to thesignal
of uplink measurement
intensity. data. To
avoid
the negative impact of burst
measurement values
resulting from complicated radio
transmission, BSC,
Downlink
when making handover decision, no
UL/DL RxLev HoDlLevWin power Important
Cell longer uses
HO dow level(Window Parameter
the original measurement data but uses
)
a series
of average values of the measurement
data.
This parameter represents the window
size (number
of sample values) used to calculate
average
value of downlink signal intensity.
 depend upon received average value of
uplink
and downlink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
the latest N
average values of uplink signal strength,
if P of the N
values fall below relevant threshold
value, perform
handover to improve the uplink signal
strength.
Parameter "HoUlLevThs" defines the
Uplink power According
related to GSM specifications,
UL/DL RxLev Important handover
Cell HoUlLevThs level(Thresh threshold, decisions
parameter "HoUlLevN" defines
HO Parameter depend upon received average value of
old) the related
uplink
N value, and and parameter HoUlLevP
downlink
defines the signal strength. The decision
process
related P value. If this handover
is as follows:
condition For an
is met, the latest N average
values
internalofhandover is usually performed in
downlink
the cell. signal strength, if P of the N
values
Usuallyfall the value of HoUlLevThs
below
shouldrelevant
be threshold value, perform
handover
less than the threshold for uplink power
to improve the downlink signal strength.
control
Parameter
(increase). HoDlLevThs
That is, perform defines
powerthe
control
related
first. If
Downlink
threshold,
power control parameter
does not HoDlLevN defines
work, perform
UL/DL RxLev power Important According
Cell
HO
HoDlLevThs
level(Thresh Parameter handover. to GSM specifications,
the
handover
related N value,decisions
and parameter
old) depend upon received average value of
HoDlLevP
uplink
defines the related P value.
and downlink
Usually signal
the value strength.
of "HoDlLevThs" shall
The
be lessdecision
than process is as follows: For
the latest
threshold N for downlink power control
average
(increase). values of uplink signal strength,
ifThat
P ofis,the N
perform power control first. If
values fall below relevant threshold
power control
value,
does not perform
work, perform handover. This
handover
parameterto improve the uplink signal
strength.
can be set to 15 by default (i.e. -96 dBm
Parameter
~ -95 "HoUlLevThs" defines the
related
dBm), which is 3 dB larger than the
UL/DL RxLev Uplink power Important According to GSM specifications,
Cell HoUlLevN threshold,
minimum access parameter "HoUlLevN" defines
HO level(N) Parameter handover
the valuedecisions
levelrelated (RxLevAccessMin) of the cell.
depend
N value,upon received average
and parameter value of
HoUlLevP
uplink
defines the
and downlink
related P [Link] strength.
If this handover
The decision
condition process
is met, an is as follows: For
the latesthandover
internal N is usually performed in
average
the cell. values of uplink signal strength,
ifUsually
P of the theNvalue of HoUlLevThs
values
should fallbe below relevant threshold
value,
less than perform
the threshold for uplink power
handover
control to improve the uplink signal
strength.
(increase). That is, perform power control
Parameter
first. If "HoUlLevThs" defines the
related
power control does not work, perform
UL/DL RxLev Uplink power Important
Cell HoUlLevP threshold,
handover. parameter "HoUlLevN" defines
HO level(P) Parameter
the related
N value, and parameter HoUlLevP
defines the
related P value. If this handover
condition is met, an
internal handover is usually performed in
the cell.
Usually the value of HoUlLevThs
should be
less than the threshold for uplink power
control
(increase). That is, perform power control
first. If
power control does not work, perform
handover.
 uplink and
downlink signal strength. The decision
process
is as follows: For the latest N average
values of
downlink signal strength, if P of the N
values fall
below relevant threshold value, perform
handover
to improve the downlink signal strength.
Parameter HoDlLevThs defines the
related
Downlink According to GSM specifications,
threshold, parameter HoDlLevN defines
UL/DL RxLev Important handover decisions
Cell HoDlLevN power the
HO Parameter depend
level(N) related Nupon value,received average value of
and parameter
uplink
HoDlLevP and
downlink
defines the signal
relatedstrength.
P value. The decision
process
Usually the value of "HoDlLevThs" shall
is
beas lessfollows:
than For the latest N average
values of
the threshold for downlink power control
downlink
(increase).
According signal
to GSM strength, if P of the N
Specifications,
values
That is, fall
perform power
discontinuous transmission (DTX) control [Link]
If
below
the relevant
power
to control threshold value, perform
handover
does
process notinwork,which perform handover.
the system does This
not
to improve the downlink signal strength.
parameter
transmit
Parameter
can
signalsbe setin the HoDlLevThs
to 15
voiceby default defines
(i.e. -96
intermittent the
dBm
period
related
~ -95
during
Downlink threshold,
dBm), which
the subscriber parameter HoDlLevN
is communication
3 dB larger defines
thanprocess.
the
UL/DL RxLev Important
Cell HoDlLevP power the
minimum
In the DTXaccess mode, the measurement data
HO Parameter
level(P) related
level
reported N value,
value and parameterof the cell.
(RxLevAccessMin)
HoDlLevP
to BSC fall into two types. One is the
defines
averagethe related P value.
Usually the value of "HoDlLevThs"
of the measurement results of all shall
be less than
timeslots in a
the threshold for
measurement downlink
period in thepower
non-DTX control
According
(increase). to GSM Specifications,
mode, and
discontinuous transmission (DTX) refers
That
the is, perform
other power control
is the average of the first. If
to the
power control
measurement
process in which the system does This
not
does
results notof work,
someperform handover.
special timeslots in a
transmit
parameter
measurement
signals in the voice intermittent period
can
period be inset the to DTX
15 bymode.
default BSC([Link]
-96 dBmto
during
~ -95
optionally
the subscriber
UL/DL HoUlQualWei Uplink quality General dBm),
select which
one typeis communication
3ofdB larger thanprocess.
measurement the
datadata
Cell In the DTX
minimum mode,
access the measurement
RxQual HO ght level(Weight) Parameter and use
reported
level
the value
data (RxLevAccessMin)
to into
calculate the average of the cell.
to BSC fall two types. One is value.
the
The
averagefirst type of measurement data is the
average of the measurement
of the measurement results ofresults
all of
all
timeslots in a
timeslots,
measurement and period
it is accurate. But the
in the non-DTX
second
mode, and
type of measurement
the other is the average data is the average
of the
of the measurement
measurement results of some
timeslots,
results of some and it special
is timeslots in a
less accurate. Therefore, BSC, when
measurement
averaging
period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to
the measurement values, uses different
optionally
Downlink weights
select one type of measurement data
UL/DL HoDlQualWei General for
Cell quality andthe usetwo types of measurement data.
RxQual HO ght Parameter This parameter determines the weight
level(Weight) the data to calculate the average [Link]
the first
The first type of measurement data is the
type
average of measurement
of the measurement data when results of
averaging
all uplink
signal
timeslots, qualityandfor it ishandover.
[Link] thefor
the
secondsecond
type
type of of measurement
measurement data data isis set
the to 1 by
average
default.
of the
measurement results of some timeslots,
and it is
less accurate. Therefore, BSC, when
averaging
the measurement values, uses different
weights
for the two types of measurement data.
This parameter determines the weight for
the first
type of measurement data when
averaging downlink
signal quality for handover. Weight for
the second
type of measurement data is set to 1 by
default.
 In the GSM system, BSC makes
handover decision
according to the measurement data. To
avoid
the negative impact of burst
measurement values
resulting from complicated radio
transmission, BSC,
Uplink quality when making handover decision, no
UL/DL HoUlQualWi Important
Cell level(Window longer uses
RxQual HO ndow Parameter
) the original measurement data but uses
a series
of average values of the measurement
data.
This parameter represents the window
In
sizethe GSM system, BSC makes
handover
(number ofdecision
sample values) used to
according
calculate to the measurement data. To
avoid
average value of uplink signal quality.
the negative impact of burst
measurement values
resulting from complicated radio
transmission, BSC,
Downlink
when making handover decision, no
UL/DL HoDlQualWi quality Important
Cell longer uses
RxQual HO ndow level(Window Parameter
the originaltomeasurement
According data but uses
GSM specifications,
)
a series decisions
handover
of average
depend uponvalues of theaverage
received measurement
value of
data.
uplink and
This parameter
downlink signal represents
strength. The thedecision
window
size
process(number
of sample
is as values)
follows: used
For the to calculate
latest N average
average
values
value
of uplinkof downlink signalif quality.
signal quality, P of the N
values rise
above relevant threshold value, perform
handover
to improve the uplink signal quality.
Uplink quality
UL/DL Important Parameter HoUlQualThs defines the
Cell HoUlQualThs level(Thresh
RxQual HO Parameter related
old)
threshold, parameter HoUlQualN
depend
defines the upon received average value of
uplink
relatedand N value, and parameter
downlink
HoUlQualP signal strength. The decision
process
defines the related P value.
is as follows:
Usually For the
the value latest N average
of "HoUlQualThs" shall
values
be of
downlink
greater than signal
thequality,
thresholdif Pfor
of uplink
the N
values rise
power control
above relevant
(increase). Thatthreshold
is, perform value,
powerperform
control
handover
first. If
to improve
power thedoes
control downlink signalperform
not work, quality.
Downlink Parameter
handover. HoDlQualThs defines the
UL/DL quality Important related
Cell HoDlQualThs
RxQual HO level(Thresh Parameter threshold, parameter HoDlQualN
old) defines the
related N value, and parameter
HoDlQualP
defines the related P value.
In general, the Downlink receive quality
Threshold
shall be larger than downlink power
control
(increase) threshold, i.e. perform power
control
first, then perform handover if power
control fails.
 depend upon received average value of
uplink and
downlink signal strength. The decision
process
is as follows: For the latest N average
values of
downlink signal quality, if P of the N
values rise
above relevant threshold value, perform
handover
to improve the downlink signal quality.
Parameter HoDlQualThs defines the
Downlink
UL/DL Important related
Cell HoDlQualN quality
RxQual HO Parameter threshold, parameter HoDlQualN
level(N)
defines the
depend
related Nupon received
value, average value of
and parameter
uplink and
HoDlQualP
downlink
defines the signal strength.
related P value. The decision
process
In general, the Downlink receive quality
is as follows: For the latest N average
Threshold
values
shall beoflarger than downlink power
downlink
control signal quality, if P of the N
values
(increase) risethreshold, i.e. perform power
above
controlrelevant threshold value, perform
handover
first, then perform handover if power
to improve
control [Link] downlink signal quality.
Parameter HoDlQualThs defines the
Downlink
UL/DL Important related
Cell HoDlQualP quality
RxQual HO Parameter threshold, parameter HoDlQualN
level(P) According
defines theto GSM specifications,
handover decisions
related N value, and parameter
depend
HoDlQualP upon received average value of
uplink
definesand the related P value.
downlink
In general, signal strength. receive
the Downlink The decision
quality
process
Threshold
is as follows:
shall be largerFor thanthedownlink
latest N power
average
values
control
of uplink signal
(increase) quality,
threshold, [Link] perform
P of the power
N
values
control rise
above relevant
first, then perform threshold
handover value, perform
if power
handover
control fails.
to improve the uplink signal quality.
UL/DL Uplink quality Important Parameter HoUlQualThs defines the
Cell HoUlQualN
RxQual HO level(N) Parameter related
According to GSM specifications,
threshold, parameter HoUlQualN
handover
defines thedecisions
depend
related Nupon received
value, average value of
and parameter
uplink and
HoUlQualP
downlink
defines the signal strength.
related P value. The decision
process
Usually the value of "HoUlQualThs" shall
is
beas follows: For the latest N average
values
greater than the threshold for uplink
of uplink
power signal quality, if P of the N
control
values
(increase).rise That is, perform power control
above
first. If relevant threshold value, perform
handover
power control does not work, perform
to improve the uplink signal quality.
handover.
UL/DL Uplink quality Important Parameter HoUlQualThs defines the
Cell HoUlQualP
RxQual HO level(P) Parameter related
threshold, parameter HoUlQualN
defines the
related N value, and parameter
HoUlQualP
defines the related P value.
Usually the value of "HoUlQualThs" shall
be
greater than the threshold for uplink
power control
(increase). That is, perform power control
first. If
power control does not work, perform
handover.
 You can do macro-micro handover
decision if the
Handover downlink level in current cell is no more
Macro-Micro MacroMicroS Important
Cell from macro than the
HO tartThs Parameter
to micro starting level threshold of macro-micro
handover
decision.
During fast fading handover, some
parameters
shall be used. If the measured signal
intensity
of a call is less than rapid handover
threshold,
then it triggers handover of existing cell
to
most probable candidate cell.
RapidHoN counter defines the minimum
Rapid times
Important
Cell Rapid HO RapidHoThs handover for which the measured signal intensity
Parameter
Threshold of a
call is less than the threshold.
"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is,
During
-96dBmfast ~ fading handover, some
parameters
-95dBm) by default, the same as the
shall
level be used. If the measured signal
threshold
intensity
of ordinary handover. Parameter
of a call is less
"RapidHoN" than rapid handover
shall
threshold,
be set to ensure that rapid handover is
then
fasterit triggers handover of existing cell
to
than the ordinary signal level handover.
most probable candidate cell.
RapidHoN counter defines the minimum
Rapid times
General
Cell Rapid HO RapidHoN handover for which the measured signal intensity
Parameter
Value N of a
call is less than the threshold.
"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is,
-96dBm ~
-95dBm) by default, the same as the
level threshold
of ordinary handover. Parameter
"RapidHoN" shall
be set to ensure that rapid handover is
faster
If TCH occupation rate of a cell is greater
than
than the
this ordinary signal level handover.
parameter value (number of occupied
TCH channels
Threshold of
Important / number of total TCH channels, not
Cell Traffic HO TrafficThs traffic for
Parameter including blocked
handover
idle channels), then it indicates the cell is
too busy,
and traffic handover is triggered for the
cell.
 This parameter is used for traffic
handover. For the
original handover condition that adjacent
cells level
must be higher than that of this cell,
modify it so that
Traffic Layer
adjacent selecting
cells levelparameter
must be onhigher
service than
Important quality
Cell Traffic HO TrafficLevThs handover this threshold.
Parameter handover.
threshold In this way,This parameter,
traffic handovertogethercan be with
Frequency
improved
control
greatly. value for handover
This threshold mustonbetraffic,
less than
decides
the PBGT
the adjacent
threshold cells frequency
in reverse [Link] and
Otherwise,
layer
it may result
selected
in toggle during
handover. traffic handover.
When traffic handover condition is
satisfied, as for
Directed
the layer transfer
relation,isfour only for oneare
choices
designated
available forcell and it
is restricted
call selectionbyand a tolerable
candidate level
cell
difference.
arrangement. This level
This
Layer control difference
parameter is lower than
decides which PBGTchoice handover
shall be
TrafficHoLayr value for Important threshold
Cell Traffic HO selected. in
Ctl handover on Parameter reverse direction, thus to avoid
When implementing traffic-based
traffic oscillating handover.
handover control
Directed transfer does
in traffic process, not result has
this parameter in
destination
higher cell
congestion.
priority than Therefore,
that of adjacenttransfer reserved
cells.
resource
The values are as follows:
threshold is set. Perform forced transfer
0: N, Not defined;
when
This
1: SAME, the Adjacent
parameter defines the control
cell and this cellvalue
are
destination
of
in the cell resource is less than the
threshold.
layer
samefor traffic
layer (PBGThandover,
handover i.e. which
is possible);
Select
frequency
2: UPPER, usersAdjacent
with smallcellpath loss and
is upper layer of
small
band TA asbe handover to.
this shall
transferred
0: GSM900
cell (when this users.
cellUsers
frequency are transferred
band
is micro-cell); P-
Frequency when their Adjacent
GSM(ARFCN
3: LOWER, = 1 ~ 124)cell is lower layer of
TrafficHoFreq control value Important path loss isfrequency
less than this parameter
Cell Traffic HO 1:
thisEXT900 band E-GSM and
Ctl for handover Parameter TA
on traffic cellis(when
(ARFCN= less 0this ~ 124,
cell is975 ~ 1023)
macro-cell)
than the MAXfrequency
2: DCS1800 time advance bandthreshold on
force
DCS1800(ARFCN = 512 ~ 885)
handover
PCS1900 parameter.
frequency band This algorithm
applies to cases = 512 ~ 810)
PCS1900(ARFCN
such
GSM850 as dual-frequency
frequency band networking,
(ARFCN = 128
900M
~ 251)cell and
1800M cell share the same site address.
Users decide only by path loss when
MAX time
advance threshold on force handover is
63
MAX time and only by TA when MAX path loss
advance threshold
General
Cell Force HO MaxTAThs threshold on on force handover is 150.
Parameter
force The N value of force handover
handover parameter and
P value of force handover parameter are
used
for decision in actual situations. In other
words,
handover conditions are met if P of N
measurement
reports satisfy requirement.
Path loss L = BS_TXPWR -
AV_RXLEV_DL
BS_TXPWR is transmission power of the
carrier
where occupied timeslot locates. It
depends
on the carriers maximum transmission
power,
static attenuation power, and power
control.
AV_RXLEV_DL is the downlink-receiving
level.
Therefore, forced handover shall meet
the
following requirements:
Level of destination cell must be higher
than
 oscillating
force handover.
Directed
handovertransferparameter. doesThis not algorithm
result in
destination
applies to cases cell
congestion. Therefore, transfer
such as dual-frequency networking, reserved
resource
900M cell and
threshold
1800M cellisshare set. Perform
the same forced transfer
site address.
when
Users the decide only by path loss when
Directed
MAX timetransfer
destination is only for
cell resource one than the
is less
designated
threshold.
advance threshold cell andon it force handover is
is
63restricted
Select usersby with a tolerable
small path level
loss and
difference.
small
and only TA asbyThisTA when level MAX path loss
MAX path difference
threshold isusers.
transferred lower Users than PBGT handover
are transferred
loss threshold
when their in
General on force handover is 150.
Cell Force HO MaxLossThs threshold on reverse
path direction, thus to avoid
Parameter The Nloss valueis less
of forcethan this
handoverparameter and
force oscillating
TA is less handover.
parameter and
handover Directed
than theof transfer
MAX time does not parameter
advance result in are
threshold on
P value force handover
destination
force
used cell
congestion.
handover
for decision Therefore,
parameter. This
in actual situations. transfer
algorithm reserved
In other
resource
applies
words, to cases
threshold
such
handover is set. Perform
as dual-frequency
conditions forced
arenetworking,
met if Ptransfer
of N
when
900M the
cell and
measurement
destination
1800M
reports cell
satisfy cell
share resource
the same
requirement. is less
site than the
address.
threshold.
Users
Path loss decide only by path loss
L = BS_TXPWR - when
Select
MAX users with small path loss and
time
AV_RXLEV_DL
small
advance
BS_TXPWR TA asthreshold on force handover
is transmission power of the is
transferred
63
carrier users. Users are transferred
when
and
where their
only by TA when
occupied timeslot MAX path loss
locates. It
N value of path
Cell Force HO HoForceN force
General depends is less than this parameter and
loss
threshold
Parameter TA is less
on force
the handover
carriers maximumis [Link] N value of
transmission
handover than the MAX time advanceand threshold on
force
power, handover parameter
force
P value
static of force handover
attenuation power, and parameter
power are
handover
control. parameter. This algorithm
used
applies
for
AV_RXLEV_DLto cases
decision in actual
is thesituations.
downlink-receivingIn other
such
level. dual-frequency networking,
words, as
900M
handover cell conditions
Therefore, and
forced handover are metshall if P of N
meet
1800M
measurement
the cell share the same site address.
Users
reports
following decide
satisfy only by path loss when
requirement.
requirements:
MAX
Path time
loss L = BS_TXPWR
Level of destination cell must - be
advance
AV_RXLEV_DL
higher than threshold on force handover is
63
BS_TXPWR
local cell by maximum is transmission power of the
level difference;
and only by resource
carrier
Available TA when MAX path losscell
of destination
threshold
where
must be occupied
higher than timeslottransferlocates. It
reserved
P value of
General on force handover
depends
resource threshold;is 150.
Cell Force HO HoForceP force
Parameter The
on
PathN value
the
According losstoLof
carriers force
maximum
must
GSM behandover
lesstransmission
specifications, than MAX
handover
parameter
power,
path
handover and
decisions
P value
static
loss
depend of
threshold
upon force
attenuation onhandover
power,
force average
received parameter
and
handover power and are
value TA
of
used
control.
must be less than MAX time advance
uplink
for decision
AV_RXLEV_DL
threshold
and downlink oninforce actual
is the
signal situations.
downlink-receiving
handover;
strength. TheIn other
words,
level.
Destination cell is forced transfer cell.
decision
handover
process isconditions
Therefore, forced
as are
handover
follows: Formet iflatest
theshall P of N
meet
N
measurement
the
average
reports
following
values of satisfy
uplinkrequirement.
requirements:signal strength, if P of
Path
Level
the Nloss L = BS_TXPWR
of destination cell must - be higher
AV_RXLEV_DL
than
values rise above relevant threshold
BS_TXPWR
local cell
value, then is transmission
by maximum power of the
level difference;
Intra- carrier
Available
perform handover. The handover cell
resource of destination is due
UL/DL handover where
must
to be
strong occupied
higher than timeslottransferlocates. It
reserved
IntraHoUlLev General depends
resource threshold; interference.
Cell Interference uplink uplink co-frequency
Ths Parameter on theloss
Path carriers maximum
L"IntraHoUlLevThs"
must be less than transmission
MAX path
HO receive level Parameter defines
Threshold power,
loss threshold
the related on force handover and TA
static
must be attenuation
threshold, less thanpower,
parameter MAX andadvance
time
"IntraHoUlLevN" power
control.
threshold
defines theon force handover;
AV_RXLEV_DL
Destination
related N value,cell is andtheparameter
forced downlink-receiving
transfer cell.
level.
"IntraHoUlLevP"
Therefore,
defines theforced relatedhandover P value. If shall
thismeet
the
handover
following
condition requirements:
is met, an internal handover is
Levelperformed
usually of destination in the cellcell.
must be
higher
Usuallythan the value of "IntraHoUlLevThs"
local
shall cell
be moreby maximum than the level thresholddifference;
for
Available resource of destination cell
uplink
must
powerbe higher(decrease).
control than transfer reserved
resource threshold;
Path loss L must be less than MAX
path
loss threshold on force handover and TA
must be less than MAX time advance
threshold on force handover;
Destination cell is forced transfer cell.
 Intra-
UL/DL handover
IntraHoUlLev General
Cell Interference uplink 0
N Parameter
HO receive level
Value N

Intra-
UL/DL handover
IntraHoUlLev General
Cell Interference uplink 0
According to GSM specifications,
P Parameter
HO receive level handover decisions
Value P depend upon received average value of
uplink
and downlink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
the latest N
average values of downlink signal
strength, if P of
the N values rise above relevant
threshold value,
then perform handover. The handover is
due to
Intra-
strong downlink co-frequency
UL/DL handover
IntraHoDlLev General interference.
Cell Interference downlink According
Ths Parameter Parameter to GSM specifications,
"IntraHoDlLevThs" defines
HO receive level handover
the relateddecisions
Threshold depend upon received"IntraHoDlLevN"
average value of
threshold, parameter
uplink
defines the
and downlink
related signal
N value, and strength.
parameter
The decision process is as follows: For
"IntraHoDlLevP"
the latest
defines N related P value. If this
the
average
handovervalues of downlink signal
strength,
condition ifisPmet,
of an internal handover is
the N values
usually rise above
performed in the relevant
cell.
threshold
Usually the value,
value of "IntraHoDlLevThs"
then
shall perform handover. The handover is
due to than (or equal to) the threshold
be less
Intra-
strong
for downlink co-frequency
UL/DL handover
IntraHoDlLev General interference.
uplink power control (decrease).
Cell Interference downlink
N Parameter Parameter "IntraHoDlLevThs" defines
HO receive level
the related
Value N
threshold, parameter "IntraHoDlLevN"
defines the
related N value, and parameter
"IntraHoDlLevP"
defines the related P value. If this
handover
condition is met, an internal handover is
usually performed in the cell.
Usually the value of "IntraHoDlLevThs"
shall
be less than (or equal to) the threshold
for
uplink power control (decrease).
 depend upon received average value of
uplink
and downlink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
the latest N
average values of downlink signal
strength, if P of
the N values rise above relevant
threshold value,
then perform handover. The handover is
due to
Intra-
strong downlink co-frequency
UL/DL handover
IntraHoDlLev General interference.
Cell Interference downlink
P Parameter Parameter "IntraHoDlLevThs" defines
HO receive level
the related
Value P
threshold,
Check the parameter "IntraHoDlLevN"
relation between level and
defines
quality tothe
relatedif N
judge value,
there andinterference
is any parameter in
"IntraHoDlLevP"
service judgment
defines the
channel when related P value.
handover If this
occurs in the
handover
cell.
condition >=
rxqual-ul is met, an internal
QoffSetUl handover is
+ FQSS
usually performed in the cell.
(RXLEV_UL+SOff-
Usuallyorthe
SetUl) value of>=
rxqual-dl "IntraHoDlLevThs"
QOffSetDl + FQSS
shall
(RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl). Where, rxqual-
be is
xx less than (or equal to) the threshold
uplink/
UL/DL Uplink for
downlink quality, QoffSetxx is
General uplink power control (decrease).
Cell Interference QOffSetUl interference uplink/downlink
Parameter
HO quality offset quality offset, RXLEV_XX is
uplink/downlink level,
Check
SoffSetxxthe isrelation between level
uplink/downlink level and
offset.
quality to
After interference is confirmed, when
judge
serviceif there is any interference in
service judgment
party requests channel from database,
channel
which shallwhen handover occurs in the
cell.
tell original occupation condition of
rxqual-ul
database,>= QoffSetUl + FQSS
(RXLEV_UL+SOff-
then the database select proper
SetUl)
channels or rxqual-dl >= QOffSetDl + FQSS
(RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl).
based on this [Link], rxqual-
xx is uplink/
UL/DL Uplink downlink quality, QoffSetxx is
General
Cell Interference SOffSetUl interference uplink/downlink
Parameter
HO level offset quality offset, RXLEV_XX is
uplink/downlink level,
Check
SoffSetxxthe isrelation between level
uplink/downlink level and
offset.
quality to
After interference is confirmed, when
judge
serviceif there is any interference in
service judgment
party requests channel from database,
channel
which shallwhen handover occurs in the
cell.
tell original occupation condition of
rxqual-ul
database,>= QoffSetUl + FQSS
(RXLEV_UL+SOff-
then the database select proper
SetUl)
channels or rxqual-dl >= QOffSetDl + FQSS
(RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl).
based on this [Link], rxqual-
xx is uplink/
UL/DL Downlink downlink quality, QoffSetxx is
General
Cell Interference QOffSetDl interference uplink/downlink
Parameter
HO quality offset quality offset, RXLEV_XX is
uplink/downlink level,
SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink level offset.
After interference is confirmed, when
service
party requests channel from database,
which shall
tell original occupation condition of
database,
then the database select proper
channels
based on this information.
 Check the relation between level and
quality to
judge if there is any interference in
service judgment
channel when handover occurs in the
cell.
rxqual-ul >= QoffSetUl + FQSS
(RXLEV_UL+SOff-
SetUl) or rxqual-dl >= QOffSetDl + FQSS
(RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl). Where, rxqual-
xx is uplink/
UL/DL Downlink
General downlink
If MS performs quality,handover
QoffSetxx is
continuously in
Cell Interference SOffSetDl interference
Parameter uplink/downlink
the cell,
HO level offset
quality offset,
it indicates RXLEV_XX
great interference is in this
uplink/downlink
position and level,
SoffSetxx
no appropriate is uplink/downlink level offset.
channel is available.
After
In suchinterference
a case, MS is shall
confirmed, when to
be forbidden
service
perform
party requests
handover withinchannel
a certain from
[Link],
The
which
judgment shall
tell original
method is as occupation
follows: If condition
handoverofoccurs
database,then
within the database select
proper
the channels
invalid intra-handover time, then the
based
previous on this information.
handover is considered to have no
UL/DL Invalid intra- influence on
General If MS performs
Cell Interference TMaxIHo handover interference, thehandover continuously in
counter HoCount
Parameter the cell, by 1
HO time increases
itand
indicates
restart great
[Link]
If handover in this
occurs
position
after the and
no appropriate
invalid channeltime,
intra-handover is available.
the previous
In such a case, MS shall be forbidden to
handover
perform
is considered valid and clear the counter
handover
to 0. within a certain time. The
judgment
If the counter value reaches the value of
method
MAX count is as follows: If handover occurs
within
of invalid intra-handover parameter, then
the invalid intra-handover time, then the
it indicates
previous
not to attempt handover within a certain
handover
period. is considered to have no
UL/DL MAX count of influence
Perform penalty on in intra-cell penalty
General
Cell Interference MaxIHo invalid intra- interference,
mode. the counter HoCount
Parameter
HO handover increases by 1
and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs
after the
invalid intra-handover time, the previous
handover
In the GSM system, BSC makes
is considered
handover valid and clear the counter
decision
to 0.
according to the measurement data. To
If the counter value reaches the value of
avoid
MAX count impact of burst
the negative
of invalid intra-handover
measurement values parameter, then
itresulting
indicates from complicated radio
not to attempt BSC,
transmission, handover within a certain
period.
when making handover decision, no
General Performuses
longer penalty in intra-cell penalty
Cell TA HO Distance Distance mode.
Parameter the original measurement data but uses
a series
of average values of the measurement
data.
This parameter represents the window
size (number
of sample values) used to calculate
average value of
distance (timing advance) between MS
and BTS.
 According to GSM specifications,
handover decisions
depend upon received average value of
uplink
and downlink signal strength.
Max Time
The decision process is as follows: For
Advance
General the latest
Cell TA HO DistanceThs Threshold
Parameter N average values of TA (distance), if P of
between MS
the N
and BTS
values rises above relevant threshold
value, then
perform handover. The handover is due
to MS
According to GSM specifications,
being out of
handover the cell service range.
decisions
depend upon received average value of
uplink
and downlink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
the latest
N average values of TA (distance), if P of
Distance the N
General
Cell TA HO DistanceN handover values rises above relevant threshold
Parameter
value N value, then
perform handover. The handover is due
to MS
being out of the cell service range.
Parameter "DistanceN" defines the
According
relevant to GSM specifications,
handover
N value, anddecisions
parameter "DistanceP"
depend
defines upon received average value of
uplink
the relevant P value.
and downlink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For
the latest
N average values of TA (distance), if P of
Distance the N
General
Cell TA HO DistanceP handover values rises above relevant threshold
Parameter
value P value, then
perform handover. The handover is due
to MS
If system adopts concentric technology,
being out of the cell service range.
then
Parameter "DistanceN"
handover decisions alsodefines
dependtheupon
relevant
good
N value,toand
Carrier parameterratio
Interference "DistanceP"
(C/I) of
defines
special
the
layerrelevant P value.
TRX frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the
paging is
on common layer TRX frequency and P
of the latest
CO-BCCH Good C/I General N C/I values raise above the good C/I
Cell GoodCiThs
HO Threshold Parameter threshold,
then perform handover from common
layer TRX
frequency to special layer TRX
frequency.
Parameter "GoodCiThs" defines the
related
threshold, parameter "GoodCiN" defines
the
related N value, and parameter
GoodCiP
defines the related P value.
 If system adopts concentric technology,
then
handover decisions also depend upon
good
Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of
special
layer TRX frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the
paging is
on common layer TRX frequency and P
of the latest
CO-BCCH Good C/I General N C/I values raise above the good C/I
Cell GoodCiN
HO Value N Parameter threshold,
then perform handover from common
layer TRX
If system adopts
frequency concentric
to special layer TRXtechnology,
then
frequency.
handover
Parameterdecisions also defines
"GoodCiThs" depend the
upon
good
related
Carrier to Interference
threshold, ratio (C/I) of
parameter "GoodCiN" defines
special
the
layer TRX
related frequency.
N value, and parameter
The decision process is as follows: If the
GoodCiP
paging
defines isthe related P value.
on common layer TRX frequency and P
of the latest
CO-BCCH Good C/I General N C/I values raise above the good C/I
Cell GoodCiP
HO Value P Parameter threshold,
then perform handover from common
layer TRX
frequency to special layer TRX
frequency.
handover decisions also depend upon
Parameter
good "GoodCiThs" defines the
related
Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of
threshold,
special parameter "GoodCiN" defines
the
layer TRX frequency.
related N value,
The decision and parameter
process is as follows: If the
GoodCiP
paging
defines the related
is on special P value.
layer TRX frequency and P
of the
latest N C/I values fall below the bad C/I
CO-BCCH Bad C/I General
Cell BadCiThs threshold,
HO Threshold Parameter
then perform handover from special layer
TRX
frequency to common layer TRX
frequency.
handover
Parameterdecisions
"BadCiThs"alsodefines
depend upon
the
good
related threshold,
Carrier
parameterto Interference ratio (C/I)
"BadCiN" defines of
the related
special
N value, and
layer TRX frequency.
parameter "BadCiP" defines the related
The decision process is as follows: If the
P value.
paging
is on special layer TRX frequency and P
of the
latest N C/I values fall below the bad C/I
CO-BCCH Bad C/I General
Cell BadCiN threshold,
HO Value N Parameter
then perform handover from special layer
TRX
frequency to common layer TRX
frequency.
Parameter "BadCiThs" defines the
related threshold,
parameter "BadCiN" defines the related
N value, and
parameter "BadCiP" defines the related
P value.
 handover decisions also depend upon
good
Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of
special
layer TRX frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the
paging
is on special layer TRX frequency and P
of the
latest N C/I values fall below the bad C/I
CO-BCCH Bad C/I General
Cell BadCiP threshold,
HO Value P Parameter
then perform handover from special layer
TRX
frequency to common layer TRX
frequency.
Parameter "BadCiThs" defines the
related threshold,
parameter "BadCiN" defines the related
N value, and
parameter "BadCiP" defines the related
P value.

Power
It indicates the value to compensate
CO-BCCH DuleBandOff compensatio General
Cell power in the
HO set n between Parameter
second cell in dual band cell.
frequencies

It is one of sucell handover parameters,

indicating
CO-BCCH PathLossMa The MAX of Important
Cell threshold parameters while subcell 2 do
HO x path loss Parameter
path loss
handover decision for subcell 1.

One of the subcell handover parameters,

the minimum
path loss. If byPathLoss =< PathLossMin
and
TA =< SubCellTAMin, the second subcell
channel
will be selected first, use
CO-BCCH The MIN of Important
Cell PathLossMin RR_GETRADIOCHANNEL
HO path loss Parameter
interface of DBS to apply channel; if
byPathLoss >
PathLossMin or TA > SubCellTAMin, only
the channel
of the first subcell is available, use
RR_GETRADIOCHANNEL
interface of DBS to apply channel
 It is one of sucell handover parameters,
indicating
CO-BCCH SubCellTAM The MAX of Important
Cell threshold parameters while subcell 2
HO ax time advance Parameter
does TA handover
decision for subcell 1.

It is one of sucell handover parameters,

indicating
CO-BCCH SubCellTAMi The MIN of Important
Cell threshold parameters while subcell 1
HO n time advance Parameter
does TA handover
decision for subcell 2.

This parameter is one of the conditions

used to decide
inter-subcell handover. The judgment
process is as
N value of follows: For the latest N value of subcell
CO-BCCH General
Cell SubCellN subcell handover
HO Parameter
handover sample average values, if SubcellP (P
value of subcell
handover parameter) of the SubcellN
values satisfy
the condition, then perform handover.

This parameter is one of the conditions

used to decide
inter-subcell handover. The judgment
process is as
P value of follows: For the latest N value of subcell
CO-BCCH General
Cell SubCellP subcell handover
HO Parameter
handover sample average values, if SubcellP (P
value of subcell
handover parameter) of the SubcellN
values satisfy
the condition, then perform handover.
 Minimum resource threshold allowed by
Minimal
Dynamic General the cell,
Cell ResourceThs resource
priority Parameter which is used to calculate dynamic cell
threshold
priority.

After getting a series of measurement

reports, you can
do the decisions for downlink rapid
handover.
The downlink rapid is the reason to
cause handover.
The decision process is as follows: do
Downlink
the handover
DLRAPIDHO Rapid General
Cell Rapid HO if the latest downlink level values
THS handover Parameter
(without average
threshold
processing) is higher than the sum of
relevant threshold
values and offset values. The handover
reason is
downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoThs
After
definesgetting
the a series of measurement
reports,
thresholdyou can
value.
do the decisions for downlink rapid
handover.
The downlink rapid is the reason to
cause handover.
The decision process is as follows: do
Downlink the handover
DLRAPIDHO General
Cell Rapid HO Rapid if the latest downlink level values
N Parameter
handover N (without average
processing) is higher than the sum of
relevant threshold
values and offset values. The handover
reason is
After getting a series of measurement
downlinkyou
reports, rapid
canhandover. DLRapidHoN
defines the
do the decisions for downlink rapid
value N.
handover.
The downlink rapid is the reason to
cause handover.
The decision process is as follows: do
the handover
Downlink
if the latest downlink level values
Rapid
DLRAPIDHO Realized (without average
Cell Rapid HO handover
OFFSET_0 Parameter processing) is higher than the sum of
offset of high
relevant threshold
speed
values and offset values. The handover
reason is
downlink rapid handover.
DLRapidHoOffset_0 defines
the offset threshold value for downlink
rapid handover
if the train speed is higher than 250
km/hr.
 After getting a series of measurement
reports, you can
do the decisions for downlink rapid
handover.
The downlink rapid is the reason to
cause handover.
The decision process is as follows: do
Downlink the handover
Rapid if the latest downlink level values
DLRAPIDHO Realized
Cell Rapid HO handover (without average
OFFSET_1 Parameter
offset of processing) is higher than the sum of
middle speed relevant threshold
values and offset values. The handover
reason is
downlink rapid handover.
After getting a series defines
DLRapidHoOffset_1 of measurement
reports,
the offsetyou can
threshold value for downlink
do
rapidthehandover
decisions for downlink rapid
handover.
if the train speed is 150~250 km/hr.
The downlink rapid is the reason to
cause handover.
The decision process is as follows: do
Downlink the handover
Rapid if the latest downlink level values
DLRAPIDHO Realized
Cell Rapid HO handover (without average
OFFSET_2 Parameter
offset of low processing) is higher than the sum of
speed relevant threshold
values and offset values. The handover
reason is
downlink rapid handover.
DLRapidHoOffset_2 defines
the offset
The thresholdand
cell selection value for downlink
reselection of MS
rapid
depends handover
if the
on thetrain speed
C1 and C2isparameters,
lower than 150 km/hr.
according
to the
definition in the GSM specification.
Network
carriers decide if to use C2 as the cell
HOBACKPE Handover Important reselection
Cell HO Related None
parameter. Additional reselection
NALTY back penalty Parameter
parameter
indication is to notify MS if C2 criterion is
adoptable during the cell reselection.
Network broadcasts the parameter
information
to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
messages.
Additional reselection parameter
indication is one of
the cell selection parameters. Value
Attached Instruction:
CR Related AdditionRese reselection General Yes: MS takes off cell reselection
Cell
Parameters lPI parameter Parameter parameter
indication PI and the parameters related to
computing
C2 from the rest bytes SI7/8 Rest
Octets of
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 7 or 8.
No: MS should obtain the PI
parameter
related to the cell reselection and
parameters
related to the C2 calculation from the
rest
octets of the SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE4
message (SI4 Rest Octets).
Generally, the system messages 7 and 8
are seldom
used. Normally this parameter is No. It
shall be
Yes when the system adopts the system
messages
7 and 8, and the cell reselection uses
C2.
 standard
to implement is balance network.
adopted in
Network the cell reselection.
broadcasts the parameter The
successive
information Cell
reselection
to all MSs inoffset, the cell Temporary
through RIL3_RR offset and
Penalty
SYSTEM
time are invalid, TYPE3
INFORMATION and MSand takes TYPE4C1 as the
cell
messages. It
reselection
is one of thestandard cell selection when parameters.
this value is
No.
The
This parameter
validity of this parameter is broadcasted depends to all MS
upon
in
Whenever
Cell MS moves across the two cell
Cell the cell in RIL3_RR
boundary-regions
reselection parameter SYSTEM
with different location
indication.
CR Related reselection Important INFORMATION
area
The settingcodes,of it initiates Locationoffset,
Cell reselection Update
Cell CellReselPI
Parameters parameter Parameter TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Cell
(LU)
Temporary
indication reselection
procedure
offset and the in IDLE Penalty [Link] are classified
parameter
C2
into values
three cases: indicationatisthe
obtained oneboundary
of the cellfor
selection
two
Inadjacent
case of large traffic or poor
parameters.
cells are different
communication Valuebecause Instruction: of fading
Yes: inside
characteristic
quality MS gets parameters
aofcell due to certain to compute
C2 from
radio
causes, channel. It causes MS to select cell
cell broadcast
frequently.
normally MS issystem expected messages
not to work andin
regard
In
that this
cell C2 LU interval is more than cell
case,
as a cell
reselection
(that reselection
is, certain repulsion standard. to that cell).
Parameters
interval.
Penalty ThisCell
time affects
can be setcall as success
31 in such rate,
bar
due
cases. qualify,
to Cell reselection offset,
Temporary offset
unreachable
Temporary paging response
is invalid, andtothe calling
offset
party.
numerical and Penalty time are invalid.
CR Related Reselection Important No:increasesMS
Cell ReselOffset This
value of C2considers
equals C1C1minus
the signaling parameter this onas
flow thea
Parameters offset Parameter cell
network
parameter
reselection
and
Cell causes
reselection standard.
radio Parameters
resources
offset. Therefore, to be the Cell
fullyC2
bar
utilized.
value
qualify,
In addition,
corresponding Cell itreselection
to the celloffset,
decreases call Temporary
completion
is decreased,
offset
and and Penalty time are invalid.
rate
Enable
of this
the system,
reduces theparameter,as MS cannot
possibility if related
that MS cell to
respond
adopts
paging
reselecting C2
during as location update.
theaddition,
In
the cell reselection
cell. Besides,value the standard.
difference
proper must Otherwise,
value beof this
disable
greater
parameter it. Cell reselection offset can be
than
set the value specified in CRH.
Network
accordingbroadcasts to the repulsive the parameter
nature of cell.
information
The
to
more
The MS isinthe
cell therepulsive
cell through
reselection nature,
due RIL3_RR
to the channel
radio larger is
Cell
SYSTEM
the
quality Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in
CR Related ReselHystere reselecting Important
Cell INFORMATION
case C2 as the TYPE3
takes standard. and C2TYPE4is formed
Parameters sis hysteresis Parameter
messages.
of a smaller
according toCell reselection offset.
level
Cell
For
C1 reselecting
cells withand
parameter, hysteresis
small traffic
some level
and is
special low one of
offset
the
equipment
parameters,
cell
to selection
utilization,
add the normally
specialparameters. MS is encouraged
influence as to enable to
Define
worktoinCell reselecting hysteresis level to
MS
4
that
enteror cell
5someand (thatcells is, certain
in [Link]
Usually,tosuch that
make
cell). certain adjustments in following
measures
cases:
Cell reselection
allow balancing offset mustonbethe
the traffic set
Increase cell reselection parameters of
between
network.
adjacent
0 ~ 10 (corresponding
Besides C1, there are three to 0 ~factors 20 dB) in
cells
this withC2:
affecting different LAC. Signaling traffic
overload
case,reselection
Cell according offset, to tendencyTemporary of theoffset,
cell.
often
The Penalty
and occurs due to large demand of
CR Related TemporaryOff Temporary Important services.
more Temporary
time. is the tendency, offsetthe larger is
indicates thethe
Cell
Cell When the adjacent cells in different
Parameters set offset Parameter temporary
location
reselection offset.
modification value Vice for [Link] in case of a
Temporary
areas
smallerhave
means Celllarge
that reselection overlapped [Link],
It is it
itis
usually
only acts on C2 for a period and the
suggested
better to settothe
period increase
Temporary the CRH offset same
parameter.
as Cell on parameter Penalty time.
depends
If the adjacent
reselection
Network offset,cells
broadcasts a with
or the little different
higher than
parameter LACs
are
Cell
information
poor
to all in
reselectionMSs overlapped
inoffset.
the cell coverage,
The main function
through that is, of
RIL3_RR
there
Penalty
SYSTEM
is
time coverage
is to avoid
INFORMATION gap,frequent
or the adjacent
TYPE3 cell TYPE4
and place is
reselection
an
of MS.
messages. It
area
The
is one with
common
of the fewcell slow
recommended moving parameters.
selection objects
settingsuch is 1
as
(20the
The
expressway,
seconds)
validity of or this2the (40CRH
parameter parameter
seconds) (the 1800
depends shall
uponbe
set
cell as
Cell of
1 ~ 3 (that is,
dual-frequency
reselection 2dB network
parameter ~ 6dB isfor the aCRH
such
indication. case).
level).
For cells with ordinary traffic, usually
ReselOffset should be set as 0 and
PenaltyTime as 31. Thus, C2 is equal
to C1,
that is, without human factors on the cell.
 C1 parameter, and some special offset
parameters,
to add the special influence as to enable
MS to
enter some cells in priority. Usually, such
measures
allow balancing the traffic on the
network.
Besides C1, there are three factors
affecting C2:
Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset,
and Penalty
CR Related Important time. Temporary offset indicates the
Cell PenaltyTime Penalty time
Parameters Parameter temporary
modification value for C2. Temporary
means that
it only acts on C2 for a period and the
period
depends on parameter Penalty time.
Network broadcasts the parameter
information
to all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
messages. It
is one of the
According to cell
GSM selection parameters.
05.02 Frequency
Frequency The
Hoping
This parameter is an unique identification
Hopping Frequency Important validity of this
Algorithm, MAIparameter depends
is a function upon
of TDMA
Cell FhsId of frequency
Related hopping No. Parameter Cell
Frame
hopping system.
Parameter reselection
number parameter
(FN), [Link]
Hoping Sequence
(HSN)
and Mobile Allocation Index Offset
(MAIO). HSN
determines the operation track of
frequencies
during the frequency hopping process.
Using
different HSN for cells having same MA
can avoid
frequency utilization conflict between
adjacent cells
Frequency
Hopping during the frequency hopping process.
Hopping Important
Cell HSN sequence Different timeslots can share the same
Related Parameter
No. group of MA
Parameter
and corresponding HSN. When HSN = 0,
it is a special
frequency hopping (i.e. circular
frequency hopping)
HSN can be derived from BCC of the
cell, because
cells using the same MA also have the
same BCCH.
For example, if HSN [(BCC6) +1, ...,
(BCC6)
+6], then each cell may use any of the 6
Frequency HSNs. The
Frequency remaining 0 andindicates
49 ~ 63 are
Hopping FreqHopMod Important This parameter the used
modeinof
Cell hopping other special
Related e Parameter frequency hopping.
mode cases. If for simple, directly use 0 by
Parameter
default.
 This parameter provides a list of
absolute RF
channel number in a frequency hopping
group.
Frequency
MA It is a CA sub-set of the home cell. The
Hopping Important
Cell MaFreqNum frequency related
Related Parameter
list. information will be notified to MS when
Parameter
MS is
notified of which channel should be
used.
You can do the Add and Delete action.

Adjacent
Adjacent Cell Interference Interference General
IntfObjectId Interference cell No.
Parameters Cell cell No. Parameter
Parameters

Adjacent
This parameter defines BSS external cell
Adjacent Cell Interference Related Cell General
RelationDN DN: EcId or related BSS equipment DN:
Parameters Cell DN Parameter
BscId-SiteId-BtsId.
Parameters

Adjacent Cell
Handover
Adjacent Cell General
and - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
Parameters Parameter
Reselection
Parameters
 Adjacent Cell
Adjacent cell
Handover This parameter is an unique identification
Adjacent Cell HoResObject reselection General
and of adjacent cell handover and reselection
Parameters Id and Parameter
Reselection object.
handover ID
Parameters

According to GSM specifications, cell

priority shall be considered in
sequencing candidate cells. Therefore,
Adjacent Cell there are three decisive factors to
Handover sequence the candidate cells: priority,
Adjacent Cell Priority of Important
and Hopriority traffic,
Duringand radio [Link]
the communication Priority and
MS
Parameters handover Parameter
Reselection traffic
and affect the cell sequencing most. If
Parameters they
BTS,lead to the same result,
the transmission power sequence
is
the cells According
controlled by the to the radio
conditions.
network. The The larger sets
network the value, the for
the power
higher
MS level of priority.
through the power command and the
command
is transmitted on SACCH (SACCH has 2
header
This
bytes,parameter
one is thedefines
power the minimum
control byte and
receiving
the
intensity
other is the level (on BCCH)
timing advance required
byte). for
Adjacent Cell MS tomust extract the power control
Handover handover
Adjacent Cell MsTxPwrMa MAX power Important header to this cell. It is one of
and parameters to SACCH and takes the
Parameters x level of MS Parameter from downward
Reselection decide preferred cells during handover
specified
Parameters control. MS power as output power. If
transmission
in
thethe serving cell constantly monitors
power
the
levelsignal
of MS cannot output the power
intensity
value, it on BCCH of adjacent cells.
Adjacent
will output the closest transmission
cells
powerwith thatthe minimum receiving
intensity level During BSC power
can be output.
higher
control,thanthis this parameter are potential
candidates for handover.
parameter determines theMS with
maximum
receiving
transmission level larger than minimum
receiving level indicates
power available for MS [Link]
at the
Adjacent Cell
MIN power edge
also of the serving cell. Recommended
Handover
Adjacent Cell level for Important value
uses itistousually
calculateapproximated
PBGT value.
and RxLevMin
Parameters handover Parameter according to MS receiving sensitivity.
Reselection
access When network observes uneven traffic
Parameters
distribution in certain cells, MIN access
level increases the resulting C1 and C2
to decrease the cell effective coverage
range. However, the value of this
parameter cannot be too large.
Otherwise, large value change can bring
void area across cell boundaries to
result in sudden call drop problem. With
this measure for traffic balance, it is
suggested that the level value shall not
exceed -90dB. Define the parameter
value to 10 (that is,from -101 dBm ~ -100
dBm) at initial network rollout stage or
lower, which is higher than the receiving
sensitivity of MS (that is, -102 dBm).
However, the 2 dB increase in parameter
value is allowable in situations where
network coverage is not a problem.
 According to GSM specifications,
handover decisions depend upon
received average value of uplink and
downlink signal strength. The PBGT
value of an adjacent cell is also one of
the causes for handover. The decision
Adjacent Cell MIN
process is as follows: If
Handover threshold of
Adjacent Cell HoMarginPb Important the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is
and signal level
Parameters gt Parameter greater than
Reselection for handover
the relevant threshold of this cell,
Parameters on PBGT
handover shall
be performed to find a more suitable cell.
This parameter defines the threshold
used
to determine PBGT handover from an
adjacent cell to local cell.

According to GSM specifications,

handover decisions depend upon
Adjacent Cell received average value of uplink and
Handover Minimal downlink signal strength. In handover
Adjacent Cell HoMarginRx Important
and Threshold of caused by the level, adjacent cells shall
Parameters Lev Parameter
Reselection RxLev HO be screened and [Link]
Parameters parameter defines the signal strength
threshold to determine handover from
adjacent cell to local cell.

According to GSM specifications,

handover decisions depend upon
Adjacent Cell received average value of uplink and
Minimal
Handover downlink signal strength. In handover
Adjacent Cell HoMarginRx Threshold of Important
and caused by the quality, adjacent cells shall
Parameters Qual Quality Parameter
Reselection be screened and sequenced. This
Handover
Parameters parameter defines the signal quality
threshold to determine handover from
adjacent cell to local cell.

Adjacent Cell
Handover Macro-micro
Adjacent Cell MacroMicroH Important It indicates the handover threshold from
and handover
Parameters oThs Parameter macro tomicro.
Reselection Threshold
Parameters
 Adjacent Cell
Handover Macro-micro
Adjacent Cell MacroMicroH Important It counts the number of handover
and handover
Parameters oN Parameter threshold from macro to micro.
Reselection Value N
Parameters

Adjacent Cell It indicates the target cell traffic

Handover Target cell threshold. This value determines if it
Adjacent Cell TargetCellTra General
and traffic shall be handed over to this cell. If the
Parameters fficThs Parameter
Reselection threshold traffic in target cell is more than this
Parameters threshold, do not handover to this cell.

In order to avoid handover oscillations in

cells, a
Adjacent Cell
MAX level tolerable level difference for forced
Handover
Adjacent Cell MaxForceHo difference of General handover is required, which shall be
and
Parameters Diff force Parameter lower than PBGT handover threshold in
Reselection
handover the reverse direction. This parameter
Parameters
defines the maximum level difference
value for forced handover.

Directed transfer does not result in

Adjacent Cell
Handover destination cell
Handover
Adjacent Cell HoForceRes force General congestion. When resource of object cell
and
Parameters Ths resource Parameter is lower
Reselection
threshold than the congestion threshold, forced
Parameters
handover can be implemented.
 frequency
network technology. Multilayer radio
coverage can
be formed in the same physical area. In
brief, limiting the PBGT handover defined
in the specifications at one layer can
reduce the
Priorities
number ofofhandovers
the adjacent duringcell are as
the call,
follows:
thus improving the system reliability and
[Link]
communication cell with same frequency
[Link] policy of
band.
handover havebetween a macro cell layer
Adjacent Cell the
andfollowing
a micro cell features: BSIC of
layer mainly color on
depends
Handover code is valid;
the moving Its measured
speed of MS. Anfield MSintensity
at
Adjacent Cell Neighboring Important ranks
and NCellLayer higherhigh movingamong speed cells willintry
thetosamestay at
Parameters cell layer Parameter frequency
Reselection the macro band cell layer and (upper
is larger thanoforthe
layer
Parameters equal
micro cellto the lowerand
layer), limitanspecified
MS at lower by
RprtThoCSXXX.
moving speed willHere, try toXXX enterrepresents
the micro
frequency
cell layer (lowerband of layerserving
of thecell. macro cell
2. Adjacent
layer). Only cell
in the in the
casefrequency
of non-PBGT band
different
handover and emergency, will the
from
This that ofcell
undefined
parameter theofserving
the service
defines cell must
area have
the priority be
of
the following
considered
adjacent asfeatures:
a candidate BSIC of
cell. color
Same
code
layer to
cells is report
of valid.
the home Its
themeasured
cell: Adjacent
measurement field cell
intensity
reportand
ranks
local high
cell among
are in the
during PS traffic operation. cells
same in the
layer same
(PBGT
frequency
handoverof
Priorities band
possible); and Upper
the adjacent is larger thanof
celllayer
are asor the
equal
home
follows: to the
cell: lower
Adjacent limit
cell specified
is the by
upper
Adjacent Cell RprtThoCSXXX.
layer of local
[Link] cell
cell with (local
same cellfrequency
is a micro
Handover CS adjacent Here,
cell);
[Link]
These represents
layer
cell shall the
of thehave home frequency
thecell:
following
Adjacent Cell General
and RepPrioCS cell report band
Adjacent
features:different
cell isfrom
BSIC of thatcode
thecolor
lower oflayer
serving
is of cell.
local
valid; Its
Parameters Parameter
Reselection priority 3.
measured field intensity ranks high as
cellOther
(local access
cell is technologies,
a macro cell) such
Parameters UTRAN/FDD
among cells inadjacent the same cells. These cell
frequency band
shall have the following
and is larger than or equal to the lower features: the
cells scrambleby
limit specified is RprtThoPSXXX.
correct. Its measured Here,
field intensity ranks
XXX represents frequency high among band cellsof
with the cell.
serving same access technologies and
is larger
2. Adjacent than or in
cell equal to the lower
the frequency bandlimit
specified
different from by XXXRprtThoCS.
that of the serving Here,cellXXX
represents
must have the accessfollowingtechnologies
features:like BSIC
UTRAN/FDD.
of color code is valid. Its measured field
For above
intensity priorities,
ranks high among if the prioritys
cells in the
location
same frequencyhas surplus, bandthen and leaveis largerit tothan
Adjacent Cell adjacent cell of the next priority. For
or equal to the lower limit specified by
Handover PS adjacent access technology suchXXX as
Adjacent Cell General RprtThoPSXXX. Here,
and RepPrioPS cell report UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as
Parameters Parameter represents the frequency band different
Reselection priority GSM 900,ofthe cell with
from that serving [Link] RepPrioCS
Parameters is preferred. Fortechnologies, such as
[Link] access
cells with same
UTRAN/FDD RepPrioCS,
adjacent cells. the These cellcellwith
greater sum of RprtThoCSXXX
shall have the following features: the (or
XXXRprtThoCS)
cells scramble is and [Link]
Its measured
(or
fieldXXXRprtOffsetCS)
intensity ranks high is among
preferred. cells
with the same access technologies and
is larger than or equal to the lower limit
specified by XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX
represents access technologies like
UTRAN/FDD.
Adjacent Cell For above priorities, if the prioritys
Handover location has surplus, then leave it to
Adjacent Cell General adjacent cell ofisthe next priority.
and - User Label This interface identified by theFor user.
Parameters Parameter access technology such as
Reselection
Parameters UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as
GSM 900, the cell with high RepPrioPS
is preferred. For
cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with
greater sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or
XXXRprtThoPS) and RprtOffsetPSXXX
(or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.
 Only the cell related to the serving cell
Adjacent Cell
can be a candidate
Handover
Adjacent Cell Important in rapid fading handover. This is a
and IsRelatedCell Is related cell
Parameters Parameter parameter of adjacent cell and is used to
Reselection
indicate if adjacent cell is related to the
Parameters
serving cell.

In the case of 1800M and 900M network

sharing site, it is better to handover
subscribers of 900M network to 1800M
Adjacent Cell network. At this time, you can do
Handover Is handover directional handover traffic.
Adjacent Cell IsHoForceNc General
and forced Forced handover is a method for on-site
Parameters ell Parameter
Reselection neighbor cell traffic adjustment. The forced handover
Parameters direction is definite, i.e. 1800M sector in
the same direction. To avoid influence on
other cells, the forced handover is
performed only for a specific object cell.

Adjacent Cell This parameter identifies the direction

Handover The direction relation between
Adjacent Cell General
and NCELLDIR of neighbour adjacent cell and local cell. You can set
Parameters Parameter
Reselection cell the direction information for each
Parameters adjacent cell.

This parameter identifies the direction

Adjacent Cell The direction relation between
Adjacent Cell General
Handover NCELLDIR of neighbour adjacent cell and local cell. You can set
Parameters Parameter
Parameters cell the direction information for each
adjacent cell.
 GERAN
External cell General
external cell - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
parameters Parameter
parameters

GERAN
External cell General
external cell - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
parameters Parameter
parameters

The type of this cell.

GERAN
External cell General If you need configure S8001 cell, "micro-
external cell CellType Cell Type
parameters Parameter micro
parameters
cell" shall be selected for "cell type".

MCC consists of three digits of decimal

GERAN Mobile
External cell Important number. It is used to uniquely identify the
external cell MCC Country
parameters Parameter home country of the mobile user (or
parameters Code
system) .
 MNC consists of three digits of decimal
GERAN Mobile
External cell Important number. It uniquely identifies a specific
external cell MNC Network
parameters Parameter PLMN network in a country (determined
parameters Code
by MCC) .

GERAN
External cell Frequency Important The frequency band types for GSM
external cell FreqBand
parameters Band Parameter operation.
parameters

GERAN
External cell BCCH Important
external cell BcchArfcn ARFCN of the cell BCCH carrier
parameters frequency Parameter
parameters

GERAN Local cell For internal use, assign the position

External cell Important
external cell LAC position number at
parameters Parameter
parameters number local cell on handover.
 GERAN For internal use, assign the number of
External cell Local cell Important
external cell CI local cell
parameters identification Parameter
parameters on handover.

NCC is one of the composition parts of

Base Station
ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC +
BCC) . which is used
to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent
and different
GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent
operators
GERAN shall have different NCCs. The
External cell Important
external cell NCC NCC parameter related to
parameters Parameter
parameters NCC is "NccPermitted" of the cell. By
prohibiting MS
to report related NCC in the cell, MS is
prohibited to
measure the cell information of the
related
BCC is operators.
one of the composition parts of
Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC
Base Station
is
IDone
Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC +
of the network
BCC) identification
. Normally, BCC parameters.
is used to enable MS to distinguish
adjacent cells with
the same BCCH carrier frequency and
belonging to
GERAN
External cell Important the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the
external cell BCC BCC
parameters Parameter GSM specifications
parameters
stipulate that the TSC (Training
Sequence
Code) of the broadcast control channel
of a cell shall
be equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies
three bits BCC
is one of the network identification
parameters.

TRX Level TRX number in the cell. According to

General
TRX Property TrxId TRX ID GSM specifications,one cell can have 64
Parameter
Parameters carriers at most.
 If two frequencies are in a cell, it
describes which
TRX Level
General subcell contains this TRX. If not, set this
TRX Property SubCellId SubCell ID
Parameter field to first
Parameters
sub cell. You cannot modify it after
successful creation.

Common TRX is suitable for common

cell. After
adding the function of supporting
extended cell,
a third type of TRX is added -- Expand
TRX,
realizing large coverage range.
In common cell, TRX Type shall be
TRX Level
Important configured as Normal TRX;
TRX Property TrxType TRX Type
Parameter TRX Type shall be set to Extended
Parameters
TRX if sub-cell
is not supported in extended cell. Sub-
cell
1 shall be set to extended TRX in
extended
cell if the sub-cell is supported. There is
no
special requirements on sub-cell 2.

This parameter describes priorities for

allocating carriers
TRX Level Assign of the same type. 1 represents the
Important
TRX Property TrxPriority Priority of the highest priority.
Parameter
Parameters Trx Select channels on carriers with high
priority
when allocating channels.

TRX Level One and only one BCCH carrier

BCCH carrier Important
TRX Property IsBcchMark frequency must be
frequency Parameter
Parameters configured in a cell.
 This parameter represents the static
power level of
transceiver. Usually a static power
control is added
on the basis of TRX transmission power
specified by
Static power level. Namely, a restriction
TRX Level
PwRreductio Static power Important is added
TRX Property
n level Parameter based on the maximum transmission
Parameters
power, thus to
get the actual maximum transmission
power Pn of
the TRX. The dynamic power control is
implemented
based on the maximum transmission
power Pn.

This parameter can configure power

level of carrier,
TRX Level which can convert this value to actual
Realized
TRX Property PowerClass Power level power value,
Parameter
Parameters used to calculate path loss and CI value
in measurement
report.

This parameter indicates if frequency-

hopping is
supported. When this parameter is set to
"base band
freq-hopping", BhGroupId is added in the
TRX Level interface.
Important
TRX Property Support Fhs Support Fhs When this parameter is set to "RFID
Parameter
Parameters freq-hopping",
frequency is screened and FhsID is
added.
Note: S8001 only has a frequency, and
doesn't
support frequency-hopping.

TRX Level
Important Select the frequency point of this
TRX Property Frequency
Parameter transceiver.
Parameters
 Select the FhsID if the configured
frequency hopping
TRX Level
Important mode is RF hopping. This trx uses the
TRX Property ARFCN List
Parameter MA frequency
Parameters
list configured in frequency hopping
system.

TRX Level It is corresponding with the board

Important
TRX Property Bipb Unit 0 position in physical
Parameter
Parameters configuration

TRX Level It corresponds to the DSP supporting IP

Important
TRX Property DspSunit 0 in BIPB board
Parameter
Parameters configured by physical mode.

Mark sequence of carrier on DSP, DSP

channel number
will be calculated based on this mark by
TRX Level service.
Important
TRX Property DspMarkSeq 0 For the VTCD board, each DSP can
Parameter
Parameters mark (or configure)
up to 16 carriers. For the VTCD/2 board,
you
can configure 28 carriers.
 IP access. Port number shall be
TRX Level allocated for each
Important
TRX Property PortNo 0 carrier, and the number will be
Parameter
Parameters determined by the
port actually configured.

It describes working modes of carrier,

including single
TRX Level
Working Important or double carriers, which determines 4
TRX Property TRX Mode
modes Parameter lines of
Parameters
multiplexer is used or DPCT/DDT is
used.

TRX Level Delayed

Important It defines the symbol used on delayed
TRX Property Delay Count transmitting
Parameter transmitting.
Parameters number

TRX Level It determines if to use IRC.

General
TRX Property Use IRC Use IRC Not checked: do not use IRC
Parameter
Parameters Checked: use IRC
 It indicates if antenna hop is supported.
Carrier
TRX Level No: indicates antenna hop is not
Support support General
TRX Property supported;
antenna hop antenna Parameter
Parameters Yes: indicates antenna hop is
jumping
supported;

This parameter represents Training

Serial Code (TSC)
of the timeslot. There are eight types of
TSC, with
low mutual dependency. It is used for
Channel
Important reference of
During communication, the carrier
Channel related TSC 0
Parameter delay
number compensation for adaptive balance
Parameters
circuit
adopted at on air interface is an element of
receiving
the side. For the timeslot where
BCCH
MA [Link],Mobile
this Allocation Index (MAI) (0
parameter
=< must be equal to BCC of the
cell.
MAI =< n-1) is a variable for determining
a
definite element in the MA set.
According to the FH algorithm in GSM
05.02
specification, MAI is function of the
following
aspects: TDMA Frame Number (FN) or
Reduced
TDMA Frame Number (RFN), frequency
Hopping
Serial Number (HSN), and Mobile
Channel
Important Allocation Index
Channel related MAIO 0
Parameter Offset (MAIO). MAIO is an initial offset of
Parameters
MAI and
is used for preventing several channels
to contend
for the same carrier at the same
moment.
Generally, several basic FH units
(timeslot or
TDMA frame) constitute an FH group.
They have
the same MA and HSN and the only
difference
among them is MAIO. Thus the same MA
and HSN
are put in FHS/MA table. When the FH
group
corresponding to the timeslot has no
frequency
hopping, MAIO of the timeslot is invalid.
 Recommend
Default ed Value for Recommended Value for Differen
Value Range
Value in Network Dense Urban/Urban Rural
& Unit
OMCR Optimizatio 900M 1800M Co-BCCH 900M 1800M
n

Yes/No No No YES YES YES No No

0 - 100, %
60 60 50 50 50 60 60
()

0 - 100, %
50 50 50 50 50 60 60
()

0 - 100, %
50 50 70 70 70 50 50
(<)
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

50 - 200,
150 150 150 150 150 150 150
100ms

50 - 650,
100 100 100 100 100 100 100
100ms
50 - 200,
80 50 50 50 50 50 50
100ms

1 - 650,
100 100 100 100 100 100 100
100ms

0 - 300,
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
100ms

2010-1-15 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0 - 100, %
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
()

20 - 60,
20 20 20 20 20 20 20
100ms

Yes/No No No No No No No No
 TC is at the TC is at the TC is at the TC is at the TC is at the TC is at the
Yes/No No BSC side, BSC side, BSC side, BSC side, BSC side, BSC side,
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Support,
don't support
don't support
ACS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ACS
variations
variations
0 - 300,
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
100ms

Not specify
the preferred
Not specify
version, Half- Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate
the preferred
rate version version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1
version
1, Half-rate
version 3

Not specify
the preferred
Not specify
version, Half- Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate
the preferred
rate version version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1
version
1, Half-rate
version 3

4.75kbit/s,
5.15kbit/s,
5.90kbit/s,
6.70kbit/s,
N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N,
7.4kbit/s,
Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y
7.95kbit/s,
10.2kbit/s,
12.2kbit/s
0-63, 0-63, 0-
63, 0-63, 0-
63, 0-63, 0-
63; 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18,
0: 0.0 dB, 1: 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39
0.5 dB, 2:
1.0 dB, ......,
63: 31.5 dB

0-15, 0-15, 0-
15, 0-15, 0-
15, 0-15, 0-
15; 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5,
0: 0.0 dB, 1: 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6
0.5 dB, 2:
1.0 dB, ......,
15: 7.5 dB

1: Select the
Startmode
coding mode Startmode
codec, Initial
Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode
with lowest codec codec codec codec codec codec codec
codec mode
bit rate as
the initial
coding mode;

2: Select the
coding mode
with the
second
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
one coding
mode;
3: Select the 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
coding mode
with the third
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
two coding
modes;
4: Select the
coding mode
with the
fourth lowest
bit rate, if
there are
more than
three coding
modes.
4.75kbit/s,
5.15kbit/s,
5.90kbit/s, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y,
6.70kbit/s, N N N N N N N
7.4kbit/s,
7.95kbit/s

0-63, 0-63, 0-
63, 0-63, 0-
63, 0-63, 0-
63; 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18,
0: 0.0 dB, 1: 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39
0.5 dB, 2:
1.0 dB, ......,
63: 31.5 dB

0-15, 0-15, 0-
15, 0-15, 0-
15, 0-15, 0-
15; 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5,
0: 0.0 dB, 1: 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6
0.5 dB, 2:
1.0 dB, ......,
15: 7.5 dB

Startmode
Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode
codec, Initial
codec codec codec codec codec codec codec
codec mode
bit rate as
the initial
coding mode;

2: Select the
coding mode
with the
second
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
one coding
mode;
3: Select the 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
coding mode
with the third
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
two coding
modes;
4: Select the
coding mode
with the
fourth lowest
bit rate, if
there are
more than
True/False
three coding 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
modes.

True/False 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

45 - 55,
45 45 45 45 45 45 45
100ms
20 - 50,
20 20 20 20 20 20 20
100ms

20, 100ms 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

0 - 300,
70 70 70 70 70 70 70
100ms

35 - 100,
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
100ms
10 - 50,
30 30 30 30 30 30 30
100ms

0 - 400,
50 320 320 320 320 320 320
100ms

1 - 5, 100ms 3 12 12 12 12 12 12

10-50,
30 30 30 30 30 30 30
100ms
 According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network
 According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
Inner and
Inner TC situations of - - - - -
outer TC
the current
network

According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network
 According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
Character
actual
string with
- situations of - - - - -
the maximum
the current
length of 40
network

According to
actual
0 - 999 460 situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
2 Digits, 3
2 digits situations of - - - - -
Digits
the current
network
When
MNC3Digits
is selected
as 2 digits,
According to
MNC value
actual
will be 0-99;
0 situations of - - - - -
When
the current
MNC3Digits
network
is selected
as 3 digits,
MNC value
will be 0-999.

Input IP with
4 bytes, According to
[Link].x actual
xx (xxx is 0- [Link] situations of - - - - -
255) , x is the current
decimal network
number.

[Link].x
According to
[Link]. xx is
actual
hexadecimal 00 00 00 00
situations of - - - - -
number, 00 00
the current
value range
network
is 0-F.

Input IP with
4 bytes, According to
[Link].x actual
xx (xxx is 0- [Link] situations of - - - - -
255) , x is the current
decimal network
number.
Input IP with
4 bytes, According to
[Link].x actual
xx (xxx is 0- [Link] situations of - - - - -
255) , x is the current
decimal network
number.

Input IP with
4 bytes, According to
[Link].x actual
xx (xxx is 0- [Link] situations of - - - - -
255) , x is the current
decimal network
number.

According to
Character
actual
string with
- situations of - - - - -
the maximum
the current
length of 40
network

CTCN,
CMCN, According to
CUCN, actual
RLTN, CNC, CTCN situations of - - - - -
NFTN, the current
Network7, network
Network8.
Signaling
End Point
(SEP) ,
According to
Signaling
Signaling actual
Transit Point
End Point situations of - - - - -
(STP) ,
(SEP) the current
Signaling
network
Transit End
Point
(STEP)

According to
actual
Yes/No Yes situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
1 - 253 1 situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
0 - 65535,
10000 situations of - - - - -
ms
the current
network
 According to
No more actual
than 15 - situations of - - - - -
characters. the current
network

According to
actual
0 - 100, % 50 situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
1-13107200,
1048576 situations of - - - - -
Byte
the current
network

According to
actual
-180.0000 -
180 situations of - - - - -
180.0000
the current
network
 According to
actual
-90.0000 -
90 situations of - - - - -
90.0000
the current
network

16000 - According to
16284000, 1800000 the default - - - - -
ms value

Input IP with
4 bytes, According to
[Link].x actual
xx (xxx is 0- [Link] situations of - - - - -
255) , x is the current
decimal network
number.

According to
actual
All valid time
GMT+08: 00 situations of - - - - -
zone
the current
network
 According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network

Month: 1 - According to
12; Day: 1 - actual
31; Time: 0 1, 1, 0, 0 situations of - - - - -
- 23; Minute: the current
0 - 59. network

Month: 1 - According to
12; Day: 1 - actual
31; Time: 0 1, 1, 0, 0 situations of - - - - -
- 23; Minute: the current
0 - 59. network

According to
5 - 20,
20 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
10 - 30,
30 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
10 - 100,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
20 - 50,
30 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
20 - 60,
30 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
20 - 50,
40 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
30 - 100,
60 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
30 - 120,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
10 - 300,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
10 - 50,
20 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
50 - 18000,
50 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
50-70,
50 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
30-100,
50 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
30 - 150,
80 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
60 - 150,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
1 - 255 3 the default - - - - -
value

According to
30 - 60,
40 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
30 - 150,
80 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
30 - 150,
80 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
10 - 200,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
5 - 20,
15 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
10 - 30,
20 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
20-50,
20 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
70 - 170,
120 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
5 -25, 100ms 15 the default - - - - -
value
 According to
30 - 150,
80 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
30 - 150,
80 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
30 - 150,
80 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
60 - 150,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
30 -60,
40 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
30 - 150,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
30 -150,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
100 - 1000 250 the default - - - - -
value
 According to
10 - 100 50 the default - - - - -
value

According to
20 - 100 60 the default - - - - -
value

According to
30 - 150,
80 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
50 - 200,
150 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
Level 0-10 Level 0-10 the default - - - - -
value

Level 0-10, According to

0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
value range the default - - - - -
0, 0, 0, 0, 0
is: 0-100, % value

0, 50, 75,
Level 0-10, 100, 100, According to
value range 100, 100, the default - - - - -
is: 0-100, % 100, 100, value
100, 100

Level 0-10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, According to

value range 25, 50, 50, the default - - - - -
is: 0-100, % 75, 75, 75 value
 0, 0, 0, 0, 25,
Level 0-10, According to
25, 40, 78,
value range the default - - - - -
100, 100,
is: 0-100, % value
100

Level 0-10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, According to

value range 0, 0, 25, 25, the default - - - - -
is: 0-100, % 50, 75 value

0, 0, 0, 20,
Level 0-10, According to
46, 73, 100,
value range the default - - - - -
100, 100,
is: 0-100, % value
100, 100

Level 0-10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, According to

value range 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, the default - - - - -
is: 0-100, % 0 value
 According to
bit None the default - - - - -
value

According to
Yes/No No the default - - - - -
value

According to
0 - 255, 10s 18 the default - - - - -
value

According to
0 - 65530,
1500 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
0 - 100, % 30 the default - - - - -
value

According to
10 - 100,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
10 - 80,
30 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
50 - 70,
60 the default - - - - -
100ms
value
 According to
10 - 50,
20 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
20 - 640,
50 the default - - - - -
100ms
value

According to
actual
DCS1800,
DCS1800 situations of - - - - -
PCS1900
the current
network

According to
Character
actual
string with
- situations of - - - - -
the maximum
the current
length of 40
network
 According to
actual
Yes/No No situations of - - - - -
the current
network

10-50,
30 30 30 30 30 30 30
100ms

According to
- - the system - - - - -
default value

Invalid. Keep
100 - 200,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value.
 Invalid. Keep
50 - 700,
120 the default - - - - -
100ms
value.

Invalid. Keep
30 - 150,
40 the default - - - - -
100ms
value.

Invalid. Keep
1-65535,
100 the default - - - - -
100ms
value.

Invalid. Keep
50 - 200,
130 the default - - - - -
100ms
value.
 Invalid. Keep
0 - 300,
80 the default - - - - -
100ms
value.

Invalid. Keep
20, 100ms 20 the default - - - - -
value.

Invalid. Keep
100 - 18000,
3000 the default - - - - -
100ms
value.

6000- Invalid. Keep

864000, 18000 the default - - - - -
100ms value.
0 - 63; 0: <
-110 dBm, 1:
-110 dBm -
-109 dBm, 2:
-109 dBm -
-108 27 40 37 40 40 37 40
dBm, ......,
62: -49 dBm
- -48 dBm,
63: > -48
dBm (>)

0 (No) :
disabled
No NO Yes Yes Yes NO NO
1 (Yes) :
enabled

0 - 255, 10s 6 6 4 4 4 6 6

0 (No) :
(MS with
Maximum
output
power)
0 0 1 1 1 0 0
1 (Yes) :
(MS with
optimized
output
power)
0-60, s 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

1-10,
measuremen 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
t report

0-63 20 20 10 10 10 20 20

0 - 63 (0: <-
110dBm; 1:
-110dBm--
109dBm; .....
.62: 12 12 14 14 14 12 12
-49dBm--
48dBm; 63:
>-48dBm)
(<)
0 - 63 (0: <-
110dBm; 1:
-110dBm--
109dBm; .....
.62: 12 8 10 10 10 8 8
-49dBm--
48dBm; 63:
>-48dBm)
(<)

0-7 5 6 6 6 6 5 5

0-7 5 6 6 6 6 5 5

0:
unsupported 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
1: supported
0 - 63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Input IP with
4 bytes, According to
[Link].x actual
xx (xxx is 0- [Link] situations of - - - - -
255) , x is the current
decimal network
number.

Input IP with
4 bytes, According to
[Link].x actual
xx (xxx is 0- [Link] situations of - - - - -
255) , x is the current
decimal network
number.

Queue
forbidden
when assign
Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue
Queue
forbidden allowed allowed allowed allowed allowed allowed
allowed
when assign when assign when assign when assign when assign when assign when assign
when assign
According to
the Cell
Queue
forbidden
when
handover Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue
Queue forbidden forbidden forbidden forbidden forbidden forbidden forbidden
allowed when when when when when when when
when handover handover handover handover handover handover handover
handover
According to
the Cell

Forced
release
forbidden
According to
when assign Forced
actual
Forced release
situations of - - - - -
release forbidden
the current
allowed when assign
network
when assign
According to
the Cell

Forced
release
forbidden
when
Forced According to
handover
release actual
Forced
forbidden situations of - - - - -
release
when the current
allowed
handover network
when
handover
According to
the Cell

Forced
handover
forbidden
According to
when assign Forced
actual
Forced handover
situations of - - - - -
handover forbidden
the current
allowed when assign
network
when assign
According to
the Cell
Forced
handover
forbidden
when
Forced According to
handover
handover actual
Forced
forbidden situations of - - - - -
handover
when the current
allowed
handover network
when
handover
According to
the Cell

Only forced
handover
First forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced
handover handover handover handover handover handover handover handover
First forced
release

Only forced
handover
First forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced
handover handover handover handover handover handover handover handover
First forced
release

10 - 150 ,
60 60 80 80 80 60 60
100 ms
10 - 150 ,
50 50 50 50 50 50 50
100 ms

25 - 130, 100
40 40 40 40 40 40 40
ms

25 - 130, 100
30 30 30 30 30 30 30
ms

2010-1-5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2010-1-3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2010-1-5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2010-1-3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

10 - 40, 100
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
ms
10 - 40, 100
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
ms

5 - 20 , 100
5 5 5 5 5 5 5
ms

5 - 20, 100
5 5 5 5 5 5 5
ms

5 - 20, 100
5 5 5 5 5 5 5
ms
5 - 20, 100
5 5 5 5 5 5 5
ms

20 - 125, 100
30 30 30 30 30 30 30
ms

20 - 125, 100
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
ms

2010-1-15 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
0 - 65535,
50 50 50 50 50 50 50
480ms

0 - 255,
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
480ms

2010-1-15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2010-1-15 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0 - 100, %
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
()

It belongs to
adjustment
0-10 10 parameter. - - - - -
Keep the
default value.

According to
actual
1-1536 - situations of - - - - -
the current
network
 According to
actual
2010-1-6 - situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
10-120 100 situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
0: disabled;
0 situations of - - - - -
1: enabled
the current
network

It belongs to
0:
adjustment
unsupported;
0 parameter. - - - - -
1:
Keep the
supported
default value.
 It belongs to
adjustment
0-300 0 parameter. - - - - -
Keep the
default value.

It belongs to
0-124, 128-
adjustment
251, 512-
- parameter. - - - - -
885, 975-
Keep the
1023
default value.

It belongs to
0-124, 128-
adjustment
251, 512-
- parameter.
885, 975-
Keep the
1023
default value.

According to
Character
actual
string with
- situations of - - - - -
the maximum
the current
length of 40
network
 According to
Character
actual
string with
situations of - - - - -
the maximum
the current
length of 40
network

Yes/No YES Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

Yes/No YES Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No
 This function
should not be
enabled at
the work
Yes/No YES field, if there No No No No No
are no
special
requirements
.

Yes/No YES Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No YES Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No YES Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

 Usually, it is
not
recommende
Yes/No No d that SD No No No No No
handover
should be
enabled.

Yes/No YES Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No YES Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Usually, it is
not
recommende
Yes/No YES d that this No No No No No
function
should be
enabled.
Yes/No YES Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

[0, 10] 0 0 - - - - -

Need/No
No need Need Need Need Need Need Need
need

Yes/No No Not enabled No No No No No

 A testing
parameter
[0, 65535] 0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

[0, 7]
0: No
handover;
A testing
1-2: cell
parameter
handover; 0 - - - - -
only for
3-7: inter-
internal use
cell handover
or external
handover

A testing
parameter
[0, 65535] 0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

A testing
parameter
[0, 65535] 0 - - - - -
only for
internal use
 A testing
parameter
0-3 0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

A testing
parameter
[0, 65535] 0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

A testing
parameter
0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

A testing
parameter
0 - - - - -
only for
internal use
 A testing
parameter
[0, 65535] 0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

A testing
parameter
0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

A testing
parameter
0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

Usually, it
0~255 0 should not be No No No No No
enabled.
 Usually, it
Yes/No No should not be No No No No No
enabled.

Handout
query Handout
disable/Hand queue Close Close Close Close Close Close
out query disable
enable

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Default/Max Default Default Default Default Default Default

Default
speed codec codec codec codec codec codec
FUC/System
FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC
message

Yes/No No No No No No No No

0 ~ 100,%
65 65 65 65 65 65 65
(>)

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0 ~ 100,%
75 75 75 75 75 75 75
(>)

0 ~ 10 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No Yes No No No Yes Yes

10 ~
100 30 30 30 30 30 30
1000,100ms

600 ~
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
9000,100ms

20 ~
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
1800,100ms

20 ~
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
1800,100ms
20 ~
10 60 60 60 60 60 60
200,100ms

5~
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
200,100ms

1200 ~
1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
2400,100ms

2 ~ 64 (<) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
0 ~ 24 0 6 6 6 6 6 6

1~8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Input IP with
4 bytes,
[Link].x [Link] - - - - - -
xx (xxx is
0~255)

[0, 65535] 0 - - - - - -

0 ~ 65535 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 ~ 65535 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 ~ 65535 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 ~ 65535 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 ~ 65535 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 ~ 65535 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 ~ 65535 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 ~ 100,%
80 80 80 80 80 80 80
(>)

0 ~ 100,%
80 80 80 80 80 80 80
(>)
0 ~ 100,%
80 80 80 80 80 80 80
(>)

40 ~ 100,%
80 80 80 80 80 80 80
(>)

0 ~ 70,% (>) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

0 ~ 90,% (>) 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
70 ~ 95,%
90 90 90 90 90 90 90
()

Carrier
priority >
interference
band ,
interference
Carrier
band >
priority > TRX>interfer TRX>interfer TRX>interfer TRX>interfer TRX>interfer TRX>interfer
carrier
interference ence band ence band ence band ence band ence band ence band
priority, only
band
as per
interference
band, only as
per carrier
priority

0 ~ 23,
Unchecked Null
()

0 ~ 23,
Unchecked Null
()
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No NO No No No No No No

4IP
[Link] CDT data
[Link] [Link] collection - - - - -
0 ~ 255x server IP
10

CDT data
collection
[065535] 15006 - - - - -
server TCP
port
0~60000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No Yes No No No No No No

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0 ~ 63;0<
-110
dBm,1-110
dBm ~ -109
dBm,2-109
dBm ~ -108 10 10 10 15 10 10 12
dBm,
,62-49
dBm ~ -48
dBm,63>
-48 dBm ()
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
16bits, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
Yes/No No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No No No No No No No

90125,-
125 125 125 125 125 125 125
dBm
Extend
Cell:0~219 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Normal:0~63

(0~5)
0-110
dBm,1-109 [0,10,15,20,2 [0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15,
dBm, 5,63] 20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63]
,63-47
dBm

1~31,
SACCH 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
multiframe

Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0:MS could
use
DTX;1:MS
should use 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DTX;2:MS
should not
use DTX

2~9 5 3 3 3 3 2 2

Yes/No No Yes No No No Yes Yes

Yes/No No No YES YES YES No No

Yes/No No No Yes Yes No No No

1 ~ 100,%
60 60 50 50 50 60 60
()

0~100, %() 50 50 50 50 50 60 60

0~100, % 50 50 70 70 50 50 50
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

0~100 (<) 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
Yes/No No No No No No No No

1 according
to channel
select order
of MSC when
prefer TCHF
and cell
congest
change to
prefer TCHH
2 prefer%
0~100,
TCHF, 20 0 0 0 0 0 0
() when
cell congest
change to
prefer TCHH
3 prefer
TCHH
4 only TCHF
5 only TCHH
6 according
to channel
select order
according to according to
of MSC , not
channel channel
condsider
select order select order
whether cell
of MSC when of MSC when
congest,
prefer TCHF prefer TCHF
perfer TCHF
and cell and cell
7 according
congest congest
to channel
change to change to
select order
prefer TCHH prefer TCHH
of MSC when
prefer TCHF
and cell
congest,
change to
prefer TCHH
if AMR-HR
supported
8 prefer
TCHF, not
condsider
Yes/No No No No No No No No
whether cell
congest
9 prefer
TCHF,when
cell
congest
,Change to
TCHH if
AMR-HR
support
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No Yes Yes No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Use, not use not use not use not use not use not use not use not use
From 4.75
kbit/s, 5.15
kbit/s, 5.90
kbit/s, 6.70
kbit/s, 7.40
No, Yes, No,
kbit/s, 7.95 N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N,
Yes, No, Yes,
kbit/s, 10.2 Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y
No, Yes
kbit/s to 12.2
kbit/s, value
range is
Yes/No.
(FR)

69131
0~63, 0.5dB 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18,
82431
(FR) 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39
39

0~15, 0.5dB 3435 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5,

(FR) 556 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6

Startmode
codec, Initial Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode
codec mode codec codec codec codec codec codec codec
(FR)
bit rate as
the initial
coding mode;
2: Select the
coding mode
with the
second
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
one coding
mode;
3: Select the
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
coding mode
with the third
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
two coding
modes;
4: Select the
coding mode
with the
fourth lowest
bit rate, if
there are
more than
three
Yes/No coding
(FR) No 0 0 0 0 0 0
modes. (FR)

From 4.75
kbit/s, 5.15
kbit/s, 5.90
kbit/s, 6.70
No, Yes, Yes, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y,
kbit/s, 7.40
Yes, Yes, No N N N N N N
kbit/s, to 7.95
kbit/s. Value
range is
Yes/No. (HR)

0~63, 0.5dB 222529 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18,
(HR) 3440 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39
0~15, 0.5dB 4556 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5,
(HR) 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6

Startmode
1: Select
codec, the
Initial Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode
coding
codec modemode codec codec codec codec codec codec codec
with
(HR)lowest
bit rate as
the initial
coding mode;
2: Select the
coding mode
with the
second
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
one coding
mode;
3: Select the
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
coding mode
with the third
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
two coding
modes;
4: Select the
coding mode
with the
fourth lowest
bit rate, if
there are
more than
three
Yes/No coding
(HR) No 0 0 0 0 0 0
modes. (HR)
AMR quick
rate
AMR quick AMR quick AMR quick AMR quick AMR quick AMR quick AMR quick
adjustment
rate rate rate rate rate rate rate
mode,
adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment
interval to
mode mode mode mode mode mode mode
adjust
configuration

1~50, 480
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ms

0:12,1:15,2:2
0,3:30,4:41,5
:55,6:76,7:10
14 14 14 14 14 14 14
9,8:163,9:21
7,10 ~
15:reserved

0: 1 times,1:
2 times,2: 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
times,3: 7
times
0~255, s 10 10 15 15 15 10 10

When "Cell
Type
(CellType)" is
non-
extended
cell, value
range is 0 ~
63,default
value is 63; 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
When "Cell
Type
(CellType)" is
extended
cell, value
range is 0 ~
219,default
value is 219.

GSM: 5; GSM: 5; GSM: 5; GSM: 5; GSM: 5; GSM: 5; GSM: 5;

0~31
DCS1800:0 DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0

1: use uplink
SACCH error
criteria; 2:
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
use uplink
Rxlev&RxQu
al criteria
4, 8, 12, 16,
20, 24, 28,
32, 36, 40, 64 64 32 32 32 48 48
44, 48, 52,
56, 60, 64

4, 8, 12, 16,
20, 24, 28,
32, 36, 40, 64 64 32 32 32 48 48
44, 48, 52,
56, 60, 64

0:4,1:8,
64 64 32 32 32 48 48
,15:64

0:4,1:8,
64 64 32 32 32 48 48
,15:64
0 ~ 63;0<
-110
dBm,1-110
dBm ~ -109
dBm,2-109
dBm ~ -108 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
dBm,
,62-49
dBm ~ -48
dBm,63>
-48 dBm

0:correspond
ing BER
range
<0.2%,1:0.2
%~
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
0.4%,2:0.4%
~ 0.8%,
,6:6.4%
~ 12.8%,7:>
12.8%

1~63,
SACCH
63 63 63 63 63 63 63
multiframe
period

8 bits
[0,1,2,3,4,5,6 [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
represent
,7] 5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7]
NCC 0~7
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0~255, 360s 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No No No No No No No

When the
value of
DCS1800/PC
S1900
supported
(FuncExt) is
DCS1800, it
value range
is GSM900,
EXT900,
DCS1800,
GSM850;
GSM900 GSM900 GSM900 GSM900 GSM900 GSM900 GSM900
When the
value of
DCS1800/PC
S1900
supported
(FuncExt) is
PCS1900,
When "Cellit
value
Type range
is GSM900,is
(CellType)"
EXT900,
non-
PCS1900,
extended
GSM850.
cell, value
range is 0 ~
63,default
value is 63; 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
When "Cell
Type
(CellType)" is
extended
cell, value
range is 0 ~
219,default
value is 219.
Yes/No Yes No No No No No No

Yes/No Yes No No No No No No

Yes/No Yes No No No No No No

Yes/No Yes No No No No No No
Yes/No No No No No No No No

0
TLV; 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1TLV

20-
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
200,100ms

20 -100,% 50 50
0-60,s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0~63, -(110-
63 63 63 63 63 63 63
Ths)dbm

0~100, burst 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

0~100, %() 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
0~100, %() 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

1 ~ 255, s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No No No No No No No No

0, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1~7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1~7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1~7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1~7, 10ms 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~7, 10ms 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1~7, 10ms 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

0~3, 2db 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1~16 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No; bit1:
use cipher
mode or not:
bit2: A5/1
support or
not: bit3:
A5/2 support
or not: bit4:
Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No,
A5/3 support
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
or not: bit5:
No, No No, No No, No No, No No, No No, No No, No
A5/4 support
or not: bit6:
A5/5support
or not: bit7:
A5/6 support
or not: bit8:
A5/7 support
or not:

1 ~ 255,s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
 It should be
configured
according to
Checked, the period of
unchecked Unchecked time of the - - - - -
(0~23hr) MR data
which need
to be
collected.

- -

0-23 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1-10,24h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
 According to
Character
actual
string with
situations of - - - - -
the maximum
the current
length of 40
network

According to
actual
situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
- situations of - - - - -
the current
network

According to
actual
Sorted by
1~6 situations of - - - - -
practice
the current
network
Umbrella
cell, Macro
Cell, Micro According to
Cell, Micro- the planning
Macro Cell - - - - -
micro value of the
Cell, parameter
Extended
Cell

Based on Based on
According to
"Mobile "Mobile
actual
country country
situations of - - - - -
code" in BSC code" in BSC
the current
function function
network
parameters. parameters.

Based on Based on
"Mobile "Mobile According to
network code network code actual
(MNC)" in (MNC)" in situations of - - - - -
BSC global BSC global the current
resource resource network
parameters. parameters.

A testing
parameter
1 ~ 65535 1 - - - - -
only for
internal use
 A testing
parameter
0 ~ 65535 0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

According to
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, the planning
0 - - - - -
5, 6, 7 value of the
parameter

According to
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, the planning
0 - - - - -
5, 6, 7 value of the
parameter
When the
value of
DCS1800/PC
S1900
supported
(FuncExt) is
DCS1800, it
value range
is
GSM900,
EXT900,
According to
DCS1800,
the planning
GSM850; GSM900 - - - - -
value of the
When the
parameter
value of
DCS1800/PC
S1900
supported
(FuncExt) is
PCS1900, it
value range
is GSM900,
EXT900,
PCS1900,
GSM850;
ARFCN set,
the value
range of
each ARFCN
is the
same as
BCCH. According to
Based on the planning
NOne - -
frequency value of the
CCCH
setting uses
at parameter
one physical
subsequent
channel,
BTS, the not
combined
system
with
automatically
SDCCH;
fills it in this
CCCH
box. uses
one physical
channel,
combined
with SDCCH;
CCCH uses CCCH uses
CCCH uses CCCH uses CCCH uses CCCH uses CCCH uses CCCH uses
two physical one physical
one physical one physical one physical one physical one physical one physical
channels, not channel, not
channel, not channel, not channel, not channel, not channel, not channel, not
combined combined
combined combined combined combined combined combined
with SDCCH; with
with SDCCH with SDCCH with SDCCH with SDCCH with SDCCH with SDCCH
CCCH uses SDCCH
three
physical
channels, not
combined
with SDCCH;
CCCH uses
four
physical
channels, not
combined
with SDCCH.
0~7 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No No Yes Yes Yes No No

Power
increase step
It can be
can be
divided into
divided into
four kinds:
four
FR, HR,
kinds: FR, 2 2010-2-4 2010-2-4 2010-2-4 2010-2-4 2010-2-4
AMR FR,
HR, AMR
and AMR
FR, and AMR
HR. Default
HR.
value is 2.
Value range
is 2, 4, and 6.

2/4,db 2 2 2 s 2 2 2

MAX power
level of MS
It can be
can be
divided into
divided into
four kinds:
four
FR, HR, 900M:5 900M: 5
kinds: FR, 5 0 5 0
AMR FR, 1800M0 1800M: 0
HR, AMR
and AMR
FR, and AMR
HR. Default
HR.
value is 5.
Value range
is 0 ~ 31.
MIN power
level of MS
It can be
can be
divided into
divided into
four kinds:
four
FR, HR, 900M:16
kinds: FR, 16 12 16 12
AMR FR, 1800M15
HR, AMR
and AMR
FR, and AMR
HR. Default
HR.
value is 16.
Value range
is
MIN 0 ~power
31.
level of BS
can be
divided into
four
kinds: FR,
HR, AMR
FR, and AMR
It can be
HR.
divided into
Value range
four kinds: 11 11 11 11 11 11
is 0 ~ 15.
FR, HR,
The
AMR FR,
maximum
power level
of BTS is Pn.
0: Pn;
1: Pn-2 dB;
...
15: Pn-30
MIN
dB interval
of power
control can It can be
be divided divided into
into four kinds:
four kinds: FR, HR,
2 2 2 2 2 2
FR, HR, AMR FR,
AMR FR, and AMR
and AMR HR. Default
HR. value is 2.
Value range
is 1 ~ 32.

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No No No No No No No No

[24,22,20,18, [24,22,20,0,0 [24, 22, 20, [24, 22, 20, [24, 22, 20, [24, 22, 20, [24, 22, 20,
0~38,db
16,14,12,10] ,0,0,0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]

1~254 240 240 240 240 240 240 240

1~31 6 2 2 2 2 2 2
1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 6 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 6 2 2 2 2 2 2
1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 6 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Yes/No No No No No No No No
0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 22 22~30 22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm) (<)

1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3

0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 30 30~36 30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm) (>)
1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3

0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 26 30~35 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm) (>)

1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3

0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 34 35~40 35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm) (<)

1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3
0~7(>) 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 4 2 2 2 2 2 2

0~7(<) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 4 2 2 2 2 2 2

0~7(<) 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
1~31 4 2 2 2 2 2 2

0~7(>) 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No Yes No No No No No No

Yes/No Yes No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No No yes No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No Yes Yes No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No Yes No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Concentric
handover, Handover Handover
Handover Concentric based on based on
- - -
based on handover path loss and path loss and
path loss and TA TA
TA

Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0~3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3

0~4, SACCH
multiframe 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
period

0~31 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0~31, s 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
1~255; MR
reporting
period(BTS--
>BSC), if
Preprocess= 7 12 12 12 12 12 12
0, then
480ms for
TCH, 470ms
for SDCCH

0~63,dB 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

1~31 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1~67, 10ms 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
1~32, 10ms 10 5 5 5 5 5 5

5~35 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

1~7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0: 1: 0 1 0 0 0 1 1

0(No)
PBGT
; 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
1(Yes)

0~20,db 3 0 0 0 0 0 0

0~300, s 50 30 30 30 30 30 30

0~48 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
0~48 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

1~31 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1~31 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 35 63 63 40 50 50 50
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm)()
1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1~31 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 15 0 0 0 0 5 5
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm) (<)

0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 15 15 0 0 0 15 15
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm) (<)

1~31 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1~31 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1~31 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1~31 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3

1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3

0~7 (>) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

0~7 (>) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

1~31 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 40 63 63 63 63 63 63
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm)()

0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm) (<)

1~31 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

0~100,% 70 80 80 80 - 80 -
 For the same For the same For the same
frequency frequency frequency
band: 20; for band: 20; for band: 20; for
0 ~ 48(0: -24
different different different
dB;1: -23 dB;
24 24 frequency frequency frequency - -
48: 24
band, it band, it band, it
dB) ()
should be should be should be
smaller than smaller than smaller than
PBGT. PBGT. PBGT.

0:undefined;
1:same layer; According to According to According to
2:upper 1 actual actual actual - - -
layer; 3:lower situations situations situations
layer

GSM900,
EXT900, According to According to According to
DCS1800, GSM900 actual actual actual - - -
PCS1900, situations situations situations
GSM850

0~63 5 5 5 5 - - -
0~150 110 110 110 110 - - -

1~31 3 3 3 3 - - -

1~31 2 2 2 2 - - -

0~63 35 35 - - - - -
1~31 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1~31 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

0~63 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

1~31 3 3 3 3 - 3 3
1~31 2 2 2 2 - 2 2

0~2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0~20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

0~2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0~20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

0~255;MR
reporting
period(BTS--
>BSC), if
Preprocess= 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
0, then
480ms for
TCH, 470ms
for SDCCH

0~10 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1~31 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Common
cell: 0 ~ 63;
Extended 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
cell: 0 ~ 219
(<)

1~31 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1~31 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

0~255;0:-
127dB,1:-
126dB, 133 133 - - 133 - -
,255:128
dB (>)
1~31 3 4 - - 4 - -

1~31 2 3 - - 3 - -

0~255;0:-
127dB,1:-
126dB, 130 130 - - 130 - -
,255:128
dB (<)

1~31 3 4 - - 4 - -
1~31 2 3 - - 3 - -

0~50,dB 0 0 0

0~150,dB 126 136 136

0~150,dB 120 130 130

0~63 1 2 2

0~63 0 1 1

1~10 4 4 3

1~10 3 3 2
0~100, % 20 20

0~63 10 10 - - - - -

1~20 3 2 - - - - -

0~63 0 0
0~63 2 2

0~63 5 5

0~60,s 5 8 8 8 8 8 8

Yes/No No No No No No No No
Yes/No No No No Yes No No Yes

0~63, 2db 0 0~10 0 4~10 0 0 0~5

0~7, 2db 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

0~7, 10db 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0~31, 20s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 ~ 255 1 1 - - - - -

According to
actual radio
0 ~ 63 0 - - - - -
parameters
planning

RFID According to
freqhop, actual radio
RFID freqhop - - - - -
baseband parameters
freqhop planning
 According to
Based on Based on
actual radio
frequency frequency - - - - -
parameters
setting setting
planning

According to
the actual
1~6 1 - - - - -
planning
configuration

According to
the actual
- - - - - - -
planning
configuration

According to
Character
actual
string with
- situations of - - - - -
the maximum
the current
length of 40
network
 According to
the actual
1 ~ 32 1 - - - - -
planning
configuration

1800-
900->900:3
0~7 3 3 >1800:5 3 3 3
900->1800:5
1800->900:3

900M: 5 900M: 5
0 ~ 31 5 5 0 5 0
1800M: 0 1800M: 0

0 ~ 63;0<
-110
dBm,1-110
dBm ~ -109
1800-
dBm,2-109 900->900:15
>1800:15
dBm ~ -108 15 15 900- 15 15 15
1800-
dBm, >1800:18
>900:15
,62-49
dBm ~ -48
dBm,63>
-48 dBm
0 ~ 100(0:
-24 dB;1: -23 1800-
900->900:28
dB;48: >1800:28
30 28 900- 28 28 28
24 1800-
>1800:16
dB;100:76dB >900:38
)

0 ~ 48(0: -24
dB;1: -23 dB;
30 26 26 26 26 26 26
48: 24
dB)

0 ~ 48(0: -24
dB;1: -23 dB;
30 24 24 24 24 24 24
48: 24
dB)

0 ~ 63(0:<-
110dBm;1:-
110dBm~-
109dBm; 20 25 25 25 - 25 25
62:-49dBm~-
48dBm;63:>-
48dBm)(<)
1~255 2 4 4 4 - 4 4

0~100,% 75 75 75 75 - 75 75

0~48 9 9 9 - - 9 -

0 ~ 100 40 30 30 - - 30 -
Undefined,
Same layer
of the home
cell, Upper At same At same At same At same At same At same At same
layer of the layer as this layer as this layer as this layer as this layer as this layer as this layer as this
home cell, cell cell cell cell cell cell cell
Lower layer
of the home
cell

0:Lower;1:Hi
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
gh.

0:Lower;1:Hi
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
gh.

According to
actual
- - situations of
the current
network
Yes/No No No No No No No No

Yes/No No No No No No No No

NO
DIRECTION,
DIRECTION NO NO
- - - - -
A, DIRECTION DIRECTION
DIRECTION
B

NO
DIRECTION,
DIRECTION NO NO
- - - - -
A, DIRECTION DIRECTION
DIRECTION
B
 According to
Character
actual
string with
- situations of - - - - -
the maximum
the current
length of 40
network

According to
actual
1 ~ 65535 1 situations of - - - - -
the current
network

Umbrella
cell, Macro
Cell, Micro
Cell, Micro- Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell
micro Cell,
Extended
Cell

According to
actual
0 ~ 999 460 situations of - - - - -
the current
network
When
MNC3Digits
is selected
as 2 digits,
MNC value According to
will be 0~99; actual
When 0 situations of - - - - -
MNC3Digits the current
is selected network
as
When3 digits,
the
MNC
value value
of
will be
DCS1800/PC
0~999.
S1900
supported
(FuncExt) is
DCS1800, it
value range
is GSM900,
EXT900,
DCS1800, According to
GSM850;
When the planning
GSM900 - - - - -
When the
Frequency value of the
value
Band isof parameter
DCS1800/PC
GSM900, its
S1900
value range
supported
is 1~124;
(FuncExt)
When is
PCS1900,
Frequency it
value
Band isrange
is GSM900,
EXT900, its
EXT900,
value range
PCS1900,
is 0~124,
GSM850.
975~1023;
When
According to
Frequency
radio
Band is 1 - - - - -
parameters
PCS1900, its
planning
value range
is 512~810;
When
Frequency
Band is
DCS1800, its
value range
is 512~885;
When
Frequency
Band is
GSM850, its A testing
value range parameter
1 ~128~251.
is 65535 1 - - - - -
only for
internal use
 A testing
parameter
0 ~ 65535 0 - - - - -
only for
internal use

According to
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, the planning
0 - - - - -
5, 6, 7 value of the
parameter

According to
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, the planning
0 - - - - -
5, 6, 7 value of the
parameter

1 ~ 60 Sort in order. - - - - - -
When
"Subcell
Used
(SubCellUse
d)" is No,
value range
is the first
subcell;
When
First Subcell First Subcell - - - - -
"Subcell
Used
(SubCellUse
d)" is Yes,
value range
is the first
and the
second
subcell.

Common
Common Common Common Common Common Common Common
TRX, Expand
TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX
TRX

900 cell:
BCCH Trx : 1
Non-BCCH
When TRX without
"BCCH fixed PDCH :
Carrier 3
BCCH Trx : 1 BCCH Trx : 5 BCCH Trx : 1 BCCH Trx : 5
(IsBcchMark) Non-BCCH
Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH
" is No, TRX with
TRX without TRX without TRX without TRX without
default value fixed PDCH :
fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH :
is 3; 4
1~5 3 3 3 3
When 1800 cell:
Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH
"BCCH BCCH Trx : 5
TRX with TRX with TRX with TRX with
Carrier Non-BCCH
fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH :
(IsBcchMark) TRX without
4 4 4 4
" is Yes, fixed PDCH :
default value 3
is 1; Non-BCCH
TRX with
fixed PDCH :
4

According to
the ground
Yes/No No - - - - -
planning
parameters
Max output
power, Max
output power
- 2 dB, Max
output power
- 4 dB, Max
output power
- 6 dB, Max
output power
- 8 dB, Max
Max output Max output
output power Max output Max output Max output Max output Max output
power - 0~6 power - 0~6
- 10 dB, Max power power power power power
dB dB
output power
- 12 dB, Max
output power
+ 1.5 dB,
Max output
power + 1
dB, Max
output power
+ 0.5
dB

1~8 3 3 - - - - -

If "BCCH
Carrier
(BcchMark)"
is No, the
value range
is No, base
band freq- According to
hopping, radio
and RFID parameters
freq-hopping. NONE planning, fill - - - - -
If "BCCH in: non-FH,
Carrier baseband
(BcchMark)" FH, RF FH.
is Yes, the
Frequency
value
band
rangeisis No
GSM900:
and base
1~124;
band freq-
Frequency
hopping.
band is
EXT900:
0~124,
975~1023
According to
Frequency
Based on the the ground
band is - - - - -
set frequency planning
DCS1800:
parameters
512~885;
Frequency
band is
PCS1800:
512~810;
Frequency
band is
GSM850:
128~251.
 According to
the ground
1 ~ 255 NONE - - - - -
planning
parameters

Depends on According to
Depends on
the actual the ground
the actual - - - - -
configuration planning
configuration.
of BIPB unit parameters

Determined Minimum According to

by user DSP number the ground
- - - - -
configured configured by planning
DSP quantity user parameters

According to
0 ~ 15 0 ~ the ground
0 - - - - -
27 planning
parameters
 According to
the ground
1 ~Under
3072 dual 1 - - - - -
carrier mode, planning
no four parameters
diversity,
no DPCT or
DDT setting;
Under
single carrier
mode, only
four
diversity is
configured;
Under Under double Under double
single carrier carrier mode, carrier mode,
mode, four no 4 lines of no 4 lines of
diversity + multiplexer, multiplexer, Default Default Default Default
DPCT; no DPCT or no DPCT or
Under DDT DDT
single carrier configured; configured
mode, four
diversity +
DDT. At this
time, Delay
count is
valid.
Under
single carrier
mode, no
four diversity,
no DPCT or
1 ~ 15
DDT setting; 0 0 - - - - -

Not checked,
Not checked Checked Not checked Not checked Checked Not checked Not checked
Checked
Yes/No No No No No No No No

According to
0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
0 cell channel - - - - -
5, 6, 7
planning

According to
0 ~ 63 0 cell channel - - - - -
planning
ecommended Value for Different Scenes
Express Way/High-speed
Wide Coverage Indoor Coverage/Tunnel
Railway
900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M

No No No No No No

60 60 60 60 60 60

60 60 60 60 60 60

50 50 50 50 50 50
No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

150 150 150 150 150 150

100 100 100 100 100 100

50 50 50 50 50 50

100 100 100 100 100 100

60 60 60 60 60 60

2 2 2 2 2 2
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0 0 0 0 0 0

20 20 20 20 20 20

No No No No No No
TC is at the TC is at the TC is at the TC is at the TC is at the TC is at the
BSC side, BSC side, BSC side, BSC side, BSC side, BSC side,
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

60 60 60 60 60 60

Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate

version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1

Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate Half-rate

version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1 version 1

N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N,
Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y
6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18,
24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39

3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5,
5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6

Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode

codec codec codec codec codec codec

1 1 1 1 1 1
N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y,
N N N N N N

6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18,
24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39

3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5,
5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6

Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode

codec codec codec codec codec codec
1 1 1 1 1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0

45 45 45 45 45 45
20 20 20 20 20 20

20 20 20 20 20 20

70 70 70 70 70 70

60 60 60 60 60 60
30 30 30 30 30 30

320 320 320 320 320 320

12 12 12 12 12 12

30 30 30 30 30 30
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

30 30 30 30 30 30

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
45 45 37 40 37 40

NO NO NO NO NO NO

6 6 6 6 6 6

0 0 0 0 0 0
10 10 10 10 10 10

4 4 4 4 4 4

20 20 20 20 20 20

12 12 12 12 12 12
8 8 8 8 8 8

5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue

allowed allowed allowed allowed allowed allowed
when assign when assign when assign when assign when assign when assign
Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue Queue
forbidden forbidden forbidden forbidden forbidden forbidden
when when when when when when
handover handover handover handover handover handover

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced
handover handover handover handover handover handover

Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced Only forced
handover handover handover handover handover handover

60 60 60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50 50 50

40 40 40 40 40 40

30 30 30 30 30 30

1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25

5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5
5 5 5 5 5 5

30 30 30 30 30 30

25 25 25 25 25 25

14 14 14 14 14 14
50 50 50 50 50 50

60 60 60 60 60 60

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0 0 0 0 0 0

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

No No No No Yes Yes

No No No No Yes Yes

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

- - - - - -

Need Need Need Need Need Need

No No No No No No
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

Close Close Close Close Close Close

No No No No No No

Default Default Default Default Default Default

codec codec codec codec codec codec
FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC

No No No No No No

65 65 65 65 65 65

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

75 75 75 75 75 75

6 6 6 6 6 6

No No No No No No

Yes Yes No No No No
30 30 30 30 30 30

3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000

1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

60 60 60 60 60 60

10 10 10 10 10 10

1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800

4 4 4 4 4 4
6 6 6 6 6 6

2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No No

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

80 80 80 80 80 80

80 80 80 80 80 80
80 80 80 80 80 80

80 80 80 80 80 80

30 30 30 30 30 30

60 60 60 60 60 60
90 90 90 90 90 90

TRX>interfer TRX>interfer TRX>interfer TRX>interfer TRX>interfer TRX>interfer

ence band ence band ence band ence band ence band ence band
No No No No No No

No No No No No No

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

10 12 8 10 10 12
No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No No No No No No

125 125 125 125 125 125

0 0 0 0 0 0

[0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15, [0, 10, 15,
20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63] 20, 25, 63]

31 31 31 31 31 31

No No Yes Yes Yes Yes

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 3 3

Yes Yes No No No No

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

60 60 60 60 60 60

60 60 60 60 60 60

50 50 50 50 70 70
No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

70 70 70 70 70 70
No No No No No No

0 0 0 0 0 0

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No

No No No No Yes Yes

No No No No No No

not use not use not use not use not use not use
N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N, N, Y, N, Y, N,
Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y Y, N, Y

6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18,
24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39

3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5,
5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6

Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode

codec codec codec codec codec codec
1 1 1 1 1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0

N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y, N, Y, Y, Y, Y,
N N N N N N

6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18, 6, 9, 13, 18,
24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39 24, 31, 39
3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 3, 4, 3, 5, 5,
5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6

Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode Startmode

codec codec codec codec codec codec

1 1 1 1 1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0
AMR quick AMR quick AMR quick AMR quick AMR quick AMR quick
rate rate rate rate rate rate
adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment adjustment
mode mode mode mode mode mode

1 1 1 1 1 1

14 14 14 14 14 14

2 2 2 2 2 2
10 10 10 10 15 10

63 63 63 63 63 63

GSM: 5; GSM: 5; GSM: 5; GSM: 5; GSM: 5; GSM: 5;

DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0 DCS1800: 0

1 1 1 1 1 1
20 20 64 64 32 32

20 20 64 64 32 32

20 20 64 64 32 32

20 20 64 64 32 32
10 10 10 10 10 10

6 6 6 6 6 6

63 63 63 63 63 63

[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, [0, 1, 2, 3, 4,

5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7] 5, 6, 7]
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

10 10 10 10 10 10

No No No No No No

No No No No No No
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No

GSM900 GSM900 GSM900 GSM900 GSM900 GSM900

63 63 63 63 63 63
No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

0 0 0 0 0 0

60 60 60 60 60 60
0 0 0 0 0 0

63 63 63 63 63 63

60 60 60 60 60 60

80 80 80 80 80 80
80 80 80 80 80 80

2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No No

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

0 0 0 0 0 0
6 6 6 6 6 6

No No No No No No

Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No No, No No, No No, No No, No No, No

2 2 2 2 2 2
- - - - - -

4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 1 1
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

CCCH uses CCCH uses CCCH uses CCCH uses CCCH uses CCCH uses
one physical one physical one physical one physical one physical one physical
channel, not channel, not channel, not channel, not channel, not channel, not
combined combined combined combined combined combined
with SDCCH with SDCCH with SDCCH with SDCCH with SDCCH with SDCCH

0 0 0 0 0 0

No No Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No Yes Yes

2010-2-4 2010-2-4 2010-2-4 2010-2-4 2010-2-4 2010-2-4

2 2 2 2 2 2

5 0 5 0 5 0
16 12 16 12 16 12

11 11 11 11 11 11

2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

[24, 22, 20, [24, 22, 20, [24, 22, 20, [24, 22, 20, [24, 22, 20, [24, 22, 20,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0] 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]

240 240 240 240 240 240

2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No No
22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30 22-30

2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3

30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36 30-36

2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3

30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35 30-35

2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3

35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40 35-40

2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2
No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No No No No No
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No No No No No
No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No yes No No No

No No No No No No
Yes No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No yes No No No
No No No No No No

- - - - - -

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3

0 0 0 0 0 0

1 1 1 1 1 1

3 3 5 5 5 5
7 7 12 12 12 12

10 10 15 15 15 15

2 2 4 4 4 4

28 28 28 28 28 28
5 5 5 5 5 5

20 20 20 20 20 20

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0

30 30 30 30 30 30

24 24 24 24 24 24
24 24 24 24 24 24

2 2 3 3 3 3

1 1 2 2 2 2

50 50 50 50 50 50
2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 4 4 4 4

2 2 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5 5

15 15 15 15 15 15

2 2 3 3 3 3

1 1 2 2 2 2
2 2 3 3 3 3

1 1 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 3 3 3 3

2 2 3 3 3 3

4 4 4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4 4 4
1 1 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2
63 63 63 63 63 63

10 10 10 10 10 10

2 2 2 2 2 2

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - 3 -

- - - - DCS1800, -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
3 3 3 3 3 3

2 2 2 2 2 2

40 40 40 40 40 40

- - 3 3 3 3
- - 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

15 15 15 15 15 15

1 1 1 1 1 1
10 10 10 10 10 10

16 16 16 16 16 16

3 3 3 3 3 3

4 4 4 4 4 4
63 63 63 63 63 63

3 3 3 3 3 3

2 2 2 2 2 2

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -
15 15 - - - -

2 2 - - - -

0 0
2 2

5 5

5 5 8 8 8 8

No No No No No No
No No No No No Yes

0 0 0 0 0 4~10

4 4 4 4 4 4

0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

3 3 3 3 3 3

5 0 5 0 5 0

13 14 13 13 15 15
28 28 28 28 28 28

26 26 26 26 26 26

24 24 24 24 24 24

- - - - 25 25
- - - - 4 4

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
At same At same At same At same At same At same
layer as this layer as this layer as this layer as this layer as this layer as this
cell cell cell cell cell cell

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0
No No No No No No

No No No No No No

DIRECTION DIRECTION
A or A or
- - - -
DIRECTION DIRECTION
B B

DIRECTION DIRECTION
A or A or
- - - -
DIRECTION DIRECTION
B B
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell Macro Cell

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

Common Common Common Common Common Common

TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX

BCCH Trx : 1 BCCH Trx : 5 BCCH Trx : 1 BCCH Trx : 5 BCCH Trx : 1 BCCH Trx : 5
Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH
TRX without TRX without TRX without TRX without TRX without TRX without
fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH :
3 3 3 3 3 3
Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH Non-BCCH
TRX with TRX with TRX with TRX with TRX with TRX with
fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH : fixed PDCH :
4 4 4 4 4 4

- - - - - -
 Max output Max output
Max output Max output Max output Max output
power + power +
power power power power
0~1.5dB 0~1.5dB

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

Under single Under single

carrier mode, carrier mode,
Default Default Default Default
four diversity four diversity
+ DPCT; + DPCT;

- - 0 0 - -

Not checked Not checked Not checked Not checked Not checked Not checked
No No No No No No

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
 Need to
Values
mapping?

Enabling this function may improve

network capacity, accessibility and
Y
throughput, but will decrease mobility
and reliability.

The lower the value, the more HR

requests there will be, and network
capacity will be increased. To BSCs with
high traffic and heavy congestion, this
parameter may be set a lower value.
Y
A reasonable setting of this parameter
helps to improve accessibility and
throughput, but will decrease mobility
and reliability.

The lower the value, the more HR

requests there will be, and network
capacity will be increased. To BSCs with
high traffic and heavy congestion, this
parameter may be set a lower value. Y
A reasonable setting of this parameter
helps to improve accessibility and
throughput, but will decrease mobility
and reliability.

This parameter is used to limit the

maximum percentage of usable HR
timeslots. The lower the value, the lower
percentage of HR timeslots is used. To
BSCs with high traffic and heavy
congestion, this parameter may be set a Y
higher value.
A reasonable setting of this parameter
helps to improve accessibility and
throughput, but will decrease mobility
and reliability.
Enabling this parameter will increase
intra-cell handover greatly.
A reasonable setting of this parameter
N
helps to improve accessibility and
throughput, but will decrease mobility
and reliability.

Yes: means inter-cell handover is

controlled by BSC;
No: means inter-cell handover is
controlled by MSC, and shares the same
handover flow with inter-BSC handover.
If this parameter is set as "No, " all
handovers excepting intra-cell handover
take inter-BSC handover flow, increasing N
the duration of handover flow and
introducing extra A interface signaling
traffic. At this time, the counted number
of BSC controlled incoming-handovers
and outgoing handovers is 0, affecting
handover success rate and call drop
If BSC side need receive "handover
rate.
required reject" message from MSC, a
global variable switch need be enabled
at BSC side;
When queuing function is enabled, the
value of this timer should be greater than
the queuing duration; when queuing
function is disabled, this timer may be
set a shorter duration, so that BSC can N
initiate the second handover request as
soon as possible.
If this parameter is set longer duration,
handover delay may occur at the first
response failure to handover request,
and may cause call drop.
A reasonable setting of this parameter
helps to improve coverage rate.

This parameter displays the handover

protection time of the original cell in inter-
BSC handover. It functions the same as
rmsT3103 but should be set a higher
N
value than T3103. Higher value for this
parameter helps to improve handover
success rate and reduce call drop rate,
but may cause TCH congestion.
Before Tmicro expires, inter-layer
handovers have precedence over
handovers into the upper layer; after
Tmicor expires, inter-layer handovers
have precedence over handovers at the
same layer. Please refer to Guidebook
for Hanover Algorithm Application for
N
details.
This parameter is applicable to layered
network, and is recommended to be set
a lower value.
Higher value setting for this parameter
may affect the traffic splitting of double-
layer network.

This parameter displays the handover

protection time of the source cell in 2/3G
handover, and functions similar to
rmsT3103 and rmsT8.
N
If this parameter is set a higher value, it
helps to improve handover success rate
and reduce call drop rate, but may cause
TCH congestion.

This parameter displays the handover

protection time of the source cell in intra-
cell handover.
If this parameter is set a higher value, it N
helps to improve handover success rate
and reduce call drop rate, but may cause
TCH congestion.

The lower the value, the higher level and

the fewer the high-priority users who can
be accessed.
N
Reasonable setting can improve wireless
accessibility.
For users with
PriorityLevelPriThreshold, reserved
channel can be used in priority. N
Reasonable setting can improve wireless
accessibility.

It is not recommended to reserve

channels.
N
Reasonable setting can improve wireless
accessibility.

If this parameter is set too high a value,

the period for inspecting target cells will
be prolonged. N
Reasonable setting can improve wireless
accessibility.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
Enabling this function helps to improve
the MOS of calls between MSs and Y
improve customers perception.

Enabling this function helps to improve

the MOS of calls between MSs and N
improve customers perception.

Enabling this function helps to improve

the MOS of calls between MSs and N
improve customers perception.

Enabling this function helps to improve

the MOS of calls between MSs and N
improve customers perception.
Too high the value will waste wireless
resource and cause bad user perception.
Too low the value will reduce MS access
success rate. N
A reasonable setting of this parameter
will improve wireless accessibility.

It is found in the field that there are

defects in some MSs, and that using
half-rate version 3 will cause assignment
N
failure, call drops due to handover, and
etc. Therefore, it is recommended to
enable half-rate version 1.

It is found in the field that there are

defects in some MSs, and that using
half-rate version 3 will cause assignment
N
failure, call drops due to handover, and
etc. Therefore, it is recommended to
enable half-rate version 1.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
The rate 7.95K can only be realized in IP
environment. This rate cannot be N
enabled in DTM networking.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

Too low the value will cause low channel

activation success rate. It is
N
recommended to set this parameter as
20.

Too low the value will cause low

handover success rate and low
N
assignment success rate. It is
recommended to keep the default value.

Too low the value will cause low mode

modification success rate. It is
N
recommended to set this parameter as
60.
Too low the value will cause low
immediate assignment success rate. It is
N
recommended to set this parameter as
30.

The value of rmsT3109 should be

greater than that of RADIO Timeout +rms N
T3111. Otherwise, crosstalk will occur.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
 Y

In networks with different PLMN, this

Y
function should be enabled.

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
 N

0 N
For network evaluation in which MR data
is necessary, this function should be N
enabled in auto frequency planning.

N
N

N
N

N
This parameter is one of the parameters
related to power optimization after
handover. It means that MS adopts the
optimal power (the minimum power
before and after handover) when the
level in target cell exceeds this value.
This value should be set higher than
PCULINCLLEVTHSThs, otherwise,
uplink power control will be triggered off
N
even if optimal power is used after
handover.
This parameter is a BSC level
parameter. If there are more scenes or
multi-band networks under this BSC, the
maximum value should be adopted.
A reasonable setting of this parameter
can reduce uplink interference, and
affect network indicator positively.
When dynamic priority is enabled, this
parameter should be set as "Yes."
Otherwise, cells between different BSCs
cannot acquire effective load information,
reducing the accuracy of dynamic
priority. N
When dynamic priority handover is
started, the load of the target cell is
considered. This can balance traffic
dynamically, reduce TCH congestion and
increase handover success rate.

This parameter is valid when dynamic

priority is enabled, and displays the valid
time of the load information in neighbor
cells. If there is no update after this
parameter expires, this means the load
information of this neighbor cell is invalid. N
If the set time is too long or too short, the
load information of neighbor cells cannot
be referenced and will affect the results
of dynamic priority and reduce handover
success rate.

Enabling this parameter may suppress

interference to a certain extent. The
switch of this function is a BSC level N
switch, and is not recommended to be
enabled.
The value of this parameter affects the
statistical number of Ping Pong
handovers. The higher the value, the
more the handovers counted; the lower N
the value, the fewer the handovers
counted. It is recommended to set this
parameter above 5s.

The recommended value is 4. There

have been more MRs involved in the
averaging calculation, thus, more N
accurate data such as average level and
average quality could be obtained.

The value of this parameter can be set

according to the coverage of the
network.
Generally speaking:
In dense urban areas, site coverage is
N
small, this parameter could be set a
lower value, and 10 is recommended;
In rural areas, site coverage is large, this
parameter could be set a higher value,
and 20 is recommended.

The value of this parameter can be set

according to the coverage of the
network.
Generally speaking:
In dense urban areas, network coverage
N
is strong, this parameter could be set a
higher value, and 14 is recommended;
In rural areas, network coverage is weak,
this parameter could be set a lower
value, and 12 is recommended.
The value of this parameter can be set
according to the coverage of the
network.
Generally speaking:
In dense urban areas, network coverage
N
is strong, this parameter could be set a
higher value, and 10 is recommended;
In rural areas, network coverage is weak,
this parameter could be set a lower
value, and 8 is recommended.

The value of this parameter can be set

according to the quality of the network.
Generally speaking:
In dense urban areas, network
interference is strong and network quality
is poor, this parameter could be set a N
higher value, and 6 is recommended;
In rural areas, network interference is
weak and network quality is good, this
parameter could be set a lower value,
and 5 is recommended.

The value of this parameter can be set

according to the quality of the network.
Generally speaking:
In dense urban areas, network
interference is strong and network quality
is poor, this parameter could be set a N
higher value, and 6 is recommended;
In rural areas, network interference is
weak and network quality is good, this
parameter could be set a lower value,
and 5 is recommended.

Under base band frequency-hopping,

N
frequency offset correction is supported.
It has not been tested at the work field
yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

0 N

0 N

Enabling Queue function helps to reduce

TCH congestion rate, and improve call
completion rate; but longer time will be
Y
cost for resource acquisition, call
completion and call connection, affecting
customers perception.
It is not recommended to enable "Queue
allowed when handover, " because
wireless environment is complicated and
N
signals in neighbor cells may have
changed with the fast moving of MS
during the queuing & waiting time.

This function enables high-priority users

to complete their calls through forced
release of low-priority users channels,
when there is no channel resource
N
available when high-priority users are
initiating calls. This may improve high-
priority users perception, but will reduce
low-priority users perception.

This function enables high-priority users

to complete their calls through forced
release of low-priority users channels,
when there is no channel resource
available in the target cell when high- N
priority users are initiating calls. This may
improve high-priority users perception,
but will reduce low-priority users
perception.

This function enables high-priority users

to acquire channel to complete their calls
through forced handover of low-priority
users channels occupied, when there is
no channel resource available in the N
target cell when high-priority users are
initiating calls. This may improve high-
priority users perception, but will reduce
low-priority users perception.
This function enables high-priority users
to acquire channel to complete their calls
through forced handover of low-priority
users channels occupied, when there is
no channel resource available in the N
target cell when high-priority users are
initiating calls. This may improve high-
priority users perception, but will reduce
low-priority users perception.

Set this parameter as "Only forced

handover" to acquire channel & finish
calling, thus, high-priority users calling N
can be completed, without interrupting
low-priority users service.

Set this parameter as "Only forced

handover" to acquire channel & finish
calling, thus, high-priority users calling N
can be completed, without interrupting
low-priority users service

This parameter defines the duration for

assignment queuing. The higher the
value, the longer the queuing will last.
This helps to reduce congestion rate but
Y
will cause longer call completion time.
And, the duration defined by this
parameter should be shorter than that
defined at core network side.
This parameter defines the duration for
handover queuing. The higher the value,
the longer the queuing will last. This
helps to reduce congestion rate but
N
should not be set too long. Otherwise,
problems such as handover failure may
occur even though signals in the
neighbor cell have been changed.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

The lower the value, the higher level and

the fewer the high-priority users who can
be accessed.
N
Reasonable setting can improve wireless
accessibility.
For users with
PriorityLevelPriThreshold, reserved
channel can be used in priority. N
Reasonable setting can improve wireless
accessibility.

It is not recommended to reserve

channels.
N
Reasonable setting can improve wireless
accessibility.

This is a commissioning parameter. It is

recommended to keep the default value N
for this parameter.

This is a commissioning parameter. It is

recommended to keep the default value N
for this parameter.
This is a test parameter. It is
recommended to keep the default value N
for this parameter.

This parameter is used to set level

threshold for the channel to be checked, N
during frequency searching.

This function can realize automatically N

frequency planning of S8001 equipment.

This is a commissioning parameter. It is

recommended to keep the default value N
for this parameter.
This is a commissioning parameter. It is
recommended to keep the default value N
for this parameter.

This is a commissioning parameter. It is

recommended to keep the default value N
for this parameter.

This is a commissioning parameter. It is

recommended to keep the default value N
for this parameter.

N
 N

It should be ensured that

"AssQueEnable, and HoQueEnable" of
the module parameters, "QueueInd_0
and QueueInd_1" of the cell parameters,
and the relevant switches of CN side are
enabled at the same time. In this way,
the queuing function can be enabled in a
correct way. Besides, special attention Y
should be given to the relevant timer.
If this function is enabled, the success
rate of call establishment can be
improved, and the congestion rate can
be reduced. However, there is a
possibility that it takes more time to gain
an access.

If this function is enabled, the congestion

can be relieved when the traffic is busy.
Besides, the success rate of call
establishment can be improved.
However, it may take more time to gain Y
the access.
When it coordinates with the queuing
function, it should be originated after the
queuing fails.

This parameter should work with the

relevant MSC direct retry function. It can
be enabled when the scenario is the
BSC border in a dense urban.
Y
If this function is enabled, the success
rate of call establishment can be
improved. However, it may take more
time to gain the access.
It is not recommended that this function
should be enabled if there are not any
special needs.
When the preemption function and
forced handover function are enabled,
the Assign query enable function and
Handover query enable function must be
enabled at the same time.
When the preemption function and
forced handover function are enabled,
the QA (Queuing allowed indicator) of
the subscribers must be configured as 1,
N
and the PVI (Pre-emption vulnerability
indicator) of the subscribers with a low
priority must be configured as 1.
When this function is enabled, the
success rate of call establishment can be
improved for the subscribers with a
higher priority. However, the channels of
the subscribers with a lower priority are
forced to be disconnected. As a result,
the success rate of gaining an access is
decreased, and there is a greater
probability to have call drops.
When it is necessary to enable the
uplink/downlink interference handover
function and the defragmentation
N
function, this parameter should be
enabled. It is suggested that the default
value should be kept.

It should keep being the default value. It

N
must be enabled.

It should keep being the default value. It

N
must be enabled.
Usually, the SD handover is not
recommended.
Theoretically speaking, if this function is
enabled, the completion rate can be
N
improved, and the problems of SD
assignment failures and call drops can
be avoided. However, this function still
needs to be further verified.

It should keep being the default value. It

Y
must be enabled.

It should keep being the default value. It

Y
must be enabled.

Usually, this function is not

recommended.
The period of handover and queuing
should not be too long, and 1-2s is
enough. Otherwise, it may be not
possible to have a handover to enter a
more suitable cell when the radio
environment of the subscribers changes.
If this function is enabled, it is possible to N
queue and wait for the resources to
complete the handover when the target
channel resources of the handover are
not adequate. Theoretically speaking, it
can help to improve the success rate of
handover, and can avoid that no
handover occurs when the target cell has
no channels.
If the preemption function and forced
handover function are enabled, the
Assign query enable function and
Handover query enable function must be
enabled at the same time.
If the preemption function and forced
handover function are enabled, the QA
(Queuing allowed indicator) of the
subscribers must be configured as 1,
and the PVI (Pre-emption vulnerability
indicator) of the subscribers with a lower N
priority must be configured as 1.
If this function is enabled, the forced
disconnection is allowed in order to
complete the handover when the target
channel resources of the handover are
not adequate. Theoretically speaking, it
can help to improve the success rate of
handover, and can avoid that no
handover occurs when the target cell
have no channels.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

HoACK is defined for inter-BSC

handover. It is about whether the MSC is
required to send back HO Required
Reject after the original BSC sends HO
Required to the MSC.
If there is no requirement, what can be
done is to wait for the timeout of rmsT7.
If this method is adopted instead of
configuring HoACK as Allow, it is not N
good for the subscribers to select the
best cell if they have to wait for a long
time.
If this function is enabled, it is not
necessary to wait for the timeout of
rmsT7 when the inter-BSC handover
fails, and the subscribers can have a
handover to enter the best cell in time.

If this parameter is enabled, all the SD

channels will go through TCH so as to
relieve the congestion caused by the
inadequate SD channel resources.
However, the failure ratio of SD channel N
assignment will increase, resulting in an
increase of TCH assignment failures.
It is not suggested that this parameter
should be enabled.
This is a testing parameter only for
internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter which is not

open to the clients. Please do not do any N
adjustment.
This is a testing parameter only for
internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.
This is a testing parameter only for
internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

Up until now, we have only defined 4

types of bits which are here.
BIT0: 1 means Current Channel Type
2
BIT1: 1 means Target cell radio
information
BIT2: 1 means MultiRate configuration
information
BIT3: 1 means Inter RAT Handover
Info (UE classmark)
For the current piece of ZTE equipment, N
the target BSC will not make use of the
information here to make some decisions
and so on even if this function is
enabled. Therefore, it is recommended
that the default value of this parameter
should be 0 except that other
manufacturers or MSCs require that the
BSC of ZTE should carry this kind of
additional information during the
handover.
This function should not be enabled if not
N
for some special cases.

It defines whether the handover out

query during the inter-BSC handover is
allowed (Usually, the handover query
refers to the handover in query.) . It is
carried in HO Required to avoid that a N
better cell is already available during the
handover query. Usually, this parameter
should be configured as Handout query
disable.

The configuration of speech coding is

already moved to the switch side. It can
be carried out strictly according to the
requirements of CN side if the switch
side and the CN side have agreed on the
speech coding and the priority and the
relevant configuration has been
N
completed for the CN side. For example,
the configuration of ACS should be as
follows: FR_AMR->EFR_GSM-
>FR_GSM->HR_AMR->HR_GSM (At
present, the switch of ZTE can make a
reference to the template for the
configuration of BSC.) .

It is suggested that this parameter

should be configured as the "default
codec". The purpose is to ensure that the
user experience will not be affected N
during the handover and the call
establishment process at the coverage
border areas.
It is effective to MSC overload or link
block. The system message method
takes effect mainly because it stops
some categories of MSs from gaining the
access or the current cell is forbidden to
provide an access. This is actually the N
most effective controlling method. How
the MS gains an access is controlled by
FUC according to the causes. It is
suggested that FUC should be used to
control.

The parameter "CpuSysInfoFlc" and the

parameter "CpuFucFlc" are only effective
to CPU flow control. CPU flow control
N
can adopt both the system message
method and the FUC method at the
same time.

The threshold of CPU which starts to

adopt the system message flow control N
should use the default value.

The parameter "CpuSysInfoFlc" and the

parameter "CpuFucFlc" are only effective
to CPU flow control. CPU flow control
N
can adopt both the system message
method and the FUC method at the
same time.
The threshold of CPU which starts to
adopt the FUC flow control should use N
the default value.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be adopted.

It should be configured according to the

actual requirements at the work field.
This parameter is a cell parameter. Its N
configuration should coordinate with the
configuratio of module parameters.

SD switching method is a kind of

triggering method. It is suggested that
this function should be enabled for LAC
Y
border areas, rural areas, or high-speed
railways. This function can help to
reduce the SD channel congestion ratio.
 It works when Dynamic config SDCCH
is enabled. The configuration of this
N
parameter should not be too big, and the
recommended value is 10-40.

The default value is recommended. N

The default value is recommended. N

The default value is recommended. N

It is suggested that the default value
N
should be kept.

The default value is recommended. N

The default value is recommended. N

The configuration of this parameter

should not be too small. It is reasonable N
if the default value is 4.
If the TCH traffic is busy, the
configuration of this value should be N
small.

It is suggested that the default value

should be adopted except some special
N
occasion (poor network maintenance
quality) .

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be adopted.

The function of CHR is as follows: If the

call release is completed in an abnormal
way, the signaling of the service will be
recorded. If the call release is completed
in a normal way, the signaling of the
service will not be recorded. Since the
N
abnormal signaling is recorded and
saved in a file, it becomes easier to
locate and analyze the failures. If it is not
required that the call history should be
recorded, the default value "No" should
not be changed.
At present, cell reselection at the idle
mode, which is controlled by the
network, is not realized. This switch does N
not work. Please keep the default value
No.

MR collection server IP N

MR collection server port N

The voice quality weight is used to

evaluate the voice quality test. However,
this function is still at the research and N
development stage. The default value
should be kept.
 The voice quality weight is used to
evaluate the voice quality test. However,
this function is still at the research and N
development stage. The default value
should be kept.

The voice quality weight is used to

evaluate the voice quality test. However,
this function is still at the research and N
development stage. The default value
should be kept.

The voice quality weight is used to

evaluate the voice quality test. However,
this function is still at the research and N
development stage. The default value
should be kept.

The voice quality weight is used to

evaluate the voice quality test. However,
this function is still at the research and N
development stage. The default value
should be kept.
 The voice quality weight is used to
evaluate the voice quality test. However,
this function is still at the research and N
development stage. The default value
should be kept.

The voice quality weight is used to

evaluate the voice quality test. However,
this function is still at the research and N
development stage. The default value
should be kept.

The default value should be adopted. N

The default value should be adopted. N

The default value should be adopted. N

It defines the threshold which triggers

HR concentration and CS moving. If the
parameter value is set too small, the HR
concentration and CS moving will be too
frequent.
If this function is enabled, it is quite
possible that there will be frequent intra-
cell handovers, and the call quality will N
be affected.
If this function is enabled in the scenario
where the service traffic is quite busy, it
can help to improve the utilization ratio of
TCH, and the PS downlink throughput.
The default value is already quite
reasonable.

The default value is recommended.

Besides, SDR does not support the
intelligent carrier frequency power shut N
down and the intelligent time slot power
shut down.

The default value is recommended.

Besides, SDR does not support the
N
intelligent carrier frequency power down
and the intelligent time slot power down.
The default value is recommended.
Besides, SDR does not support the
N
intelligent carrier frequency power down
and the intelligent time slot power down.

The default value is recommended.

Besides, SDR does not support the
N
intelligent carrier frequency power down
and the intelligent time slot power down.

The default value is recommended. N

The default value is recommended. N

If this function is not required, it does not
N
need to be enabled.

If this function is not required, it does not

need to be enabled. If CDT is enabled,
the parameter CdtOption should be
N
configured according to the actual
needs. Besides, the CDT data which the
BSC needs to report should be selected.

CDT data collection server IP N

CDT data collection server TCP port N

The default value is recommended. N

This switch defines whether BSC reports

the successful intra-BSC handover N
information.

This switch defines whether BSC reports

the PS service information. At present,
the CDT analysis of PS service has not N
been realized yet. Usually, it does not
need to be enabled.

This switch defines whether BSC should

report the location update information. N
Usually, it should be enabled.
This switch defines whether BSC should
report the short message information. N
Usually, it should be enabled.

This switch defines whether BSC should

report the radio access failure
N
information. Usually, it should be
enabled.

This switch defines whether BSC should

report the relevant signaling of CS N
service failures.

This switch defines whether BSC reports

the relevant internal message of CS N
failures.
This switch defines whether BSC reports
the measurement reports of location N
update.

This switch defines whether BSC reports

the measurement reports of short
N
message service. It is recommended that
it should be enabled.

This switch defines whether BSC reports

the measurement reports of normal call
N
release. It is recommended that it should
be enabled.

It can be slightly adjusted according to

the actual situation. However, it is
suggested that the value should not be
larger than 15.
If this parameter is increased, the Y
effective coverage range of the cell will
be reduced. However, the increase can
help to improve the accessibility KPIs
and to decrease the call drop rate.
It does not work until C2 algorithm is
enabled.
If this parameter is enabled, the effective
coverage range of the service access will
be decreased.
Y
If it is the dual-band network, the
configuration can be Yes for the cells
which need to limit the traffic absorption
so as to lower the priority of cell
selection.

It is not suggested that this function

should be enabled. If CBQ is yes, this
parameter is invalid.
If a cell has serious congestion and
overlapping coverage, this function can
be enabled.
If this parameter is enabled, the actual Y
coverage range of the service access will
be decreased. As a result, it is quite
possible that MS cannot gain an access
to the network (if the coverage area of
the current cell has no overlapping
coverage signals).

Usually, this function is not used.

If this function is enabled, it is possible
Y
that the subscribers of some levels
cannot gain the access to the network.

Usually, this parameter should not be

adjusted. If the configuration of the
parameter is too big, the access of MS
may be affected. The configuration of
this parameter can be slightly increased Y
if the false access exists due to the
interferences. The purpose is to improve
the success rate of immediate
assignment.
Keep the system default value. Y

Keep the system default value. Y

Keep the system default value. N

This parameter is meaningful when TC is

at BSC side. It is suggested that DTX
should be enabled for IP transmission. In Y
this way, plenty of transmission
resources can be saved.
If it is set as 1, it means that MS is forced
to use it. This parameter is meaningful
only when TC is at BSC side.
If the uplink DTX is enabled, the
interferences within the network can be
Y
reduced, and the call drop rate can be
decreased. It is suggested that DTX
should be enabled for IP transmission. In
this way, plenty of transmission
resources can be saved.

The setting can be adjusted when the

amount of paging of the LAC is
calculated.
If the parameter value is set small, the
access time delay can be reduced for a
certain amount of traffic.
The bigger the parameter value is, the
Y
longer the time for call access is (the
BSS side).It increases from 2 to 9, and
the average call duration increases by
0.5-0.7S.
If the parameter value is not set in an
appropriate way (too big or too small),
the success rate of paging will decrease.

SD switching method is a kind of

triggering method. It is suggested that
this function should be enabled for LAC
Y
border areas, rural areas, or high-speed
railways. This function can help to
reduce the SD channel congestion ratio.

Enabling this function may improve

network capacity, accessibility and
Y
throughput, but will decrease mobility
and reliability.
Usually, it is not enabled, and it is subject
to the BSC half-rate threshold. If the cell
has a serious congestion, HR
parameters can be enabled. The
configuration of the parameters depends N
on the actual capacity and the traffic.
When the half-rate is enabled, the
speech quality, MOS, SQI, and so on will
be greatly affected.

The lower the value, the more HR

requests there will be, and network
capacity will be increased. To BSCs with
high traffic and heavy congestion, this
parameter may be set a lower value.
Y
A reasonable setting of this parameter
helps to improve accessibility and
throughput, but will decrease mobility
and reliability.

The lower the value, the more HR

requests there will be, and network
capacity will be increased. To BSCs with
high traffic and heavy congestion, this
parameter may be set a lower value. Y
A reasonable setting of this parameter
helps to improve accessibility and
throughput, but will decrease mobility
and reliability.

The threshold should be configured

according to the actual capacity and Y
traffic.
The system default value should be kept. N

The system default value should be kept. N

Enabling this parameter will increase

intra-cell handover greatly.
A reasonable setting of this parameter
N
helps to improve accessibility and
throughput, but will decrease mobility
and reliability.

The system default value should be kept. N

 Usually, this function is not used, since it
may influence the utilization ratio of the N
radio channels.

It is not recommended to reserve

channels.
N
Reasonable setting can improve wireless
accessibility.

The system default value should be kept. N

If there are no special requirements, it is

not recommended that this function
should be enabled.
This function can help the subscribers
with a higher priority to complete a call
through the forced channel
disconnection of the subscribers with a
lower priority who have already started a
call. This can happen when the N
subscribers with a higher priority
originate a call and there are no channel
resources. In this way, the user
experience of the subscribers with a
higher priority can be improved.
However, on the other hand, the user
experience of the subscribers with a
lower priority will be affected.
If there are no special requirements, it is
not recommended that this function
should be enabled.
This function can help the subscribers
with a higher priority to complete a call
through the forced channel
disconnection of the subscribers with a
lower priority who have already started a
call. This can happen when the N
subscribers with a higher priority
originate a call and there are no channel
resources. In this way, the user
experience of the subscribers with a
higher priority can be improved.
However, on the other hand, the user
If there are no
experience special
of the requirements,
subscribers with a it is
not
lowerrecommended
priority will bethat this function
affected.
should be enabled.
This function can help the subscribers
with a higher priority to complete a call
through the forced channel
disconnection of the subscribers with a
lower priority who have already started a
call. This can happen when the N
subscribers with a higher priority
originate a call and there are no channel
resources. In this way, the user
experience of the subscribers with a
higher priority can be improved.
However,
If there areonnothe other requirements,
special hand, the userit is
experience of the subscribers
not recommended that this function with a
lower
shouldpriority will be affected.
be enabled.
This function can help the subscribers
with a higher priority to complete a call
during the handover process through the
forced channel disconnection of the
subscribers with a lower priority who
have already started a call. This can
N
happen when the subscribers with a
higher priority originate a call and there
are no channel resources available in the
target cell. In this way, the user
experience of the subscribers with a
higher priority can be improved.
However, on the other hand, the user
experience of the subscribers with a
lower priority will be affected.

It is recommended that this function

should be enabled so as to reduce the Y
congestion ratio.
It is not recommended that this function
N
should be enabled.

It is suggested that this function should

be enabled at the dense urban. In this
way, the success rate of call Y
establishment can be improved to some
extent.

It is not recommended that this function

should be enabled. When the inter
direction retry indication is needed, the Y
MSC side should be configured
accordingly.

Usually, the AMR parameters of the cell

are not enabled. It is recommended that
N
the AMR parameters of the BSC should
be adopted.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

The rate 7.95K can only be realized in IP

environment. This rate cannot be N
enabled in DTM networking.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
It is recommended to keep the default
N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.

It is recommended to keep the default

N
value.
Usually, the AMR parameters of the cell
are not enabled. It is recommended that
N
the AMR parameters of the BSC should
be adopted.

Usually, the AMR parameters of the cell

are not enabled. It is recommended that
N
the AMR parameters of the BSC should
be adopted.

14 is corresponding to the maximum

value of the repeat request interval. This
Y
parameter should not be modified if there
are no special requirements.

The system default value should be kept. Y

 Usually, the recommended configuration
is 10-15 seconds. Besides, the
Y
configuration should be 15-25 seconds
for high traffic areas.

Usually, the access should not be limited

Y
through TA.

The system default value should be kept. Y

the system default value should be kept. N

This parameter is directly related to the
call drop rate. The bigger the
configuration is, the lower the call drop
rate is. Therefore, the configuration of
this parameter is usually rather big so as Y
to improve the KPIs related to the call
drop rate. However, there may be a
negative influence over the user
experience.

This parameter is directly related to the

call drop rate. The bigger the
configuration is, the lower the call drop
rate is. Therefore, the configuration of
this parameter is usually rather big so as Y
to improve the KPIs related to the call
drop rate. However, there may be a
negative influence over the user
experience.

This parameter is directly related to the

call drop rate. The bigger the
configuration is, the lower the call drop
rate is. Therefore, the configuration of
this parameter is usually rather big so as
Y
to improve the KPIs related to the call
drop rate. However, there may be a
negative influence over the user
experience, the utilization ratio of the
system resources, and so on.

This parameter is directly related to the

call drop rate. The bigger the
configuration is, the lower the call drop
rate is. Therefore, the configuration of
this parameter is usually rather big so as
Y
to improve the KPIs related to the call
drop rate. However, there may be a
negative influence over the user
experience, the utilization ratio of the
system resources, and so on.
 This is the level threshold which is used
N
to judge the radio link failures.

This is the quality threshold which is

N
used to judge the radio link failures.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.

This parameter does not need to be

modified if there are no special Y
requirements.
It is suggested that this function should
N
be enabled for the dual-band network.

The default value is 10. It must be

smaller than the implicit power-off time of
the core network. Besides, the value of
T3212 of the same LAC should be
Y
consistent. If the coverage is poor, the
configuration of this parameter can be
small. In this way, the success rate of
paging can be well improved.

The system default value should be kept. Y

Whether the function should be enabled

depends on the actual requirements at
the work field. It is not recommended Y
that this function should be enabled if
there are no special requirements.
The system default value should be kept. Y

It should be configured according to the

Y
actual situation.

It should be configured according to the

N
actual situation.

It is suggested that the default value

should be kept. The maximum TA value
Y
of access and that of handover are
limited.
If the emergency call function is enabled,
this function should be enabled Y
accordingly.

It is suggested that this function should

not be enabled. If this function is
Y
enabled, the TCH assignment failure
ratio will be rather high.

It is suggested that this function should

not be enabled. If this function is
Y
enabled, the TCH assignment failure
ratio will be rather high.

It is suggested that this function should

not be enabled. If this function is
Y
enabled, the TCH assignment failure
ratio will be rather high.
If the AMR function is enabled, this
function should be enabled so as to
N
improve the success rate of
establishment.

For SDR site, only when the

configuration is that TLV format is
supported will TAMIN, TaAllowed,
N
RachAccessMin, and Tn7LowerLevel be
valid. It should be enabled for all the
SDR cells.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.

It is suggested that the default value

should be kept, and it should not be N
modified.
It is suggested that the default value
N
should be kept.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.
It is suggested that the default value
N
should be kept.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.

This parameter should be configured

according to the actual requirements at N
the work field.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.
It is suggested that the default value
N
should be kept.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.

Temporarily, the configuration of this

N
parameter is invalid.

Temporarily, the configuration of this

N
parameter is invalid.
Temporarily, the configuration of this
N
parameter is invalid.

Temporarily, the configuration of this

N
parameter is invalid.

Temporarily, the configuration of this

N
parameter is invalid.

Temporarily, the configuration of this

N
parameter is invalid.
Temporarily, the configuration of this
N
parameter is invalid.

If the TFO function is to be enabled, it

needs support from the core network.
This parameter is a cell parameter, and it
should coordinate with the configuration
Y
of BSC parameters. If this function is
enabled, it is good for the improvement
of call MOS between MSs and the
improvement of user experience.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.
It is suggested that the default value
N
should be kept.

It should be configured according to the

actual requirements at the work field.
This parameter is a cell parameter. Its N
configuration should coordinate with the
configuratio of module parameters.

The cryptographic algorithm should be

consistent with that of the core network
Y
side. At present, only A5/1 and A5/2 are
supported.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.
It should be configured according to the
period of time of the MR data which need N
to be collected.

0 N

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.

It is suggested that the default value

N
should be kept.
0 N

0 N

This is a commissioning parameter. It is

recommended to keep the default value N
for this parameter.

This is a test parameter. It is

recommended to keep the default value N
for this parameter.
According to the planning value of the
N
parameter

0 Y

0 Y

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.
This is a testing parameter which is not
open to the clients. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

Fill in the parameter according to the

planning value of the ground parameter.
Try to avoid co-channel and co-BSIC
between neighbor cells. Mistakes of N
BISC planning or configuration may lead
to large number of handover failures and
call drops.

Fill in the parameter according to the

planning value of the ground parameter.
Try to avoid co-channel and co-BSIC
between neighbor cells. Mistakes of N
BISC planning or configuration may lead
to large number of handover failures and
call drops.

according to the planning value of the

N
ground parameter
according to the planning value of the
N
ground parameter

The common configuration adopts one

physical channel, not combined with
SDCCH. Under the configuration of
CCCH and SDCCH, the capacity of
CCCH is small, which may result in Y
overflow in the case of large numbers of
pagings and thus cause SDCCH
congestion and decrease in paging
success rate.

In ZTE system AGCH may seize PCH,

so we recommend to set this parameter
with 0 to improve PCH usage rate.
However, according to protocol
regulations, AGBLK cannot be set with 0
Y
in the following situations: 1. System
information 7 and 8 are enabled; 2.
Short message broadcast function is
enabled in cells without BCCH and
SDCCH/4 combination.

It's suggested that this parameter be

enabled in the scenarios except for high
speed railway and highway. Setting a
reasonable power control threshold Y
helps to reduce uplink interference and
MS transmission power, and thus to
improve RQ rate and reduce call drops.
It's suggested that this parameter be
enabled in common urban and dense
urban areas, in order to reduce downlink
interference and BTS power
consumption. Setting a reasonable Y
power control threshold helps to reduce
downlink interference and MS
transmission power, and thus to improve
RQ rate and reduce call drops.

If rapid power control is not enabled, we

may consider to enlarge the power
increase step to 4 dB, in order to avoid N
poor speech quality and call drops due to
slow power increase.

It's suggested that default value be

N
maintained.

Note: For 900M network, the parameter

N
should be set 5; for 1800M network, 0.
The downward modulation of MS power
and BS power should match with each
N
other. For 900M network, the modulation
can be 11 (22dB).

The downward modulation of MS power

and BS power should match with each
N
other. For 900M network, the modulation
can be 11 (22dB).

It's suggested that default value be

N
adopted.

It's not recommended to enable the rapid

N
power control.
It's not recommended to enable the rapid
N
power control.

The power decrease limit for quality level

0, 1, 2 should be set comparatively
larger, in order to achieve fast
N
adjustment of power. For quality level 3-
7, the power cannot be adjusted
downward.

It's suggested that the default value of

this parameter be adopted, since it has N
little effect on power control.

It is the average window size for the

measurement reports of power control.
The smaller the parameter is set, the
fewer samples are needed and the more N
sensitive power control becomes, which
helps to improve RQ quality and reduce
call drops.
It's suggested that default value be
N
maintained.

It is the average window size for the

measurement reports of power control.
The smaller the parameter is set, the
fewer samples are needed and the more N
sensitive power control becomes, which
helps to improve RQ quality and reduce
call drops.

It's suggested that default value be

N
maintained.

It is the average window size for the

measurement reports of power control.
The smaller the parameter is set, the
fewer samples are needed and the more N
sensitive power control becomes, which
helps to improve RQ quality and reduce
call drops.
It's suggested that default value be
N
maintained.

It is the average window size for the

measurement reports of power control.
The smaller the parameter is set, the
fewer samples are needed and the more N
sensitive power control becomes, which
helps to improve RQ quality and reduce
call drops.

It's suggested that default value be

N
maintained.

In the equipment of the current version,

power control in non-stable state is
already fast enough. The fast average N
function is almost invalid.
It is the lower limit of level in uplink
power control. The default value (-
88dBm) in system is small, which may
N
lead to poor speech quality due to low
power. Set the parameter according to
the actual coverage situation in the field.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power increase becomes. To
properly reduce N and P helps improve N
speech quality. It's not proper to set N
and P with large values.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power increase becomes. To
properly reduce N and P helps improve N
speech quality. It's not proper to set N
and P with large values.

It is the upper limit of level in uplink

power control. It is usually higher than
the lower limit by 6-10dB. Set the N
parameter according to the actual
coverage situation in the field.
The smaller N and P are set, the more
sensitive power decrease becomes. To
N
properly reduce N and P helps improve
speech quality.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power decrease becomes. To
N
properly reduce N and P helps improve
speech quality.

It is the lower limit of level in downlink

power control. Set the parameter
according to the actual coverage
situation in the field. This threshold shall
be set larger than the evaluation criterion
of coverage rate. For scenarios with
specific requirements of downlink N
coverage rate (eg. -80dBm), this
parameter shall not be set too high, in
order to avoid influence on the indicators
of coverage rate. If the threshold is set
too low, the downlink DT coverage rate
may be lowered.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power increase becomes. To
properly reduce N and P helps improve
N
speech quality. N and P shall not be set
too large. They may be set with 1, 1
when radio environment is complicated.
The smaller N and P are set, the more
sensitive power increase becomes. To
properly reduce N and P helps improve
N
speech quality. N and P shall not be set
too large. They may be set with 1, 1
when radio environment is complicated.

It is the upper limit of level in downlink

power control. It is usually higher than
the lower limit by 6-10dB. Set the N
parameter according to the actual
coverage situation in the field.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power decrease becomes. To
N
properly reduce N and P helps improve
speech quality.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power increase becomes. To
properly reduce N and P helps improve N
speech quality. N and P shall not be set
too large.
It means that power shall be increased
when the quality level is exceeded.
Usually the default value is adopted. For
network in bad radio environment, we N
may set the quality threshold with a low
value (eg. 1), which helps to increase
the proportion of quality level 0.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power increase becomes,
which helps to improve speech quality. N
N
and P shall not be set too large. They
may be set with 1, 1 when radio
environment is complicated.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power increase becomes,
which helps to improve speech quality. N
N
and P shall not be set too large. They
may be set with 1, 1 when radio
environment is complicated.

The current decision is "smaller than", so

N
the parameter shall be at least set with 1.
The smaller N and P are set, the more
sensitive power decrease becomes. To
N
properly reduce N and P helps improve
speech quality.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power decrease becomes. To
N
properly reduce N and P helps improve
speech quality.

It means that power shall be increased

when the quality level is exceeded.
Usually the default value is adopted. For
network in bad radio environment, we N
may set the quality threshold with a low
value (eg. 1), which helps to increase
the proportion of quality level 0.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power increase becomes,
which helps to improve speech quality. N
N
and P shall not be set too large. They
may be set with 1, 1 when radio
environment is complicated.
The smaller N and P are set, the more
sensitive power increase becomes,
which helps to improve speech quality. N
N
and P shall not be set too large. They
may be set with 1, 1 when radio
environment is complicated.

Value 0 is usually adopted for this

parameter. Adjustment of this parameter N
is not recommended.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power decrease becomes. To
N
properly reduce N and P helps improve
speech quality.

The smaller N and P are set, the more

sensitive power decrease becomes. To
N
properly reduce N and P helps improve
speech quality.
As this function is not stable, enabling it
is not recommended.
In some scenes, enabling this function N
may improve call completion rate and
reduce SDCCH call drops.

For frequency-hopping network, intra-cell

handover should be disabled in single-
TRX cells;
In urban districts that use non-frequency-
hopping network and are configured with
N
more than 3 TRXs, intra-cell handover
may be enabled.
Enabling intra-cell handover can improve
call quality, but will increase call drop
rate.

For frequency-hopping network, intra-cell

handover should be disabled in single-
TRX cells;
In urban districts that use non-frequency-
hopping network and are configured with
N
more than 3 TRXs, intra-cell handover
may be enabled.
Enabling intra-cell handover can improve
call quality, but will increase call drop
rate.

This function applies mainly to scenes

with extended cells in wide coverage.
Handover due to distance may be
N
enabled between general cells and
extended cells, but is not recommended
in other scenes.
Generally speaking, it is recommended
to enable PBGT handover, except in
some special scenes, e.g. PBGT
handover is disabled in dual-band
network to split some 1800M traffic to
900M cells, PBGT handover between
neighbor cells should be disabled if
macro-micro handover is enabled, PBGT
handover may be disabled in the border
area between indoor and outdoor
coverage.
By proper setting of PBGTHOLAYER
and NCellLayer parameters, PBGT Y
handover can be disabled in some
specific neighbor cells.
By proper setting of PBGTHOLAYER
and NCellLayer parameters, PBGT
handover between neighbor cells at
different layers can be delayed, and
PBGT handover will be more likely to
happen between neighbors at the same
layer.
Enabling PBGT handover helps to
In densehandover
improve urban areas, it is recommended
success rate and
to enable both
coverage rate, Allow automatic
and reduce call drop rate.
handover based on traffic and dynamic
priority.
Enabling Allow automatic handover N
based on traffic will enhance traffic
balance and reduce congestion rate, but
will affect call drop rate and coverage
rate.

The algorithm for "Allow handover based

on direction" has not been realized yet.
N
This parameter has been deleted in
OMCR.

This algorithm has been realized in CO-

BCCH. CO-BCCH between co-
frequencies is concentric handover. This
option does not work any more and has
been deleted in OMCR.
N
Enabling concentric handover will
enhance traffic balance and reduce
congestion rate, but will affect call drop
rate, handover success rate and call
drop rate.
This handover algorithm has been
realized in CO-BCCH, but the option still
works;
This parameter is used mainly to decide
N
whether to allow intra-cell handover in
cells configured with extended TRXs in
wide coverage. Usually, it is
recommended to disable this parameter.

This handover algorithm has been

realized in CO-BCCH, but the option still
works;
This parameter is used mainly to decide
whether to allow intra-cell handover in N
cells configured with extended TRXs in
wide coverage. Usually, it is
recommended to disable this parameter.

This handover algorithm has been

realized in CO-BCCH, but the option still
works;
This parameter is used mainly to decide
whether to allow inter-cell PBGT
handover in cells configured with
extended TRXs in wide coverage. N
Usually, it is recommended to enable this
parameter.
Enabling this parameter helps to improve
handover success rate and coverage
rate and reduce call drop rate in scenes
with wide coverage.

Dynamic adjustment of handover priority

during handover enhances dynamic
traffic balance.
It is recommended to use dynamic
priority in urban districts, as there are
many usable neighbor cells in urban
areas with overlapped coverage;
dynamic priority is not recommended in N
other areas with overlapped coverage
and limited neighbor cells.
After this parameter is enabled, dynamic
traffic balance may be performed to
improve congestion; but this may affect
handover success rate and coverage
rate.
Handover due to uplink fast fading
applies mainly to fast fading due to fast
traveling speed, directionality, or
obstruction. It is recommended to enable
this parameter for some specific cells
and set relevant cells to realize the N
handover due to fast fading in some
neighbor cells.
Enabling this parameter will affect
handover success rate, but may reduce
call drop rate and improve coverage rate.

Macro-micro handover is used mainly to

split traffic in double-layer or multi-layer
network, and is applicable mainly to
N
dual-band networks in urban districts.
Enabling this parameter may reduce
congestion, but will affect coverage rate.

This algorithm has not been realized yet. N

This parameter has been deleted in

N
OMCR.
This parameter is used mainly to balance
traffic between co-site dual-band
networks in dense urban districts. As it is
low in priority, the effect is not obvious,
N
and it is not recommended to enable this
parameter.
Enabling this parameter can reduce
congestion.

It is recommended to use pathloss-

based and TA-based sub-cell handover N
algorithm.

It is recommended to enable uplink

quality handover in order to avoid
problems such as poor speech quality or
call drop due to poor network quality. Y
Enabling this parameter may cause
frequent handovers, but helps to reduce
call drop rate.

It is recommended to disable uplink level

handover. But, uplink level handover
should be enabled in scenes with fast
traveling speed or wide coverage, and
corresponding handover thresholds Y
should be modified.
Enabling this parameter tends to cause
frequent handovers, but helps to reduce
call drop rate.
It is recommended to enable downlink
quality handover to avoid problems such
as poor voice quality or call drops due to
poor network quality. Y
Enabling this parameter tends to cause
frequent handovers, but helps to reduce
call drop rate.

It is recommended to enable downlink

level handover and avoid problems such
as poor voice quality or call drops due to
weak level. Y
Enabling this parameter tends to cause
frequent handovers, but helps to reduce
call drop rate.

This handover algorithm applies to

scenes with fast traveling speed,
especially to scenes with strip coverage.
The direction of neighbor cells need be
set. N
Enabling this parameter will affect the
handover speed, call drop rate and
coverage rate of scenes with fast
traveling speed.

PBGT handover between different

frequencies at the same layer is usually
allowed. N
Disabling this parameter may affect call
drop rate and coverage rate negatively.
Allow PBGT handover into neighbor cells
to which layer relation is not defined.
N
Disabling this parameter will affect call
drop rate and coverage rate negatively.

After layer relations are set, this

parameter could be used to determine
whether to allow PBGT handover
between different layers. Usually, PBGT
handover into upper-layer neighbor cells
N
is not allowed.
Disabling this parameter helps to split
traffic in special scenes and improve
congestion, but may affect call drop rate
and coverage rate.

After layer relations are set, this

parameter could be used to determine
whether to allow PBGT handover
between different layers. Usually, PBGT
N
handover into lower-layer neighbor cells
is not allowed.
Disabling this parameter will increase
congestion rate in some special scenes.

This parameter is not enabled

temporarily. In system, the default layer
sequencing for level & quality handover N
is upper layer-> the same layer -> lower
layer.
In dual-band network, 900M cells may be
set in such a way that they can report as
many as (set as 3) 1800M neighbor
cells, and 1800M cells in such a way that
they can report as many as (set as 1)
900M neighbor cells, in order to make
1800M network to split traffic so that
handover within 1800M frequency band
is possible after 1800M frequency is
occupied. Y
In dual-band networking, if it is not
intended that one network absorbs more
traffic, this parameter could be set as 0,
i.e. reporting with signal strength as the
basis.
Setting this parameter properly helps to
balance traffic, improve congestion, but
may affect handover success rate, call
drop rate, and coverage rate.
It is recommended to disable
"Preprocessing indication."
Setting a lower value will increase the
frequency of handover, and helps to
improve handover success rate, but will
Y
affect call drop rate and coverage rate;
Setting a higher value will worsen
handover hysteresis, affect call drop rate
and coverage rate.

This parameter affects the mean value of

MRs. It aims mainly to eliminate the
influence upon the mean value from the
fluctuation of signals.
It is recommended to adopt the default
value to guarantee the reliability of the
average measured value. Y
Higher value tends to cause great
difference between the average value
and the actual value, leading to
mis-handover, and affecting handover
success rate, call drop rate, and
coverage rate negatively.

Higher value indicates longer interval

between two handovers, and can avoid
frequent handovers, but tends to cause
handover delay, affecting handover
success rate, call drop rate, and
coverage rate;
N
Lower value indicates shorter interval
between two handovers, and can trigger
off handover speedily, but tends to cause
frequent handovers, also affecting
handover success rate, call drop rate,
and coverage rate.
This parameter should be set according
to scenes and handover preprocessing
value (This value represents the number
of MRs received by BSC, and could be
converted into time: (preprocessed value
480ms penalty period of handover
failures)).
As there are more cells with overlapped
coverage in urban districts, longer
penalty period for handover failure may
N
be set accordingly. Longer period helps
to improve handover success rate, but
may affect call drop rate and coverage
rate;
In cells with less overlapped coverage,
such as in suburban districts or on
expressways, a shorter penalty time for
handover failure should be set, so that
next handover
System allows attempt could be made
three successive failures
after a handover
of handover into afailure.
target cell. In the
second and the third handover decision,
an offset is performed manually to the
target cell of the first handover failure in
order to lower its level, and then the level
thus obtained is compared with that of N
other neighbor cells. If this target cell is
still the first one, keep triggering off
handovers into this target cell, until it is
shielded during the penalty period of
handover failure after all the 3 attempts
failed.
Average window size;
Higher value indicates that average
window size is large, and that more MRs
are needed for the first average. This can
eliminate influence from signal
fluctuation, but tends to cause handover
hysteresis, affecting handover success
rate, call drop rate, and coverage rate;
Lower value indicates that average Y
window size is small, and that less MRs
are needed for the first average. This
helps to make a fast handover decision,
but tends to cause mis-handover or
frequent handovers, also affecting
handover
If success
the parameter rate,a call
is set highdrop rate,
value, the
and coverage
interval rate. the PHYSICAL
for sending
INFORMATION message during an
asynchronous handover will be long,
leading to long time for handover access
and affecting call quality;
If this parameter is set a low value, the
interval for sending the PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message during an
N
asynchronous handover will be short,
leading to too many physical information
messages being resent, which will
increase Lapdm load and cause longer
time delay for other services.
A proper setting of this parameter
according to the number of times for
resending physical information helps to
reduce SDCCH call drop rate.
If the parameter is set a high value, the
interval for sending the PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message during an
asynchronous handover will be long,
leading to long time for handover access
and affecting call quality;
If this parameter is set a low value, the
interval for sending the PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message during an
N
asynchronous handover will be short,
leading to too many physical information
messages being resent, which will
increase Lapdm load and cause longer
time delay for other services.
A proper setting of this parameter
according to the number of times for
resending physical information helps to
reduce
If TCH call drop
this parameter is setrate.
a high value, the
number of times for resending
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message will
be increased, being helpful to improve
handover success rate and reduce call
drop rate. But too high the value will
waste resource, being of little help to the N
improvement of call drop rate.
If this parameter is set a low value, the
number of times for resending physical
information message will be small, and
may reduce handover assess success
rate.

Co-site handovers in different cells

belong to synchronous handover, in
which BTS does not need to send
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message to
MS and handover success rate is high. It
N
is recommended to allow synchronous
handover.
Disabling this parameter will reduce
handover success rate and coverage
rate but increase handover success rate.

Inter-cell handovers between different

logical sites are asynchronous handover
and need BTS to send PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message to MS about
the accessed TA. It is recommended to
N
allow asynchronous handover.
Disabling this parameter will lead to low
inter-cell handover success rate or no
inter-cell handover, and affect call drop
rate and coverage rate.
MS is able to calculate the TA of the
target channel for inter-cell handover
between different logical sites. But as the
error is great and handover success rate
is not high, it is not recommended to N
enable this parameter.
Enabling this parameter will reduce
handover success rate and coverage
rate but increase call drop rate.

BASK is able to calculate the TA of the

target channel for inter-cell handover
between different logical sites. But as the
error is great and handover success rate
is not high, it is not recommended to N
enable this parameter.
Enabling this parameter will reduce
handover success rate and coverage
rate but increase call drop rate.

When dynamic priority is disabled, the

dynamic priority difference means static
priority difference. Under default value, if
the static priority of two neighbor cells is
set as 3 and 4 respectively, system will
regard them as the same priority value.
Therefore, if it needs priority to work, the
static priority difference of two neighbor
cells should be higher than dynamic
priority difference. When dynamic priority N
is enabled, dynamic priority difference
means the difference after the calculation
of dynamic + static priority, i.e. the
priority difference of two neighbor cells
after calculation should be larger than
that before calculation, so that the
priority can be reflected. Generally
speaking, this can be realized through
This parameter
setting different is about
static power
priorities.
optimization during handover process,
and is a cell level parameter. It indicates
the power control when BTS sends
handover command.
0 means supporting power optimization
during handover process, which can N
effectively reduce uplink interference,
improve assignment success rate and
handover success rate, and reduce call
drop rate;
1 means not supporting power
optimization during handover process.
0(No): PBGT handover takes
precedence;
1(Yes): macro-micro handover takes
N
precedence;
In general, if macro-micro is enabled,
macro-micro should take precedence.

It is recommended to set this parameter

N
as 0.

Lag time for PBGT decision offset

between different layers. It starts when
target channel resources have been
prepared. After it expires, PBGT decision
offset between different layers will
become invalid.
If this parameter is set a higher value,
the offset level will be valid for a longer
time, and PBGT handover between
different layers is less likely to happen.
If this parameter is set a lower value, the
offset level will be valid for a shorter time, N
and PBGT handover between different
layers is more likely to happen. This may
worsen traffic balance and affect
congestion rate;
It is better to trigger off PBGT handover
within the same layer and reduce the
Value
number 0-48 represents
of PBGT -24db~+24db;
handovers between it
functions similarly
different layers as PBGT
to the minimum. Margin, and
is obtained
It is by adding
recommended thata this
hysteresis
parameter be
between different
set according layers
to the to capacity,
traffic, PBGT Margin
and
in order toindecrease
coverage dual-band or network.
increase the
speed and frequency of PBGT handover
between different layers.
It is recommended to perform handover
into lower layer as soon as possible and N
keep intra-layer handover at the lower
layer. PBGT handover into upper layer
can not be triggered off unless upper-
layer signal is always strong.
Higher value can enhance traffic balance
and reduce congestion, but will affect
both PBGT handover into upper layers
and coverage rate.
Value 0-48 represents -24db~+24db; it
functions similarly as PBGT Margin, and
is obtained by adding a hysteresis
between different layers to PBGT Margin
in order to decrease or increase the
speed and frequency of PBGT handover
between different layers.
It is recommended to perform handover
into lower layer as soon as possible and N
keep intra-layer handover at the lower
layer. PBGT handover into upper layer
can not be triggered off unless upper-
layer signal is always strong.
Lower value can enhance traffic balance
and reduce congestion; it can enhance
PBGT handover into upper layers and
affect coverage rate.
If this parameter is set a higher value,
more average MRs will be needed and
PBGT handover decision will be slow.
This tends to cause handover delay and
affect handover success rate, call drop
rate, and coverage rate;
Y
If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and
PBGT handover decision will be fast. But
this tends to cause frequent handovers
and will also affect handover success
rate, call drop rate, and coverage rate.

If this parameter is set a higher value,

more average MRs will be needed and
PBGT handover decision will be slow.
This tends to cause handover delay and
affect handover success rate, call drop
rate, and coverage rate;
Y
If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and
PBGT handover decision will be fast. But
this tends to cause frequent handovers
and will also affect handover success
rate, call drop rate, and coverage rate.

Higher value tends to trigger off PBGT

handover; and lower value is less likely
to trigger off PBGT handover.
When it needs to split traffic, this
parameter need be set higher.
Otherwise, both traffic splitting and
congestion rate will be affected;
When it does not need to split traffic, this N
parameter may be set a lower value to
reduce unnecessary handovers. But this
may affect coverage rate.
When 900M & 1800M dual-band
networking is adopted, it is
recommended to set this parameter in
900M cells to the maximum.
It displays the weight of Full value in
weighted average calculation. Higher
value means greater weight of Full value
and greater influence upon average Y
value, and will increase the error of
average value in networks with enabled
DTX.

It displays the weight of Full value in

weighted average calculation. Higher
value means greater weight of Full value
and greater influence upon average Y
value, and will increase the error of
average value in networks with enabled
DTX.

Average window size;

Higher value indicates that average
window size is large, and that more MRs
are needed for the first average. This can
eliminate influence from signal
fluctuation, but tends to cause handover
hysteresis, affecting handover success
rate, call drop rate, and coverage rate;
Y
Lower value indicates that average
window size is small, and that less MRs
are needed for the first average. This
helps to make a fast handover decision,
but tends to cause mis-handover or
frequent handovers, also affecting
handover success rate, call drop rate,
Average window
and coverage size;
rate.
Higher value indicates that average
window size is large, and that more MRs
are needed for the first average. This can
eliminate influence from signal
fluctuation, but tends to cause handover
hysteresis, affecting handover success
rate, call drop rate, and coverage rate;
Y
Lower value indicates that average
window size is small, and that less MRs
are needed the first average. This helps
to make a fast handover decision, but
tends to cause mis-handover or frequent
handovers, also affecting handover
success rate, call drop rate, and
coverage rate.
Uplink receiving sensitivity is about -112,
and the value actually set can be set 5-
10db's higher than uplink receiving
sensitivity.
Setting principle: As long as uplink
quality satisfies demands, uplink level
handover should be avoided in the cell in
order to reduce the number of Y
handovers.
If it needs to increase the percentage of
RQ0-3, this threshold may be increased
accordingly.
Too high the value tends to cause
frequent handovers and affect handover
success
Downlinkrate.
receiving sensitivity is about
-112, and the value actually set can be
set 5-10db's higher than downlink
receiving sensitivity.
Setting principle: As long as downlink
quality satisfies demands, downlink level
handover should be avoided in the cell in
order to reduce the number of
Y
handovers.
If it needs to increase the percentage of
RQ0-3, this threshold may be increased
accordingly.
Too high the value tends to cause
frequent handovers and affect handover
success rate, but helps to reduce call
drop rate and increase coverage rate.

If this parameter is set a higher value,

more average MRs will be needed and
uplink level handover decision will be
slow. This tends to cause handover delay
and affect call quality and coverage rate
and lead to call drop;
Y
If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and
uplink level handover decision will be
fast. But this tends to cause frequent
handovers and will also affect call quality
and coverage rate and lead to call drop.

If this parameter is set a higher value,

more average MRs will be needed and
uplink level handover decision will be
slow. This tends to cause handover delay
and affect call quality and coverage rate
and lead to call drop;
Y
If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and
unlink level handover decision will be
fast. But this tends to cause frequent
handovers and will also affect call quality
and coverage rate and lead to call drop.
If this parameter is set a higher value,
more average MRs will be needed and
downlink level handover decision will be
slow. This tends to cause handover delay
and affect call quality and coverage rate
and lead to call drop;
Y
If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and
downlink level handover decision will be
fast. But this tends to cause frequent
handovers and will also affect call quality
and coverage rate and lead to call drop.

If this parameter is set a higher value,

more average MRs will be needed and
downlink level handover decision will be
slow. This tends to cause handover delay
and affect call quality and coverage rate
and lead to call drop;
Y
If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and
downlink level handover decision will be
fast. But this tends to cause frequent
handovers and will also affect call quality
and coverage rate and lead to call drop.

If this parameter is set a higher value,

more average MRs will be needed and
PBGT handover decision will be slow.
This tends to cause handover delay and
affect call quality and coverage rate and
lead to call drop;
Y
If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and
PBGT handover decision will be fast. But
this tends to cause frequent handovers
and will also affect call quality and
coverage rate and lead to call drop.

It displays the weight of Full value in

weighted average calculation. Higher
value means greater weight of Full value
and greater influence upon average Y
value, and will increase the error of
average value in networks with enabled
DTX.
Average window size;
Higher value indicates that average
window size is large, and that more MRs
are needed for the first average. This can
eliminate influence from signal
fluctuation, but tends to cause handover
hysteresis, affecting call quality and
coverage rate and leading to call drop;
Y
Lower value indicates that average
window size is small, and that less MRs
are needed for the first average. This
helps to make a fast handover decision,
but tends to cause mis-handover or
frequent handovers, also affecting call
quality and coverage rate and leading to
Average
call [Link] size;
Higher value indicates that average
window size is large, and that more MRs
are needed for the first average. This can
eliminate influence from signal
fluctuation, but tends to cause handover
hysteresis, affecting call quality and
coverage rate and leading to call drop;
Y
Lower value indicates that average
window size is small, and that less MRs
are needed for the first average. This
helps to make a fast handover decision,
but tends to cause mis-handover or
frequent handovers, also affecting call
quality and coverage rate and leading to
call drop.
4 is recommended for non-frequency-
hopping networks;
5 is recommended for frequency-hopping
networks;
If it needs to increase the percentage of
RQ0-3, this threshold may be reduced
accordingly.
Y
Too high the value tends to cause
handover hysterisis, affecting call quality,
coverage rate and leading to call drop;
Too low the value tends to cause
frequent handovers, also affecting call
quality and coverage rate and leading to
call drop.

4 is recommended for non-frequency-

hopping networks;
5 is recommended for frequency-hopping
networks;
If it needs to increase the percentage of
RQ0-3, this threshold may be reduced
accordingly.
Y
Too high the value tends to cause
handover hysterisis, affecting call quality,
coverage rate and leading to call drop;
Too low the value tends to cause
frequent handovers, also affecting call
quality and coverage rate and leading to
call drop.
If this parameter is set a higher value,
more average MRs will be needed and
downlink quality handover decision will
be slow. This tends to cause handover
delay;
If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and Y
downlink quality handover decision will
be fast. But this tends to cause frequent
handovers;
Either too high or too low the value will
affect handover success rate, call drop
rate, and coverage rate negatively.

If this parameter is set a higher value,

more average MRs will be needed and
downlink quality handover decision will
be slow. This tends to cause handover
delay;
Y
If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and
downlink quality handover decision will
be fast. But this tends to cause frequent
handovers;

In order to keep the sensitivity of quality

decision, N and P should not be set too
high a value, so that outgoing handover
could be performed when quality is
deteriorating in order to increase
Y
handover speed. But this may decrease
handover success rate.
It is recommended to set N and P as 3 &
2 or 2 & 2 respectively (in fast moving
environment).

In order to keep the sensitivity of quality

decision, N and P should not be set too
high a value, so that outgoing handover
could be performed when quality is
deteriorating in order to increase
Y
handover speed. But this may decrease
handover success rate.
It is recommended to set N and P as 3 &
2 or 2 & 2 respectively (in fast moving
environment).
It is recommended to set this parameter
to the maximum value, so that 1800M N
cells can absorb more traffic.

This parameter takes into effect after

HoControl12 is enabled. RapidHoThs
should be set a value lower than or equal
to downlink level handover threshold,
and the Rapid handover Value N should
be smaller than Uplink power level Value
N
N.
Default value is usually adopted.
In fast moving environment or scenes
with weak coverage, call drops due to
delayed handover can be reduced to
improve handover success rate.

This parameter takes into effect after

HoControl12 is enabled. RapidHoThs
should be set a value lower than or equal
to downlink level handover threshold,
and the Rapid handover Value N should
be smaller than Uplink power level Value
N
N.
Default value is usually adopted.
In fast moving environment or scenes
with weak coverage, call drops due to
delayed handover can be reduced to
improve handover success rate.

This parameter takes into effect after

HoControl5 is enabled. This value should
be higher than target cell resource
threshold (75%).
In scenes with dense traffic, the lower
N
value the parameter is set, the earlier
outgoing traffic handover decision will be
made, and the more traffic in this cell
could be split out. This helps to reduce
TCH congestion rate in the cell.
This parameter takes into effect after
HoControl5 is enabled. Please note MS
may switch back again immediately, to
prevent this, the reverse power budget
threshold (PBGT) of the cell is set to a
high value.
In scenes with dense traffic, the lower
N
value this parameter is set, the more
traffic the target Nclayer cell or target
band cell can absorb, and the easier
outgoing traffic handover can be realized
(traffic threshold should be satisfied
simultaneously). This helps to reduce
TCH congestion of the cell.

In dual-band networking, 1800M cells

are usually set as target cells for traffic
N
handover, and are set as lower-layer
network.

In dual-band networking, 1800M cells

are usually set as target cells for traffic
N
handover, and are set as lower-layer
network.

This parameter takes into effect when

HoControl16 is enabled. Forced transfer
need satisfy the following conditions:
Level of target cell must be higher than
the maximum level difference of the
current cell;
Available resource of the target cell must
be higher than HoForceResThs; N
Path loss L must be less than
MaxLossThs and TA must be less than
MaxTAThs;
Target cell is a forced transfer cell. The
value of MaxTAThs should not be too
high, covering the directed transfer cell
will be sufficient.
This parameter takes into effect when
HoControl16 is enabled. Forced transfer
need satisfy the following conditions:
Level of target cell must be higher than
the maximum level difference of the
current cell;
Available resource of the target cell must
be higher than HoForceResThs;
Path loss L must be less than N
MaxLossThs and TA must be less than
MaxTAThs;
Target cell is a forced transfer cell.
The higher MaxLossThs is set, the more
directed handover traffic can be realized.
In the field, this parameter can be
adjusted according to the actual effects
of traffic transfer.

This parameter takes into effect after

HoControl16 is enabled. Default value is
recommended for this parameter.
Lower values for N & P help to trigger off N
transfer handover and split out traffic,
and thus can reduce the congestion rate
in the current cell.

This parameter takes into effect after

HoControl16 is enabled. Default value is
recommended for this parameter.
Lower values for N & P help to trigger off N
transfer handover and split out traffic,
and thus can reduce the congestion rate
in the current cell.

This parameter has been invalid, it is

N
recommended to keep the default value.
Intra-cell uplink interference handover is
usually enabled in non-frequency-
N
hopping network. Default value is usually
kept for handover N & P value.

Intra-cell uplink interference handover is

usually enabled in non-frequency-
N
hopping network. Default value is usually
kept for handover N & P value.

This parameter has been invalid, it is

N
recommended to keep the default value.

Intra-cell uplink interference handover is

usually enabled in non-frequency-
hopping network. Default value is usually
N
kept for handover threshold. The lower
the threshold, the more likely intra-cell
handover will be triggered off.
Intra-cell uplink interference handover is
usually enabled in non-frequency-
N
hopping network. Default value is usually
kept for handover N & P value.

This parameter is used to judge if there

is any uplink interference. It is N
recommended to keep the default value.

This parameter is used to judge if there

is any uplink interference. It is N
recommended to keep the default value.

This parameter is used to judge if there

is any downlink interference. It is N
recommended to keep the default value.
This parameter is used to judge if there
is any downlink interference. It is N
recommended to keep the default value.

This parameter should not be set too

high a value, so that invalid intra-cell
handover can be avoided to fulfill
N
handover into suitable cells as soon as
possible. It is recommended to keep the
default value for this parameter.

This parameter should not be set too

high a value, so that invalid intra-cell
handover can be avoided to fulfill
N
handover into suitable cells as soon as
possible. It is recommended to keep the
default value for this parameter.

This parameter displays the average size

of TA window. It is recommended to keep N
the default value.
TA handover is seldom adopted in
general scenes. If adopted, TA handover
N
should be set according to actual
situation.

TA handover is seldom adopted in

general scenes. It is recommended to N
keep the default value for this parameter.

This parameter works when the option of

HoControl17 sub-cell handover algorithm
is set as 0 (i.e. C/I-based handover).
GoodCiThs should be higher than
BadCiThs
TA handover at least. The adopted
is seldom greater value
in
difference between
general scenes. It isGoodCiThs
recommended and to N
BadCiThs, the more
keep the default value hysteresis will be
for this parameter.
between two sub-cells. The specific
parameter need be adjusted according to
parameters in traffic-balanced cells in the
field. After Subcell concept is adopted,
concentric handover algorithm need be
borrowed from the previous method of
special TRX (inner circle) and common
TRX (outer circle). The previous special
TRX is corresponding to the current cell
2, and common TRX is still the previous
cell 1. In C/I-based handover, it needs to
judge whether current users are staying
in cell 1 or cell 2. If they are staying in
cell 1, they will be switched to cell 2 N
when C/I is good enough. But if they are
staying in cell 2, it needs to judge
whether the current C/I is quite bad, if so,
they will be switched to cell 1, as detailed
below:
1. When users are in sub-cell 1, if there
are GoodCiP times satisfying (C/I>=
GoodCiThs) in all the GoodCiN times,
handover from outer circle to inner circle
should be performed.
2. When users are in sub-cell 2, if there
are BadCiP times satisfying (C/I <=
BadCiThs) in all the BadCiN times,
handover from inner circle to outer circle
should be performed.
The lower the parameter is set, the less
traffic will be in sub-cell 1. This helps to
reduce congestion in subcell 1. If this
parameter is set a higher value, it helps
to reduce the congestion in subcell 2.
This parameter should not be set too
low, lest there will be frequent handovers N
between subcells.

This parameter should not be set too

low, lest there will be frequent handovers N
between subcells.

This parameter works when the option of

HoControl17 sub-cell handover algorithm
is set as 0 (i.e. C/I-based handover).
GoodCiThs should be higher than
BadCiThs at least. The greater value
difference between GoodCiThs and
BadCiThs, the more hysteresis will be
between two sub-cells. The specific N
parameter need be adjusted according to
parameters in traffic-balanced cells in the
field. The lower the parameter is set, the
less traffic will be in sub-cell 1. This helps
to reduce congestion in subcell 1. If this
parameter is set a higher value, it helps
to reduce the congestion in subcell 2.

This parameter should not be set too

low, lest there will be frequent handovers N
between subcells.
This parameter should not be set too
low, lest there will be frequent handovers N
between subcells.

When Co-BCCH is enabled, whether to

enable this handover algorithm should N
be decided according to actual situation.

This parameter works when the option of

HoControl17 sub-cell handover algorithm
is set as 0 (i.e. based on TA and path
loss). It is recommended to set
PathLossMax higher than
PathLossmin6dB to avoid frequent intra-
subcell handovers. Whether to enable
this handover algorithm should be N
decided according to the actual situation
in the field. The higher value this
parameter is set, the more traffic subcell
2 can absorb. This helps to reduce the
congestion in subcell 1. If this parameter
is set a lower value, it helps to reduce
the congestion in subcell 2.
This parameter works when the option of
HoControl17 sub-cell handover algorithm
is set as 1 (i.e. based on TA and path
loss). It is recommended to set
PathLossMax higher than
PathLossmin6dB to avoid frequent intra-
subcell handovers. Whether to enable
this handover algorithm should be N
decided according to the actual situation
in the field. The higher value this
parameter is set, the more traffic subcell
2 can absorb. This helps to reduce the
congestion in subcell 1. If this parameter
is set a lower value, it helps to reduce
the congestion in subcell 2.
This parameter works when the option of
HoControl17 sub-cell handover algorithm
is set as 1 (i.e. based on TA and path
loss). For version 6.20 and above, the
formula for subCellTAmin decision is
changed to < (from the original <=). This
parameter should not be lower than 1,
otherwise, handover from subcell 1 into
subcell 2 may not be fulfilled.
N
Accordingly, subCellTAmax should be
set as 2. The specific value for this
parameter should be set according to the
actual coverage in subcell 2.
If this parameter is set a higher value, it
helps to reduce the congestion in subcell
1; if this
This parameter
parameter is set
works a lower
when value,ofit
the option
helps to reduce
HoControl17 the congestion
sub-cell handover in subcell
algorithm
2. set as 1 (i.e. based on TA and path
is
loss). For version 6.20 and above, the
formula for subCellTAmin decision is
changed to < (from the original <=). This
parameter should not be lower than 1,
otherwise, handover from subcell 1 into
subcell 2 may not be fulfilled. The N
specific value for this parameter should
be set according to the actual coverage
in subcell 2.
If this parameter is set a higher value, it
helps to reduce the congestion in subcell
1; if this parameter is set a lower value, it
helps to reduce the congestion in subcell
2.

It is recommended to adopt the default

value (the value should not be too low)
for this parameter, so as to avoid N
frequent inter-subcell handovers to
improve call quality.

It is recommended to adopt the default

value (the value should not be too low)
for this parameter, so as to avoid N
frequent inter-subcell handovers to
improve call quality.
Default value is recommended for this
N
parameter.

This parameter is applicable only to high-

speed railway. The threshold should not
be too low, so that handover success N
rate on high-speed railway can be
ensured and improved.

Downlink rapid handover N should be

N
lower than downlink level handover N.

It is the handover parameter in GSM-R

system, and is applicable to high-speed
N
railways. This parameter should be set
according to actual environment.
It is the handover parameter in GSM-R
system, and is applicable to high-speed
N
railways. This parameter should be set
according to actual environment.

It is the handover parameter in GSM-R

system, and is applicable to high-speed
N
railways. This parameter should be set
according to actual environment.

This handover parameter is applicable to

all scenes. It should be set lower on
N
high-speed railways, and may be set
higher for other scenes.

System message 7 and 8 are seldom

used, so Addition ReselPI is usually set Y
with No.
quality inside a cell due to certain
causes,
normally MS is expected not to work in
that cell
(that is, certain repulsion to that cell).
Penalty time can be set as 31 in such
cases.
Temporary offset is invalid, and the
numerical
value of C2 equalstoC1
It's recommended minusC2
enable thisalgorithm
parameter
of 1800M network in dense urban/urban
Cell
areas,reselection
in order tooffset.
reachTherefore, the C2
traffic balance.
value
For 900M cells, make the setting
corresponding Y
according to thetoactual
the cell is decreased,
traffic volume and
and
configuration. This parameter must be
reduces
set with Yesthe possibility
in the cellsthat
withMS CBA or CBQ
reselecting
enabled.
the cell. Besides, the proper value of this
parameter Cell reselection offset can be
set
according to the repulsive nature of cell.
The
more is the repulsive nature, the larger is
the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in
case
of a smaller Cell reselection offset.
2. For cells with small traffic and low
equipment
Y
utilization, normally MS is encouraged to
work in
that cell (that is, certain propensity to that
cell).
Cell reselection offset must be set
between
0 ~ 10 (corresponding to 0 ~ 20 dB) in
this
case, according
For cells crossingtolocation
tendency of thewe
areas, cell.
The
recommend to set the parameter with a
more is the tendency,
large value, in order tothe largerlocation
reduce is the
Cell
update due to frequent cell reselection.
reselection
Besides, when offset.
theVice versa in
parameter is case of a
set with
smaller Cell reselection
a large value, the number offset.
of PSIt is
usually
reselection in Ready status may be Y
better
reduced, to set the helps
which Temporary offsetdata
to improve same
as Cell
rate. To add CRH to cells crossing
reselection
location areas offset,
mayorreduce
a little the
higher than of
number
Cell
location update and decrease SD
reselection
congestion offset.
rate and Theimprove
main function
CSSR as of
Penalty
well.
time is to avoid frequent cell reselection
of MS.
The common recommended setting is 1
(20
seconds) or 2 (40 seconds) (the 1800
cell of
dual-frequency network is such a
case).//To set CRO with a large value
It's
mayrecommended to set itthat
lead to the situation 0, that
MS is not to Y
perform the penalty.
chooses the cell with lower downlink
level, which may cause decrease in the
tested coverage rate. Through setting
CRO, reasonable traffic absorption or
repelling may be achieved, and SD/TCH
congestion rate may be decreased, and
CSSR may be improved.
It's recommended to be set 0 (20s); to
set it 31 is not recommended, because Y
31 means CRO is a negative value.

1. Try to set HSN 0 under radio FH.

Application of HSN of cells with the same
MA and MAIO needs long multiplexing
distance. 2. Under baseband FH, when
the number of MA frequencies 13, it's
forbidden to set HSN as [Link] N
interference may occur, when adjacent
cells with the same MA and MAIO use
the same HSN; in this case, SD/TCH
assignment failure may be resulted,
which may affect access success rate.

N
N

N
 N

This parameter represents the static

priority of adjacent cell which affects
the order of adjacent cells during
handover decision. In dual-band
networking of 900M/1800M, 1800M cells
absorb the traffic, so the priority of
handover to 1800M adjacent cells shall
be set higher, so that the traffic will be
switched to 1800M cells preferably.
Besides, considering the value of "
allowed dynamic priority difference", the Y
handover priority difference between
900M cells and 1800M cells shall be
larger than the " allowed dynamic
priority difference". If this parameter is
set larger, it is easier to perform
handovers to some adjacent cells. This
helps to decrease congestion rate during
traffic sharing, but it may lead to
decrease in handover success rate and
increase in call drop rate.

Note: For 900M network, the parameter

Y
should be set 5; for 1800M network, 0.

This parameter must be larger than the

minimum access level of adjacent cells,
and must be larger than or equal to the
downlink level handover threshold of
adjacent cells; if not, frequency
handovers or reselection may be
resulted. In actual optimization work, we
may properly increase this parameter to
control frequent handovers. We may also
properly decrease the value of this
parameter to speed up the handover Y
process (in fast moving scenarios). In
dual-band network, we may properly
increase the value of this parameter in
1800M adjacent cells, in order to prevent
handovers from 900M to 1800M cells
when the signal is weak. Improper
setting of this parameter may bring
negative effects to handovers, call drops,
like pingpong handover and frequent
handovers.
handover may be triggered even if the
signal level of target cell is lower than
that of the original cell. //We may
properly increase the value of this
parameter in areas where frequent
handovers exist to ease the situation.
//We may properly decrease the value of
this parameter in areas where blocking
coverage or blind coverage exist to
speed up the handover and avoid call
drops due to fast fading of signal or poor
speech quality. //When traffic sharing is
needed in dual-band network or single
band network, we may set the parameter Y
in an assymetric way. For example, to
set the parameter with a small value for
handover from CellA (high traffic) to
CellB (low traffic); and to set the
paramter with a large value for handover
from Cell B to CellA. In this way, we may
balance the traffic in CellA and CellB and
reduce traffic congestion in CellA. Pay
attention to the relation between this
RxLev
parameterHO andbelongs to emergency
the CRO in idle status;
handover,
we must ensure which that
needs to be set with(B-
[HoMarginPbgt a
small value (smaller thanorPBGT
>A)-24]>[C2(B)-C2(A)], a call
threshold)
originating to at ensure
CellB maythattrigger
handovers
the
based
handover on RxLev mayto
from CellB beCellA,
triggered
which in can
time. If the
not help to parameter is //Improper
share traffic. set too small, it Y
may result
setting (tooinlarge
pingpong
or too handover or
small) of this
frequent
parameter handovers;
may bringifcertain
too large, it may
negative
increase
effects tothe possibility
handover, callofdrop
poorand
speech
DT
quality
coverage or call
rate,drops due to handover
like pingpong handover,
delay.
frequent handover, etc..

Quality Handover belongs to emergency

handover, which needs to be set with a
small value (smaller than Threshold of
RxLev) to ensure that handovers based
Macro-micro
on RxQual may handover
may bethreshold
triggeredisin time;
mainly
outgoing used for sharing
handover shalltraffic in dual-
be encouraged
layer Y
when network
RxQual or multi-layer
is poor. //If thenetwork.
parameter It is
an absolute
is set too small,threshold, which in
it may result means
pingpong
macro-micro handoverhandovers;
handover or frequent will be triggered
if too
as longit as
large, may the adjacent
increase thecell level
possibility of
satisfies
poor speech the threshold, regardless
quality or call drops duethe to
level of serving
handover [Link]. //Setting this
parameter with a large value means
macro-micro handover can be triggered
only when the signal in target cell is good
enough;//Setting this parameter with a
small value means macro-micro
handover will be triggered even when the
signal in target cell is just of ordinary
level or poor level. In this case, coverage
rate may be negatively affected. //This
N
threshold belongs to adjacent cell
parameters. It can be set with different
values for different adjacent cells. //When
setting this parameter, we shall consider
the inverse PBGT margin, in order to
avoid triggering PBGT handover after
macro-micro handover and avoid
pingpong handover which may affect
handover success rate. Usually we may
disable the reverse PBGT handover and
increase the threshold for reverse
downlink emergency handover (which
needs to be lower than the normal
macro-micro handover threshold by
more than 5db. )//Reasonable setting of
this threshold improves traffic balance
and eases congestion rate.
This parameter indicates that macro-
micro handover can be triggered only
when the times of adjacent cell level
exceeding macro-micro handover
threshold reach a certain number N; It is
used to avoid wrong handovers or
frequent handovers due to signal
fuctuations.// Setting this parameter with
a large value means that macro-micro
handover can be triggered only when the
signal of target cell keeps strong enough
and long enough; in this case, traffic
sharing may not be reached due to
N
lagged handover, which is not good for
traffic balance. //Setting the value with a
small value means that macro-micro
This parameter
handover can beindicates
triggeredthatwhen non- the
emergency
signal of target handover won't be
cell is strong performed
enough in a
to thetime;
short adjacent
in thiscells
case,whose
wrong actual traffic
handovers
load is higher
or frequent than this may
handovers threshold when
be resulted,
dynamic
which may priority
increaseis enabled.
call drops It helps
and to
balance traffic in the
affects handover wholerate
success network.
and
//Setting
coveragethe [Link] with a large
//This paramter belongsvalue
filters a small
to adjacent number
cell of adjacent
parameters. It cancells,
be set
which may result
with different valuesin handovers
for differenttoadjacent
adjacent
cells. cells of high traffic, which may
go against traffic balance.//Setting the
parameter with a small value may filter
N
more adjacent cells, which increases the
possibility of handovers to the adjacent
cells of poor RxLev, which may cause
problems like handover failure, call drop,
poor speech quality and poor coverage,
This parameter
etc..//When is an
setting offset
this in the level
parameter, we
difference of adjacent cells.
shall comprehensively It can
consider thebetraffic
a
negative
handovervalue,thresholdranging 048 (-24db
of adjacent cells.
+24db). //If the parameter
This parameter shall be lower is set withthe
than a
large
traffic value,
handover force handover
threshold ofcan be
adjacent
triggered
cells by moreonly than
when5db, the orRxLev of target
pingpong
cell is strong
handover may enough, which is not
be resulted.
favorable to traffic migration.//If the
parameter is set with a small value, force
handover can be triggered even when
N
the RxLev of target cell is rather low; in
this case, the possibility of handovers to
the adjacent cells of poor RxLev may
increase, which may bring negative
effects to handover success rate, call
drop rate and coverage rate. //The value
of this parameter shall be smaller than
the
Thismargin
parametervaluerepresents
of reversethe PBGT minimum
handover, or pingpong handover
threshold of idle channel proportion willinbe
resulted.
target [Link] when the proportion of
idle channels in target cell exceeds this
threshold, can force handover be
triggered. //If the parameter is set with a
large value, only when there are enough
idle channels in target cell can force N
handover be triggered, which is not in
favor to traffic migration. //If the
parameter is set with a small value, force
handover can be triggered even when
there are not many idle channels in
target cell, but congestion in target cell
may be resulted after the handover.
The layer belongs to logic layer, which is
irrelevant to the actual network coverage
and network frequency bands. For
example, we may set 900M->900M
handover relation as same layer, upper
layer or lower layer; and we may also set
1800M->900M handover relation as
same layer, upper layer or lower
layer. //Layer relation may influence the
filteration and priority of target cells
(Please refer to the guidebooks of
handover algorithms for details). The
N
commonly used handovers which invove
layer relation are PBGT handover,
macro-micro handover, traffic handover,
etc.; layer relation of adjacent cells
(upper layer->lower layer) must be
configured for macro-micro handover, or
the handover can not be triggered.
//Setting of layersisbrings
If this parameter positive
set high, effects
it means the
to traffic sharing.
measurement We may reach
information of the sharing
adjacent
through setting
cell in the samelayers for different
frequency band will be
adjacent with
reported cellshigher
accordingly,
[Link] helps to
//If this
decrease
parametercongestion
is set low, itrate.
means the
measurement information of the adjacent
cell will be reported only when the
number of adjacent cells with higher N
priority in the same frequency band does
not reach the maximum requirement. //To
set the adjacent cells with different
priorities may affect handovers and
coverage rate. For 2/3G interoperability,
we recommend to set the adjacent cells
with the same priority.
If this parameter is set high, it means the
measurement information of the adjacent
cell in the same frequency band will be
reported with higher priority. //If this
parameter is set low, it means the
measurement information of the adjacent
cell will be reported only when the
number of adjacent cells with higher N
priority in the same frequency band does
not reach the maximum requirement. //To
set the adjacent cells with different
priorities may affect PS reselection and
data rate. For 2/3G interoperability, we
recommend to set the adjacent cells with
the same priority.

N
In scenarios with uplink fast handover
enabled, such as dense urban,
highway/high-speed railway, village,
indoor coverage/ tunnel, etc., we may set
some adjacent cells as related cells, in
order to give directions to the uplink fast
handovers, which means that fast
handover can only be triggered between
cells in MS moving direction, so as to
avoid disordered handovers. //Setting N
Yes for the cell means it is related
cell;//Setting No for the cell means it is
not related cell.// To set all the adjacent
cells as related cells or to set none of
them as related cells will both result in
disordered handovers after uplink fast
handover is enabled. In this case,
handover success rate, call drop rate
and coverage rate will be affected.
If force handover is enabled, handover-
forced neighbor cell must be configured,
or the force handover will not function.
We usually set 1800M cells at the same
site and in the same direction as
N
handover-forced neighbor cells to the
900M cells. Setting Yes for the cell
means it is handover-forced neighbor
cell; setting No for the cell means it is not
This is one of theneighbor
handover-forced [Link] fast
downlink handover algorithm. It is
mainly used in the scenarios that move
at a speed of above 300km/h, like high-
speed railways. This parameter indicates
the direction relation between the
adjacent cell and the serving cell. The
areas of high-speed railways are usually
distributed in the shape of belts. We may
define the direction from one end of the
belt to the other end as A, and the
N
reverse direction B. If MS is moving
tarward the direction of A, we shall
perform handovers to cells in direction A
(as signal becoming stronger), in order to
This
avoidisfrequent
one of the parameters
handovers andinwrongfast
downlink
handovers. handover
To enablealgorithm. It is and
fast handover
mainly used in
set direction of the scenarios
adjacent cells that
in move
at a speedwith
scenarios of above 300km/h,
high-speed like high-
railways may
speed
help torailways.
increase This parameter
handover success indicates
rate
the
anddirection relation between
reduce unnecessary the and
handovers
adjacent
call [Link] and the serving cell. The
areas of high-speed railways are usually
distributed in the shape of belts. We may
define the direction from one end of the
belt to the other end as A, and the
N
reverse direction B. If MS is moving
tarward the direction of A, we shall
perform handovers to cells in direction A
(as signal becoming stronger), in order to
avoid frequent handovers and wrong
handovers. To enable fast handover and
set direction of adjacent cells in
scenarios with high-speed railways may
help to increase handover success rate
and reduce unnecessary handovers and
call drops.
 N

0 Y
0 Y

according to the planning value of the

N
ground parameter

The settings of external cell parameters

must be in consistence with the actual
cell configurations. If not, problems like
N
incapable inter-BSC handovers,
handover failures and call drops may be
resulted.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any N
adjustment.
This is a testing parameter which is not
open to the clients. Please do not do any N
adjustment.

Fill in the parameter according to the

planning value of the ground parameter.
Try to avoid co-channel and co-BSIC
between neighbor cells. Mistakes of N
BISC planning or configuration may lead
to large number of handover failures and
call drops.

Fill in the parameter according to the

planning value of the ground parameter.
Try to avoid co-channel and co-BSIC
between neighbor cells. Mistakes of N
BISC planning or configuration may lead
to large number of handover failures and
call drops.

N
If SubCellUsed is set with Yes, we may
make changes. If not, the default is the N
first subcell.

In extended cell, without subcells

supported,the "TRX type" shall be
configured with "extended TRX"; in
extended cell, with subcells supported, N
the subcell 1 must be configured with
"extended TRX"; no specific
requirements for subcell 2.

900 cell:
BCCH Trx : 1
Non-BCCH TRX without fixed PDCH : 3
Non-BCCH TRX with fixed PDCH : 4
1800 cell :
BCCH Trx : 5
Non-BCCH TRX without fixed PDCH : 3 N
Non-BCCH TRX with fixed PDCH : 4
Improper setting of TRX priority may lead
to low SD/TCH assignment success rate
and low CSSR, poor uplink/downlink RQ
proportion, high TCH call drop rate, low
uplink/downlink data throughput.

According to the ground planning

N
parameters
To set the static power of cells with weak
coverage may help reduce call drops
and improve speech qualit. To reduce the
static power of cells with overshooting
coverage by 2-4dB may help reduce
interference in the network and improve
speech quality. For cells with serious
overshooting problems in dense urban,
we may reduce the static power by 2- N
6dB; the configuration of all TRXs in the
same cell shall be in consistence. In the
vast coverage area, villages and areas of
complicated landforms, to set the static
power with a large value helps to
improve SD/TCH assignment success
rate, CSSR, coverage rate and core
network paging success rate.

This parameter is actually invalid. N

According to radio parameters planning,

fill in: baseband FH, RF FH. To enable
FH may reduce interference in the N
network, improve speech quality and
decrease call drop rate.

According to the radio parameters

N
planning
According to the radio parameters
N
planning

According to the ground planning

N
parameters

According to the ground planning

N
parameters

According to the ground planning

N
parameters
According to the ground planning
N
parameters

Use dual-TRX mode in default without

enabling DPCT or DDT. For vast
coverage, we may consider to enable the
single-TRX mode, four-way
diversity+DPCT or single-TRX mode; N
"four-way diversity+DPCT" increases
coverage and system connection rate;
Add 2-3dB to downlink to improve
speech quality.

When the "work mode" is set as "Delay

Count Domain is valid under single-TRX
N
mode, four-way diversity+DDT", this
parameter is valid.

Choose whether to support IRC N

This parameter works only when the
N
"work mode" is dual-TRX mode.

Configuration principles: 1. TSC

of BCCH TRX must be in consistence
with cell BCC. 2. TSC of
the eight channels in the same TRX must
be the same. 3. TSC of N
different TRXs in the same cel can be
different. Inconsistence
between TSC and BCC may lead to PS
access problem and low download rate.

Set the parameter value according to FH

planning parameters and ensure that the
MAIO of all timeslots in one TRX must be
N
the same. Under radio FH, TRXs of the
same group in one cell can not use the
same MAIO.
 the decrease in the level of the coding
to CS-4 with
modes, coding data modes,
rates 9.05 with datakbps,rates 13.4
mode. It
9.05
kbps,kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4
is used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
13.4 kbps,
kbps,respectively.
There are three15.6 kbps, Theand
network low 21.4
levelkbps,
operation coding
Unlike the unified coding mode of the
respectively.
mode has higher error correction
modes:
circuit
The low
capability
Mode 1: level
andcoding
The network
lower data mode
sendshas higher
to the
channel, the GPRS data block may
error
throughput. Different
"GPRS-attached" MScoding
the CSmodes pagingcan
employ the CS-1
correction
be chosen capability
message for each timeslot and lower data
or even
Parameter Parameter to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates
Level Category throughput.
each
on theTBF. same channel Definition of GPRS paging
Code Name 9.05 kbps,
Different
During data
channel coding modes can
transmission of beGRPR,chosen to
13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps,
for
reach
(packet theormaximum
CCCH paging radio channel),
throughput, or on
respectively.
each
the timeslotshall
network or even select eachthe TBF.
coding During
mode
The low level coding mode has higher
Codec mode data
dynamically
GPRS trafficaccording
channel (when to the itdata is rate
BSC Cn Cn error
adjustment transmission
requirement
assigned withand of GRPR, to reach the
radio transmission
correction capability and lower data
maximum
quality.
a packetGood radio
data radio
channel).transmission
It meansquality that MS
throughput.
throughput,
means that the
has the probability
network shall select the
of the
Different coding modes can be chosen
coding
retransmission
to monitor only of one thepaging
error radiochannel. blocks
Codec mode for
BSC Nn Nn mode
is small.
Network dynamically
In this timeaccording
operation mode
the coding 1 is to the data
required
mode
adjustment each timeslot or even each TBF. During
rate
that carries large data volume (that is,
while
data
requirement
high level coding
configuring and radio
PBCCH; mode) Gstransmission
interface
can be used. is
transmission of GRPR, to reach the
quality.
For TBF (uplink and downlink) in the
required
maximum radio
When
channel
while thecoding
radio mode
configuring transmission
network CSnoperation quality isif
(1=n=3),
Codec mode throughput, the network shall select the
BSC Xn Xn poor,
the number
mode 1. of data blocks transmitted
adjustment coding
the coding
consecutively
Mode 2: The mode andwith
network stronger
correctly
sendsexceedstoanti-
the the
mode dynamically according to the data
interference
predefined parameter
"GPRS-attached" MS the Cn[n-1],
CS pagingthe
rate
capability
coding mode
message (that willis,below level coding
increased by one
requirement and radio transmission
BSC's net mode)
level.
on shall paging
theFootnote
CCCH 1, 2, and channel,
3 in the which is
Paging quality.
BSC NMO operation be used. The
interface
also are codingcodingconversion
level decreases to
related When the radio transmission quality is
mode one
parameters
for GPRS paging. amongItCS1-CS2,
means thatCS2-CS3, MS only
poor,
level
andbased
has
CS toif monitor
CS3 Nn[n-2]
CS4.
paging. dataThis
the blocks
CCCH are
parameter
paging is
the coding mode with stronger anti-
transmitted, in
channel.
broadcasted
interference
BSC support the number
However,
GPRS CELL when ofOPTIONS
consecutive
it is assigned data
through with blocks
SI13,
a
Paging PagCoordina capability (that is, low level coding
BSC page lossesand
packet
PSI1, in PSI13
related tion mode)
coordination the coding
data
messages.
When bytesmode
channel, For the CSn
transmitted
more (2=<n=<4)
CS information,
paging message
for packet for the
refer to
shall be used. For TBF (uplink and
TBFstill
will
the
service
protocoldata have
downlink)
be(downlink
04.60sent12.24.
crossed theand
on the uplink)
It CCCH
threshold,
is invalid iswhen
paging Xn[n-2]%.
timeslot channel.
NMO
allocationis 1.
in the
MS firstchannel
sends coding a SUSPEND mode CSn message to
Resource Resource Footnote
Mode
is adjusted3: The1, 2,network
and 3 insends the interface
to the are
ResourceAdj (2=n=4),
BSS overif
BSC Allocation adjust coding
from
BSSGP singleconversion
"GPRS-attached"layer timeslot parameters
MS
[Link] the CS
multiplewhen among
paging
timeslots
GPRS-
ustThs Xn[n-2]%when
SDCCH of thea Nn[n-2]Class Bdata GPRS blocksMS is
related threshold CS1-CS2,
message
(or the threshold
attached on
transmitted
about to initiate a
CS2-CS3,
the
from
link
MS singleand
CCCH
dynamic
leaves paging CS3
atimeslot
allocation.
special CS4.
channel,
to multiple
mode, While and
BSS sends
timeslots
usingadoptsthis
are lost
voice consecutively,
service. BSS initiates the codingsuspending mode
Support the packet
for GPRSthe
function,
one
will
procedure to
Resource extended paging
service
MS
of only
the message
timeslot
need listen
following either
allocation).
USF
strategies: onallocation
the packet with
ExUpDynSup be decreased
SGSN to notifyby SGSNone level.
to stop sending
BSC Allocation uplink paging
the
1. least MS
Notify timeslot,of carrying out "route area
port Footnote
PS paging1,and 2, and 3 in the interface are
related dynamic channel
so you can
upgrade". (if determine
any in the cell) to send or on
uplinkthe
coding conversion
downlink packet data parameters
after BSSamong receives
allocation CCCH
block
2. Notify on SGSN
all of recovering the GPRS
CS1-CS2,
the message.
paging channel.
allocated
service. Mode 3 indicates that
uplink timeslot.
CS2-CS3,
BSC repeats and CS3 CS4. procedure after
suspending
MAX times of thecase
In MS of Routing Area Update, MS and
Suspend&Re sending
BSC SuspendMax suspend must monitor two paging channels (if
SGSN
sume SUSPEND message to SGSN. If BSC
retry packet negotiate GMM status. With the
directly
fails to
paging channel is available in the cell) in
"Resume"
receive SUSPEND ACK/NACK message
order
method (usually for the MS in the packet
from SGSN
to receive
transmission
Class B MS CS or GPRS
notifies the paging
networkmessage. to
Suspend&Re MAX times of in BSSGPT3 then BSC repeats the
BSC ResumeMax status), BSS
suspend packet will initiate the "RESUME"
sume resume retry suspending
processwhen
service to MS is ready to perform a
procedure for a maximum of N times.
SGSNservice.
voice for the purpose of notifying SGSN
BSC
It stops BSSGP
monitors suspending resuming and notify OMS
procedure.
to start
BSS the to suspend SGSN
initiates
for N process in BSC peripheral
Service
normal packet
procedure afterdownlink
receivingtransmission
Suspend&Re Suspend timesparameter
module
This if there
MP is no answer. N depends
is broadcasted through
BSC BssgpT3 action. If BSC
SUSPEND message from MS and
sume retry time on the timer value. BSS initiates
uses
SI13,
fails to receive
repeats the procedure the RESUME ACK/NACK
maximum
resuming
PSI1, and suspending
PSI13 messages. [Link] EGPRS
ifmessage
SGSN does not return SUSPEND
procedure
system withtobroadband
SGSN when features,
GPRS-the
from SGSN in BSSGPT4, then repeats
ACK/NACK
attached
QoS concept MS is of UMTS has been
Resume The interval between the
message.
Suspend&Re Resume retry not in dedicated mode and BSS uses
imported,
BSC BssgpT4 procedure for
messages is thea maximum of N times.
sume time Notify SGSN
which enables transferring the negotiable
BSC stops
suspend [Link] procedure and
to resume
QoS GPRS service
configuration to BSSpolicy. through BSS Gb
notify OMS
repeats BSS can maintain QoS
interface.
N times if there is no answer. N depends
the procedure
subscribing if SGSN does
information through not function
return
on the
RESUME
PFC
Max retry
(packet times flow to context)
create PFC. flow,If which
"Create
BSC PFC related PFCSupport Support PFC maximum times of resuming retry.
ACK/NACK
include
BSS PFC" ismessage.
acquiring QoS,The intervalQoS,
modifying
between
and
not received
deleting the before
QoS signaling
timer BSSGPT6 flow. is
messages
Network
timeout, BSS is the MS
notifies resuming retry time.
if the network
Maximum supports
sends PFC
"Download BSS PFC" message
DownLoadBs times of flow through
according to themaxsystem message
BSC PFC related
sPFCMax retrying to parameter
times PFC_FEATURE_MODE.
of retrying to create PFC. If If
create PFC yes, the BSS
"Create MS will PFC" add PFI when
establishing
is not received uplink
still TBF (PACKET
after trying
RESOURCE REQUEST). BSS can
DownLoadBSSPRCMax+
decide
1, QoS asisMS
the process requires and
completed according
informto
PFI.
O&M.
 Max retry times to modify PFC. If "Modify
BSS PFC
Ack" is not received before timer
BSSGPT8 is timeout,
Maximum BSS sends "Modify BSS PFC" message
ModifyBssPF times of according
BSC PFC related
CMax retrying to to max times of retrying to modify PFC. If
PFC creating retry time. The conditions
modify PFC "Modify
of timer start, stop, and timeout actions
BSS PFC Ack" is not received still after
are as follows:
trying ModifyBssPFCMax +1, the
[Link]
This start: it is
parameter starts
timerwhileT3169. BSC initiates
During
PFC creating process is completed and inform
BSC PFC related BssgpT6 Download
the packet PFC process;
retry time O&M. time to modify PFC. The conditions
Retry
[Link] stop:
downlink it stops while
transmission, if thereceiving
BSN of the
of timer
SGSN
RLC dataCreate PFC message;
start, stop, and timeout actions are as
[Link]
block to beaction:
transmitted retransfer
is thefor N times
maximum
follows:
(configurable).
(that is,
Retry time to [Link] start: it starts while BSC initiates
BSC PFC related BssgpT8 the final downlink data block), the
modify PFC Modify BSS PFC process;
This parameter
network will indicates if signaling
[Link] stop: it stops while receiving
uplinkaTBF
send RLCcan data block whose Final
SGSN
This Modify BSS
parameter PFCT3193
is timer Ack message;
which is
use extended
Block Identifieruplink TBF functions. This
Support 3. Timeout
used action: retransfer
for protection on TBF release for N times
TBF parameter
(FBI) domain is 1 and which includes
SIGNAL_EU signal (configurable).
during downlink packet transmission.
BSC establishmen has the functions
effective RRBP domain when the cell supports
to initialize
TBF extended [Link] start condition: The final
t and release for extended
release
used of the downlink
at RLC/MAC layerTBF. of BRP. Then the
uplink TBF "PACKET
uplink TBF.
network
During starts
the Signaling
packet T3191. TBF
uplink at thisRLC
Fortransmission,
each place if
DOWNLINK ACK/NACK" or "PACKET
refersblock
data
the to TBF thatestablished
receives FBI to transmit
with value 1
TBF release CONTROL
TBF GMMcontains
and
network signaling.
detects effective
that atRRBP the end domain:
of uplink
time of ACKNOWLEDGE" message is received.
BSC establishmen T3193 [Link] acknowledged
TBF (CV mode, the MS sends
downlink [Link] stop condition: The network
t and release PACKET
= 0, and VDOWNLINK (Q) = V (R)ACK/NACK ), all RLC data
transmission establishes
This parameter is counter N3101, which
message
blocks have whose FBI domain is 1 on the
a new downlink TBF.
is
uplinkreceived,
been block specified the network by theshallRRBP send a
[Link]
used at RLC/MACaction: Release layer of BRP. the TFI
TBF domain. If the network receives the
"PACKET
TBF release resource.
During the packet uplink transmission,
BSC establishmen T3191 "PACKETACK/NACK"
UPLINK DOWNLINKmessage ACK/NACK" and set
timer This parameter
BSS will is bigger than timer
t and release message
the Final before
T3192 to
specify USFmake sure the TFI of
(corresponding toMSoneis
T3191 expires and Identifier
Acknowledgement has to re-transmit
(FAI) asit, 1.
MAX allowed uniqueTBF)
uplink at the same time.
T3191
The headeris stopped and the required RLC
number of for each uplink block. For a USF, if the
TBF data
of theblockRLC/MAC is re-transmitted.
control block If re-
contains a
continuous network
BSC establishmen N3101 transmission
valid RRBP is not required, T3191 is
losses of receives correct data from a specified
t and release stopped And
domain. and T3193the counter is started.
N3103 When
is
uplink data uplink
T3193 expires, the network releases
cleared.
blocks block,parameter
This N3101 clears is timerfor T3169.
that TBF. If the
During
[Link]
MS The PACKET CONTROL
Times of number
the packet
TBF network also releases TBF when T3191
ACKNOWLEDGE
packet uplink of losses
uplink in specifiedifuplink
transmission, N3101block or N3103
BSC establishmen N3103 stops.
message in the block specified in RRBP
ACK/NACK exceeds N3101,
counter
t and release [Link] unacknowledged
and release mode, MS sends
retries then parameter
stops,
This T3169BSS startstimer is starts.
the T3169
counter [Link]
N3105, which
the PACKET
TBF if MS receives CONTROL PACKET UPLINK
the TFI utilizes
Network
is
ACKNOWLEDGE message in the uplink
ACK/NACK
and and
TFI
used USF resources
at RLC/MAC
USF resources when
layer ofT3169
on BRP.
release stops.
when
TBF block specified
message with FAI1 as per from RRBP [Link].
T3191
TFI and USF T3169 stops.
During the packet uplink transmission,
BSC establishmen T3169 terminates
Network to enable only
re-transmits PACKET whenUPLINK the
release timer [Link]
BSS willStart: T3169 timer starts when
t and release network receives the PACKET
ACK/NACK
MAX allowed the
specify USF (corresponding to one
CONTROL
message
This parameter ACKNOWLEDGE
with N3103 counter message
the protection time of
number of counterTBF)
uplink N3101 = N3101_MAX or the
before
incrementing,
TBF when T3191 stops. if When T3193
continuous counter
for each uplink block. For a USF, if the
TBF expires,
the network
radio the network
linkfails
failstoorreceivereleases
when TBF.
PACKET
the cell The
losses of N3103
network= N3103_MAX.
BSC establishmen N3105 network leads
CONTROL
change also releases
to TBF when T3191
uplink [Link] stop
receives correct condition:
data from None.a specified
t and release stops.
ACKNOWLEDGE
MS failure to respond. messageDuring inthethepacket
radio
RLC/MAC [Link]
uplink action: Release USF and TFI
block layer parameters. when MS is
downlink
BSSGP
control resources.
block, N3101 clears for that TBF. If the
specified in the
transmission,
establishing RRBP
if the field. N3105
counter
message
TBF protect number
TBF The network
expires,
uplink/downlink BSSstarts TBF, T3169
BSS timerrequires if the
time when of losses in specified uplink block
BSC establishmen T3195 value
will start
informationof T3195. When T3195 expires,
radio link exceeds
This parameterN3101,indicates if BSC supports
t and release N3103
the
about network exceeds
the radio access the limiting N3103max.
capability of MS.
failure then establishment
TBF T3169 timer starts. Network uses
Network
can
BSS use the TFI resource again.
the TFI TBF flow establishment refers
process.
uses thesuch
[Link]
obtains TFI and
start: T3195 USFtimer
information resources
fromstarts
SGSN when
and USF resources when T3169 stops.
to
TBF T3169 stops.
the
through Radio
Support TBF while releasing uplink TBF, to determine
BSC establishmen TBF_EST counter Capabilities
Access N3105 = N3105_MAX Update procedure.
establish if new uplink
t and release [Link]
BSC stop condition:
repeats this procedure None. after
TBF shall be established immediately for
[Link]
sending theaction:
RADIORelease the TFI
CTRL_ACK
resource.
ACCESS
It monitorsCAPABILITIES
BSSGP RA_CAPABILITY UPDATE
MAX times of field in Packet Control Acknowledgement
TBF message to SGSN. If
procedure.
radio access message.
BSC establishmen UpdateMax BSC failsprocess
Service to receive in BSCthe RADIO
peripheral ACCESS
capabilities
t and release CAPABILITIES
module MP uses
update retry
UPDATE
the timer [Link]/NACK message
BSC repeats from
Radio
SGSN inCapability
Access BSSGPT5
Access
TBF then theprocedure
Update Radio Access afterCapabilities
BSS initiates
capability
BSC establishmen BssgpT5 Update procedure
RA_CAPABILITY
update retry
t and release repeats forto
procedure a maximum
SGSN andofif N [Link] After
time
N times
not return
if there
the RA_CAPABILITY
is no answer, then UPDATE BSC stops
Radio Access
ACK/NACK message.
Capabilities
The interval Update betweenprocedure the messages and notify
is
OMS.
the retry N
depends
time for radio on the access maximum capability
update update.
retry
times.
 Full dynamic Abis resource pool provides
use proportion
of PS channel. if default value for this
parameter
Resource Resource is configured as 80%, which refers to
BSC Allocation PsAbisThs pool for PS upper limit for
related rate PS. The aim is to idle Abis resource
while CS channel is
activated. If this threshold is exceeded,
Resource Maximum PS This
Abis parameter
resource describes maximum PS
MaxPsUserP
BSC Allocation uplink user cannotuser
uplink be allocated
per to PS service again.
erTs_0
related per ts ts.

Resource Maximum PS This parameter describes maximum PS

MaxPsUserP
BSC Allocation downlink downlink user
erTs_1
related user per ts per ts.
The counting parameter, used by
RancRrm, is used
Resource to timely poll UPU unit below CMP.
GetStaticPar Get Static
BSC Allocation This timer is configured periodically, and
amTimer param timer
related query
resource occupation data for UPU if
Weight of timeout.
Resource uplink Uplink throughput weight value at Gb
BSC Allocation RS throughout interface, the
related on interface dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Gb
Weight of
Resource downlink Downlink throughput weight value at Gb
BSC Allocation RR throughout interface,
related on interface the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Gb
Weight of
Resource EGPRS Weight value of EGPRS MS accessing
BSC Allocation RA access request times,
related request the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
amount
Weight of
Resource high Weight value of high-bandwidth request
BSC Allocation RM bandwidth times, the
related request dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
amount
Weight of
Resource Weight value of the highest bandwidth
high
BSC Allocation RB usage, the
bandwidth
related dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
usage
This parameter defines weights of GPRS
Resource Weight of carrier
BSC Allocation RG GPRS trx proportion,
related ratio RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be
equal to 100.
This parameter defines weights of EDGE
Resource Weight of carrier
Information of releasing this PS channel
BSC Allocation RE EDGE trx proportion,
when this
related ratio RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be
threshold is achieved. The conditions of
equal to 100.
timer start,
stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
Resource PS channel
[Link] start: it starts while all service
BSC Allocation PSRelDelay delay release
are released on PDTCH;
related timer
[Link] action: release PDTCH
While transferring upper signaling, such
channel,
as PDP
Highest during which if this channel is occupied
Resource activation, routing area update, this
SigTBFMaxC coding again,
BSC Allocation parameter can
ode scheme of the timer shall be cleared.
related restrict the highest coding mode of this
signal TBF
kind of
signaling data.
PS Cell
LLCTranSup LLC frame It indicates if BSC supports LLC frame
BSC reselection
port rerouting rerouting.
related
 LLC framework conversion refers to the
process:
RIM RIAEon timer duration.
NACC,
This timerif target
startscell when is the cell in BSC,
controlling BSS
downlink LLC
initiates
PS Cell
NACCSuppo NACC frameInformation
RAN data that has Application
not beenError sent to this
BSC reselection
rt supported MS fromand
process
related
BSC is transferred
response indicationtobittarget is configured
cell, and as
then it is sent
"Ack
to this MSisafter
response required".
MS uplink ThisTBF timer link
stops
is
PS Cell
established.
while
BSC reselection RIMSupport Support RIM
receiving Ack response from serving
related
BSS. If this
timer is timeout, the process is failed, or
this
PS Cell RIM retry times. Send it again based on
RIMRetryTim RIM retry process is initiated again by controlling
BSC reselection this RIR timer duration. This timer starts
RIM
es times BSS.
related number
while if timeout,
controlling BSSup sends
to 3 times. request
This parameter is valid after "support
message to serving BSS; this timer
RIM"
stops
function is enabled.
PS Cell while receiving PDU message sent by
BSC reselection TRIR RIR timer serving
RIM BSS. duration.
RI timer If this timer This is timer
timeout, starts
related message
when serving request BSSprocess
sends message is failed, or PDU
RIM RIAE timer duration.
message
to controlling request
BSSprocessand response is initiated
This timer starts when controlling BSS
again by controlling
indication bit is BSS.
initiates
PS Cell This parameter
configured as "Ack is valid after "support
response is required".
RAN Information Application Error
BSC reselection TRI RI timer RIM"timer
This function stops is enabled.
while receiving Ack from
process and
related controlling BSS. If this timer is timeout,
response indication bit is configured as
the process is failed, or message
"Ack
indication process is initiated again by
response is required". This timer stops
PS Cell serving BSS. This parameter is valid
while
BSC reselection TRIAE RIAE timer after "support RIM" function is enabled.
receiving Ack response from serving
related
BSS. If this
timer is timeout, the process is failed, or
Satellite
this
It describes if BSC system supports
transmission
IsStatelliteG process istransmission
"satellite initiated again at Gb by controlling
interface".
BSC Others at Gb
B [Link] is mainly to implement the
This
interface
This
theparameter
modification
If PTP BVC is
of delay.
mustvalid beafter
blocked "support
due to
indication
RIM"
OAM
It indicates R99 protocol version ID. BSS
function is enabled.
intervention or equipment faults (disable
considers this parameter as a basis to
blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC),
BSC Others R99Ind R99 Ind determine if to encode/decode message
BSS
If the will
PTPfirst BVC setmustthe BVC status as due
be unblocked
field added after R99 version for the
"Blocked"
to the OAM and discard the
intervention oruplink
recovery service
of
protocol.
data.
the equipment
To notify SGSN fault (disable
to stop sending
downlink data, BSS initiates
blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC BVC),
BSS/SGSN MAX times of
blocking
BSS will first
procedure.
set the BSC BVC repeats
status asBVC
BSC interaction BVCBlkMax BVC block To keep the initial status consistent
blocking procedure
"Unblocked". To notify after SGSN sending to start
BVC
related retry between the two BVC sides, the "Reset
BLOCK message
sending the downlink to SGSN.
data, BSS If BSCwillfails
BVC" process must be initiated in the
to receive
initiate the BVC BVC BLOCK unblocking procedure.
following cases: 1) system faults that
ACKNOWLEDGE
BSC repeats the BVC messageunblocking from SGSN
BSS/SGSN MAX times of affect the BVC function in BSS or SGSN
in BSSGPT1,
procedure
It monitors after
BSSGPthen BVC
sending blocking
the BVC repeats
blocking/unblocking
BSC interaction BVCUblkMax BVC unblock (such as restart upon power-on) ; 2)
for a maximum
UNBLOCK
process. Global
message ofprocess
N [Link] in BSCIfstops
to SGSN. central
BSC
related retry lower layer network service entity failure
BVC
fails to
module blocking
MP uses andthe notifies
timer OMS [Link] BSSN
(such as frame relay fault) ; 3) lower
times if there
receive
initiates the
BVC BVCis no answer. N depends
blocking/unblocking
UNBLOCK
layer network service entity capability
on maximum
ACKNOWLEDGE
procedure for retries of BVC BLOCK.
a point-to-point
message BVC in
BSS/SGSN BVC update
from SGSN
case of OAMinintervention
BSSGPT1 then or deviceBVC
BSC interaction BssgpT1 block/unbloc (for example, frame relay capability
unblocking
faults. BSC repeatsrepeats for thisa procedure,
maximum of if N
related k retry time changed from 0kbps to greater than
times. BSC
SGSN doesstops not returnBVC BVC unblocking and
0kbps) ; 4) change of the corresponding
notifies OMS for N times
BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACK/NACK if there is no
relationship between BVC and the cell.
answer. N depends
messages. The interval on maximum
between the retries
BSS/SGSN MAX times of For faults that affect NSE, BSC initiates
ofmonitors
It BVC UNBLOCK.
messages is the BVC
BSSGP reset procedure. BSS
BSC interaction BVCRestMax BVC reset Signaling BVC RESET procedure. For
blocking/unblocking
initiates "BVC reset" retry process [Link] BVC
related retry faults that affect a single BVC, BSC
(including PTP BVC and signaling BVC)
initiates the PTP BVC RESET procedure.
is required to be reset (disconnection to
BSC initiates all PTP BVC RESET
connection at Gb
BSS/SGSN procedure for corresponding NSE after a
BVC reset interface, and cell is changed from
BSC interaction BssgpT2 signaling BVC reset procedure. BSC
retry time GPRSrepeats
BSC supportthe to blocking
GPRS/EDGE process support)
when
related repeats the BVC RESET procedure after
due to certain
sending the NS reason.
BLOCK BSCmessage repeats tothe
sending BVC RESET message to SGSN
procedure
SGSN. If NS if SGSN
BLOCK does not return BVC
ACKNOWLEDGE
and if BSC fails to receive BVC RESET
RESET ACK/NACK
message from SGSN message.
fails to reach The BSC
BSS/SGSN MAX times of ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN
intervalspecified
within betweenNS_T1 the messages
time thenis BSC the
BSC interaction NSBlkMax NS block in BSSGPT2. BSC repeats the BVC
BVC reset
repeats theretryNS BLOCK
time. message for a
related retry RESET procedure for a
maximum of N times. BSC stops BLOCK
maximum of N times. BSC stops BVC
procedure and notify OMS for N times if
RESET and notifies OMS for N times if
there is no answer. N depends on
there is no answer. N depends on
maximum retries of NS BLOCK.
maximum retries of BVC RESET.
 BSC repeats UNBLOCK procedure after
sending NS UNBLOCK message to
SGSN. If BSC fails to receive the NS
BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from
BSS/SGSN MAX times of SGSN within NS_T1 timer, then BSC
BSC interaction NSUnblkMax NS unblock repeats the NS UNBLOCK message for
related retry a maximum of N times. BSC stops
It is the timer that monitors the
UNBLOCK procedure and notify OMS
block/unblock procedure. The conditions
for N times if there is no answer. N
Timer that of timer start, stop, and timeout actions
BSS/SGSN depends on maximum retries of NS
monitors the are as follows: [Link] start: it starts if
BSC interaction NS_T1 UNBLOCK.
block/unbloc NS block/unblock procedure is initiated;
related
k procedure [Link]
It timerstop: that monitors
it stops while resetreceiving
procedure.
SGSN
The conditions
response; of timer
3. Timeout
start, stop,action: and
Alive message to SGSN. If BSC fails to
Timer that retransfer
timeout actions
for N times are as (configurable)
follows:
BSS/SGSN receive NS Alive ACKNOWLEDGE
monitors [Link] start: it starts if NS reset is
BSC interaction NS_T2 message from SGSN within
reset initiated; [Link] stop: it stops while
related NS_T4 timer then BSC repeats NS Alive
procedure receiving SGSN response; [Link]
message
actions: Repeat NS reset process, and
for a maximum of N times. NS Alive
the timer restarts
BSS/SGSN process is
MAX times of
BSC interaction NSAliveMax specified
Timer thatby the protocol,
monitors used to test
alive process of
NS alive retry
related connection
NSVC. The
condition ofofNSVC
conditions timer start,terminal stop, side.
and
BSC stops BSC Alive procedure and
timeout
Timer that
BSS/SGSN notify OMS
actions are as follows:
monitors
BSC interaction NS_T4 for N times
[Link]
NC-Cycle ofif NS-VC
start: there
it starts istest
no answer.
if NS Alive N
process. isThe
alive process
related depends
initiated;
conditions
of NSVC
ontimer
[Link]
of maximum stop: retries
start, it stopsofand
restart, while
NStimeout
Alive.
receiving actions
SGSN
are response;
as follows:
Maximum attempt period of reset.
BSS/SGSN NC-Cycle of [Link]
[Link] start:action: retransfer
it starts after NS forReset
N times
Start timer NS_T5 while starting NS
BSC interaction NS_T3 NS-VC test (configurable)
process is finished;
reset process,
related process [Link] restart: it restarts after receiving
no reset
This response
parameter is theis received
BVC leakage beforeratio
NS Alive Ack;
NS_T2 timer isperiod in the 'BVC Flow
measurement
[Link] action: send NS Alive
Maximum timeout, repeat NS reset process until
Control
BSS/SGSN message
attempt timer NS_T5
process, that is, BVC long measurement
BSC interaction NS_T5 on timeout.
period of is timeout. If still no reset response is
period.
related
reset received,
To provide reference to the BVC flow
BVC flow control occurs at Gb interface
NS reset process shall be terminated
control
This parameter is the MS leakage ratio
between
and
at reportside, the BSSGP process at
SGSN
BSS/SGSN measurement
SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks.
NSVC peer NS alarm
BSS side to O&M. If reset response is
BSC interaction Delay None in the 'MS Flow Control process,
period
BSS
to peer delay received measures the current BVC
periodically
related that is, control parameters and SGSN
provides
prior
leakage
MS flow to timeout,
control occurs the timer at isGbcleared.
interface
MS long measurement period.
executes,
ratio. BSC initiates the 'BVC flow control
between
Fororder
in reference
to avoid of flow
one BVC control onatBSS the to
procedure
SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks.
BVC flow SGSN side,
abandoning
Flow control unconditionally when the long
BSS
BSC CellFcPer control the BSSGP
some LLC data processbecause at the ofBSS side
the overtime
related measurement
provides control parameters and SGSN
period periodically
caused
timer overflows. SGSN confirms to BSC
executes,
measures
by grouping the currentisleakage
channel too busy ratio
(too of
iftothe
avoid one MS on BSS to abandoning
each MS.
many LLC
difference of leakage ratios between the
some
MS flow The long
frame measurement
caches) and to avoid timerabandoning
overflow
Flow control two
LLC data because of the overtime
BSC MsFcPer control triggers
new
related times exceeds
caused by CellFcThs. BSC also
period the 'MS Flow
downlink LLCControl
data because process of limit of
initiates
grouping'BVC channel is too busy (too many
unconditionally.
memory
flow control procedure with SGSN
LLC
SGSN must
resource (overflow
acknowledge of LLCBSC frame if the
confirmation
frame caches) and to avoid abandoning
BVC flow difference
caches).
Flow control if the short measurement timer
new
BSC BVCFlowCtrl control betweenprocess
BSSGP the two at leakage
BSS side ratios counts
exceeds
related overflows,
downlink LLC anddata because of limit of
supported MsFcThs.
current leaking
the difference of the leakage ratio
memory
Shortofmeasurement
rate BVC periodically timer(including
overflow short
between
resource (overflow of LLC frame
initiates the
statistics
the two timers exceed CellFcThs.
caches).
MS flow 'MS long
and
BSC Flow Control process
has statistics).
different flowThis withmodes
parameter
control
Flow control BSSGP process at BSS side counts
BSC MSFlowCtrl control acknowledgement
originates
report flow control parameters to SGSN.
related current leaking
supported frommodesSGSN are
unconditionally
The if the difference
ifaslong 1:between
statistics
follows: timer1:two
Mode
rate of MS periodically (including short
leakageflow
overflows
Report ratios exceeds
control MsFcThs.
parameters
statistics
and SGSNtoacknowledgement
according actual traffic on radio is
and long statistics). This parameter
necessarycounted
interface if at BSC; 2: Mode 2:
Flow control FlowCtrlMod Flow control originates
BSC discrepant
Report flowrange control of parameters
adjacent leaking
related e mode unconditionally if long statistics timer
rates reports
according
BSC is over to flow
max control
traffic that the cell can
parameters
overflows
CellFcThs.
provide;
according 3:to'BVCMode
actual flow control
3:traffic
Reserved supported
at radio "Flow
and SGSN acknowledgement is
originates
control
interface modewhen1 adopting
parameter" mode is enabled
1. Actual
necessary if
Parameter of ifand
counted SGSN
selecting value confirmation
"mode 1"; "Flow
is smaller isduenecessary
to radio if
control
Flow control FlowCtlMode discrepant range of adjacent leaking
BSC Flow control short 2 parameter"
mode
interface re-transmission is enabledand TBF if
related 1Para rates is over
mode 1 statistics
selecting
failure. Sotimer BSCoverflows
"mode 2".
multiplies and
the discrepant
actual
MsFcThs. "MS flow control supported"
range with
traffic of a multiple determined by
originates
adjacent
this parameter leaking ratesreporting
when is over CellFcThs.
flow
and SGSN confirmation is necessary if
control parameters.
short
statistics timer overflows and discrepant
range
of adjacent leaking rates is over
MsFcThs
 max traffic that the cell can provide when
adopting
mode 2. Maximum value depends on
configured
Parameter of channels. Counting formula: channels *
Flow control FlowCtlMode
BSC Flow control max traffic
related 2Para
mode 2 that every
This is the channel
minimumcanvalue
provide.
of leaking
This rate
parameter
R in reported is
max traffic
BVC flow control
that every
parameters
channelunder
can all
BVC flow provide, with the
kinds
Flow control BVCFlowCtrl
BSC control R unit
of flow
of 100
control
[Link], that is, the reported
related RMin
MIN value parameter
This is the minimum value of leaking rate
must
R in be equal or over the set value, in
reported
the flow control parameters under all
MS
MS flow unit ofof100 bps.
kinds
Flow control MSFlowCtrlR
BSC control R flow control mode, that is, the reported
related Min
MIN value parameter
R must be equal or over the set value, in
the unit of
Protection
100 bps.
time for FUC
BSC Not valid ccmT1 None
channel type
change

Protection
time for T-
BSC Not valid ccmT2 None
network
connection

Protection
BSC Not valid ccmT3 time for LSP None
movement

Downlink
BSC Not valid DLTBFRetry None
TBF retry

BVC flow
BSC Not valid CellFcThs control None
threshold

MS flow
BSC Not valid MsFcThs control None
threshold

Extended
IsWindowEx RLC send
BSC Not valid if extended RLC send window is allowed.
pend window
allowed

BSC Not valid C 0 None

Optimized
POCSUPPO
BSC PoC Related PoC service 0
RT
support

Maximal
users of POC
PSCAPATHS It indicates the upper limit of PoC service
BSC PoC Related service on 0
_UL subscribers in shared downlink channel.
shared PS
If dedicated PoC channel is configured, it
channel 0
indicates
Maximal
the upper limit of PoC subscribers on the
users of POC
PSCAPATHS downlink
BSC PoC Related service on
_DL of each dedicated PoC channel. If it
shared PS
exceeds this
channel 1
number, PoC subscriber access is not
allowed on
the downlink of this dedicated PoC
channel.
 Highest
coding It describes the highest coding mode that
BSC PoC Related PocAttSelt_0 scheme of can be
POC service used while GPRS MS does POC service.
in GPRS
Highest
coding It describes the highest coding mode that
BSC PoC Related PocAttSelt_1 scheme of can be used EGPRS MS does POC
POC service service.
in EGPRS

Maximal
It indicates the percent of current PS
BSC PoC Related POCSrcThs resource for
resource
This occupied
parameter by POC
is used service.
to collect PS
POC service
service on the idle carrier while applying
for PS, against infinite expansion.
Application sequence: the idle carrier
TrxPSBusyT TRX PS busy above this threshold -> idle carrier -> idle
BSC Others
hs threshold carrier
This below this
parameter threshold.
describes the max retries
Calculate
of it according to remained
SNS addition
available quota
operation, whenonSNSeach
Ackavailable PS
is not received
timeslot * number of accessed Abis * 100
for
SNS add / user number.
SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries
BSC IP related SNSAddMax This parameter describes the max retries
retries addition operation
of SNS
repeatedly. The process ends and inform
configuration operation, when SNS
O&M
Config Ack is not
when SNS Ack is still not received after
SGSN received for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout,
SNSConfigM the max retries.
BSC IP related configure BSS parameter
This retries describes the max retries
ax
retries configuration
of SNS operation repeatedly. The
process weight, when SNS Ack is not
change
ends andfor
received inform O&M when SNS Config
Ack is still
SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries
SNSChgWei SNS modify
BSC IP related not received after the max retries
change
ghtMax retries This parameter describes the max retries
weight repeatedly. The process ends and
of SNS delete
inform
operation, when SNS Ack is not received
O&M when SNS Ack is still not received
for
after the
SNS delete SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS retries
BSC IP related SNSDelMax max parameter
This retries. describes the max retries
retries delete operation
of SNS
repeatedly. The process ends and inform
SIZE operation, when SNS Size Ack is
O&M
not received
when SNS Ack is still not received after
for SGSN on SNS-T1 timeout, BSS
SNS size the max retries.
BSC IP related SNSSizeMax retries SIZE operation
retries This parameter describes SNS process
repeatedly. The process ends and inform
monitoring
O&M
timer. The conditions of timer start, stop,
when SNS Size Ack is still not received
and
SNS process after the max
timeout actions are as follows: Timer
BSC IP related SNS_T1 monitoring retries.
start: it starts after SNS process begins;
timer CS service corresponds to used TOS
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGS
under IP Abis.
response from SGSN; Timeout action:
This parameter field belongs to service
retransfer for N times
IP
(N is configurable)
BSC IP related IPTOS_0 Abis CS telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
means
PS service corresponds to used TOS
TypeOfService,
under IP Abis. which is used to indicate
service
This parameter field belongs to service
type or quality required by datagram.
IP
BSC IP related IPTOS_1 Abis PS telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
means
CS service corresponds to used TOS
TypeOfService,
under IP A. which is used to indicate
service
This parameter field belongs to service
type or quality required by datagram.
IP
BSC IP related IPTOS_2 A CS telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
means
CS service corresponds to used TOS
TypeOfService,
under IP Over E1. which is used to indicate
service
This parameter field belongs to service
type or quality required by datagram.
IP
BSC IP related IPTOS_3 IPOE CS telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
means
TypeOfService, which is used to indicate
service
type or quality required by datagram.
 PS service corresponds to used TOS
under IP Over E1.
This parameter field belongs to service
IP
BSC IP related IPTOS_4 IPOE PS telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
meanspackets corresponds to used TOS
SCTP
TypeOfService,
under IP Over [Link] is used to indicate
service
This parameter field belongs to service
type or quality required by datagram.
IP
BSC IP related IPTOS_5 IPOE SCTP telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
means
TOS used while QoS service type is
TypeOfService,
conversation which
under IP is
[Link] to indicate
service
This parameter field belongs to service
IPGb type or quality required by datagram.
IP
BSC IP related IPTOS_6 Conversation telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
TOS used while QoS service type is
TOS means
streaming
TypeOfService, which is used to indicate
media service under IP GB.
service
This parameter field belongs to service
IPGb type or quality required by datagram.
IP
BSC IP related IPTOS_7 Streaming
telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
TOS TOS used while QoS service type is
means
interactive under IP GB.
TypeOfService, which is used to indicate
This parameter field belongs to service
service
IPGb IP
type or quality required by datagram.
BSC IP related IPTOS_8 Interactive telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
TOS used while QoS service type is
TOS means
background
TypeOfService, which is used to indicate
service under IP GB.
service
This parameter field belongs to service
IPGb type or quality required by datagram.
IP
BSC IP related IPTOS_9 Background
telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
TOS TOS used while QoS service type is
means
general under IP GB.
TypeOfService, which is used to indicate
This parameter field belongs to service
service
IP
type or quality required by datagram.
BSC IP related IPTOS_10 IPGb TOS telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
means
DSCP Field of SCTP Packet
TypeOfService, which is used to indicate
This parameter field belongs to service
service
IP
DSCP Field type or quality required by datagram.
telegraph service type (IPTOS). TOS
BSC IP related Info3 of SCTP
means
Packet This is a four-dimensional array,
TypeOfService, which is used to indicate
indicating GPRS uplink
service
INIT coding scheme, GPRS downlink
type or quality required by datagram.
EGPRS INIT coding
Codec mode EGPRSInitAt This parameter indicates the default-
Cell Phone Init scheme, GPRS uplink MAX coding
adjustment tSelt coding mode for
Coding scheme, GPRS
GPRS MS initial access, under different
downlink MAX coding scheme, and the
Abis interface
default coding
link bandwidths. This is a four-
scheme for EGPRS phones.
Codec mode GPRSInitAtt GPRS init dimensional array,
Cell
adjustment Selt attach select indicating GPRS uplink init coding
scheme, GPRS
downlink init coding scheme, GPRS
GPRS uplink max coding
This parameter indicates if GPRS
Codec mode InitAttachExc phones init scheme, and GPRS downlink max
Cell phones default code
adjustment h_0 code can be coding scheme.
can be changed dynamically.
changed

EGPRS
It indicates if the coding method of
Codec mode InitAttachExc phones init
Cell GPRS/EGPRS MS
adjustment h_1 code can be
in cell could be changed dynamically.
changed
This parameter is used by UPPB,
Uplink describing uplink
Codec mode Ulmeasurepe
Cell measure measurement report period reported by
adjustment riod
report period BTS and
handled
This by BSC.
parameter is internal parameter of
PCU. The
Average filter meaning of this parameter is the same
Codec mode BEPperiodU
Cell period for as BEPPeriod-
adjustment p
uplink BEP Down, but it is to calculate the uplink
measurement
data inside of PCU.
 MS in
GRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1
and PSI13.
In EGPRS system, EGPRS MS will
determine to
reportparameter
This the MEAN_REP_AV is sent to MS(average in Downlink
error bit rate
Assignment
Average filter
of the radioIt block)
message. indicates and the CV_BEP_AV
measurement
Codec mode BEPperiodD period for
Cell (variance
report mode
adjustment own downlink
coefficient
of EGPRS of MS radio
in the [Link]
EGPRS bit rate)
BEP
under
measurement could
theperformed
be whole TBF,based or theon measurement
each impulse, data
EGPRS
per is to
which
Codec mode LinkQuamea phone quality
Cell time slot MEAN_BEP_TNx
measure by the granularity of (0-7).The
BURST.
adjustment Mode measure
specification
The feature ofdefines the formula of these
mode
measurement
rapid
link EGPRSallocation.
dynamic measurement
data. There is makes
While an oblivion
using the
this
Support factor e, side
network
function, whose
the value is defined by
Resource extended average
be
MS able
onlyto period
needrespond of BEP
listen the
USF filter.
change
allocationof radio
with
ExUpDynSup
Cell Allocation uplink environment
the least timeslot,
port
related dynamic quickly,
so you can
Network so as
determine
broadcaststo choose thisto the
send most
parameteruplink
proper
to
allocation coding
block
MS in on mode
GRPS all
and perform
allocated
CELL uplink
OPTIONS power timeslot.
control.
of SI13, PSI1 and
PSI13. It indicates
Cell DTM related DTMSupport Support DTM if the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode
(DTM) which
This parameter indicates if the cell
allows A class MS to initialize packet
supports
request flow in
extended uplink
Parameter used TBF. at theAfter MS BSS side. receives
Max number dedicated
This parameter [Link] the maximum
GttpLapdmN CV=0 the packet downlink transmission,
During
Cell DTM related of GTTP of GTTP
um ifuplink
RLC block, if the cell supports extended
Lapdm frame Lapdm frames.
uplinkblock is the final downlink data
data
TBF, ittoenters
block be into extended uplink TBF
Is the cell status.
transmitted, the network sends the RLC
TBF
support At this
data time, it continues assign uplink
block
Cell establishmen EXT_UTBF
extendable blockthe Final Block Identifier (FBI)
with
t and release
uplink TBF resourceasto MS. If new uplink data is
domain
It indicates downlink TBF delay time.
required
1. It contains to an effective RRBP field to
When downlink
send during extended uplink, re-
initialize
TBF TBF is released, this timer starts, access
Downlink establishment
the release of the downlink TBF.
Cell establishmen DLDelaytime to delay
delay time ofindicates
It
For uplink
each TBF RLC isdata
extended not block
required.
uplink thatTBF receives
delay
t and release state, to wait for new downlink LLC
Thiswith
time.
FBI function
When requires extended uplink
frame. Release
function
uplink
value
Parameter 1TBFandused
iscontains
released,
at theeffective
MSif extended
side. RRBP
They uplink
downlink TBF after timer is timeout.
shall function
TBF
domain:
belong betosupported at MS side.
TBF
ExtULTBFTi Extend uplink is supported,

the InGPRS
acknowledged
cellthis timer
option mode, starts,
parameters,the access
MS andsendsto
Cell establishmen
me TBF time extended
PACKET
they are DOWNLINK ACK/NACK
t and release
uplink
message
Parameter
broadcast TBFto state,
usedthe at tothe
MS wait
in MStheforPSI1,
new Ituplink
side. PSI13
LLC SI13
whose
belongs
and
Parameter FBI
to the
domain
used is 1 MS
at the on the side. uplink
They
frame.
block
GPRS
messages,
belong Release
cell
to option
indicatinguplink TBF
parameters,
the after
values timer
andof it isis
TBF
timeout.
specified
broadcast
GPRSby
parameters
the celltheoption
RRBPparameters,
domain. and
Cell establishmen T3192 T3192

to
of In
they the unacknowledged
MS in the"PAN_INC"
"PAN_DEC",
are PSI1, mode, PSI13and MS
and sends
SI13
t and release
the
messages,
"PAN_MAX".
broadcast to the
After MS in the PSI1, PSI13
Parameter used at the MS side. They
PACKET
indicating
eachSI13
and cell CONTROL
the value ofACKNOWLEDGE
reselection, the MS will set the
belong to
message inindicating the values of
"DRX_TIMER_MAX".
initial
messages,
TBF the GPRS cell option parameters, and
DRX mode the
When
value uplink
parameters of block as
changing
N3102 specified
from thethe as per RRBP
"PanMax"
packet value.
Cell establishmen DrxTimeMax they are
holding time field.
transmission
1.
of When the MS
"PAN_DEC", mode receives the
"PAN_INC" and"PACKET
t and release broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13
Then,
to the packet
UPLINK
"PAN_MAX". the MSAfter will mode,
idle start T3192. the MS should
and SI13
T3192
first
ACK/NACK"
each enter releases
cell themessage
reselection, the resources,
theto move
MS will stop
V set
(S)the
messages, indicating the values of
discreet
non-DRXlistening
forward,
initial itmode. Minimum values of this
TBF N3102 parameters
to thePanInc
parameter
adds
value PDCCH
of N3102 tochannel
N3102
as the "PanMax"when
(but the it expires,
value.
Cell establishmen PanDec decrease of "PAN_DEC", "PAN_INC" and
and
maximum
1. Whenturns
DRX_TIMER_MAX
thevalue
MS receivesparameters the "PACKET
t and release step "PAN_MAX". After
to thenot
determine
shall
UPLINK paging thechannel
exceed PanMax). for discreet
each cell reselection, the MS will set the
listening.
time
2.
ACK/NACK"
When length If an
the for
MS MS
message to stay
detects to thein stall
move theVNon-(S)
initial
MS receives
DRx
condition
forward, mode. it (V PACKET
(S) = DOWNLINK
TBF value of N3102 as the "PanMax" value.
N3102 ASSIGNMENT
V
adds (A)PanInc
+ W (S) to N3102
), T3182 (but
willthestart. When
Cell establishmen PanInc 1. When the MS receives the "PACKET
increase step itorreceives
PACKETvalue
maximum TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE
t and release UPLINK
message
the
shall "PACKET
not exceed UPLINK
PanMax). ACK/NACK"
ACK/NACK" message to move V (S)
from
message
2. When the network
the
thatMS detects within the theprotection
stall
forward, it
period V (V
enables
condition (S)(S) < V= (A) + W (S), T3182
TBF adds PanInc to N3102 (but the
of the
stops.
V (A) T3192
If+ T3182
W (S) timer, it stops
expires,
), T3182 the
willT3192
MS willand
start. When
Cell establishmen PanMax N3102 Max maximum value
transfer
itsubtract
It receives
indicates PanDec
uplinkfrom delay time, to describe
t and release shall not exceed PanMax).
to the
N3102.
the
uplink packet
"PACKET
TBFWhentransmission
the condition
UPLINK status.
ACK/NACK" satisfies
2. When the MS detects the stall
N3102time.
message
delay < 0,that
When uplink TBF is released,
condition (V (S) =
the MS will
ifenables
extended V (S)take<cell V (A) reselection
+ W (S), asT3182
TBF V (A) + W (S) ), T3182 will start. When
Uplink delay abnormal
stops.
uplink If release.
TBF function is not supported, this
Cell establishmen ULDelayTime it receives
time Whenstarts,
T3182
timer one
expires,of PanDec,
the MSPanInc, will subtract and
t and release the "PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK"
PanMaxtofrom
PanDec
access uplink delay state, to wait for
message that
is zero, N3102
N3102.
downlink When
LLC the is invalid.
condition satisfies
enables V (S) < V (A) + W (S), T3182
N3102 <
arrival. 0,
Release uplink TBF after timer is
stops. If
the MS will take cell reselection as
timeout.
T3182 expires, the MS will subtract
abnormal release. When one of PanDec,
PanDec from
PanInc, and PanMax is zero, N3102 is
N3102. When the condition satisfies
invalid.
N3102 < 0,
the MS will take cell reselection as
abnormal release.
 GPRS cell option parameters, and it is
broadcast to
the MS in the
Parameter usedPSI1, PSI13
at the MS andside.SI13It
messages.
belongs to the
T3168 cell
GPRS indicates
optionthe maximum and
parameters, timeittois
Network broadcasts this parameter to
TBF wait for
broadcast
MS in GRPS
Cell establishmen T3168 T3168 PACKET
to the MSUPLINK ASSIGNMENT
in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and
t and release message after MS
messages,
PSI13. It indicates
Support sends PACKET
indicating RESOURCE
the value of the maximumREQUEST
if the cell supports
EGPRS message
blocks
EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUES
TBF packet (or PACKET DOWNLINK
(BS_CV_MAX) sent on each ACK/NACK
timeslot.
EgprsPacket T
Cell establishmen channel message
This with decides the time of
parameter
Chreq access flow. If the cell supports EGPRS
t and release request Channel
T3198 Request
used by Description IE).
and
access the MS as the sending party (= time
this flow, the EGPRS terminal is able to
program represented
originate
TBF Max Blocks by BS_CV_MAX), the time of T3200
EGPRS packet access flow on RACH or
Cell establishmen BsCvMax Transmission used by
PRACH (if
t and release in Each TS the MS in the non-DRX mode (= 4 x the
PBCCH exists).
time
It indicates if initial downlink allocation is
Initial represented by BS_CV_MAX), and the
based on
Resource Downlink value of
multislot capability
Parameter used at 1the(that
MS is, uplink 1
side.
Cell Allocation Info1_1_0 Allocation by "N3104max" (=3 x (BS_CV_MAX+3) x
downlink
This timer1)starts
or the
if the MS receives
related Multislot Number
actual multislot
immediate
Parameter usedcapability
at the MSbrought
side. by the
Class 1 of timeslots assigned in the uplink).
MS. timer starts
assignment
This refusal or MS
if the DTMreceives
refusal
All uplink data blocks sent by MS contain
during packet
PACKET ACCESS
TBF the
access. This
REJECT timer does
message during not function
packet if
access.
Cell establishmen T3142 T3142 COUNT DOWN VALUE (CV) field. The
the MS
The MSin
t and release network
original cell
disables doesaccess
packet not allow to initiate
if this timer is
can use this field to calculate the data
access request
timeout. The
blocks
but the
MS MS does
changes cellstatus
to idle reselection prior to
if this timer is
TBF to be sent on current uplink TBF.
the timer
timeout
Cell establishmen T3172 T3172
timeout.
prior to receiving assignment message.
t and release
After this
Uplink two-phase access. The MS
timer timeout, the MS does not disable
initiates channel
packet
TBF request, and network allocates single
Single Block access in this cell, but shall not take
Cell establishmen SBAssOffset resource block
Assign Offset channel request
t and release to the MS. This parameter indicates the
as paging response except the MS
searching
Send polling request to MS from network
receives paging
rangeIfofnothis resource block.
side.
request message.
TBF any response is received from the MS.
PollingRetryT Polling Retry
Cell establishmen The system can
ime Time
t and release send the max number of polling. The MS
instance is
Interval released after reaching the max number.
Data number of Interval that downlink Gprs TBF requires
GPRSDlRRB
Cell transmission GPRS TBF MS to send
PINTERVAL
related downlinks Packet Downlink Ack/Nack.
RRBP
Interval
Interval that downlink EGPRS TBF
Data number of
EGPRSDlRr requires MS to
Cell transmission EGPRS TBF
bpInterVal send EGPRS Packet Downlink
related downlinks
Ack/Nack.
RRBP
Interval
Data Interval that uplink Gprs TBF network
GPRSUlAckI number of
Cell transmission sends Packet
nterVal GPRS TBF It indicates if the cell employs
related Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
uplinks ACK "Preemptivetrans bit".
If the cell supports that function, network
Interval indicates
Data Interval
It thatifuplink
indicates Egprs
the cell TBF "uplink
supports networkIR
EGPRSUlAc number of MS if to send the RLC data of
Cell transmission sends Packet
quality control".
kInterVal EGPRS TBF PENDING-ACK when
related Downlink
If it does, Ack/Nack
the network to could
MS. set the
uplinks ACK there is no data in NACK status and no
RESEGMENT
new RLC
Support in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK,
data block to be transmitted or the
Data uplink PACKET UPLINK
transmission
Cell transmission IrSupportUp "LA+IR" ASSIGNMENT and PACK TIMESLOT
window is full by
related quality RECONFIGURE
PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION
control message as FALSE to inform MS system
in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
of using
Take message.
Data IR quality control mode, and MS uplink
PREEMPTIV "Preemptivetr The values are as follows:
Cell transmission retransmission
ETRANS ans bit" [Link]: Use preemptive transmission. MS
related could not be segmented.
function should
not send the data block in PENDING-
ACK
status. But for the last piece of current
TBF, even if its status is PENDING
ACK,
it should be transmitted.
[Link]: Do not use preemptive
transmission. MS
should send the oldest data in
 This parameter indicates when dynamic
Resource channel with
PSPrmpCSS Support PS
Cell Allocation preferred PDCH is occupied, to
upport Prmp CS
related determine
This parameterif the describes
channel if support
can be preempted
subscriber occupying by PS service.
Support of
other preference channel. It indicates
subscriber
Resource this
HybridOccuS occupying
Cell Allocation kind of preference channel is busy, other
upp other
related channels
preference
Support of are idle, to determine if to occupy this
channel This parameter describes if support
PS preference
subscriber moving
Resource subscriber channel.
out of other preference channel. It
Cell Allocation AllowPsMove moving out of During this application, on the gained
indicates if the
related other preferential
user that occupies other channels shall
preference channel on this side, it is better that
be removed.
channel existing QoS
Congeneric
Resource quota / total available QoS quota is lower
SfPreferBusy service
Cell Allocation than allocated
During this application, on the gained
Ths threshold for DBS uses this parameter on BSC MP. It
related result for this percentage, to calculate
preferential
PS-moving indicates
target on opposite side, it is better that
channel
minimum threshold of the number of
Un- evaluation target function in combination
existing
IDLE channels
transmission quality, and adjusts block
Resource congeneric with quota / total available QoS quota is
QoS
OpPreferBus under the CS status, when the network
allocation
Cell Allocation service un-congeneric
lower than occupying threshold.
yThs converts to radio transmission quality.
according
related threshold for allocated result for this percentage, to
the switchable channel to the PS
Divide
PS-moving calculate target
channel.
MEAN_BEP into 7 grades, and each
evaluation target function in combination
Minimal System may fail to convert a dynamic
grade
Resource with
number of switchable to a weight. The weight is
corresponds
Cell Allocation CsChansThs un-congeneric occupying threshold.
idle CS channel to a added
dynamically PS channel, if the number
to the weight
related
channel of idle CS
calculated
channels
from UMTS is lower than the threshold.
QoS parameters, as the
When a PS +
evidence
Resource
CSallocating
of channel in the CS
shared status is released,
block.
Cell Allocation Sc C/I
it can be weight that corresponds to
Allocation
related It adjusts allocation weight for shared
converted and used by PS if the total
MEAN_BEP
radio block
number
grade is of
asidle
follows:
by ARP parameters (priority level).
channels
MEAN_BEP
THP
If PFC in the
parameters grade
is supported,cell MEAN_BEP
isiBSC
included greater
in than
value
this
interactive
allocates radio
Resource Allocation weight that corresponds to
threshold. weight
Allocation
service.
resource
Cell Allocation Sa ARP ARP is as follows:
0 0 - 4 -3*Sc
Allocation
according weight that corresponds
to signature QoS parametersto
related ARP Allocation weight
1 5 - is
THP
from 9 -2*Sc
user as follows:
1 2*Sa
2 10 Allocation
THP
side. -When
13 -ScQoSweightguarantee rate for user
2 Sa
30
0 14 - 17 0
signature
Resource 30
4 St
1
is 18 - 21 Sc (including through
unsatisfied
Cell Allocation St THP
5 2*St
2 22 - 26 2*Sc
grabbing), and
related
6 3*St
3
the 27QoS
- 31parameter
3*Sc allows queuing, and
if4 this
4*St
5 5*St
parameter is enabled, iBSC allocates
Resource
Support PS 6 6*Stresource
radio
Cell Allocation PsQueueInd
Queuing 7 7*St
to user according to Best Effort, and
related
8 8*Stthe
insert
This parameter indicates the number of
user into the queue, to wait for allocation
allowed
of radio
Resource PS maximum queues in the cell. When the user
PsMaxQueu resource. Queuing time can be gotten
Cell Allocation Queue number
When PFCin queue
is supported, iBSC allocates
eInstNum through PFC
related number reaches
radio this value, the service that shall
resource
process; otherwise if this parameter is
be queuedto signature QoS parameters
according
disabled,
shall user
from be refused to access.
access to this service is directly refused.
Resource side. When signed QoS guarantee rate
PsPreemptio Support PS When this parameter is Yes, you can
Cell Allocation can't be satisfied
nInd Preemption configure
related and user own QoS parameter allows
PsMaxQueueInstNum.
preemption.
This parameter describes if support
Support of
When thissome
switching parameter is enabled, this
CS
Resource usersubscriber
CS can cell to other timeslot, to
AllowCsMov subscriber
Cell Allocation preempt
leave blankradio resource with low priority.
e moving
related for original timeslot for getting larger PS
Access
available
It is assigned to the MS in PACKET
Persist Level
timeslot group.
UPLINK ASSIGNMENT
Resource message, indicating the uplink block
USFGranular Selective
Cell Allocation allocation
ity granularity
related granularity of the GPRS MS from the
network when
the cell uses "dynamic allocation".
 PSI1
message, indicating if the network
supports the
"PACKET PSI STATUS" message.
This function is optional. When
PsiStatInd
This parameter = 1, indicates if the cell
MS can send
supports CCNthe PACKET PSI STATUS
PS Cell
PSI status message
mode. CNN mode refers to cell
Cell reselection PsiStatInd
supported to the network
alternating notification.
and indicate the current
related
value of
When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS
the PSI
does
This message
parameter stored on
indicates it. Later,
if the cell the
network
cell reselection
supports systemin NC0 and NC1 modes,
PS Cell
Is Support sets PSI message
PACKET
message status flow, for broadcasted
this MS on the to MS
Cell reselection CCNActive
CCN mode PACCH
CELL
in SI13CHANGEto
and NOTIFICATION
related
speed up
message
PSI13. the subsequent
It describes
notification flow of MS.
if the network
Otherwise
shall
supports be delivered
PSI (SI) to network in normal
Is cell Parameter used at the MS side. System
MS has
case.
Status to listen MS
After
process. to the PSI message
informs its network only
PS Cell support broadcasts
at thewhich
network
side receives this message, it can
Cell reselection SIStatusInd system the parameter information to MS through
time (SI)
send
PSI points
specific scheduled
subsets by the network.
are required for
related message SI2Quater
system message
received PSI (SI)about standby cell to
status flow and PSI5 messages. This parameter
MS.
message by sending Packet PSI (SI)
indicates the
Status message
PS Cell period of MS reporting cell reselection
Packet Idle on PACCH. This parameter is used in
Cell reselection NcRepPerI survey in
mode CCN mode, to
related packet IDLE mode. When Network
assist finishing
When NC2 network NACC fast cell
controls the cell
control order is
reselection this
reselection,
NC0, the parameter information is not
parameter is used. When the number of
PS Cell The Size of necessary
measurement
Cell reselection Wnd Test Report's to broadcast through PSI5 message.
reports reaches this parameter setting
related Slip Window This parameter
When NC2 network also controls
can be sent to MS
the cell
value,
through PMO
reselection, message.
this
Allowed average processing is done for
parameter is
Parameter usedused. at the
When MSadjacent
side. System cell
report measurement report.
PS Cell receives average
broadcasts
AllowedRep number of
Cell reselection level,
the parameter
and the number information of validto MS through
Num the same cell
related measurement report
SI2Quater
in Slip
received
and PSI5inmessages.
Parameter slip window
used at theThis MSis lower
side. than
parameter It
Window
setting tothe
indicates
belongs NC
PS Cell value, this
period
measurement of MS calculation
reporting
parameter, shall
cellwhichbe punished.
reselection
is
Packet Idle
Cell reselection NCREPPERI survey in
broadcasted
mode
related packet
to MS inIDLE system mode. message
When NetworkSI2Quater and
control order
PSI5
Parameter used is at the MS side. It
NC0, thetoparameter
message.
belongs This parameter information
indicates is notthe
PS Cell Packet necessary
period
the network control survey parameters,
NCRERPER
Cell reselection transmission to MS
of
and broadcast
reporting
it is through PSI5 message.
cell reselection survey in
T
related mode This parameter
packet
broadcast to thealso MS can in the bePSI5,
sent to MS
PSI13,
throughandPMOmode.
transmission
SI3, message. When Network
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
control order
SI2quater
Parameter used is at theindicating
messages, MS side. the It
broadcast
PS Cell Extended NC0, thecontrol
network
belongs toparameter
the information is not
to the MS in the PSI1 message,
Cell reselection MeaOrder measuremen necessarysurvey
command
extended used inparameters,
the cell. If the and it is
indicating the
related t report order to broadcast
parameter
Parameter
broadcast through
equals
used
to at thePSI5 MS message.
side. This
survey report command of MS in the cell.
This
to NC0,parameter
parameter
the MS then
in theNC also
PSI5 surveycan parameters
message, be sent to MS
indicating (NC
This parameter indicates if PSI5 is sent.
through
hold
belongs
the timePMO
type to
of networkmessage. control survey and is
PS Cell in non-drx
used
the at MSmode,
extended andreport
survey Cell Reselection
of MS.
Network
Cell reselection CtrlOrder Survey
side.
System System
sendsbroadcasts
the the parameter
control order
related Report Period)
information
parameter can bethrough
information ignored;the if the
PSI5
Parameter used at the MS side. System
parameter
to MS through SI2Quater and PSI5
message
broadcasts
is NC1Extended
message.
when or NC2This and NC measurement
measurement report
to MS through PSI5 message. This
PS Cell NC hold time parameters
parameter
order is EM1. indicates the minimal time for
parameter
Cell reselection NcNoDrxPer in non-drx areMS
an
The ignored,
values are useasthe default value.
follows:
indicates if the MS performs extended
related mode The
to
Typestay
values
I: inThis
theare non-DRX
typeasoffollows: mode
report mustafter
be
survey.
sending
NC0: MS
extended an ifcontrols cell reselection, and
In addition, it indicates how to interpret
there
NC
the survey
is no report.
frequency survey When
pointsreport;
for theNetwork
extended control
the
PS Cell Extended NC1: isMS controls cell reselection and
order
survey
other extended survey parameters
Cell reselection ExMeaOrder measuremen sends
NC0,
are theparameter
the
among survey
the sixreport; information
strongest is not
carrier
(Type of
related t report order NC2: The network controls cell
necessary
frequencies,
extended measurement report and
reselection
to
evenbroadcast
if the BSIC through
decoding PSI5 is message.
successful.
Report period
and MS
This
The sends the
parameter alsosurvey
can be report.
sent to MS
Type of of extended measurement).
PS Cell through
report PMO cover
should message. the receiving signal
extended The values are as follows:
Cell reselection ExtRepType level
Parameter used at the MS side. It
measuremen EM0: MS performs no extended survey
related and the successfully
belongs to the extended decoded BSIC (if
t report EM1: MS must send the extended
any) ; parameters and it is broadcast to
survey
survey
Report Type II: This type of report must be
the
report to the network
PS Cell period of extended
MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the
Cell reselection ExtRepPer extended if all the of
interval frequency points for the
related measuremen extended survey report. System sends
t survey
the parameter
are located in the six strongest
carrier
information through the PSI5 message
frequencies,
when Extended the BSIC decoding is
successful
measurement report order is EM1.
and the NCC part is allowed for survey.
The
report should cover the receiving signal
level
and the successfully decoded BSIC;
 Parameter used at the MS side. SI13
sending position
indicates the scheduling position of SI13
on BCCH.
SI13 is related to the GPRS services.
It indicates
SI13 can if this cell supports GPRS
(EDGE)
be sent on service.
either of the following: BCCH
GPRS If selecting "GPRS supported", "EDGE
Norm
PSSUPPOR
Cell Others service supported"
position. In orthis case, it occupies the
T
supported "EGPRS2-A
BCCH block supported", relevant sub-
pageTC
with may = 4;occur
TC = ( (FN DIV 51) mod
in parameter
(8)
A the
). interface. used at the MS side and the
BCCH
FUN Ext position. In this case, it
side.
SI13 Sending
Cell Others SI3LOCATE occupiesbroadcasts
System one to MS through PSI3
Position
fixedSI13
and AGCH block with TC = 0. SI13 is
sent with CCCH SplitPgCycle support
messages.
low success
indicates if rate on the BCCH Ext
CCCH position,
to supportbecausethe 'SplitPgCycle function on
Cell Others SpgcSuport SplitPgCycle SI13 has to compete with other
CCCH.
This parameter is used on RLC/MAC
support messages, such means sending the
'Split_Pg_Cycle
layer of BRP and
as IMMEDIATE
PACKET IMMEDIATEASSIGNMENT message,
at MS side. System broadcasts to MS
for delivery
ASSIGNMENT, PACKET PAGING and
Packet through PSI1,
opportunity. For this case, the parameter
PACKET
control PSI13, and SI13 messages. Packet
Cell Others CtraCKType value of
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT
acknowledg control acknowledgment
Access Allowed
messages Reserved Blocks must
on multiple
ment type type indicates
Parameter usedtheatdefault
the MSformat
side. ItforisMS
be set greater
blocks.
to
broadcast to the
than 0. Otherwise, SI13 will not be sent.
Packet sendinPACKET
MS the PSI13 CONTROL
and SI13 messages,
access ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
indicating the message.
Cell Others PriAcThr Parameter used at the MS side. It
priority priority level of MS packet access
belongs to the
threshold allowed by the cell.
global power control and GPRS power
as similar to the function of ACCESS
control parameters,
CLASS.
Filter period and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1,
PS power
Cell T_AVG_W in the packet PSI13
Parameter used at the MS side. It
control
idle mode and SI13tomessages.
belongs the This parameter
indicates
global powerthe filter
control and GPRS power
period of
control the signal intensity for power
parameters,
Filter period
control
and
This isinbroadcast
itparameter belongs
to thetoMSglobal
in thepower
PSI1,
PS power in packet
Cell T_AVG_T the packet
PSI13
control andidle mode.
control transmission
and
is used
SI3at messages.
MS side. ItThis belongs
parameter
to the
mode
indicates
global powerthe filter
period of
control the signal intensity
parameters, for power to
and it is broadcast
control
the MS in in
PS power PSI4 sending
Cell Psi4Send packet
the PSI1
Parameter transmission
message.
used at theThisMSmode.
parameter
side. It
control mark
indicatestoif the
belongs the
optional
global power
PSI4control
message andisGPRS
broadcasted.
power
This message
control parameters,
Power
contains
and it is broadcast
a list of channels
to the MSthatininterferes
the PSI1,
PS power control
Cell PcMeasChan with the
PSI13
control measuremen
survey.
and
Parameter
SI13 messages.
used at the This
MSparameter
side. It
t channel
indicatestothe
belongs the
positionpower
global wherecontrol
the downlink
and GPRS powerpower
Power strengthparameters,
control is surveyed
PS power
Cell Alpha control for uplink
and it is broadcast
Parameter power
used control.
at to
thethe
MS MS in the
side. It PSI1,
control
parameter PSI13 to the
belongs
and SI13
global powermessages.
control and
ThisGPRS
parameter
power
determines
control parameters,
the
Filter MS transmission
and it is broadcastpower to thecontrol
MS in Alpha.
the PSI1,
PS power
Cell N_AVG_I constant of PSI13
control This parameter is used for the uplink
power control and SI13 messages. This parameter is a
open loop
filter constant
power control. MS uses GCH parameter
Receive used to optimize the interference signal
for
Power intensity
PS power calculating uplink transmission power,
Cell SS_BTS Strength in power control.
control based
from MS
on the following formula:
Needed This parameter determines GPRS uplink
GCH = G0 -PBTS -SSb -48
power control
This parameter decides the SSb
Uplink power strategy, including the following four
PS power parameter.
Cell ULPWCTRL control modes:
control
strategy uncontrolled, open-loop control, close-
loop parameter
This control, determines GPRS
based on power
downlink quality control.
Downlink
control strategy, including the following
PS power Power
Cell DLPWCTRL four modes:
control Control
uncontrolled, open-loop control, close-
strategy
loop control,
based on quality control.
 The cell selection and reselection of MS
This parameter determines the BTS
depends
downlink
on the C1power and C2 parameters, according
control
to the mode. BTS has two power
Downlink control modes:
definition in the GSM A specification.
PS power
Cell PwCtrlMode Power and B. Mode
Network carriers A may be used for any
control
Control Mode allocation
decide if tomode,
use C2 as the cell reselection
whileparameter
This
parameter. mode B can determines
only be used GPRS for power
the
This parameter is an optional downlink
fixed allocation
control
Additional precision,
reselection parameter
power control
mode. describes nominal output power
which
indication
PS power Power parameter contained in assignment
Cell PwCtrlLev and
is to notify MS if C2 criterion is adoptable
control Control Level message. If
power control
during the cell precision
reselection. (dB) sent by
P0 exists, power control is used.
MS under
System each
broadcasts through RIL3_RR
Otherwise, it is
Power power control level.
SYSTEM
not used.
This parameterThe value is used of Power
for global
descending INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
PS power descending
process on BRP. of PDCH
Cell P0 of PDCH to messages to MS in
control to BCCH
Packet in a mode
System cannot be
Information Sendmodified
Speed
BCCH in A the cell. It is one of the cell selection
in packet
indicates
mode parameters.
iftransmission
various types mode
of PSI unless re-assignment
messages are
The values are as follows:
attached or new
sent assignment
at high
Yes: MS takes off cell reselection
PBCCH reselection is established
rate. There is limited and such an assignment
packet system
Cell AddResPI2 parameter
related parameter does
messages
PI and the parameters related to
indication not (16)contain
sent at PDCHhigh of anyand
rate, previous
the number
computing
assignment.
of sent
C2 from the rest bytes 'SI7/8 Rest
Packet messages of each type varies depending
Octets of
PBCCH System on the
Cell SendSpeed SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 7 or 8.
related Information length of the message. Therefore the
No: MS should obtain the PI parameter
Send Speed user can
related
This to the cell
parameter is reselection
used by BTS. andBSC
only set approximate requirements for
parameters
informs this parameter
sending
related
to to the C2O&M
BTS through calculation
message, from the
PBCCH Link error rate of each system message type.
Cell RLTimeout rest on BTS uses this parameter
explaining
FUC
related counter Before sending the message, the global
octets of the ItSYSTEM
measurement
information. counter while INFORMATION
BTS can't
process
TYPE4 decode
correctly
indicates overload threshold in PCCCH
dynamically specifies the sending rate of
message
GPRS
Parameters
(PRACH, data. (SI4used Rest
by Octets).
FUC at BTS side.
PRACH each
Generally,
The
PPCH) interval system
of
threshold. information
This parameter TYPE is 7
an
PBCCH OverLoad packet
BTS usessystem message type
this parameter. PRACH according
Cell OvLoadPer and TYPE
PRACH
array overload period reported by BTS
related Report to the user
channel
8 areinformed
and
with 3rarely
elements, used,inthis theparameter
unit of %. must
Period requirement
overload is one andofthethesystem
reasons limitation.
for
be BSC.
by set
PccchIndTh[0]: paging message buffer
overload
PRACH as 'No, otherwise some MS (for
is
control. The busy ratio of random access
Receiving example NEC)
overloaded for packet paging channel
PBCCH burst
Cell PrachBusyT signal level are not Its
PPCH. able to access the network.
related decides
BTS uses the thisPRACH
parameter. overload.
It indicates the
threshold for decision mechanism is to first calculate
If a bursts
bursts number level exceeds the value
busy burst Paging message buffer is overloaded
paging
specified
on PRACH. by PRACH channel overloads if
Average threshold body
message for buffer corresponding to
PRACH receive signal level threshold,
receiving
measuring packet paging channel PPCH. The
one
PBCCH the burst
signal levels of AvgSlots BPs are lower
Cell MeaAvgSlot bursts judgment
paging scheme
channel, then message total
related is considered
than PrachBusyT. as a busy burst.
number on is as follows: i. Calculate the paging
quantity
It is a parameter used by BTS. The BTS
PRACH message
saved in thisbuffer buffer divided by maximum
needs to
corresponding to a paging channel. ii.
storage
Buffer be synchronized when modifying the
Divide
to gain thea percentage, multiplied by 100,
PBCCH PccchIndTh_ threshold of parameter.
Cell message number stored in the buffer by
then
related 0 paging
the maximum
compared with this threshold, if it
message
storage amount. iii. Multiply the obtained
exceeds
Queue length
itpercentage
will be considered as overload;
threshold in
by 100. Comparepaging
PccchIndTh[1]: the resultgroup with
overload
the
PBCCH PccchIndTh_ 64
Cell [Link] packet paging channel. Its
threshold
related 1 multiframe
If the result exceeds the threshold, then
decision
paging
the block quantity
mechanism
Total is to firston accumulate
this PRACH the
period
overloadbycan
message
divided busy be decided.
PRACH
ready to
blocks onissuea PRACH, in buffer multiplied
queue for byeach
100,
PBCCH PccchIndTh_ overload
Cell paging
then compared
related 2 threshold
group
with this
pair, threshold,
then divided if it exceeds
by accumulation
this
ratio
of parameter
threshold,
This it will indicates if to support
maximum
be considered
extended storage
paging. as overload.
in buffer queue
Extended corresponding
Extended paging means that MS still can
PBCCH
Cell EpageMode paging to each paging group, multiplied by 100,
receive
related
supported compared
and analyze with thethis threshold,
message if it3
within
exceeds after
intervals the the
threshold,
blocks it will be
indicated by considered
its paging [Link]
Calculating
overload;
This parameter is used by FUC at BTS
PBCCH period of
Cell LoadPer PccchIndTh[2]:
side, describing PRACH overload
related load on
threshold.
period to calculate PPCH channel load.
PPCH
Its decision mechanism is to first divide
total
blocks quantity of this PRACH by busy
blocks
on a PRACH, multiplied by 100,
compared
with this threshold, if it exceeds the
threshold,
it will be considered as overload.
 Parameter used at the MS side. It
belongs to the
This parameter is used by FUC at BTS
PBCCH PSI1REPPE PSI1 send GPRS cell option parameters, and it is
Cell side, describing
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
related R period broadcast
period to calculate PPCH channel load.
broadcasted
to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
to MS via system message by BTS. In
messages,
the GPRS
indicating if to use the 8-bit or 11-bit
system, C32 is used as the standard for
PBCCH Access burst access burst
Cell AccessType cell
related type in PRACH, PTCCH/U and the "PACKET
reselection. Similar to the C2 standard in
CONTROL used at the MS side. Inform
Parameter
GSM,
ACKNOWLEDGEMNT"
MS on message.
there is a cell reselection offset
The mainIndifference
PACCH. the GPRSbetween system,the C32 twois
parameter (ReselOff)
PBCCH Reselection types as
used
Cell ReselOff_0 for calculation of the C32 standard.
related offset 0 is that
the the 11-bit
standard access
for cell burst canSimilar
reselection. take
When the offset
more
to the
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
represented by this parameter is 0dB, it
content
C2 than in
standard
broadcasted theGSM,8-bit there
access is burst.
a cell
need not
reselection
to MS via system message by BTS. In
be indicated in the packet system
PBCCH Reselection offset
the GPRSparameter (ReselOff) for
Cell ReselOff_1 message.
related Offset 1 calculation
system, C32 ofisthe
used as the standard for
This parameter indicates the parameters
C32 standard. When the offset
cell
used
representedused
reselection.
Parameter by at the
Similar to the
MSC2 standard
side. Inform in
during reselection on idle status, which
this parameter is 0dB, it need not be
GSM,
MS
Reselection only
PBCCH TempOffset_ indicated
there
on is a temporary
PACCH. In the GPRS offsetsystem,
parameter C32 is
Cell temporary functions while configuring PBCCH.
related 0 in the packet system message.
"TempOffset"
used
offset 1
This
for
as calculation
parameter
Parameter
the standard
used ofindicates
thethe
for
at C32
cell MS the
standard
parameter
reselection.
side. It isand it
used to
provides
Similar
broadcasted
during
the
to MSC32
C2 reselection
standard
standard
via with
systeminmessagein transmission
GSM,a negative
there is aoffset.
by BTS. state.
In
Reselection
PBCCH TempOffset_ ThisGPRSparameter indicates the parameters
temporary
the
Cell temporary
related 1 used parameter
offset
system, C32 is used "TempOffset"
as the standardfor for
offset 2
during reselection on idle status, which
calculation
cell
only
of the C32 standard
reselection. There is and it provides
a temporary the
offset
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform
functions
C32
in C32 while configuring PBCCH.
Penalty time MS on
PBCCH standard
that provideswith aa negative
negative offset,
offset. similar to
Cell PenalTime_0 of cell PACCH. In used
Parameter the GPRS at thesystem,
MS side.C32 It isis
related This parameter indicates the parameter
C2
reselection 1 used as the to
broadcasted
used
in GSM system. The effective time
standard
MS for cellmessage
via system [Link] [Link] is a
during reselection in transmission state.
depends
temporary
MS performs
on PenalTime of cell reselection.
Penalty time offset
a cell reselection
in C32 that that provides
causes a negative
abnormal
PBCCH This parameter indicates the parameters
Cell PenalTime_1 of cell offset, of
release
related used
reselection 2 similar
this cell,toitC2
Parameter isused
not
in GSM allowed
at thesystem.
MSto side.
reselect
The Informthis
during reselection on idle status, which
effective
cell
MS againtime
on
only
depends
within
PACCH. theWhen
on
T_RESEL
PenalTime period,
MS performs of cellunless
a cell there
Interval of functions while configuring PBCCH.
reselection.
is no other that
reselection
PBCCH reselecting
Cell T_RESEL_0 This parameter
cells
causes forabnormal
selection. indicates
release
When the the parameter
of this
time cell, it is
related the same cell
used
represented
not allowed by
1
during
this
to reselectreselection
parameter this iscell inagain
the transmission
default
withinvaluethestate.
(5s),
it does not
T_RESEL
Interval of
need tounless
period, be broadcast
there istonothe other
MS cells
in thefor
PBCCH reselecting Parameter used at the MS side. It
Cell T_RESEL_1 PSI3 message.
selection.
related the same cell belongs to
This parameter
When the time represented
indicates theby parameters
this
2 HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to
used
parameter
MS via
during
is reselection
the default valueon(5s), idle itstatus,
does not which
system message by BTS. It indicates the
Threshold of only to be
need
PBCCH HCS
Cell HCS_THR_0 HSC signal functions while
broadcast to theconfiguring
MS in the PSI3 PBCCH.
related signal strength threshold of the cell.
level 1 message. used at the MS side. It
Parameter
This parameter indicates the parameters
This parameter indicates the parameter
belongs
used
used
to HCS parameter, which is informed to
during reselection on idle status, which
Threshold of during
MS on reselection
PACCH. It indicatesin transmission
the HCS state.
PBCCH only
Parameter used at the MS side. It
Cell HCS_THR_1 HSC signal signal
related functions while configuring PBCCH.
belongs
level 2 strength threshold of the cell.
to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted
This parameter indicates the parameter
to
used
MS via system message by BTS. It
during reselection in transmission state.
PBCCH HCS Priority specifies
Cell PrioClass_0
related 1 the HCS priority of the cell.
This parameter
Parameter usedindicates
at the MSthe parameters
side. It
used
belongs to HCS
during reselection
parameter, which isoninformed
idle status,to MS whichon
PBCCH HCS Priority only
PACCH.
Cell PrioClass_1
related 2 functions
It specifieswhile the HCS
configuring
priorityPBCCH.
of the cell.
This parameter indicates the parameter
used
during reselection in transmission state.
 s
because of fading characteristic of radio
is extremely short time in terms of
channel.
location
It causes MS to select cell frequently.
Parameter
updating.
The interval used
This at thethe
increases
between MS the
twoside.
cellIt is
signaling
broadcasted
flow on the to
reselections
MSMS
network
of through
is andnot system
causes
less than message
radio
15 [Link] BTS,to15
However,
which
sbe fullyindicates
if CellReselHys
utilized.
is extremely In addition,
short parameter
timeit decreases
in termsfunctions
ofcall on
PBCCH C31_HYST_ C31
Cell C31 standard.
completion
location
related 0 hysteresis 1
This of
rate
updating. parameter
theThis system, indicates
increases
as MSthe the parameters
cannot
signaling
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
usedon the
respond
flow to
informed to
during reselection
paging
network during
and causes onradio
location idle
[Link],
resources which to
MS on PACCH and specifies if to use the
onlyfully
GSM
be specification sets a specific
PBCCH C31_HYST_ C31 parameter
Cell functionsInwhile
parameter,
utilized. Cell configuring
addition, it decreases PBCCH. call
related 1 hysteresis 2 "CellReselHys" on the C31 standard.
Reselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve
completion
This parameter indicates the parameter
this problem.
rate of the system, as MS cannot
used
MS will activate
respond to the cell reselection
during reselection in transmission state.
GPRS cell according
paging during to this location update.
PBCCH
Cell ReselHys_0 reselection parameter
GSM only when
specification sets the signal level of
a specific
related
hysteresis 1 adjacent used
parameter,
Parameter Cell at the MS side. It is
cell (whose Hysteresis
Reselecting
broadcasted location zone is different
(CRH), to solve
from
this
to MS that
problem.
through of system message by BTS.
GPRS cell localwill
MS
This cell) is greater
activate the cell than that of local
reselection
PBCCH
Cell ReselHys_1 reselection cell, and to
according
parameter this
specifies extra hysteresis
related
hysteresis 2 meanwhile
parameter
value usedonly the
in valuewhen difference
the signal must level be of
greater a cell in another routing area
adjacent
selecting
than (whose
cell
when
Parameter that
MSrequired location
used atbythe zone
the MS parameter.
is different
side. It is
Parameter used at the MS side. It is
Routing in
from
is Increase
informed that to
IDLE oforcell
MSBUSY reselection
mode. When parametersthis of
PBCCH RaReselHys broadcasted
Cell reselection adjacent
local
parameter
on cell) isThis
PACCH. greater than that
parameter of local
specifies
related _0 to MS through system message by BTS,
hysteresis 1 cellsthe
cell,
has
extra with
and same
hysteresisdifferentvalueLAC. Signaling traffic it
as "CellReselHys",
which indicates if MS is allowed to
overload
meanwhile
does
value not
used the value difference
in selecting a cell in must another be
attempt to
often occurs
greater
need
routing to be broadcast due to large in the demand
PSI3 of
access another cell (if any).
Routing services.
than
message.
area that
when required
MS is inbyIDLE the parameter.
or BUSY mode.
PBCCH RaReselHys If there is abnormal
Parameter used at the releaseMS side. in the It packet
is
Cell reselection When
Increase
This
When parameter
this the
celladjacent
reselection
indicates cells in parameters
differentof
parameters
the
related _1 transmission,
informed to the MS will discard all
hysteresis 2 location has the same value as
adjacent
used
parameter
running
MS on PACCH, which indicates if MS is
areaswith
cells
during have
"CellReselHys",reselectionlargeitoverlapped
different on
LAC. idleSignaling coverage,
status, traffic it
which
TBFs. If to
allowed MS is allowed to access other
is
overload
only
does not need to be broadcast in the
Random cells, it to access another cell (if it
attempt
suggested
often
functions
PSI3 occurs
message. todue
while increase
to large
configuring thedemand
CRH
PBCCH. of
PBCCH RadAcRetry_ access should perform abnormal cell
exists).
Cell parameter.
services.
This parameter indicates the parameter
related 0 attempt reselection,
If there is abnormal and release in the packet
When
used If the adjacentthe adjacent cells cells with different
in different LACs
permitted 1 establish TBF the
transmission, after MS initializing
will discard newallcell. If
are
location
during reselection in transmission state.
there
running
poor inhave
areas
Parameter overlappedlargeatoverlapped
used coverage,
the MS side. coverage,
that is, it
It is
Random are other
TBFs. If MS suitable
is allowedcells,tothe MS cannot
access other
there
is
broadcasted
PBCCH RadAcRetry_ access reselect
cells, it
Cell is coverage
suggested
Parameter
to MS via system to gap,
used increase
or
at thethe
the
message adjacent
MS CRH
side.
by BTS. Itplace
is is
related 1 attempt the original
should perform cell within
abnormal T_RESEL cell
anindicates the
parameter.
broadcasted
It to minimum receiving level
permitted 2 seconds. and
reselection,
area

MS
for Ifthe with
the
through fewsystem
adjacent slow moving
cells objects
with different
message by BTS, such
LACs
This parameter
establish TBF after indicates
initializing the parameters
new cell. If
as the
are
which
MS to indicates
access the GPRS system. To
used
there
Usage of cell expressway,
ifpoor
to use
prevent in overlapped the CRH
the exceptional
the parameter
coverage, rule when thatshould
is,
PBCCH C32_QUAL_ during
are other
Parameter reselection
suitable
used atcells, ontheidle the
MS status,
MS cannot
side. which
Inform
Cell reselection be set
there
adopting
MS ReselOff. the system at a low
from accessing
related 0 only
reselect
MS
offset 1 is
This 1on
ascoverage
receiving - 3PACCH.
parameter(thatgap, is,indicates
2dB
or the - 6dB theforparameters
adjacent theplace
CRHis
functions
the original
Parameter
It indicates while
cell minimum
used
the configuring
within
at theT_RESELMS PBCCH.
side.
receiving It islevel
level).
an
used
signal level (usually, the poor
seconds.
informed
for the
This parameter
area
during with
communication few slow
reselection indicates
moving
on
quality idle the parameters
objects
status, such
which
This
to
MS thetoparameter
MS
access on PACCH,
theindicates
GPRS and the parameter
it specifies
system. To if
Usage of cell used
as
only
cannotthe guarantee normal
PBCCH C32_QUAL_ used
to use reselection
prevent the the CRH
Cell reselection during
expressway,
functions
communications while configuringon idle
after status,
parameter PBCCH. which
should
related 1 during
the
MS reselection
exceptional
from accessing ruleinthe transmission
for system at astate.
"ReselOff". low
offset 2 onlyset
be
accessing) and from unreasonably
This parameter indicates the parameter
receiving
functions
as 1 - 3 radio
wasting (that
whileis,configuring
2dB - 6dB PBCCH. for the CRH
used level (usually, the poor
signal
level). of the network, it is stipulated in
sources
GPRS during reselection
communication in transmission state.
quality
ThisGSM
the parameter indicates the parameter
PBCCH RxLevAsMin access cannot
used guarantee normal
Cell system that the receiving level be more
related _0 minimum communications after
than a
signal level 1 accessing) and from unreasonably
threshold level for MS to access the
wasting radio
network, that
GPRS sources of the network, it is stipulated in
is, Min RxLev Needed (the minimum
PBCCH RxLevAsMin access the GSM used at the MS side. This
Parameter
Cell receiving
related _1 minimum system that the receiving level be more
parameter
level that allows MS to access the cell).
signal level 2 than a to Hierarchical Cell Structure
belongs
In addition,
System it is alsothe
broadcasts oneparameter
of the standards
threshold
(HCS) and level for MS to access the
for MS
information to MS
network, that to MS via system message
broadcasted
to make SI4,
through the cell SI6 selection
and SI7 messages. and the cellThis
PBCCH Priority is, Min
by [Link] Needed (the minimum
Cell PRIO_THR reselection
parameter
related threshold receiving
This parameter indicates if the HCS
(a parameter
relates to GPRS to access
calculate C31 and
minimal signal
level that allows MS to access the cell).
parameters
C32).in calculation
level
In(PriorityClass
addition, it is and alsoHCSTHr)
one of theexist standards
in the
This
of C4parameter
standard. indicates the parameters
for MS
cell. If
used
PBCCH HCS_EXIST to make
the local the cellcelldoes selection
not useand HCSthe cell
Cell HCS exist 1 during reselection on idle status, which
related _0 reselection
parameters,
only
the(a HCS
parameter parameters to calculate of other C31 andwill
cells
functions while configuring PBCCH.
C32).be
also
This parameter
ignored, that is, indicates
all the cells theuse parameter
the HCS
used
signal
during reselection
strength threshold in of transmission
infinity. state.
This parameter indicates the parameters
used
during reselection on idle status, which
only
functions while configuring PBCCH.
 command and the MS must use the
parameter
use the power that is closest to the
transmission
belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure
specified
power specified by the network as its
(HCS)asand
value its be
transmission power.
output power.
informed
This parameter to MS is onalsoPACCH. This for
a parameter
If the MS cannot output that power value,
parameter
cell selection indicates
it will
if thereselection
and HCS parameters by MS, (PriorityClass
involved in
use the power that is closest to the
and HCSTHr)
calculation of
specified
PBCCH HCS_EXIST existand
C1 in theC2 cell.
values. If theIf this
localparameter
cell does is not
Cell HCS exist 2 value as its transmission power.
related _1 usetoo
set HCS
This parameter is also a parameter for
parameters,
large, the MSthe near HCS BTS parameters
will interfere of the
cell selection
other cells
adjacent
and reselection by MS, involved in
will also beIf ignored,
channels. it is too small, that is,the all MS
the at cells
the
GPRS MAX calculation of
PBCCH MsTxMaxCc use the
cell
Cell initial access C1 and C2 values. If this parameter is
related h_0 HCS signal will
boundaries strength have threshold
low access of success
infinity.
signal level 1 set too
This parameter indicates the parameter
rate.
large, the MS near BTS will interfere the
used
To set it, observe the following principle:
adjacent
during the
Under reselection in transmission state.
GPRS MAX channels. If it is too small, the MS at the
PBCCH MsTxMaxCc precondition that the MS at the cell
Cell initial access cell
related h_1 boundary is
signal level 2 boundaries
System will havethe
broadcasts lowparameter
access success to MS
guaranteed with certain access success
rate.
in SI4, SI6,
rate, the MSused at the MS side. It
Parameter
To set
SI7, and it, observe
PSI3 messages the following of servingprinciple:
cell.
access level
belongs to should be reduced as much
Under
In addition,the
PBCCH as possible.
the PCCCH organization parameters,
Cell LSA_Id LSA Mark precondition
system broadcasts that thethe MS parameter
at the cell
related Generally,
and it is it is recommended to set this
boundary is in PSI3
information
parameter to the MS in the PSI1
broadcast
guaranteed
and
System Psi3bis with
messages
broadcasts certainthe of access
the success
parameter
as 5 (for GSM900MS)
message.
Parameter used at the MS andside.
2 (for It
rate, the MSto
neighboring
information cells.
MS LSA
GSM1800MS).
This
belongs parameter
to the indicates the number of
access
ID specifies
through level
SI4,LSA should
SI6 identifier
and beSI7 reduced
of the as
messages. [Link]
This
PBCCH In actual structure
blocks
PCCCH application, after the parameter
parameters, and it is
Cell LSA_Offset LSA Offset as possible.
parameter
related is set, neither packet paging nor PBCCH
where
broadcast
Generally,
defines theitoffset
is recommended
value for LSA to set this
make
can
to the a MS dial in test
the PSI1 at themessage.
cell boundary, This and
parameter between
reselection
test MSin a 52-frame multiframe. On
appear
parameter
as 5cells
two (for with
GSM900MS) the same and LSA 2priority.
(for
accessblocks,
these
indicates success
the number rate and access
of blocks time
assigned
PAGCH GSM1800MS).
PBCCH withPBCCH
only
as different
PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH can
Cell PagBlkRes reserved In actual application, after the parameter
related parameter
appear.
in a 52-frame settings
multiframe to determine(altogether if to 12
blocks is set,
Parameter used at the MS side. It
increase
The
blocks)."UPLINK or ASSIGNMENT" message
make a dial
belongs to the test at the cell boundary, and
decrease
will
PBCCH be blocks
Parameter the
used value
are
at the of the
used MS atparameter.
side.
the same It
test MS control
PRACH
Parameter usedparameters,
at the MS side. and it is
This by
sent
time
belongs parameter
in priority
the on indicates
these fixed the parameters
blocks to
PBCCH access
broadcast
It belongs success
to the rate PRACH and control
access time
PBCCH used
speed
packet
to the PCCCH system organization
messages sent parameters,
at high
Cell PbcchBlks reserved withMS
the different
parameters, in theand PSI1 message. In
related during
up
rate
and reselectionofonthe
establishment
itand idle status,
uplink TBF. which
blocks parameter
itestablishment
is broadcast settings a toMS
of the
to determine
in the PSI1 if to
only
After
low
is sending
rate.
broadcast tothe
A message thechannel
MS thatin is request
the sent
PSI1 at onhigh
increase or MS usually will send the
connection,
message.
functions
PRACH
rate
[Link] while configuring PBCCH.
decrease
channel
In establishment the value
request of aofconnection,
the parameter. MS
channel,
higher
This priority.
parameterMS waits This for
parameter
indicates thethe uplink must be
number of
PRACH This parameter
message
usually in the indicates
PRACH channel the parameter to the
PBCCH assignment
configured
fixed
Cell PrachBlks reserved used
network.
will send the channel request message
related message
together
blocks with
on all
reserved thePCCCH
for the PRACH channels of the
channel
blocks during
As
in PRACH
the reselection
is an ALOHA in transmission
channel, state. to
same
PSI1_REPEAT_PERIOD
in the parameter
improve channel
PRACH the to the network.
timeslot
in
PDCH the PSI1 as the
channel message PRACH
that bears to channel.
ensure
PCCCH. that the
Interval success
As PRACH rateisof anMS ALOHA access, the network
channel, to
block blocks must be identified by "USF
These
range of allows MS
improve the
PBCCH resources
= FREE". are available for the packet
Cell TxInt packet to send multiple
success rate of MS channelaccess, request
the network
related system
MS can use this parameter or USF =
access messages
allows the before
messages,
FREE to sent both at high and low
attempt it receives
MS to sendthe multiple
packetchannel assignment request
[Link] the PRACH assignment.
carry
Interval message. Ifused
messages
Parameter MS at the MS side. It
period of does not
before
belongs
Parameter receiving
togetthe
usedanyat the
response
thepacket for
MS [Link]
the It
PBCCH
Cell S packet previouscontrol
message.
PRACH
belongs channel
to the parameters, and it is
related
access requestthe
When
broadcast
PRACH message,
previous
control itchannel
can resend
parameters, request
andait is
attempt channel
the MSrequest
message
to
broadcast in the PSI1 message.
message
is
indicating
to not MS after
the responded, in thewaiting
the for wait
MS message.
PSI1 will a random
forThe a
period. Interval
random
maximum
network attempts of random access
PBCCH MAX Times
Cell MaxRetrans rangea of
period
allowed
sets toon
levelpacket
re-send
threshold access P attempt
the channel I (I = 1, is
2, used
request 3, 4)
related of Attempt
to determine
message.
PRACH
for for the MSs with radio priorities
the
1
MS time
Parameter
- 4.
of various length
S decides of random
radio [Link]
the random
priorities. It is
the number
time.
This
For parameter
each attempt is ofanpacket
array with access,4 MS
ofisdelay
It usedtimeslot
elements.
abstracts to
aThecalculate randomly
first connected.
the minimum
PBCCH Access
Cell PersistLev timeslot
array
random
System element
value R
broadcasts corresponds
withthis even distribution
to maximum
parameter to MS
related Persist Level
number
probability
in SI4, SI6, between two channel requests.
Both
of
from
and SI7interval
attempts
the messages. range
setallowed
{0, of
forpacket
1... 15}.
In radio
System
addition, access
priority
allows
the 1.
attempt
MS to (TxInt)
parameter information
and
initiate
is Interval
available an attempt
inperiod
PSI3ofof packet
packet
and Psi3bis accessonly
access
Allow SOLSA
Cell Not valid EXC_ACC attempt (S)of
when
messages
MS to access
commonly
P
local
I is andlower determine
neighboring
than or equal random
cells. [Link]
to The network
[Link]
This
uses Allow is an array with 4
8PSK elements.
SOLSA MS to access to prevent MS
modulating The first
from residingelement in corresponds to the
Tn7LowerLe It indicates 8PSK modulating power
Cell Not valid power access
the [Link]
vel attenuation level.
attenuation persisting level of radio priority 1.
level
 SGSN
In GPRS serial number
protocol stack, assigned by
every unique
internal BSC,
BSSGP Virtualwhich
Cell Level
is assigned while
Connection (BVC)user thatcreates
is NSEI+BVCI
SGSN.
Cell Property SGSNID SGSN ID
Thiseach
for serial number
Parameters BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC)
can't becell
GPRS modified
belongs and to can
Network be deleted
Service
provides an
after creation.
Entity (NSE) .
approach for communication between
NSEI is
RAC uniquely identifies
a composition part every NSE.
of Routing
Cell Level different
Generally, one
Area
Cell Property NSEI NSEI BSSGP entities. The peer-to-peer Point-
BSC is divided
Identity (RAI) .into RAIone definesservicetheentity.
GPRSIn
Parameters to-Point
view
serving
(PTP) or Point-to-Multipoint (PTM) or
of expandability,
cell [Link] GPRS ZXG10 system
system also
divides
inter-signaling
allows
the
Cell Level entity transmission of BSSGP PDUs lies
BSC to be
location areaattached
(LAs) with severalrouting
to several NSEs.
Cell Property BVCI BVCI on BVC.
Only when
areas (RAs) user firstly configures NSE in
Parameters Each virtual connection has one
"Relevant
using RAI configuration
(MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC) at GB interface",. In
identifier, that
this cell
MS parameter is optional.
is, BVCI. It enables the network service
reselection in the "attach" status, if the
Cell Level layer at
RAIs of
Cell Property RAC RAC the bottom layer to route BSSGP PDUs
the old and new cells change, the
Parameters to the
"Routing Area
peer entity very effectively. One NSE
Update" process will be initiated.
carries
SGSN knows the routing area
Cell Level only
It one signaling
corresponds withBVC the board (BVCI=0) . in
position
informationused
Parameter of at the MS side. It is
Cell Property UpuUnit UPU Unit physical
the MS in the
broadcast to standby status. Then,
Parameters configuration
when
the MSthe in SI3, SI4, SI7 and SI8. RaColor
network
This
is similar has packet
parameter depends data or on circuit
physicaldata to
transmit,
configured
to the BCC DSP, function in the GSM system.
Cell Level
ifit all
In will
some page are
DSPs the configured,
MS in that routing area.
DSP number
Cell Property DSP DSP ID
RAI
is withinsuch
cases, range as inter-BSC cell
Parameters
cannot
of 9-22,span
reselection, more
otherwise
the GPRS itthan one SGSN.
is configured DSP
number. assigns different RaColor values
network
to adjacent
Cell Level
cells with the same route area code to
Cell Property RaColor RACOLOR
ensure that
Parameters
MS can initiate the 'Routing Area
Updating process.
In this way, when MS receives different
System TBF
TwoPhaseAc Two phase RaColor whether to use two phase
Determine
Control establishmen
cess access values in the cells with the same routing
access
Parameter t and release
area code,
it initiates the 'Routing Area Updating
process
System
Suspend&Re ResumeSetO Resume set similar as when
Determine whether it spansto enable two different
RESUME
Control
sume pt option routing
switch.
Parameter areas.
used at the MS side. It is
Parameter
broadcasted
It indicates if this cell supports GPRS
to MS via system message by BTS. In
(EDGE) service.
the GPRS
GERAN GPRS If selecting "GPRS supported", "EDGE
External cell system, C32 is used as the standard for
external cell PsSupport service supported" or
parameters cell
parameters supported "EGPRS2-A supported", relevant sub-
reselection. C32 standard calculation,
page may occur
similar to
in the interface.
C2 standard
Parameter in GSM,
used at thecontainsMS side.a Inform
cell
GERAN
External cell ReselOffset_ Reselection reselection
MS on
external cell
parameters 0 offset offset parameter.
PACCH. In the GPRS When the offset
system, C32 is
parameters
represented
used
Parameter as used by at the MS side. It is
this standard
the parameter
broadcasted foriscell
0dB, reselection.
it need notC32 be
indicated
standard
to MS via system message by BTS. In
GERAN
External cell ReselOffset_ Reselection in the
calculation,
the GPRSpacketsimilar
system to message.
C2 standard in
external cell
parameters 1 offset This parameter
GSM,
system, contains
C32 is used aindicates
cell as reselection
thestandard
the parameters
offset
for
parameters
used
parameter.
cell When the offset represented
during
by this reselection
reselection.
Parameter parameter
Similar
used atis
on 0dB,
to
the idle
MSitstatus,
the need
C2 not
which
standard
side. Informbein
only
indicated
GSM,
MS in the packet system message.
GERAN Reselection
External cell TempOffset_ functions
This
there
on is a while
parameter
PACCH. temporary
In theconfiguring
indicates
GPRS offsetthe PBCCH.
parameter
parameter
system, C32 is
external cell temporary
parameters 0 "TempOffset"
used
parameters offset 1
during
for
as calculation
the reselection
standard offor the
incellC32
transmission
standardstate.
reselection. and it
providesto
Similar
the C2 C32standard
standardinwith GSM, a negative
there is aoffset.
GERAN Reselection
External cell TempOffset_ This parameter indicates the parameters
temporary
external cell temporary
parameters 1 used parameter "TempOffset" for
offset
parameters offset 2
during reselection on idle status, which
calculation
only
of the C32 standard and it provides the
functions while configuring PBCCH.
C32
standard with a negative offset.
This parameter indicates the parameter
used
during reselection in transmission state.
 broadcasted
to MS via system message by BTS. In
the GPRS
system, C32 is used as the standard for
cell
reselection. There is a temporary offset
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform
in C32
GERAN Penalty time MS on
External cell that provides
Parameter used a negative
at the MS offset,
[Link]
This to
external cell PenalTime_0 of cell PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is
parameters C2
parameter
parameters reselection 1 used as the
in GSM system.
belongs The effective
to Hierarchical time
Cell Structure
standard for cell reselection. There is a
depends
(HCS) and
temporary
on PenalTimetoofMS
broadcasted cellvia
reselection.
system message
GERAN Penalty time offset in C32 that provides a negative
External cell This
by parameter indicates the parameters
BTS.
external cell PenalTime_1 of cell offset,
parameters usedparameter indicates if the HCS
This
parameters reselection 2 similar to C2 in GSM system. The
during reselection
parameters
Parameter used aton theidle
MSstatus,
side. Thiswhich
effective time
only
(PriorityClass and HCSTHr) exist in the
parameter
depends on PenalTime of cell
functions
cell.
belongs If towhile configuring
Hierarchical CellPBCCH.
Structure
GERAN reselection.
External cell HCS_EXIST the localand
(HCS) cellbe does not use HCS
external cell HCS exist 1 This parameter indicates the parameter
parameters _0 parameters,
informed to MS on PACCH. This
parameters used
the HCS parameters
parameter indicates of other cells will
during reselection in transmission state.
ifalso
thebeHCS parameters (PriorityClass
ignored,
and HCSTHr)that is, all the cells use the HCS
GERAN
External cell HCS_EXIST signalin the used
exist
Parameter cell. Ifatthe thelocal
MS cell
[Link] not
external cell HCS exist 2
parameters _1 strength
use
belongsHCSto threshold of infinity.
parameters
This parameter
parameters,
HCS parameter, theindicates
HCS
whichparameters
is the parameters
broadcasted of to
usedviacells
other
MS
during
will
system alsoreselection
be ignored,
message byonthat
idleis,
BTS. status,
It all thewhich
indicates cellsthe
GERAN Threshold of
External cell only the
use
HCS
external cell HCS_THR_0 HSC signal
parameters functions
HCS
signal signal while
strength configuring
strength
threshold ofPBCCH.
threshold theofcell.
infinity.
parameters level 1 Parameter used at the MS side. It
This parameter indicates the parameters parameter
belongs
used
to HCS parameter, which is informed to
during reselection on in transmission
idle status, which state.
GERAN Threshold of MS on PACCH. It indicates the HCS
External cell only
Parameter used at the MS side. It
external cell HCS_THR_1 HSC signal signal
parameters functions while configuring PBCCH.
belongs
parameters level 2 strength threshold of the cell.
to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted
This parameter indicates the parameter
to
used
MS via system message by BTS. It
GERAN during reselection in transmission state.
External cell HCS Priority specifies
external cell PrioClass_0
parameters 1 the HCS priority of the cell.
parameters
This parameter
Parameter usedindicates
at the MSthe parameters
side. It
used
belongs to HCS
during reselection
parameter, which isoninformed
idle status, to MSwhich on
GERAN
External cell HCS Priority only
PACCH.
external cell PrioClass_1 System broadcasts this parameter to MS
parameters 2 functions
It specifieswhile the HCS configuring
priorityPBCCH.
of the cell.
parameters in SI4, SI6,
This parameter indicates the parameter
and SI7 messages. In addition, the
used
parameter information
during reselection in transmission state.
GERAN is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis
External cell Allow SOLSA
external cell EXC_ACC messages of
parameters MS to access
parameters local and neighboring cells. The network
uses Allow
SOLSA
Cell reselection
Parameter MSused to access
status
at theto belongs
MSprevent
[Link] HCS,
is
RAC is a composition part of Routing
GERAN Cell fromthe
and residing
broadcasted system in
External cell Area
external cell CellBrAc2 Reselection theMS
broadcasts
to cell.
via systemto MS message
in PSI3 message.
by BTS. It
parameters Identity (RAI) . RAI defines the GPRS
parameters Status indicates
System
It indicates broadcasts
the minimum the parameter
receiving to MS
level
serving
theSI4,
in
for cellSI6,
the reselection status.
cell identification. GPRS system divides
SI7,to
MS and
accessPSI3 the messages of serving
GPRS system. To cell.
the
GERAN In addition,
prevent the
External cell location area
Parameter used (LAs)
at theto MS
several
[Link]
Inform
external cell LSA_ID LSA Mark system
MS frombroadcasts
accessing the the parameter
system at a low
parameters areas
MS on (RAs)
PACCH.
parameters information in PSI3
receiving
using
It RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC)
indicates the minimum receiving level . In
and Psi3bis
signal level messages
(usually, the ofpoor
the
MSthe
for cell
neighboring cells.
communication LSA
quality
reselection
MS to access in thethe "attach"
GPRS system. status, To if the
GERAN ID specifies
cannot guaranteeLSA identifier
normal of the cell.
External cell RAIs of the
prevent
external cell RAC RAC communications after
parameters the old
MS fromand new cells
accessing thechange,
systemthe at a low
parameters accessing) and from unreasonably
"Routing Area
receiving
wasting radio
Update"
signal process
level will be
(usually, theinitiated.
poor
sources of the network, it is stipulated in
GPRS SGSN knows the
communication routing area
quality
GERAN the GSM
External cell RxLevAsMin access information
cannot of
guarantee normal
external cell system that the receiving level be more
parameters _0 minimum the MS in the standby
communications after status. Then,
parameters than a
signal level 1 when the and from unreasonably
accessing)
threshold level for MS to access the
network radio
wasting has packet data or circuit data to
network, that
GPRS transmit,of the network, it is stipulated in
sources
GERAN is, Min RxLev Needed (the minimum
External cell RxLevAsMin access it willGSM
the page the MS in that routing area.
external cell receiving
parameters _1 minimum RAI
system that the receiving level be more
parameters level that allows MS to access the cell).
signal level 2 cannot
than a span more than one SGSN.
In addition, it is also one of the standards
threshold level for MS to access the
for MS
network, that
to make the cell selection and the cell
is, Min RxLev Needed (the minimum
reselection
receiving
(a parameter to calculate C31 and
level that allows MS to access the cell).
C32).
In addition, it is also one of the standards
This parameter indicates the parameters
for MS
used
to make the cell selection and the cell
during reselection on idle status, which
reselection
 and
If "CBC reselection
Supported by MS, involved in is Yes, that
(SmsCbUsed)"
calculation
is, of
CBC is supported, the system automatically
C1 and
find C2 values.
all timeslot If thiscombinations
channel parameter is in the
set tooa non-BCCH channel is found for a
[Link]
large, the
carrier, it isMS near BTS
changed will interfere the
to SDCCH+CBCH.
adjacent
GPRS service supported (PsSupport)
channels.
If "GPRS SupportedIf it is too small, the MS is
(PsSupport)" at No,
the
GERAN GPRS MAX
External cell MsTxMaxCC cell is, GPRS is not supported, the system
that
external cell initial access
parameters H_0 boundaries
CNN mode refers
automatically will have
change to cell
low
all alternating
access success
timeslot channels
parameters signal level 1
rate. type When
notificaiton.
whose is PS inBSS the supports
cell to TCH. CCN
ToCommon
mode,
set it,
if MS
observedoes the
control cell following
reselection
channel principle:
in NC0
configuration
Under
and NC1
(CcchConf) themodes, PACKET CELL
PS Cell
Adjacent Cell CCNSUPPO Is support precondition
CHANGE
When CCCH NOTIFICATION
that the MS
Channel atmessage
the cellis configured
(CcchConf)
reselection
Parameters RT CCN mode boundary
as "a basicisshall
notification physicalbe delivered
channel used to network
by CCCH,
related
guaranteed
in
along
normalwithcase. withAfter
SDCCH". certainIn access
network
channel success
receives
information
rate,message,
this the MS timeslot
parameters, it can send
0 channelspecificcombination
access
system
shall belevel
message
one of should
these
aboutbetwo reduced
standby
combined as
cellmuch
channels:
to
Channel
as possible.
TsChannelCo BCCH+SDCCH/4
MS. and BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH.
Channel related
mb Generally,
When CCCH it isChannel
recommended (CcchConf)to setisthis
configured
Parameters
parameter
as "a basic physical channel used by CCCH,
as 5 (for GSM900MS)
regarless of SDCCH". Inand 2 (forinformation
channel
GSM1800MS).
parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination
Channel
In actual
YES: Representing
shall application,
dynamic
be one these after
oftimeslot; two NO: the parameter
combined
Representingchannels:
Channel related Yes/No
is set,
fixedly configured
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
timeslot. and BCCH+CCCH.
Parameters
make aCCCH
When dial test at the cell
Channel boundary,
(CcchConf) and
is configured
test"two
as MS basic physical channels used by
access success
CCCH, regarlessrate and access
of SDCCH". time
In channel
Channel Ps Service Indicate if to do channel packet service
PREFERPS with differentparameters, timeslot 0 and 2
information
Channel related Preference preference or
SERVICE parameter
channel settings to shall
combination determine
be theseif totwo combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BC
Parameters property the type to do service preference
increase
and or
BCCH+CCCH.
decrease
When CCCH the Channel
value of the parameter.
(CcchConf) is configured
This
as parameter
"three indicateschannels
basic physical the parameters
used by
Channel This timeslot is used as PDTCH as a
PDCHPreced PDCH used regarless of SDCCH". In channel
CCCH,
Channel related preference. It
ence Priority during reselection
information parameters,on idletimeslot
status, 0,which
2, and
Parameters only set for dynamic timeslot.
only
4 channel combination shall be these two
functions while
combined channels: configuring PBCCH.
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
and BCCH+CCCH.
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured
as "four basic physical channels used by
CCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channel
information parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and
4 channel combination shall be these two
combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
and BCCH+CCCH.
 If the parameter value is set big, the
increase of coding mode level will be
more difficult.
Recommend If the parameter value is set small, the
Default ed Value for increase of coding mode level will be
easier. Need to
Value Range & Unit Value in Network Values
mapping?
OMCR Optimizatio It is suggested that the parameter value
n This
should parameter
be set big. is like
So itthe forgettingto
is possible
factor
realizeofthe theincrease
adjustment of EDGE
of coding mode coding
level
mode.
when BLER is quite small.
100, % (>) 85, 85, 85 85, 85, 85 N
If the parameter value is set big, more
big enough,
attention will be giventotorealize
it will be reasonable the number
the of
If the parameter value is set big, the
data
increase blocks which have
of coding modebeen level. It can be
decrease of coding mode will be more
transmitted.
avoided that In thethis
rateway, the adjustment
degrades due to
difficult.
0 - 255 20, 20, 20 20, 20, 20 of
thecoding mode willincrease
unreasonable be moreofstable. coding N
If the parameter value is set small, the
If the parameter
mode is set small,
level. It is possible it is morethe
to decrease
decrease of coding mode will be easier.
convenient
GPRS
If TBF to
the parameter adjust
call drop
value theis coding
rate. set too modesmall,
It is suggested that the parameter value
according
If the
the to theof
parameter
reallocation dramatic
value changes
tend toofbe
is reasonable,
resources the
the
should be set small. So it is possible to
radio
KPIs of
[Link].
GPRS service throughput (not
realize the decrease of coding mode
0 - 100, % (>) 25, 25, 25 25, 25, 25 If the parameter
EDGE) value is reasonable,
can be improved. set too big, itthe is N
when BLER is a bit large. It can be
KPIs of GPRS
possible to have service throughput (not
the following
avoided that the rate is quite low
EDGE)
[Link] be improved.
because the
Currently, codingand
PBCCH mode Gs is not adjusted
interface are
1 The reallocation of resources cannot
in time.
not used, In and
this the
way,network
the GPRS TBF call
operation
Network operation mode 1; Network Network be triggered because the uplink +
drop rate
mode 2 iscan be decreased.
adopted.
Network operation mode 2; operation operation downlink data volume cannot reach the Y
If itthe
is parameter
set in a wrong value is reasonable,
way, the successthe
Network operation mode 3 mode 2 mode 2 If this function
threshold withinis 5s
enabled,
when the thechannels
success
KPIsofofCS
rate GPRSbased service
paging throughput
will be greatly(not
rateallocated
are of CS based paging will be
originally.
EDGE) can be improved.
affected.
Though
improved. the uplink data volume is
Note: than
larger The network
the downlink side cannot
data volume,deliver
Yes/No No Yes CS pagingof
the difference messages through - the
uplink throughput N
PACCH unless
downlink throughput
it knows cannotthe MS reach IMSI.
oneIn
other words,
quarter of thethethreshold.
CS paging Therefore,
messages
can only be
downlink is given
deliveredthe priority
under certain
to adjust the
circumstances.
resources.
200 - 5000, Byte () 2000 2500 However, if the parameter value is set N
With the extended dynamic allocation,
big enough, it will be less possible that
one downlink PDTCH is allowed to
the reallocation of resources will be
schedule more than one uplink PDTCH.
misjudged. Besides, the relevant
This contributes to improve the
throughput KPIs can be improved.
uploading rate of the terminals which
Yes/No No Yes It is conservatively assumed that within Y
support EDA (the protocol terminal of R4
the first 5s, the subscribers are using the
or a more advanced version). Therefore,
uploading and downloading service for
it can provide more support to the kind of
half of
The the time (i.e.,value
recommended 2.5s),isand the in
defined
service which centers around the uplink
coding 12.1.b:
"Table mode CS1 is adopted.
Procedure retryThe total
counters"
service. It should be enabled.
0 - 10 3 3 data
of volume
3GPP during this
TS 48.018. (Forperiod is please
details, N
8000bps*2.
refer 5s/8=2500Bytes.
to the field SUSPEND-RETRIES). It is It
suggested
should thatmodified.
not be this parameter should be
set as
The 2500 initially. value
recommended If it is isfound thatinthe
defined
reallocation
"Table 12.1.b: of resources
Procedureisretry misjudged
counters"
0 - 10 3 3 during
of 3GPP DTTS uploading
48.018 (For or downloading,
details, please it is N
suggested
refer to the that
fieldthe user should set thisIt
RESUME-RETRIES).
parameter
should not with a bigger value, especially
be modified.
for the network where EDGE is enabled.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,
3s is enough. It is not a network
1 - 100, 100ms 30 30 N
optimization parameter, and it should not
be modified.

As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,

3s is enough. It is not a network
1 - 100, 100ms 30 30 N
optimization parameter, and it should not
be modified.
When the PFC services are used, it is
possible to have access failures due to
the inadequate bandwidth resources.
Yes/No No No If PFC needs to be used at the work Y
field, it should be enabled.
If PFC does not need to be used at the
workrecommended
The field, it should value
be closed.
is defined in
"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
0 - 10 3 3 of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please N
refer to the field CREATE-BSS-PFC-
RETRIES). It should not be modified.
 The recommended value is defined in
"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
0 - 10 3 3 of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please N
refer to the field MODIFY-BSS-PFC-
RETRIES).It should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,
If this function is enabled, the following
3s is enough. It is not a network
1 - 100, 100ms 30 30 functions can be realized. N
optimization parameter, and it should not
1 When it starts to count down, the data
be modified.
transmission
For T3192/T3193, can be thestarted
delaying again tactic
in no
time if new
should be adopted.
data needs Though to bethe transmitted.
downlink
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,
The difference
resources are wasted
here is to that some
it is not extent,
3s is enough. It is not a network
1 - 100, 100ms 30 30 necessary
the networktocan establish
deliverathe new "packet
uplink TBF N
optimization parameter, and it should not
when the allocation"
downlink current TBF message
is completely directly
be modified.
released.
before
When BSC Intransmits
T3192/T3193this way,expires the lastrateso of as
RLC thedata
to
uplinkof
establish
block data
the isdownlink
a new improved.
downlink TBF,TBF. FBI In = 1,thisand
2 Within
way,
RRBP is the
it takesalsotime
less of
configured.
time extended
to establish
MS is uplink TBF,
required
the
Yes/No No Yes therespond
TBF.
to downlink toTBF
If T3192/T3193 canexpires,
the Downlink be directly
Ack/Nack
the N
established
network
message. side on
Besides,
canPACCH
onlyT3191 if any
originate downlink
is [Link] If
dataresponse
paging
the needs
process tofrom
beortransmitted.
the
the immediate
MS is received In this way, by
it takes
assignment
the less flow
specified time
block, to establish
to establish
T3191 the
willthe beTBF (if
downlink
MS is at the
stopped, TBF.
and Ready state). In
the downlink this case, it
transmission
0 - 65535, 10ms 51 152 Obviously,
takes
terminates moreifintime this function
to
a normal establish
way. is enabled,
IftheT3191 the Y
If the parameter value is set big, the
KPIs ofit uplink/downlink
downlink
stops, isTBF.
considered that throughput
the radiocan fails,
failure ratio of the abnormal uplink TBF
be improved.
Therefore,
and the downlinkwhen However,
T3192/T3193
TBF will a negative
be releasedis in
can be improved.
influence
configured,
an abnormal willthebeservice
way. exertedload overofthe thefailure
cell
If the parameter value is set too small, it
ratio
should
If theof be
abnormal
fully considered.
configuration uplink/downlink If the network
of this parameter TBF. is
is possible that several consecutive
0 - 65535, 10ms 500 500 Onlythe
resources
big, R99 or
are
failure more
adequate,
ratioadvanced
KPIs the of the terminals
abnormal Y
blocks cannot be delivered successfully
can support
configuration
downlink TBF this
should
can function.
bebe big enough
improved. It isso as
sometimes and the uplink TBF is forced
to establish
better to release the TBF the in TBF less timetoand
early
to be released. In this case, the uplink
improve the
complete thedatare-establishment
transmission rate. than to In
TBF will be abnormally released and re-
this
make
If theway, a big theconfiguration
parameter KPIs of downlink
value is setto keep
big, throughput
the
the
established frequently, and the user
9 - 255 10 50 can be
TBF.
failure On improved
theofone
ratio thehand,
effectively.
abnormal the channel
uplink TBF N
experience will be affected to some
Since
resources
can beT3193 andisthe
improved. a network
TFI resources parameter, will bethe
extent.
configuration
wasted;
If the parameteron the of other
T3193
valuehand, should
is set thetoo beuser
a bit it
small,
The recommended
When T3169 expires, valueTFI of and N3101 USF in
bigger
experience
is possiblethanthat will
[Link] affected several
sometimes indirectly.
3GPP TS 04.60
resources is as follows:
are released to be reused by
The recommended
PACKET CONTROLvalue is defined in
N3101max
the networkshall [Link] greater
If the than [Link]
parameter
0 - 255 10 10 "Table 13.2.1: Specification
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT of timers
messages N
This
is tooparameter should be greater
big, it is meaningless for data than
used in be
cannot GPRS receivedon the byNetwork
the network side"sideof
"Nn of the coding
transmission. That's progress
because mode".whenIn this
3GPP
and theTS 04.60.
uplink TBF It should
is forced nottobe be
way, it can
N3101 and be avoided
N3103 reach that it is forced to
N3101_MAX
modified. As a result, the uplink TBF is
released.
bethe
and
If released
N3103_MAX
parameter by TBF value because
respectively,
is set big, thethe coding
theTBF
abnormally released and re-established
mode
will
failurebeis not of
ratio
forced adjusted.
to
thebeabnormal
[Link] It is better
0 - 65535, 10ms 500 500 frequently. Besides, the user experience N
to release
TBF and the it and
successre-establish
rate of the it than to
will be affected.
wait for a TBF
downlink long establishment
time. More importantly, will both be
this may affect the utilization ratio of the
improved.
When T3195 expires, TFI resources are
TFI
If theand
Initial parameter
TBF USF resources.
value is set
establishment means:too small, Whenit
released so as to be reused by the
The
is quite
uplink recommended
possible
TBF thatvalue
is released, theisCTRL_ACK
sometimes defined in
several
0 - 255 10 15 network side. If the parameter value is N
"Table
valid
in 13.2.1:
theRLC/MAC
last Packet Specification
control
Control messages of timers are
set too big, it is meaningless for data
used in GPRS
not received
Acknowledgement byon thethe Network
network
will indicate side side"
andofthea
whether
transmission. That's because TBF will be
3GPP
downlink
new TSTBF
uplink 04.60.
TBF is needs
forced to to bebe established
released in
forced to be released when N3105
no time. As aTheoretically,
immediately. result, the downlink enabling TBF thisis
reaches N3105_MAX. It is better to
abnormally
function canreleased
avoid theand re-established
situation that
0 - 65535, 10ms 500 500 release it in time to complete the re- N
frequently.
uplink TBF Besides,
must be releasedthe user experiencebefore
establishment than to wait for a long
will be affected.
resource allocation requests are initiated
time. More importantly, it will affect the
again to establish uplink TBF. Thus,
utilization ratio of the TFI resources.
uplink throughput can be improved.
The recommended value is defined in
As most MSs (BlackBerry, and fake
Yes/No No Yes "Table 13.2.1: Specification of timers N
phones) are not completely compatible
used in GPRS on the Network side" of
with this function, those that do not fully
3GPP TS 04.60.
support
The initial TBF establishment
recommended value is defined may in
not access
"Table 12.2:[Link] It isretry
not counters" of
recommended
3GPP TS 08.18to(For enable details,
this function
please in
0 - 10 3 3 N
versions
refer to the before
field iBSC
RA-CAPABILITY-
V6.20.200f.p005;
As this function mightItbe
UPDATE-RETRIES). should
enabled notin bethe
field by mistake, it has been disabled on
modified.
OMCR
As to the forwaiting
iBSC V6.20.200f.p005
delay of Gb interface, and
later
3s is versions,
enough. Itbut it can
is not still be seen on
a network
10 - 300,100ms 30 30 N
OMCR.
optimization parameter, and it should not
be modified.
 enabled, this parameter should be larger
than (PDTCH*2*16kbps/Abis
bandwidth).
If it is the GPRS network where CS1/2 is
enabled, this parameter should be larger
than (PDTCH*16kbps/Abis bandwidth).
If it is the case that the parameter in a
certain network is smaller than the
0 - 100, % (>) 80 80 specified
If value, itvalue
the parameter is suggested
is set small,thatthere the N
transmission
may be radio resources
resource congestion
should be when
increased
the data service
or the is redundant
busy. In this PDTCHcase, the
resources
success rate
should
of thebeuplinkreduced TBFif possible.
It is not suggested
establishment may that be affected.
this parameter
2010-2-8 4 7 should
If be modified
the parameter value as a is biggerbig,one.
set small, thethere N
If thisbe
ability
may parameter
toradio
support is
thenot
resource subscribers
configured
congestionon inwhen a
reasonable
PDTCH
the data is not
way,
service limited
it is
is possible
[Link].
In thistocase,
have the the
followingrate
However,
success consequences.
the ofusertheexperience
downlink TBF may be
[Link]
If thefails
affected
establishmentto establish
because
parameter may ofbe
value TBF
an because
affected.
isexcessive
set big, the the
reuse Abis
2010-2-16 6 16 Abis
of
If the resources
PDTCH.
resourcesparameter
of each are
value unavailable.
cell is
in set
the big, the
environment N
[Link]
ability
of throughput
to support
the dynamic is affected
the
Abis subscribers
resource due tomay
poolon the
inadequate
PDTCH
not is not
be adjusted Abis inresources.
limited time. artificially.
In this case, the
However,rate
success the ofuser
TBF experience
establishment may and be
affected
the
Forrelevant because
a newly throughputof an excessive
established KPIs may reuse
network, itbeis
60 - 600,100ms 120 120 of PDTCH. that the default value should
affected.
suggested N
If the
be usedparameter value isconfiguration.
as the original set small, theAt
Abisnetwork
the resources of each cell
optimization in theit can be
phase,
environment
slightly adjusted of the dynamictoAbis
according the actual
resource
situation
For a newly pool
at the may
workbefield.
established adjusted tooit is
However,
network, it
0 - 100,% 20 20 frequently.
should
suggested In
be ensured
thatthis
thecase,
that
default system
thevalue
sum of
should load7
the N
willused
weight
be be increased.
values
as theshould
originalbeconfiguration.
100. At
If this
the parameter
network is not configured
optimization phase, it can in a be
reasonable
slightly adjustedway, according
the success to rate of the
the actual
TBF
For aestablishment
situation newly
at the workmay
established [Link] affected
network,
However, it is due
it
0 - 100,% 20 20 to the inadequate
should
suggested that theAbis
be ensured that
defaultresources
thevalue
sum of shouldthe 7 N
allocated
weight
be usedvaluesto the
as theshould
cell. beconfiguration.
original 100. At
If this
the parameter
network is not configured
optimization phase, it can in a be
reasonable
slightly adjustedway, according
the success to rate of the
the actual
TBF
For aestablishment
situation newly
at the workmay
established [Link] affected
network,
However, it is due
it
0 - 100,% 10 10 to the inadequate
should
suggested that theAbis
be ensured that
defaultresources
thevalue
sum of shouldthe 7 N
allocated
weight
be usedvaluesto the
as theshould
cell. beconfiguration.
original 100. At
If this
the network
parameter optimization
is not configured
phase, it can in a be
reasonable
slightly adjustedway, according
the success to rate of the
the actual
TBF
For aestablishment
situation newly
at the workmay
established [Link] affected
network,
However, it is due
it
0 - 100,% 25 25 to the inadequate
should
suggested that theAbis
be ensured that
defaultresources
thevalue
sum of shouldthe 7 N
allocated
weight
be usedvaluesto the
as theshould
cell. beconfiguration.
original 100. At
If this
the network
parameter optimization
is not configured
phase, it can in a be
reasonable
slightly adjustedway, according
the success to rate
the actual
of the
TBF
situation
For aestablishment
at the
newly workmay
established [Link] However,
affected
network, it is due
it
0 - 100,% 10 10 to the inadequate
should
suggested that theAbis
be ensured that
defaultresources
thevalue
sum of shouldthe 7 N
allocated
weight
be usedvaluesto the
as theshould
cell. beconfiguration.
original 100. At
If this
the network
parameter optimization
is not configured
phase, it can in a be
reasonable
slightly adjustedway, according
the success to rate
the actual
of the
TBF
situation
For aestablishment
at the
newly workmay
established [Link] However,
affected
network, it is due
it
0 - 100,% 5 5 to the inadequate
should
suggested be ensured
that theAbis that
defaultresources
thevalue
sum of shouldthe 7 N
allocated
weight
be usedvaluesto the
as theshould
cell. beconfiguration.
original 100. At
If this
the network
parameter optimization
is not configured
phase, it can in a be
reasonable
slightly adjustedway, according
the success to rate
the actual
of the
TBF establishment
situation at the workmay [Link],
affected due it
0 - 100,% 10 10 to the inadequate
should be ensuredAbis thatresources
the sum of the 7 N
allocated
weight values
to theshould
cell. be 100.
If this parameter is not configured in a
Since the priority is given to the CS
reasonable way, the success rate of the
service, the dynamic channel should
TBF establishment may be affected due
keep being the TCH type if possible.
200 - 600, 100ms 300 200 to the inadequate
Since the number Abis of validresources
bytes of the N
Since the minimum configuration of the
allocated block
signaling to the is cell.
few, it is not necessary
Timer is 20s. The recommended
to transmit through the block of a high
minimum value is 20s.
coding scheme. If a low coding scheme
is used for the transmission, there will be
MCS1 - MCS9 MCS6 MCS6 some benefits, including the N
If this function is enabled, the interruption
improvement of the success rate of the
interval of cell reselection data will be
TBF establishment, the success rate of
shortened. To some extent, the testing
transmission, the relevant throughput
throughput related KPIs can be
KPIs, and the failure ratio of the
improved.
Yes/No No Yes abnormal TBF. N
But in iBSC V6.20.200e series, this
function is not completely realized.
iBSC V6.20.200f series, it is
recommended to enable this function.
 completing
The functionthe of cell update. The cell
Network-Assisted Cell
reselection
Change delay isallows
(NACC) mainly theinfluenced
BSC to by
the time
assist theneeded
GPRS/EDGE to collect MSsthewhich
wholeare set
of system
under messages
the Packet (SI1,mode
Transfer 3, 13).inWith
NACC, it is the
completing expected to spend
cell update. Thelesscelltime
in waiting fordelay
reselection SI. When
is mainlyMS influenced
needs to by
havetime
the a reselection,
needed to collect the data thetransmission
whole set
willsystem
of not be messages
interrupted.(SI1, Instead,
3, 13).theWith
Yes/No No Yes Packet Cell
NACC, Change Notification
it is expected to spend less time N
message
in waiting is forsent
SI. When
to the system
MS needs to tell
to the
BCCH/BSIC
have a reselection,of the target
the data celltransmission
to the
system.
will not be The interrupted.
system willInstead,
deliver the the
system Cell
Packet message Change of the
Notification
target cell to the
Yes/No No Yes MS through
message is sent
the Packet
to the system
Neighbor to Cell
tell the N
Data message
BCCH/BSIC of at
thethetarget
statecellof packet
to the
transmission.
system. The systemIn this way,
will deliver
the the
It is suggested that the cell reselection
transmission
system message interruption due to
of the target cellreceiving
to the
should be originated again when the
the system
MS throughmessage the Packet is shortened.
Neighbor Cell
candidate cells which satisfy the cell
0-3 0 0 If thismessage
Data function isatenabled,
the statethe relevant
of packet N
reselection
It is better totrigger conditions
originate the cellare found
reselection
KPIs of testingInthroughput
transmission. this way, the can be
after the
again when thefailure.
candidate In this way,
cells whichit is
improved. interruption due to receiving
transmission
possible
satisfy the tocell
try the
reselection
best candidate
trigger cells.
the system message is shortened.
conditions are found again after the
If this function is enabled, the data
failure than to wait for a long period of
50 - 300, 100ms 50 50 interruption during the cell reselection N
time.
It In thistoway,
is better it is possible
originate to try the
the cell reselection
process can be shortened. To some
best candidate
again when thecells. Sincecells
candidate the retry
which
extent, the relevant KPIs of the testing
processthe
satisfy is cell
not recommended,
reselection trigger this
throughput can be improved.
parameter are
conditions should
found keep being
again thethe
after ZTE
defaultthan
failure value. to wait for a long period of
50 - 300, 100ms 50 50 N
time.
It In thistoway,
is better it is possible
originate to try the
the cell reselection
best candidate
again when thecells. Sincecells
candidate the retry
which
processthe
satisfy is cell
not recommended,
reselection trigger this
parameter are
conditions should
found keep being
again thethe
after ZTE
defaultthan
failure value. to wait for a long period of
50 - 300, 100ms 50 50 satellite
The N
time. In this way, it is possible to try the
transmission
best candidate cells. Since the retry
is adopted by
process is not recommended, this
Gb interface:
parameter should keep being the ZTE
Yes;
default
It should value.
be planned according to the
Yes/No No The satellite N
transmission type on Gb interface.
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb interface: This is a parameter which is left over by
Version of R98 or its before, Version of Version of
No. history. At present, "Version of R98 or its N
Version of R99 R99 R99
before" no long exists.

The recommended value is defined in

"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
2010-3-10 3 3 of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please N
refer to the field BVC-BLOCK-
RETRIES.). It should not be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
2010-3-10 3 3 of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please N
refer to the field BVC-UNBLOCK-
RETRIES.).It should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,
3s is enough. It is not a network
10 - 300, 100ms 30 30 N
optimization parameter, and it should not
be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 12.1.b: Procedure retry counters"
0 - 255 3 3 of 3GPP TS 48.018 (For details, please N
refer to the field BVC-RESET-
RETRIES.). It should not be modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,
3s is enough. It is not a network
10 - 1200, 100ms 30 30 N
optimization parameter, and it should not
be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 16/ 3GPP TS 08.16: System
counters" of 3GPP TS 08.16 (For
0 - 10 3 3 N
details, please refer to the field NS-
BLOCK-RETRIES.). It should not be
modified.
 The recommended value is defined in
"Table 16/ 3GPP TS 08.16: System
counters" of 3GPP TS 08.16 (For
0 - 10 3 3 N
details, please refer to the field NS-
UNBLOCK-RETRIES.).It should not be
modified.
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,
10s is enough. It is not a network
1 - 120,s 10 10 N
optimization parameter, and it should not
be modified.

As to the waiting delay of Gb interface,

10s is enough. It is not a network
1 - 120,s 10 10 N
optimization parameter, and it should not
be modified.
The recommended value is defined in
"Table 16/ 3GPP TS 08.16: System
counters" of 3GPP TS 08.16 (For
0 - 20 10 10 N
details, please refer to the field NS-
ALIVE-RETRIES.). It should not be
modified.

There is only one value in the value

3, s 3 3 N
range. It should not be adjusted.

This is a commissioning parameter, and

1 - 60, s 30 30 N
it does not need to be adjusted.

There is only one value in the value

180, s 180 180 N
range. It should not be adjusted.

If the parameter value is set too big,

It works
there is afortendency
E1_Gb, that but itthe
does
flownot work
control
for IP_Gb.
cannot It is not an in
be completed optimization
time.
1 - 20, ms 10 10 N
parameter.
If the parameter It should
valuekeep
is notbeing
set in
thea ZTE
default value.
reasonable way, the downloading will be
interrupted, and the relevant throughput
KPIs
If the will
parameter
be affected.
value is set too small,
This parameter
there will be an should
increase beofset
thebysystem
making
0 - 65535, 10ms 3000 800 N
a reference
load (MS flow to the
control
configuration
is for subscribers,
of SGSN
so as BVC
while to ensure
flow control
that theyis for
arecells.).
[Link] is
The value range
suggested that thisof "Minimum
parameter interval
should be
between
set with asending
slightly bigger
of subsequent
value thanFlow BVC
This function should be enabled. In this
Control
flow controlPDUs for a given BVC or MS" is
period.
0 - 65535, 10ms 3000 1400 case, it can be avoided that some LLC N
defined
If in Table 12.3:
the parameter value isFlow
set control
too large,
data are abandoned because of the
variables
there will be of 3GPP TS 08.18.
a tendency That
that the is,
flow
overtime of BVC caused by the fact that
1s<C<10s.
control cannot be carried out in time.
the grouping channel is too busy (too
If the parameter value is not set in a
manyfunction
This LLC frame shouldcaches). Or some
be enabled. new
In this
reasonable way, it is possible that the
Yes/No Yes Yes downlink
case, it canLLC bedata are abandoned
avoided that some LLC due N
downloading will be interrupted, and the
to theare
data limited memorybecause
abandoned resources of the
relevant throughput KPIs will be affected.
(overflow of
overtime of MS
LLCcaused
frame caches).
by the fact that
If this
the parameter
grouping is notisconfigured
channel too busy (too in a
reasonable
many LLC frame way, thecaches).
downloading
Or some will
newbe
Yes/No No Yes interrupted
downlink LLCanddata
the are
relevant
abandoned
throughput
due N
KPIs
to thewill
limited
be affected.
memory resources
(overflow of LLC frame caches).
SGSN is HW If the parameter is not set in a
If this parameter is not configured in a
or MOTO: 2; reasonable way, or SGSN is HW or
reasonable way, the downloading will be
SGSN is MOTO, and the parameter is set as 1,
2010-1-3 1 interrupted and the relevant throughput N
other the downloading will be interrupted, and
KPIs will
When flow becontrol
[Link] 1 is adopted,
manufacturer the relevant throughput KPIs will be
the actual counted value is smaller due
: 1 or 2. affected.
to the re-transmission on RLC layer, TBF
Flow control
failure, and so on. So BSC multiplies the
mode 1: 2;
1 - 100 1 actual traffic with a multiple. N
Flow control
If the parameter value is not set in a
mode 2: 1.
reasonable way, the downloading will be
interrupted and the relevant throughput
KPIs will be affected.
 When flow control mode 2 is adopted,
the actual counted value is smaller due
to the re-transmission on RLC layer, TBF
failure, and so on. Therefore, this
parameter should be set with a slightly
bigger value, especially for EDGE
10 - 1000, 100bps 214 800 N
network. It should be larger than the
effective rate of the RLC layer of MCS9.
It should be equal to or a little smaller
If the parameter value is not set in a
than the effective rate of RLC layer of
reasonable way, the downloading will be
CS1/MCS1.
interrupted, and the relevant throughput
10 - 300, 100bps 80 80 If the parameter is not set in a N
KPIs will be affected.
reasonable way, the downloading will be
interrupted
It should beand thetorelevant
equal throughput
or a little smaller
KPIs the
than will effective
be affected.
rate of RLC layer of
CS1/MCS1.
10 - 300, 100bps 80 80 If the parameter is not set in a N
reasonable way. The downloading will be
interrupted and the relevant throughput
KPIs will be affected.
It is already not valid. It should keep
2 - 10, s 10 10 N
being the ZTE default value.

It is already not valid. It should keep

2 - 10, s 10 10 N
being the ZTE default value.

It is already not valid. It should keep

2 - 10, s 10 10 N
being the ZTE default value.

Not retry
It is already not valid. It should keep
one times Not retry Not retry N
being the ZTE default value.
two times

It is already not valid. It should keep

1 - 100, % 80 80 N
being the ZTE default value.

It is already not valid. It should keep

1 - 100, % 80 80 N
being the ZTE default value.

It is already not valid. It should keep

Yes/No No No N
being the ZTE default value.

It is already not valid. It should keep

0 - 10 5 5 N
being the ZTE default value.

The PoC-related optimization

parameters are not recommended
Yes/No No No except that some radio resources are N
planned for the PoC service separately
at the work field.
The PoC-related optimization
parameters are not recommended
2010-2-6 3 3 except that some radio resources are N
planned for the PoC service separately
at the work field.
The PoC-related optimization
parameters are not recommended
2010-2-6 3 3 except that some radio resources are N
planned for the PoC service separately
at the work field.
 The PoC-related optimization
parameters are not recommended
CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4 CS3 CS3 except that some radio resources are N
planned for the PoC service separately
at the work field.
The PoC-related optimization
parameters are not recommended
MCS1 - MCS9 MCS6 MCS6 except that some radio resources are N
planned for the PoC service separately
at the work field.
The PoC-related optimization
parameters are not recommended
When the parameter value is set big, the
0-100,% 50 50 except that some radio resources are N
new subscribers will be allocated to the
planned for the PoC service separately
idle TRX which is configured with
at the work field.
PDTCH if the reusability of the data
service on the carrier frequency is low. In
doing so, it is supposed to improve the
1 - 6400 (<) 900 900 N
user experience. Besides, the relevant
throughput KPIs can also be improved.
If the parameter value is set small, it is
possible
It that when
only works the expansion of the
Gb interface is with
dynamic
the dynamic
channel
IP networking.
at the state
Atofpresent,
PDTCH
2010-3-10 3 3 N
mayGb
the beinterface
too fast. is not connected by
adopting the dynamic IP.

It only works when Gb interface is with

the dynamic IP networking. At present,
2010-3-10 3 3 N
the Gb interface is not connected by
adopting the dynamic IP.

It only works when Gb interface is with

the dynamic IP networking. At present,
2010-3-10 3 3 N
the Gb interface is not connected by
adopting the dynamic IP.

It only works when Gb interface is with

the dynamic IP networking. At present,
2010-3-10 3 3 N
the Gb interface is not connected by
adopting the dynamic IP.

It only works when Gb interface is with

the dynamic IP networking. At present,
2010-3-10 3 3 N
the Gb interface is not connected by
adopting the dynamic IP.

It only works when Gb interface is with

the dynamic IP networking. At present,
10 - 100,100ms 30 30 N
the Gb interface is not connected by
adopting the dynamic IP.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.
 It has not been tested at the work field
0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It should keep being the ZTE default N
value.

It has not been tested at the work field

0 - 64 0 0 yet. It
Too should
high keep being
the value of this the ZTE default
parameter will N
[Link] establishment success rate,
affect
which indirectly influences the coverage
radius;
It has
Too small
not been
the valuetested of at
thisthe
parameter
work fieldwill
0 - 63 0 0 yet. It the
affect shouldinitial
keepaccessbeing rate
theofZTE MSsdefault
near N
[Link] may improve relevant
BTS,
indicators like accessibility,
If the parameter is set too high, mobilityTBFand
reliability and coverage
establishment success rate [Link] be
EGPRS coding
affected, mode caninfluences
which indirectly be adjusted the
0-8 (MCS1-MCS9) 5, 5, 8, 8 2, 2, 8, 8 flexibly. Low
coverage radius;
coding / ifmode
the parameter
may affectisthe set Y
initial
too small,
access therate,
initialbut access
affectrate
littlenear
the
average
BTS will be
rateinfluenced,
and customer but the
perception,
small
since the
value maycodinghave positive
mode can effects
be raised
on the
quickly when
relevant indicators
wireless likeenvironment
accessibility,is
0-3 (CS1-CS4) 1, 1, 3, 3 1, 1, 3, 3 good, and
mobility and it may
reliability
help and increase
coverageTBF Y
establishment
rate./It's propersuccess
to use CS2 rate in
greatly.
the initial
MAX coding
access
Dynamic coding
changemode ofiscoding
scheme; NOT adjustment
method is
recommended.
not
shouldneeded.
be permitted,
If there iswhich no need helps to change
adopt
For V 2in
CS3/4
coding 80W
methods sites,
the field, enable
according
this only
parameter
to the GPRSradio
shall
Yes/No Yes 1 service.
be
environments,
set as 1, 1, 1, thus1./enable
It's not the users to Y
recommended
use the most favorable
to set restriction
coding methodto the
use MAX
during
Dynamic services
codingand
change scheme./For
increase
of coding user's
methodV2 80W data
sites, CS3/4
throughput.
should is not supported.
be permitted, which helps change
coding methods according to the radio
Yes/No Yes 1 environments,
We need to, onthus oneenable
hand ensurethe users thattothe Y
use themethod
coding most favorable
does notcoding change method
too
during services
frequently, and on andthe increase
other hand user's data
ensure
throughput.
the flexibility and balance of adjustment
of coding method. /Improper setting of
400 - 2000, ms 800 800 weight may lead to improper adjustment N
If the parameter is set with a large value,
of coding method, which may affect TBF
the weight of the previous measurement
establishment success rate. /ZTE Default
report will be increased, which makes
Value is comparatively suitable in the
the calculated BEP more reliable; in
field, so adjustment of the default value
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, addition, this may bring positive effects to
4 10 is NOT recommended. N
11, 12, 13, 14, 15 the indicators related to throughput. /If
the parameter is set with a small value, it
enables in-time adjustment of coding
method in case of sudden change in
radio environment.
 If the parameter is set with a large value,
the weight of the previous measurement
report
In one will aspect,be increased,
mode 1, 2,which 3 is to makesreport
the calculated
MS measurement BEPaccordingmore reliable; to [Link]
0: MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7)
addition,
When reportthis based
may bring on timeslot
positiveiseffects to
0, 1,I_LEVEL_TN
and 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,(0-7)
8, 9, will
10 4 10 N
the indicators
adopted, omitted related report to orthroughput.
wrong report /If
not reported (which means
the parameter
may occur to some is setterminals,
with a small which value, may it
TBFMEAN_BEP and
enables in-time
seriously influence adjustment
the dynamic of coding
CV_BEP of TBF will be
method in case
adjustment of coding of sudden method./ change In another
in
reported) ; 1: only
radio environment.
aspect, adoption of mean_BEP and
I_LEVEL_TN (0-7) will be 2 0 N
CV_BEP
With the extended
method isdynamic more reasonable. allocation,
reported; 2: only
Therefore,
one downlink wePDTCHrecommend is allowed the use to of
MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7) will
mode 0 and
schedule more report thanbased one uplink on TBF. PDTCH.
If the
be reported; 3: both
terminals
This contributescan report to improve
mean_BEP the and
MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7) and
CV_BEP correctly
uploading rate of the in theterminals
tests, the which
Yes/No
I_LEVEL_TN (0-7) will be No Yes Y
indicators
support EDA related (theto protocol
throughput terminal will beof R4
reported.
positively
or a more [Link], version). Therefore,
mode 2 is
Need to itrecommended
can provide more in such [Link] the kind of
enable DTM: Setting
service of which this centers
parameter around depends the uplinkon the
choose Yes; need
service. on [Link] If there be enabled.
is no need to
Yes/No No Y
No need to enable DTM, we may set the parameter
Setting
With thisthe parameter
parameter enabled,
to be 3 we may may
enable DTM: closed.
sufficiently
realize the following
satisfy thefunctions: common PS 1. When
choose No.
services
the countdown like RAU process
and ATTACH. starts and Setting
there
it with
is newadata larger to be numbertransmitted,may slightly there affect is no
0-7 3 3 customer's
need
If there waitperception
to are upper
for the layer ofLLC
release CSof services.
frames
all theto be N
For the TBF
current
transmitted demands before which
and re-establish cannot
the expiration new beofuplink
the
satisfied
TBF,
timer,
With wewith
instead
this maywe
parameterthe max
directly
may number
quickly
use therestart
enabled, weof GTTP
existing
may the
Lapdm
data
TBF
realize to frame,
transmission
transmit
the we
following themay
and only adopt
downlink
improve
functions: data the
theWhen
1. uplink
transmission
data
without
the [Link]
countdown 2. Ifmodethere
to
process with
establish TBF.
is downlink
starts new and TBF,
data thereto
as
Yes/No Yes Yes beresult
a
is transmitted
new we may
data to be during
save the TBF
transmitted, time there
of uplink is no N
extended
establishment
need to wait TBF, wethemay
fortime./ Thedirectly
release larger
of all establish
the thetimer
downlink
is
current
set, the TBF TBF
longer
andon re-establish
PACCH
the TBF to shorten
-related
new uplink the
time of
resources
TBF, downlink
instead (incl.
we TFI TBFand
may establishment.
quicklytimeslot)
restartwill / be
the
For T3192/T3193, the delay strategy
This parameter
reserved;
data transmissionif the may timerand help
isimprove
set increase
withthe uplink
a small
uplink
may cause waste of downlink resource
500 - 4000, ms 2000 2000 and downlink
value,
data rate.
it will 2. goIfthroughput,
there
against is downlink
with buttheit maydata to N
to some degree, however, before
bring
be negative transmission
discontinuous
transmitted effects
during the to downlink
timeof downlink TBF
of uplink
T3192/T3193 expires, the network may
abnormal
data.
extended / When failure
TBF, setting
we rate.
may / Only
this directly theestablish
parameter, we
establish a new downlink TBF and
terminals
should
downlink fully that
TBF support
consider
on PACCH theR99 toorshorten
traffic higher
load of the
reduce the TBF establishment time by
versions
the
time cell. may
In
of downlink thesupport
case this
richfunction.
TBFofestablishment. network /
directly sending the PACKET
0 - 3000, ms 1500 1500 resources,
When setting thisthis timer should be
parameter, weset with a
should Y
DOWNLINK
When MS is ASSIGNMENT
under the non-DRX message. mode,If
larger
fully value, inthe
consider order
traffic to load
reduce of thethe cell.
T3192/T3193
the IMMEDIATE expires,
ASSIGNMENT the network may
establishment
In the case of rich timenetworkof new TBF and the
resources,
only establish
COMMAND canTBF bethrough
sent on originating
all PCHs and
average
this timeruplink/downlink
should be set with dataa larger
paging messages
AGCHs, and the assignment or the IMMEDIATE process
transmission
value, in orderrate during the
to reduce the intermittent
500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120, ASSIGNMENT
only takes tens flow of milliseconds;
(MS stayingwhile in
500 1500 uplink/downlinktime
establishment dataoftransmission.
new TBF and the Y
160, 200, ms Readyunder
being status) the; DRX in such mode, case, MS downlink
may
average uplink/downlink data
TBF monitor
only establishment pagingtakes messages longeron [Link] /
transmission
On one hand,rate during the
to increase intermittent
PanInc and
When paging
home settingT3192/T3193
group and then , wereceive
should the
uplink/downlink
PanMax and decrease data transmission.
PanDec may
fully considerASSIGNMENT
IMMEDIATE the traffic load message of the cell.
/However,
lower if the timeofisabnormal
the possibility set too long, TBFthe
In
from theallcase the of rich network
paging blocks and resources,
the
0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, s 2 2 uplink/downlink
release and cell TBF abnormal
reselection when failureMS Y
this timer AGCH
reserved shouldblocks. be set with The a larger
processing
rate will
fails be negatively
to receive Packet [Link] Ack, / Onlybut theon
value, in order to
of receiving paging messages is long reduce the
terminals
the
On otherhand,
one that support
hand towhen
increase theR99 or higher
transmission
PanInc and
establishment
(due to the influence time offrom new the TBFsettings
and raise of
versionsstops
window
PanMax maydecrease
and support
transmitting this
PanDec function.
data, may it makes
data
paging transmission
channel multiframes rate and downlink and the
MS continue
lower the possibilityto occupy the radio TBF
of abnormal
throughput.
number / Since T3193
of reserved AGCHisblocks). the /
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32 4 4 resource,
release and which causes low when
cell reselection utilization MS Y
parameter at the
However, battery consumption network side, increases
its value
rate of
fails to resources.
receive Packet It's recommended
Uplink Ack, buttoon
must be
when MSlarger is under thanthe that of T3192.
non-DRX mode. /
avoid
the
On other
one thehand,concurrence
hand towhen
increase the of transmission
abnormal
PanInc and TBF
It's recommended to set the parameter
release and
window
PanMax andcell
stops reselection.
transmitting
decrease PanDec Setmay
data, itPanMax
makes
with
If therea larger
are downlinkvalue (2-6s), data toinbe order to
withcontinue
MS
lower thethemaximum to occupy
possibility value, the
of abnormal andradiosetTBF
raise downlink
transmitted before throughput
the expiration rate. of the
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32 8 8 PanDecand
resource,
release withwhich thereselection
cell causes
minimum lowvalue,
utilization
when and
MS Y
timer, we may directly establish downlink
makeof
rate
fails totheresources.
receivevaluePacket of It's
PanInc recommended
Uplink double
Ack,that buttoofon
TBF on PACCH and release the uplink
PanDec,
avoid
the otherthe simulating
concurrence
hand whenthe the ofprinciple
abnormal
transmission of TBF
RLT
TBF without having to establish new
plus 2 minus
release
window and
stopscell 1transmitting
inreselection.
CS service. Set itPanMax
data, makes
downlink TBF through Polling or Paging./
withcontinue
MS the maximum to occupy value, the andradioset
When there is no uplink data being
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32 32 32 PanDec with
resource, which thecausesminimum lowvalue,
utilizationand Y
transmitted, to set the timer with a larger
makeofthe
rate resources.
value of It's PanInc recommendeddouble thattoof
value contributes to the establishment of
PanDec,
avoid the simulating
concurrence theofprinciple
abnormal of TBF
RLT
downlink TBF and the improvement of
plus 2 minus
release and cell 1 inreselection.
CS [Link] PanMax
downlink throughput rate; however, this
with the maximum value, and set
function is inferior to uplink extended
0 - 4000, ms 1000 1000 PanDec with the minimum value, and Y
TBF, which means if there is uplink data
make the value of PanInc double that of
to be transmitted before the timer
PanDec, simulating the principle of RLT
expires, the system to wait until the timer
plus 2 minus 1 in CS service.
expires and then re-establish uplink TBF
to transmit the uplink data, which may
affect uplink throughput. / It's
recommended to set the timer with the
default value of 1000ms./ If the terminal
and the system support uplink extended
TBF, this timer becomes invalid, because
only one of these two functions may be
 The value
When setting of T3168 may affectwe
this parameter, TBF need to
establishment success
comprehensively consider [Link] / The
definition
smaller
of BsCvMax, the value T3198 of T3168
and N3104max. is set, the /
shorter
For time is left
BsCvMax, if the forextended
TBF establishment,TBF is not
thus the lower
MultislotClassGroup
enabled, the new TBFdata establishment
in that
EGPRS arrives Packet
after
success
Channel
the timerrateRequest)
starts becomes
can .only/// when
If be
forced thetwo-step
radio
transmitted
environment
access
in new TBF; cannot is unfavorable;
be
if the adopted,
extendedthe conversely,
TBF uplink
is
0.5 - 4.0, 0.5s 4 3 the larger
access
enabled, methodthesystem
the value ofmay
will depend T3168 onisMS.
recalculate set, the CV Y
Need to longer
However,
to haveperiod
thethe newfield
it takes application
data MS to
that judge
arrives effect TBF
after
enable establishment
shows
the timerthat one-step
starts failure, access
transmitted and thus insuccess
thepacket rate
current
EDGE access
is
[Link]
Therefore, increases thisparameter
if this function
and theissystem is set
service: performance
enabled;
too large, since
when deteriorates.
the
the success
MS that / It's
rate ofnot
does one-
Yes/No No choose Yes; recommended
step
support access
extended is higher
to set uplinkthis
than timer
TBF thatperforms
within
of two-the N
Only enable valueaccess,
step rangetransmission
intermittent 1000ms-2000ms
for the networks of uplink that
according
data, it
GPRS to the
support
has to cell's
EGPRS,
re-establishradio this environment.
function
uplink TBF helps after
service: promote
CV=0 and uplink
the TBF TBFisestablishment
released and
choose No. success rate.
transmits the new / In addition,
data. / If EGPRS this
0 - 15, block num 15 12 channel request
parameter is set is too11bits
small,(channelTBF Y
As a newly-added function, the
request is 8bits),
establishment success
it may rate carrymay the be
realization of its algorithm is not
MultislotClassGroup
negatively affected. //ofReasonable MS (pleasesetting refer
considerately designed yet. To set the
0: (No) which means multi- to this
of the Annex
parameter L (informative)
may promote of the
3GPP
parameter
If the parameter's 0 may lead valuetoisaset decrease
too large, in it
slot will be assigned TS44. 060
average transmission
for details.).rate. / The
downlink
may makeTBF theestablishment
users unable to success
restart
1: (Yes), Mulit-slot will not 0 1 reasonable setting of time length of N
rate; but
access it contributes
attempt during atolong improvingtime, whichthe
assigned which means 1+1 waiting for Packet Ack/Nack For T3198
average
will affectdata users' throughput
perception of of download,
service; if
will be used. may improve the window sliding of PS
especially
the parameter's to thevalue improvementis set tooofsmall, average it
service.
If / For N3104max,
the parameter is set too when large,N3104 MS has
throughput
may cause rate frequent of smallfailuresamount of PDTCHof data
reaches
to wait forN3104max,
a long timeit before restartsit the packet
receives
downloading.
application attempt during a short time
0-255, s 5 5 access
the PACKETflow. IfUPLINK the contention ASSIGNMENT resolution N
(due to PDTCH congestion or channel
has not been
message. In suchcompleted case, the after MS themaypacket
as
activation failure, etc.), which will affect
access
well justhasreturn been to restarted
the idle mode 4 times, andthe
the performance indicators related to
TBF establishment
restart packet access is regarded
attempt and as a
accessibility. / To set the parameter with
failure. Reasonable
improve users' perception. setting /ofIf this the
a suitable large value may help to
0-255, s 5 5 parameter is may setshorten
too small, thetherecontentionmay not N
increase of uplink TBF establishment
resolution
be enoughtime timeand left enable
for MS to MSreceive
restartthe
success rate.
the packetUPLINK
PACKET accessASSIGNMENTflow.
message,
If the parameter which is may setaffect
too large, access the
successdelay
access rate. will / Tobe setincreased;
the parameter with
/ if the
6-12, block 10 10 a suitable large
parameter is setvalue too small, may help access to N
increase rate
success of uplinkmay TBF [Link]
/ It's reasonable
success
to set therate. parameter with 10.
Setting the parameter with a large value
If the parameter is set too small, there
may help to improve Polling success rate
2010-3-12 7 7 will be a serious waste of uplink/ N
and thus lower TBF abnormal failure
downlink resources; / if the parameter is
rate.
set too large, MS won't be able to send
the Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message
in the
If time, which may
parameter further
is set affect the
too small, there
2010-3-20 10 8 transmission
will be a serious ratewaste
and result
of uplink/
in abnormal N
TBF release./
downlink resources;
Setting/the if theparameter
parameter with
is
a reasonable
set too large, MS value won't
helps betoable
improve
to send
the
average
the Packet transmission
Downlink Ack/Nack
rate. / GPRS message
window
in
If time,
the which
is fixedmay
parameter tois be
further
set 64,
toowhich
affectisthe
small, easy to
there
6 - 60 10 10 get be
transmission
will stagnated,
a seriousrate
sowaste
and
this parameter
result in abnormal
of uplink/ shall N
not be
TBF
downlinkrelease./
setresources;
withSetting
a large/theifvalue.
parameter
the parameter with
is
a reasonable
set too large, MS value won't
helps betoable
improve
to send
the
average
the Packet transmission
Downlink Ack/Nack
rate. / EDGE message
window
in
If time,
the which
is larger
parameter may than
is further
set that of
affect
too small, GPRS,
the so
there
2010-3-20 10 8 this be
transmission
will parameter
a seriousrate
can and
be result
waste set within abnormal
of uplink/ a N
comparatively
TBF
downlinkrelease./ Setting
large value.
resources; /the
if theparameter
parameter with
is
a reasonable
set too large, MS value helps
won't betoable
improve the
to send
average
the Packet transmission rate. / GPRS
Downlink Ack/Nack message
window
in time, which
is fixedmayto be further
64, which
affectisthe
easy to
2010-3-20 8 8 get stagnated,rate
transmission so and
this parameter
result in abnormal
shall N
not be
TBF release./
set withSetting
a largethe value.
parameter with
a reasonable value helps to improve the
average transmission rate. / EDGE
window
The is larger
current than that
equipment of GPRS,
version does sonot
Yes/No No No this
theparameter
support
If cellthis can this
function.
supports bePlease
set with
function, a network
adopt ZTE N
comparatively
default
indicates value. large value.
MS whether to send the RLC
data of PENDING-ACK when there is no
data in NACK status and no new RLC
data block to be transmitted or the
Yes/No No Yes transmission window is full through N
PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION in
PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message.
When "Preemptivetrans bit" function is
enabled, data throughput rate may be
improved to some degree.
 This parameter works only when both
Need to
GPRS preference channels and EDGE
support PS
preference channels are configured. To
preempting
If there is
choose Noneed
is toto use this
define GPRS function,
preference
CS: choose
choose Yes;
channels andifEDGEno, choose preference No. / If this
Yes;
Yes/No No function isas
channels enabled, all indicators
GPRS dedicated related
channels N
Need not to
to accessibility,
and EDGE dedicated reliabilitychannels
and throughput
to
support PS
will be improved.
prevent EGE users and GPRS users
preempting
from reusing PDTCH, which may
CS: choose
improve
This EDGE throughput
parameter works only when rate tobothsome
No..
Yes/No Yes No [Link]
GPRS To choosechannels Yes means andwhen
EDGE N
This parameter works only when both
some preference
preference channels channel is not
are configured. To
GPRS preference channels and EDGE
sufficient,
set other types
the parameter Yesof maypreference
increase the
preference channels are configured. It's
channels
times of resource
may be occupiedadjustment; instead;
and the the
suggested that other preference
throughput rate
adjustment mayin not
such
necessarily
case may result
be in
channels may be assigned only when
Yes/No No No improved. ///Note:
assignment of channelsThe precondition
which are of N
there is no idle granularity available, in
enabling this
sufficient in quantity.
functionTo is set
thatthe both GPRS
order to prevent GPRS users and EDGE
preference No
parameter channels
may result and in EDGEGPRS users
users from reusing channels which may
preference
and
This
If TCH EDGE
parameter
queuingusers
channels reusing
function
works areonlyissufficient;
channels,
not
when enabled,
bothif not,
influence transmission rate for EDGE
we not
which
GPRS
it's needmay to influence
make adjustment
preference
recommended the
channels transmission
to set according
and
this EDGE
users. // Setting the parameter with
0-100, % () 100 100 to theforactual
rate
preference
parameter EDGE 0. situations.
If users
channels and
the parameter the indicators
are configured. is set 0, N
100% helps to prevent EDGE users and
related
When
MS itto
needs is throughput
set
to wait
withfor [Link] of other
0, the
assignment
GPRS users from reusing channels,
preferencetochannels
channels switch from is notPDTCH to TCH
which may improve indicators related to
recommended,
when no dynamic in order
channels to avoidof TCHGPRSare
EDGE throughput. ///Note: The
and EDGEwhich
available, usersmay reusingresult channels
in TCH and
precondition of enabling this function is
0-100, % () 0 0 then improve
allocation the indicators
failure. // If the parameterrelated to is the N
that both GPRS preference channels
throughput
set too large, ratePSfor EDGEusers
service users. //Note:
that have
and EDGE preference channels are
The precondition
reserved over many of enabling
idle dynamic this function
sufficient; if not, we need to make
is that both
channels may GPRS preference
be unable channels
to occupy the
adjustment according to the actual
and radio
rich EDGEresources,
preference channels
which are in
may result
situations.
0 - 255 () 2 2 sufficient;
packet accessif not, we need
failures. //If to
the make
parameter N
The resource allocation granularity for
adjustment
is set too small,according to the actual
the indicators related to
the users facing heavy interference shall
situations.
MS throughput rate may be improved to
not be restricted, or the transmission rate
some degree when PDTCH resource is
for these users may become too low due
not rich. //Note: The suggested value for
to lack of radio resources. It's not
0-8 2 0 this parameter is the reference value N
recommended to allocate different
used under the common configuration
PDTCH granularities to different non-
(2-4 TRXs). It's recommended to set it as
GBR users based on MEAN-BEP, in
1, when there is only one TRX; and set it
order
We need
to improve
to set certain
user throughput
weight for rate usersin
as 4, when there are many TRXs. //The
bad radio
with high priority
[Link] ensure that they are
0-8 2 2 above suggestion is based on the N
allocated with more granularities and are
condition that certain number of static
served with services of better quality.
PDTCHs
On one hand,are configured
when packet in the cell. fails
access
due to lack of resource, packet access
We need to set certain weight for users
request may keep trying; on the other
with high priority to ensure that they are
0-8 2 2 hand, PDTCH may be reused by many N
allocated with more granularities and are
PS service users and
served with services of better quality.
PDTCH/Abis/UPPB-DSP congestion rate
is very low in networks; even if
PDTCH/Abis/UPPB-DSP congestion
Yes/No No No occurs, we should deal with it from the N
perspective of congestion, but not enable
Support PS Queuing. //Based on the two
points mentioned above, it's not
Since Support PS Queuing function is
recommended to enable Support PS
not suggested, the PS Maximum Queue
2010-1-16 8 8 Queuing. //If this function is enabled, N
Number shall be set with ZTE default
packet access success rate may be
Need to value.
improved to some degree when there is
support PS Setting of this parameter depends on the
no PDTCH/Abis/UPPB-DSP available.
preemption: needs in field. If there is need to enable
choose Yes; the preemption function for users of
Yes/No No N
Need not to different priorities, choose Yes. With this
support PS function enabled, TBF call drop rate for
preemption: users of low priority may increase.
choose No.
It's not recommended to use this
To set this parameter with a small value
Yes/No No No parameter, because CS call drops may N
may help to avoid waste of resource and
increase when this function is enabled.
increase flexibility of resource allocation.
If we choose to allocate four granularities
0-1
each time while there aren't four
(0: uplink block allocation
consecutive granularities available, the
granularity is 1; 1: uplink 0 0 Y
allocation may end up a failure.
block allocation granularity is
Therefore, we recommend to set the
4)
parameter 0 and allocate one granularity
to users each time, in order to improve
uplink access success rate when
PDTCH resource isn't sufficient.
 whole set, which is very important for MS
to access the target reselection cell.
However, this part of system information
cannot ensure that MS may access the
target reselection cell immediately. The
precondition for MS to immediately
access target reselection cell is that the
There'sreselection
target is no needcell to use PBCCH
supports PSI
Yes/No No No N
currently.
Status (configured with PBCCH) or SI
Need to Status. If the target reselection cell
enable supports PSI Status (configured with
If there is need to enable NACC in the
NACC: PBCCH) or SI Status, MS can be
field, choose Yes, in order to support the
choose Yes; ensured to receive the whole set of
Yes/No No transmission of PACKET CELL CHANGE N
Need not to system information when it is in packet
NOTIFICATION; if there is no need to
enableto
Need transmission status. Therefore, MS may
enable NACC, choose No.
NACC:
enable enter packet transmission status in the
choose No.
NACC: target reselection cell without having to
choose Yes; spend extra time on monitoring system
Yes/No No N
Need not to information. //MS sends PSI (SI) Status
enable message to network in PACCH after it
NACC: accesses to the target reselection cell;
choose No. BSC sends
Being related Packet
to NCCR, Serving
the Cell
parameter
SI
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, accordingistonot
currently theinmessage
need in the it receives,
field, so so
61.44 61.44 N
15.36, 30.72, 61.44, s as to make
please maintain
MS obtain
the setting
the necessary
of ZTE
system value.
default information in packet
transmission status without having to
return related
Being to PBCCH (BCCH)
to NCCR, theand monitor,
parameter
as a resultis service
currently not in needinterruption timeso
in the field, may
2010-1-8 4 4 N
be shortened.
please maintain //Ifthe
thesetting
target ofreselection
ZTE
cell does
default not support PSI (SI) Status,
value.
MS has to attempt to receive the whole
systemrelated
Being information
to NCCR, set ofthe
theparameter
target
reselection
currently cell in
is not forneed
one time
in theafter
field,it so
2010-1-8 3 3 N
enters the
please cell, therefore,
maintain the setting a of ZTE
comparatively
default value. long time of service
interruption will be unavoidable. If
PBCCH
Being is configured,
related to NCCR,use theinformation
parameter of
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, PSI Status;
currently if not,
is not use information
in need in the field, of soSI
61.44 61.44 N
15.36, 30.72, 61.44, s Status. maintain the setting of ZTE
please
default value.

Being related to NCCR, the parameter

0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, currently is not in need in the field, so
3.84 3.84 N
15.36, 30.72, 61.44, s please maintain the setting of ZTE
default value.

Being related to NCCR, the parameter

currently is not in need in the field, so
Yes/No No No N
please maintain the setting of ZTE
default value.
Currently the function of network
controlling cell reselection is not applied
in the field, besides BSC does not
NC0, NC1, NC2 NC0 NC0 N
require MS to send measurement
reports. Please set this parameter as
NC0.
Being related to NCCR, the parameter
No non-DRX mode, 0.24,
currently is not in need in the field, so
0.48, 0.72, 0.96, 1.20, 1.44, 0.48 0.48 N
please maintain the setting of ZTE
1.92, s
default value.

Being related to NCCR, the parameter

currently is not in need in the field, so
EM0, EM1 EM0 EM0 N
please maintain the setting of ZTE
default value.

Being related to NCCR, the parameter

currently is not in need in the field, so
Type1, Type2, Type3 Type1 Type1 N
please maintain the setting of ZTE
default value.

Being related to NCCR, the parameter

60, 120, 240, 480, 960, 1920, currently is not in need in the field, so
1920 1920 N
3840, 7680, s please maintain the setting of ZTE
default value.
 support PS:
choose
"Don't
support
For cells that do not support PS services,
GPRS";
set the parameter as "Don't support
Only support
GPRS"
GPRS:
For cells that only support GPRS, set the
Don't support GPRS, Support Dont support choose
parameter as "Support GPRS"; N
GPRS, Support EDGE GPRS "Support
For cells that support both GPRS and
GPRS";
EDGE at the same time, set the
Need to
parameter as"Support EDGE"; V2 80
support both
sites only support CS1/2.
GPRS and Currently extended BCCH cannot be
BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext BCCH Norm BCCH Norm N
EDGE: applied in the field.
choose
"Support
EDGE". Support this function to map the
information
Packet on several
control CCCH blocks,
acknowledgment type so
Yes/No No Yes N
as that MS
indicates may
the receive
default the for
format information
MS to
as soon
send as possible.
PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message. The
former one uses Access Burst and the
4 access bursts, RLC/MAC RLC/MAC RLC/MAC latter one uses Normal Burst, both of
N
control block control block control block which have no influence on the
transmission success rate of PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
No package access, Allow message, so there is no need to make
Make adjustments accordingly, if service
priority 1, Allow priority 1-2, adjustment and the default value is
Allow priority Allow priority priority is needed to set limitations to MS N
Allow priority 1-3, Allow acceptable.
packet access.
priority
0 - 31 1-4, Allow priority
(0: The filter period is 2
(0/2) /6 multiframes; 1: The Application of this parameter is not
filter period is 2 (1/2) /6 recommended, because PS power
0 0 N
multiframes; ...... 25: The control speed is seriously lagged,
filter
0 - 31period is 2 (25/2) /6 compared with one block 20ms.
multiframes ; The
(0: The filter filter
period is period
2
is 2 (25/2)
(0/2) /6 multiframes),
/6 multiframes; 1: Thes Application of this parameter is not
filter period is 2 (1/2) /6 recommended, because PS power
0 0 N
multiframes; ...... 25: The control speed is seriously lagged,
filter period is 2 (25/2) /6 compared with one block 20ms.
multiframes; 26-31:
Reserved), s Application of this parameter is not
recommended, because PS power
Yes/No No No N
control speed is seriously lagged,
compared with one block 20ms.

Application of this parameter is not

recommended, because PS power
BCCH, PDCH BCCH BCCH N
control speed is seriously lagged,
compared with one block 20ms.
0 - 10
(Assuming the parameter of Application of this parameter is not
MS transmission power recommended, because PS power
0 0 N
control is (), 0: = 0.0; 1: control speed is seriously lagged,
= 0.1; ...... 10: = 1.0; 11- compared with one block 20ms.
15: = 1.0)
Application of this parameter is not
recommended, because PS power
0 - 15 0 0 N
control speed is seriously lagged,
compared with one block 20ms.

Application of this parameter is not

0 - 63
recommended, because PS power
(0: -110 dBm; 1: -109 1 1 N
control speed is seriously lagged,
dBm; ......63: -47 dBm)
compared with one block 20ms.

Application of this parameter is not

No control, Open-loop
recommended, because PS power
control, Close-loop control, No control No control N
control speed is seriously lagged,
Control based on quality
compared with one block 20ms.

Application of this parameter is not

No control, Open-loop
recommended, because PS power
control, Close-loop control, No control No control N
control speed is seriously lagged,
Control based on quality
compared with one block 20ms.
 Application of this parameter is not
recommended, because PS power
A, B A A N
control speed is seriously lagged,
compared with one block 20ms.

Application of this parameter is not

recommended, because PS power
0 - 31, dB 0 0 N
control speed is seriously lagged,
compared with one block 20ms.

Application of this parameter is not

0 - 15
recommended, because PS power
(0: P0=0 dB; 1: P0=2 0 0 N
control speed is seriously lagged,
dB ...... 15: P0=30 dB)
compared with one block 20ms.

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,

Yes/No, 9 types (PSI2, PSI3,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5, PSI13, Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
PSI3ter, PSI8, PSI3quater)
Yes, Yes, Yes Yes, Yes, Yes

0 - 100 20 20 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 255, s 10 10 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
63 63 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62:
-49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: >
-48 dBm)

0 - 100 60 60 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 100, % 50 50 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 100, % 50 50 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 100, % 50 50 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 16, s 10 10 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 15, s
(0: PSI1 repeat period is 1
multiframe; 1: PSI1 repeat
4 4 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
period is 2 multiframes; ......
15: PSI1 repeat period is 16
multiframes)

8 bits, 11 bits 8 bits 8 bits Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 31
(0: -52 dB; 1: -48 dB; ......
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
22: +12 dB; ...... 31: +48
dB), 2dB

0 - 31
(0: -52 dB; 1: -48 dB; ......
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
22: +12 dB; ...... 31: +48
dB), 2dB

0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60,

0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
unlimited, dB

0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60,

0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
unlimited, dB

0 - 31
(0: 10 s; 1: 20 s; ...... 1:
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
320 s)
, 10s

0 - 31
(0: 10 s; 1: 20 s; ...... 1:
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
320 s)
, 10s

5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120,

5 5 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
300, s

5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120,

5 5 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
300, s

0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62:
-49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: >
-48
0 - 63
dBm)
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62:
-49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: >
-48 dBm)

0-7 0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0-7 0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, dB 0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, dB 0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, dB 8 8 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, dB 8 8 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
12 12 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62:
-49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: >
-48
0 - 63
dBm)
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
12 12 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62:
-49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: >
-48 dBm)

0, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36,

6 6 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
unlimited, dB

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 31 5 5 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 31 5 5 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 16777215 0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64 0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 10 5 5 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0, 1, 2, 3 3 3 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 15 2 2 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12,
14 14 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50

12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76,

55 55 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
109, 163, 217, s

1, 2, 4, 7 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

4bits; 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16

This parameter has become invalid.

Yes/No No No Please maintain the setting of ZTE N
default value.
Currently the system does not support
this function, but decreases the
modulation power of BCCH Ts17 by 2dB
0-50, 0.2dB 0 0 N
when it uses 8PSK. This parameter
works only when TLV format is
supported.
 according to
Depends on
the planning according to the planning value of the
Jan. 16th the actual N
value of the ground parameter
configuration.
parameter
Depends on
according to
the NSE
the planning according to the planning value of the
0 - 65535 configuration N
value of the ground parameter
at Gb
parameter
interface
according to Uniqueness of this parameter must be
the planning maintained. Any mistake in the
2 - 65535 2 N
value of the configuration may lead to the
parameter unavailability of PS service.

according to This parameter must remain in

the planning consistent with the routing data at SGSN
0 - 255 0 Y
value of the side.100M
For Wrong bitsetting
Ethernet may lead to RAU
platform: with 14
parameter failure.
DSP built in; each DSP maximally
processes 20 cells and 160 Abis
Determined by user according to timeslots of 16kbps; For Gigabit
Depends on
Depends onDSP
configured the quantity.
actual the planning Ethernet platform: with 15 SDP built in;
the actual N
configuration
If all DSPs on UPPB are value of the each100M
For DSp bit maximally
Ethernetprocesses
platform: 20 withcells
14
configuration.
configured, DSP parameter and 400
DSP builtAbis timeslots
in; each DSPofmaximally
16kbps.
number shall be within 9-22, //UPPB-DSP
processes
At present,20 congestion
here cells and 160
is how may
ZTE causeit
Abis
make
otherwise it Minimum according to deterioration
timeslots
realized: in TBF establishment
of 16kbps; For Gigabit
shall be configured DSP DSP number the planning success
Ethernet
RAC
1) andrate
If the LACand
platform:
switch ofPCU
shall with
remain
RESUME congestion
15 SDP rate.
built
in consistent in;
N
number. configured by value of the eacheach
with DSp other.
ResumeSetOpt maximallyThe
is processes
reference
configured 20
asvalue cells
Open, for
If all DSPs on UPPB/2 board user parameter and
this
If
the 400
it is setAbis
parameter
BSC timeslots
as Yes,
side is 0.
will the
send two of phase
16kbps.
SUSPEND access
to
are configured, DSP //UPPB-DSP
The
is forced
SGSN, Racolor to the
but becongestion
code
used
BSC willto be
side may
establish
sentnot
will cause
in the
SI3
sendto
number shall be within 9-13, deterioration
MS
uplink
RESUME which
[Link] inremind
willMS TBF
andestablishment
MS will
MS thatdoit has
RAUbe
17-21, 25-29, Open success
near
If it istoset rate
the
automatically. asRACandhow
No, PCUtocongestion
border establish
(RACOLOR rate.
the is in
0-7 0 0 Y
otherwise it shall be (During the SI3Ifand
uplink
2) theTBFSI3 will of
switch
depends indicate
RESUME
on thetheMS position of
behavior
configured DSP number. CS service [Link],
(For When the
ResumeSetOpt pleaseSI13
is is received,
configured
refer to 3GPP the
as close,
test, the RACBSC
TS04.18)
the will side
be. known
will not finally.) Thus, the to
send SUSPEND
relevant reasonable
1)
SGSN,If thebut RACOLOR
success
the BSC ratesideofplanning
uplink
will sendTBFwill
configuration make the GPRS
establishment
RESUME to MS. of Route
one
In this Area
phase update
way,access
MS willisnot
Yes/No Yes No N
is more smoothly.
higher
trigger than
[Link] of two phase access,
recommende
Need not to this parameter
During the CS service
should be test,setthe
asrelevant
No. In
d as follows:
support PS: doing so, it is is
configuration expected
recommended to improve as the
The
choose success The
follows: rate configuration
of uplink TBF of the switch
configuration
"Don't establishment.
should be Close; or the configuration of
Open/Close Open N
of the switch
support 2) One
the phase access
test terminal is thatneeds less time. If
the attachment
For cells that do not support PS services,
should be
GPRS"; this parameter
only occurs when is set as No, the time
necessary.
set the parameter as "Don't support
Close;
Only support
or the delay
If of ATTACH,asPDP,
it is configured Close, andthe so quantity
on can be
GPRS"
configuration
GPRS: shortened.
of RAUs will decrease after the CS
For cells that only support GPRS, set the
Don't support GPRS, Support Dont support of the test
choose service. Besides, the quantity of the
parameter as "Support GPRS"; N
GPRS, Support EDGE GPRS terminal is
"Support signaling TBF will decrease to some
For cells that support both GPRS and
that the
GPRS"; extent, which will exert an influence over
EDGE at the same time, set the
attachment
Need to the number of TBF establishment
parameter as"Support EDGE"; V2 80
only occurs
support both requests.
sites only support CS1/2.
when and
GPRS According
Related to to the algorithms
C31/C32, it's not mentioned
used
0 ~ 31,2dB 0 0 N
necessary.
EDGE: ) above,
currently. it can be inferred
Maintain that if the
ZTE default [Link]
choose of RESUME ResumeSetOpt is
"Support configured as Open, the MS will always
EDGE". trigger RAU after the CS service. On the
other hand,
Related if RAU fails
to C31/C33, it'sor
notRAU used occupies
0 ~ 31,2dB 0 0 N
a rather long
currently. periodZTE
Maintain of time,
defaultthevalue.
testing
KPIs of the CS service will be greatly
affected.

0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60,

0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
unlimited, dB

0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60,

0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
unlimited, dB
0 - 31
(0: 10 s; 1: 20 s; ...... 1:
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
320 s)
, 10s

0 - 31
(0: 10 s; 1: 20 s; ...... 1:
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
320 s)
, 10s

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

Yes/No No No Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62:
-49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: >
-48
0 dBm)
- 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62:
-49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: >
-48 dBm)

0-7 0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

0-7 0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

This parameter has become invalid.

Yes/No No No Please maintain the setting of ZTE N
default value.

Related to C31/C45, it's not used

Yes/No No 0 N
currently. Maintain ZTE default value.

0 - 16777215 0 0 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N

according to This parameter must remain in

the planning consistent with the routing data at SGSN
0 - 255 0 Y
value of the side. Wrong setting may lead to RAU
parameter failure.
0 - 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
12 12 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62:
-49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: >
-48
0 dBm)
- 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110
dBm - -109 dBm; 2: -109
12 12 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
dBm - -108 dBm; ...... 62:
-49 dBm - -48 dBm; 63: >
-48 dBm)
0 - 31 5 5 Currently there is no need of PBCCH. N
This parameter is used in conjunction
with NACC. When NACC is enabled, if
Yes (This
the parameter is set with Yes, it means
parameter is
CNN mode is supported; if the parameter
Yes/No
TCH/F; No used in N
is set with No, it means CNN mode is not
TCH/H 0 1 +FACCH/H 0 1 +SACCH/TH 0 1association
;
supported. With NACC enabled, we may
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8; with NACC )
improve the reselection performance of
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH; Set the parameter according to the
PS service
For channels andconfiguration
improve data methods,
rate.
BCCH+SDCCH/4; According to channel planning result. GPRS and
please refer to GSM NPO Special
BCCH+CCCH; TCH/F cell channel EDGE preference channel is just a N
Subject Guidebook-SDR Channel
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH; planning Set the parameter
relative concept. The according
wanted to effects
channel
can
Configuration V2.1.
SDCCH+CBCH; planning
be achieved [Link] Ifwhen
channelsome type is
PDTCHs
PBCCH+ PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH; dynamic
are definedTCH/F, as GPRSthen set the parameter
preference
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;According to with
theYes;
channels
If ifand
"channel not,some
set the
type" parameter
PDTCHs
is static PDTCH, with
are defined
Yes
PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH; cell channel - [Link]
as
this If dynamic
parameter TCH/F
preference
must be isset
configured
channels. [Link]
with Through If N
planning CS service
setting
the timeslot priority,
this parameter theasrelated
parameter"timeslotGPRSindicators
channel
like accessibility,
preference
combination reliability
or(TsChannelComb)
EDGE and "and
preference is
throughput
setting
manually may nottobe as good
"HybridOccuSupp"
adjusted with No,as those
we
No preference, GPRS
According to underobtain
may the configuration
"PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH",GPRS dedicated of static PDTCH.
traffic
the
preference, EDGE No
cell channel channels and
parameter "PDCHEDGE dedicated traffic
preference N
preference, EDGE specialty preference
planning channels. If we only need
(PDCHPrecedence)" EDGE
will be
(0~7 timeslot)
dedicated traffic
automatically channels,
changed we may set
to "Yes".
the parameter
However, if weas useEDGE
batchspecialty.
commandTotoset
According to EDGEthe
make dedicated
change traffic
or usechannel
Template and
Yes/No No cell channel GPRS dedicated
(NetworkPlan) traffic channel
to import may help
the information, N
planning to prevent
we must first GPRS user
set the and EDGE
"PDCH preferenceuser
reusing the block resource
(PDCHPrecedence)" on PCTCH
of static the same as
group of
"Yes". If dynamic
PDTCH, channel which helpsis nottosetimprove
as
indicators
PS absolute related
preference,
to throughput;
we mustwhile set
this maypreference
"PDCH result in resource
(PDCHPrecedence)"
waste and
decrease
with "No" to of ensure
indicators therelated
absolute to
[Link] PS service. To set absolute
preference
preference of PS TCH helps to improve
the indicators related to throughput and
congestion in the cells where CS service
frequenctly seizes PDTCH.
 Parameter Parameter Parameter According to GSM specifications, MS Value Range
Level Category can report to BSS Definition
the measurement data
Code Name Class & Unit
of at most six adjacent cells with 1 - 255
Punishment In GSM system, BSC uses the power
This parameter
strongest signaldefines
strength. a protection
Thus the (period of
period of level measurement data to manage and
UTRAN period to prevent
measurement immediate
results might not handover
be measuremen
HoFailPenal UTRAN cell General control handover decisions. BSC uses
Cell handover after handover
consecutive. For failure. Its unit signal
cells whose time is the t or
TmUTRAN when Parameter average values instead of original values
parameter period ofismeasurement
strength less than -110 ordBm,
pretreatment
the pretreatment
handover
Slide window of measurement data for handover
measurement data report. are not reported. measuremen
failure
size for decisions. It helps prevent negative
To avoid the negative impact of 0 on t report)
calculating impact on network performance caused
UTRAN averaging, suppose occasional 0 is
HoWindowU Ec/No or General by abrupt changes in measurement data. Handover to
Cell handover allowed and is not used in averaging, but 2010-1-31
TRAN RSCP Parameter Average on measurement value in UTRAN first;
parameter excessive occurrences of 0 indicate that
average UTRAN adjacent cell also shall be Not
the signals
This parameterof thisindicates
adjacent UTRAN
cell are too
value to be required. Handover to
Number that poor. If thepriority
handover number control.
of zeroes MSCinsendsused for
zero HoWindowUTRAN of Ec/No or RSCP UTRAN first;
UTRAN measuremen averageHandover
Service calculationparameter
exceeds Number to BSC of
ZeroAllowed General average is the window size to calculate Not allow to
Cell handover t value zero allowed
through in AV, thenREQUEST
ASSIGNMENT measurement and 0 - 31
UTRAN Parameter Ec/No or RSCP average in adjacent Handover to
parameter allowed to be average equals
HANDOVER to sum ofmessages.
REQUEST reported
UTRAN cell, that is, sample count used UTRAN;
zero values divided
Service Handover by Neighboring
parameter has [Link]
through average calculation. According to
To be specific,
values, including during
prefer averaging,
to UTRANif the
MSC,
0 - 63:default
UTRAN count of 0snot
handover, in the
prefer sampling
to UTRAN count
UTRAN General handover
the range to
Cell handover ServiceHo exceeds ZeroAllowed,
handover, disallow to UTRAN these handover,
sampling
handover Parameter UTRAN
from -116first;
parameter values actions
taking are hardly reliable, and
on handover the on
decision Handover to
This parameter indicates the priority According
dBm to
measurement
subsequent
This parameter [Link]
ServiceHo
is used will becan
to trafficthe besum of FDD cell
control of FDD/TDD handover. When MSC, default
CPICH
the reported
configured
handover. asvalues
theyou
Firstly default
divided
shallvalueby used a
configure should be
FDD adjacent cell and TDD adjacent cell not handover
RSCP < -115
UTRAN NCellWindow.
while
traffic MSC
handoverdoesn't
If threshold
thedeliver
count and of
Service
0sinter-
in the performed;
FDD/TDD General exist together, to control selection to UTRAN
dBm
Cell handover FDDTDDPrio reportedhandover
Handover
system values
parameter,
does not
or configured
switch. exceed as Handover to
Handover Parameter sequence of target cell, we use first;
(reported
0 - 49: as
parameter ZeroAllowed,
BSC
This forcedly using
parameter these
is usedthesampling
mode set
to handover values
by TDD cell
FDDTDDPrio parameter to show if to According
0)
the -53 to
torange
are much
ServiceHo,
decision
This inreliable
parameterbut cell
3G don't
is and use
after
used the Service
measurement
traffic
to trafficis should be
prefer to FDD cell handover or TDD cell MSC,-24
dBm
from default
dB
average will
Handover
overloaded.
handover. parameter
be the
Firstly
BSC yousum delivered
reserves
shallof configure
the reported
at leastby MSC. a performed.
handover. not
CPICH

0 allowed
CPICH
- 63:
UTRAN valueshandover
divided by
HoRSCP_N_FDD
traffic (NCellWindow
threshold
RSCP averageand inter- values
the
LoadHoRSC Threshold for General to handover
RSCP
Ec/Io
the <<-23.5
range -52
Cell handover count
for
system ofhandover
a UTRAN0s). adjacent switch. cell. When at least
PThsFDD load sharing Parameter to UTRAN.
dBm
dB
from (reported
-116
parameter HoRSCP_P_FDD
This parameter is used out oftothe handover
latest
(reported
as
dBm 1) to -0.5
as
Ec/No HoRSCP_N_FDD
decision
This in 3G cell
parameter average
after to
is used traffic
values
trafficis are
63) isCPICH
dB
CPICH used.
threshold larger thanFirstly
overloaded.
handover. orBSC
equal reserves
you toshall
the sum
at leastof
configure a
Ec/Io <<
RSCP values
0-115
dB
UTRAN when LoadHoRSCPThsFDD
HoEcNo_N_FDD
traffic handover threshold RSCPand average
and inter- values
LoadHoEcNo General below -116as
(reported
dBm
Cell handover handover HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN,
for
system
a UTRAN
handover adjacentswitch. it can
cell. When be used
at leastas
ThsFDD Parameter dBmisshall
48)
(reported used. be
as
parameter from GSM to trafficparameter
handover is
HoEcNo_P_FDD
This from
out
used GSM
of to to UTRAN.
thehandover
latest
reported
Ec/No
0) to -53 as 0
values
3G for load
RSCP This parameter
HoEcNo_N_FDD
decision in 3G cell value shall
average
after be is
traffic
valueslowerarethan
and values
below
dBm -24 dB
sharing
threshold HoRSCPThsFDD.
larger
overloaded.
than orBSC equal reserves
to the sumat leastof
-52 dBm
shall
CPICH be and
UTRAN when LoadHoEcNoThsFDD
HoRSCP_N_TDD RSCP andaverage values
LoadHoRSC General above shall
reported
RSCP as 0
< -52
Cell handover handover HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN,
for a UTRAN adjacent cell. it canWhen
be usedat least
as
PThsTDD Parameter be reported
and
dBm values 0
parameter from GSM to traffic handover from
HoRSCP_P_TDD outGSMof thetolatest
UTRAN.
as 63.
dB and() as
(reported
TDD for load This parameter value
HoRSCP_N_TDD shall be
average lower
values than
are
above
63) shall
is used.
sharing HoEcNoThsFDD.
larger than or equal to the sum of
This parameter indicates if intersystem be- reported
RSCP
0 63: values
UTRAN Inter system LoadHoRSCPThsTDD and
InterSysHoCt General handover within BSC is allowed. This as 49.
below
the ()
-116
range
Cell handover handover HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as Yes/No
rl Parameter parameters determines if BSC can issue dBm -116
from shall be
parameter supported traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.
handover
This of 3G determines
parameter system. if allow reported
dBm as 0
This parameter value shall be lower than
directed retry to UTRAN cell. When no and values
CPICH
HoRSCPThsFDD.
service channel is allocated in this cell, -52 dBm
RSCP and
< -115
UTRAN Directed retry
InterSysRdCt General you can try redirected to adjacent cell above shall
dBm
Cell handover to UTRAN BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD Yes/No
rl Parameter under allowed case by corresponding be reported
(reported as
parameter cell allowed RSCP average values for a UTRAN
function switch. If this parameter is as to
0) 63.-53
()
adjacent cell. When at least
configured as Yes, it can be redirected to dBm
Handover HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest
3G adjacent cell. CPICH
UTRAN from GSM to HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are
HoRSCPThs Realized RSCP < -52
Cell handover UTRAN FDD larger than or equal to the sume of
FDD Parameter dBm
parameter RSCP HoRSCPThsFDD and
(reported as
Threshold HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of 63) is used.
Handover GSM to UTRAN takes place and the
the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average RSCP values
UTRAN from GSM to adjacent cell is taken as candidate
HoRSCP_P_ Realized values are larger than or equal to the below -116
Cell handover UTRAN FDD destination cell for handover. 1 - 20, 1 - 20
FDD Parameter sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and dBm shall be
parameter RSCP Value
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from reported as 0
P/N
GSM to UTRAN takes place. and values
-52 dBm and
above shall
be reported
as 63. ()
 0 - 49:
the range
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of from -24 dB
Handover
the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average CPICH
UTRAN from GSM to
HoRSCP_N_ Realized values are larger than or equal to the Ec/Io < -23.5
Cell handover UTRAN FDD BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD 1 - 20, 1 - 20
FDD Parameter sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and dB (reported
parameter RSCP Value RSCP average values for a UTRAN
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from as 1) to -0.5
P/N adjacent cell. When at least
GSM to UTRAN takes place. dB CPICH
Handover HoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest
Ec/Io < 0 dB
UTRAN from GSM to HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are
HoEc/No_TH Realized (reported as
Cell handover UTRAN FDD larger than or equal to the sume of
S_FDD Parameter 48) is used.
parameter Ec/No HoEcNoThsFDD and
Ec/No values
Threshold HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from
When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of below -24 dB
Handover GSM to UTRAN takes place and the
HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are shall
0 - 63:be
UTRAN from GSM to adjacent cell is taken as candidate
HoEc/No_P_ Realized larger than or equal to the sum of reported
the rangeas 0
Cell handover UTRAN FDD destination cell for handover. 1 - 20, 1 - 20
FDD Parameter HoEcNoThsFDD and and values
from -116 0
parameter Ec/No Value
HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from dB and
dBm
P/N
GSM toatUTRAN
When least HoEcNo_P_FDD
takes place. out of above shall
CPICH
Handover
HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are be reported
RSCP < -115
UTRAN from GSM to This parameter defines a threshold value
HoEc/No_N_ Realized larger than or equal to the sum of as 49. ()
dBm
Cell handover UTRAN FDD for handover from GSM to UTRAN cell. 1 - 20, 1 - 20
FDD Parameter HoEcNoThsFDD and (reported as
parameter Ec/No Value BSC at least HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves
HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from 0) to -53
P/N RSCP average values for a UTRAN
GSM to UTRAN takes place. dBm
Handover adjacent cell. When at least
CPICH
UTRAN from GSM to HoRSCP_P_TDD
This parameter defines out ofathe latest value
threshold
HoRSCPThs Realized RSCP < -52
Cell handover UTRAN TDD HoRSCP_N_TDD
for handover from GSM average values are
to UTRAN cell.
TDD Parameter dBm
parameter RSCP largeratthan
BSC leastorHoRSCP_N_TDD
equal to the sumereserves
of
(reported as
Threshold HoRSCPThsTDD
RSCP average valuesand for a UTRAN
63) is used.
Handover HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN,
adjacent handover from
cell. When at least
RSCP values
UTRAN from GSM to GSMparameter
to UTRANdefines
HoRSCP_P_TDD
This takes place
out ofathe and thevalue
threshold
latest
HoRSCP_P_ Realized below -116
Cell handover UTRAN TDD adjacent
HoRSCP_N_TDD
for handovercell is taken
from GSM as to
averagecandidate
UTRAN
values are
cell. 1 - 20, 1 - 20
TDD Parameter dBm shall be
parameter RSCP Value destination
larger
BSC atthan cell
leastor for handover.
equal to the sum of
HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves When
reported as 0
P/N HoRSCPThsTDD
RSCP average valuesand for a UTRAN RLA_C of
and values
Handover HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN,
adjacent handover from
cell. When at least serving cell is
-52 dBm and
UTRAN from GSM to GSM to UTRAN takes
HoRSCP_P_TDD place
out of and the
the latest lower than (0
HoRSCP_N_ Realized above shall
Cell handover UTRAN TDD adjacent cell is taken
HoRSCP_N_TDD as candidate
average values are -1 7)- 20,
or higher
1 - 20
TDD Parameter be reported
parameter RSCP Value destination
larger than or cellequal
for handover
to the sum of than (8 - 15),
as 63. ()
P/N HoRSCPThsTDD and the UTRAN
Threshold This parameter defines a threshold.
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from neighbor cell
when UE When average receiving level RLA_C of
UTRAN GSM to UTRAN takes place and the measuring
performs General the cell falls below (parameter value: 0 -
Cell handover Qsearch_C adjacent cell is taken as candidate will be
search under Parameter 7) or higher than (parameter value: 8 -
parameter destination cell for handover. triggered.
specialized 15) this threshold, UE searches the
Initial 0 - 6 means
mode UTRAN adjacent cell. 0: Indicates
parameter L=-98+n*4
Qsearch_I
UTRAN instead of This parameter is used to search and dbm, 7
General parameter
Cell handover QsearchCInit qsearch_c measure the cell data while MS doesn't means
Parameter 1: Indicates
parameter before UE recieve Qsearch_C on SACCH. always, 8 -
always
receiving 14 means
measuring
qsearch_C L=-78+4* (n-
UTRAN 8) dbm, 15
Support3GC Support 3G Realized This parameter indicates if NACC to 3G 0: Adopts
Cell Reselection means
Yes/No
0: never
Broadcast
CN NACC Parameter cell is supported. enhanced
Parameter on normal
measuremen
BCCH block
t report
1: Broadcast
Channel message, if
UTRAN on extended
SI2QuaterPo location of Realized It indicates channel location of si2quater at least one
Cell Reselection BCCH block
s si2quater Parameter broadcast. BSIC is
When
Parameter (AGCH_BLO
broadcast configured
RLA_C of
CK
for eachcell is
serving
CS reservation
frequency
lower than in(0
UTRAN measuremen It indicates enhanced measurement value will be
ReportTypeC Realized -BA7) list;
or higher
Cell Reselection t type report for UE or measurement report 1)
S Parameter otherwise,
than (8 - 15),
Parameter reported by message.
This parameter indicates the adopt
the UTRAN
UE
Measuremen measurement threshold of UE normal cell
neighbor
t threshold of performing UTRAN cell reselection. UE measuremen
measuring
UTRAN
UE Important starts UTRAN reselection cell t report
will be
Cell Reselection Qsearch_I
performing Parameter measurement when average receiving message.
triggered.
Parameter
UTRAN cell level RLA_C of this cell is lower than 1:-Adopts
0 6 means
reselection (parameter value: 0 - 7) or higher than normal
L=-98+n*4
(parameter value: 8 - 15) the threshold. measuremen
dbm, 7
t report
means
message
always, 8-
14 means
L=-78+4* (n-
8) dbm, 15
means never
 CS number This parameter defines the number of
UTRAN of same adjacent cells with the same frequency
SvrBandRprt Realized
Cell Reselection frequency band as in serving cell, which are 0, 1, 2, 3
CS Parameter
Parameter adjacent included in the measurement report or
cells in report the strongest cell list.
CS class of
reported
UTRAN
FDDrepQntC quantities of General It indicates if MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to 0: RSCP; 1:
Cell Reselection
S UTRAN Parameter report measurement. Ec/No
Parameter
adjacent This parameter indicates the minimum 0= -20dB, 1=
cells value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell when it -6dB, 2=
MIN Ec/No of reselects adjacent cell. The value of -18dB, 3=
UTRAN
UTRAN Important Ec/No of the UTRAN cell shall be larger -8dB, 4=
Cell Reselection FDD_Qmin This parameter is used to reselect the
reselecting Parameter than the value defined by this parameter -16dB, 5=
Parameter UTRAN adjacent cell if the following
cell in order
This to reselect
parameter the adjacent
indicates cell.
the maximum -10dB, 6=
CS MAX requirements are satisfied:
Value range:
number of UTRAN/FDD
0 - 7, indicatingadjacent
(20cells
+ n) -14dB, 7=
number of 1 Received signal code power (RSCP) of
dBm.
included in packet measurement report -12dB.
UTRAN UTRAN/FDD this adjacent cell is higher than average
FDDMulRata Important or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD
Cell Reselection adjacent receiving level RLA_C of this cell. 0, 1, 2, 3
rrptCS Parameter adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies
Parameter cells in 2 RSCP of the adjacent cell is higher
are used
This for GSM
parameter adjacent
is to control cells. (If TDD
the number
measuremen than RLA_C of all adjacent GSM cells by 0 means
technology
of reports ofisdifferent
available, the vacancies
adjacent cells
t report at least FDD_Qoffset (FDD reselection always
are used
except theforserving
TDD cells).cell.
UTRAN FDD offset) for more than 5 seconds. choose 3G
Important 0: MS reports the survey results of six
Cell Reselection FDD_Qoffset reselection FDD_Qoffset of the cell increases by 5 neigbor cell;1
Parameter known and allowed adjacent cells with
Parameter offset dB if the cell is reselected 15 seconds = -28 dB;2 =
the strongest NCC according to the
Require UE earlier. -24 dB;
signal intensity, regardless of which
to send 3 Ec/No (code-noise ratio) of this 15 = 28 dB
frequency band adjacent cells are in.
UTRAN UTRAN adjacent
It indicates cell is larger than
if requiring UE to orsend
equal to
General 1: MS reports the measurement result
Cell Reselection ECSC_3G classmark designated
UTRAN FDD_Qmin
classmark (minimum
change message value Yes, No
Parameter of 1 adjacent cells with strongest signal
Parameter change of code-noise
early
in the frequency bands in adjacent cell
message ratio of UTRAN reselected cell).
list (excluding frequency band of serving
early
CS If more than one UTRAN cell meets
cell). In the remaining locations, MS
UTRAN measuremen above
It conditions,
indicates frequency thenofselect the cell
measurement
ReportRateC Realized reports the adjacent cells in the 0: Normal; 1:
Cell Reselection t reporting that hasinthe
reports largestcell,
adjacent RSCP.
refer to "CS
S Parameter frequency band of local cell. If there are Low
Parameter rate of adjacent cell report priority".
still more locations remaining, MS
adjacent cell This parameter defines the added offset
reports the second strongest adjacent
when UE reports signal field intensity. If
cell, regardless of their frequency bands.
UTRAN CS Multiband the field intensity of a certain GSM
MulBndRprtC Realized 2: MS reports the measurement result
Cell Reselection report adjacent cell is n dBm, then when 0, 1, 2, 3
S Parameter of two adjacent cells with strongest
Parameter indication mapping to RXLEV (0 - 63), UE will map
signal in the frequency bands in adjacent
n+ ScaleOrdCS to the original value
cell list (excluding frequency band of
CS offset corresponding to n. It applies only in the 0: 0 dB; 1: 10
serving cell). In the remaining locations,
UTRAN which is case that enhanced measurement dB; 2:
Realized MS reports the adjacent cells in the
Cell Reselection ScaleOrdCS added when report message is used. Automatic,
Parameter frequency band of local cell. If there are
Parameter UE reports If the field intensity of adjacent cell determined
still more locations remaining, MS
rxlev value exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be by UE
reports the second strongest adjacent
reported by setting this parameter. UE
cell, regardless
When of their frequency
cell is reselected to 3G TDDbands. 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
UTRAN TDD includes the SCALE value when it
Important 3: MS reports
adjacent cell, its the
RSCP measurement
shall be higher result 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
Cell Reselection TDD_Qoffset reselection reports enhance measurement report
Parameter of three
than the adjacent
least offset cellsof with
RLA_P strongest
in all GSM 10, 11, 12,
Parameter offset message. SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses
signal
adjacent in the
This [Link]
indicates bands in adjacent
the maximum 13, 14, 15
CS MAX the value of cell that reports the best
cell list (excluding
number of UTRAN/TDD frequency bandcells
adjacent of
number of signal level.
serving
includedcell). In the remaining
in measurement reportlocations,
or
UTRAN UTRAN/TDD
TDDMulRatR Realized MS reportscell
strongest thelist.
adjacent cells in the
If UTRAN/TDD
Cell Reselection adjacent 0, 1, 2, 3
rptCS Parameter frequency
adjacent cells band areof not
local cell.
full, theIfvacancies
there are
Parameter cells in
still more
are used for location
GSM remaining,
adjacent cells MS (Ifreports
FDD
measuremen
the fourth strongest
technology is supported, adjacent cell, part
remained
t report When BCC is not configured, NCC is
regardless
is given to FDD of their frequency bands.
cell).
UTRAN CS UE report permitted for BSIC of some GSM cells.
InvldBSICRp Realized
Cell Reselection invalid cell This parameter indicates if the system YES, NO
rtCS Parameter
Parameter level allowed allows UE to report field intensity of such
CS UE
cells.
search
This parameter indicates if to allow UE to
UTRAN
UTRAN search UTRAN adjacent cells in the
SEARCHPRI adjacent cell Realized
Cell Reselection frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If YES, NO
OCS3G in bsic Parameter
Parameter yes, then UE can use at most 25 frames
decoding
for search in 13 seconds.
frame
indication
 when reporting to GSM850M adjacent
GSM850M
cell, if signal level in two cells are higher
UTRAN adjacent cell 0 - 7 means
RprtOffsetCS Realized than or equal to RprtThoCS850, and
Cell Reselection reporting When reporting to GSM850M adjacent 0 - 42 dB, 6
850 Parameter RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell
Parameter signal level cells, only when signal level in the cell is dB/per step.
with bigger sum of signal level value and
Offset higher than or equal to RprtThoCS850
RprtOffsetCS850 value is firstly reported. 0: always; 1 -
GSM850M (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV
6 means 6 -
UTRAN adjacent cell portion in measurement report, different
RprtThoCS8 Realized 36, 6/per
Cell Reselection reporting mapping relationship for different
50 Parameter step; 7
Parameter signal level RXLEV), it can be reported.
means never
Threshold As to if it can be reported in certain
when reporting to GSM900M adjacent ()
GSM900M period, it also depends on signal level,
cell, if signal level in two cells are higher
UTRAN adjacent cell RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and 0 - 7 means
RprtOffsetCS Realized than or equal to RprtThoCS900, and
Cell Reselection reporting RprtOffsetCS850.
When reporting to GSM900M adjacent 0 - 42 dB, 6
900 Parameter RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell
Parameter signal level cells, only when signal level in the cell is dB/per step.
with bigger sum of signal level value and
Offset higher than or equal to RprtThoCS900
RprtOffsetCS900 value is firstly reported. 0: always; 1 -
GSM900M (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV
6 means 6 -
UTRAN adjacent cell portion in measurement report, different
RprtThoCS9 Realized 36, 6/per
Cell Reselection reporting mapping relationship for different
00 Parameter step; 7
Parameter signal level RXLEV), it can be reported.
means never
Threshold As to ifreporting
when it can betoreported
GSM1800M in certain
adjacent
()
GSM1800M period,
cell, it alsolevel
if signal depends
in twoon signal
cells arelevel,
higher
UTRAN adjacent cell RepPrioCS,
than or equalMulBndRprtCS
to RprtThoCS1800, and and 0 - 7 means
RprtOffsetCS Realized
Cell Reselection reporting RprtOffsetCS900.
RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell 0 - 42 dB, 6
1800 Parameter When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent
Parameter signal level with bigger sum of signal level value and dB/per step.
cells, only when signal level in the cell is
Offset RprtOffsetCS1800 value is firstly
higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1800 0: always; 1 -
GSM1800M reported.
(dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV 6 means 6 -
UTRAN adjacent cell
RprtThoCS1 Realized portion in measurement report, different 36, 6/per
Cell Reselection reporting
800 Parameter mapping relationship for different step; 7
Parameter signal level
RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can means never
Threshold When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent
be reported in certain period, it also ()
GSM1900M cell, if signal level in two cells are higher
depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,
UTRAN adjacent cell than or equal to RprtThoCS1900, and 0 - 7 means
RprtOffsetCS Realized MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS1800.
Cell Reselection reporting RepPrioCS
When reportingvalue toisGSM1900M
same, thenadjacent
the cell 0 - 42 dB, 6
1900 Parameter
Parameter signal level with bigger
cells, only whensum of signal
signal
level
level
in value
the celland is dB/per step.
Offset RprtOffsetCS1900
higher than or equalvalue to RprtThoCS1900
is firstly
0: always; 1 -
GSM1900M reported.
(dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV
6 means 6 -
UTRAN adjacent cell portion in measurement report, different
RprtThoCS1 Realized 36, 6/per
Cell Reselection reporting mapping relationship for different
900 Parameter step; 7
Parameter signal level RXLEV), it can be reported.
means never
Threshold As to ifreporting
when it can betoreported
UTRAN/FDD in certain
adjacent
()
UTRAN/FDD period,
cell, if signal
it alsolevel
depends
in twooncells
signal
arelevel,
higher
UTRAN adjacent cell RepPrioCS,
than or equalMulBndRprtCS
to FDDRprtThoCS, and and 0 - 7 means
FDDRprtOffs Realized
Cell Reselection reporting RprtOffsetCS1900.
RepPrioCS
When reportingvalue toisUTRAN/FDD
same, then the adjacent
cell 0 - 42 dB, 6
etCS Parameter
Parameter signal level with bigger
cells, only whensum of signal
signal
level
level
in value
the celland is dB/per step.
Offset FDDRprtOffsetCS
higher than or equal value
to FDDRprtThoCS
is firstly
0: always; 1 -
UTRAN/FDD reported.
(dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV
6 means 6 -
UTRAN adjacent cell portion in measurement report, different
FDDRprtTho Realized 36, 6/per
Cell Reselection reporting mapping relationship for different
CS Parameter step; 7
Parameter signal level RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can
means never
Threshold be reported
when reporting in certain
to UTRAN/TDD
period, it also
adjacent
()
UTRAN/TDD depends
cell, if signal
on signal
level inlevel,
two cells
RepPrioCS,
are higher
UTRAN adjacent cell FDDMulRatRrptCS
than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS,
and and 0 - 7 means
TDDRprtOffs Realized
Cell Reselection reporting FDDRprtOffsetCS.
RepPrioCS
When reportingvalue toisUTRAN/TDD
same, then the cell
adjacent 0 - 42 dB, 6
etCS Parameter
Parameter signal level with bigger
cells, only whensum of signal
signal level
level in value
the celland is dB/per step.
Offset TDDRprtOffsetCS
higher
This than or equal
parameter value
defines is firstly
to TDDRprtThoCS
the added offset
0: always; m;
UTRAN/TDD reported.
(dimensionless,
when UE reportscorresponding to RXLEV
signal field intensity. If
1 - 6 means
UTRAN adjacent cell portion
the fieldinintensity
measurement report,
of a certain GSMdifferent
TDDRprtTho Realized 6 - 36, 6/per
Cell Reselection reporting mapping cell
adjacent relationship
is n dBm,forthendifferent
when
CS Parameter step; 7
Parameter signal level RXLEV), to
mapping it can
RXLEVbe reported.
(0 - 63), AsUEtowill
if itmap
can
means never
Threshold be reported
n+ ScaleOrdPS in certain
to theperiod,
originalitvalue
also
()
UTRAN Cell PS offset depends on signal
corresponding to [Link], RepPrioCS,
It applies only in the 0: 0 dB; 1: 10
control which is TDDMulRatRrptCS
case that enhancedand measurement dB; 2:
Realized
Cell parameter- ScaleOrdPS added when TDDRprtOffsetCS.
report message is used. Automatic,
Parameter
GPRS UE reports If the field intensity of adjacent cell determined
property rxlev value exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be by UE
reported by setting this parameter. If the
field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds
-48 dBm, the real value can be reported
by setting this parameter. SCALE_ORD
= 2, UE uses the value of cell that
reports the best signal level.
 UTRAN Cell PS
This parameter indicates that UE uses
control measuremen
ReportTypeP Realized PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT or
Cell parameter- t type 0, 1
S Parameter PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT
GPRS reported by
REPORT message.
property UE
When
UTRAN Cell PS number This parameter defines the number of
RLA_C of
control of same adjacent cells with the same frequency
SvrBandRprt Realized serving cell is
Cell parameter- frequency band as in serving cell, which are 0, 1, 2, 3
PS Parameter lower than (0
GPRS adjacent included in the PS measurement report
- 7) or higher
property cells in report or the strongest cell list.
than (8 - 15),
UTRAN Cell PS
the UTRAN
control measuremen It indicates frequency of measurement
ReportRateP Realized 0: Normal;cell
neighbor 1:
Cell parameter- t reporting reports in adjacent cell, refer to "PS
S Parameter Low
measuring
GPRS rate of adjacent cell report
Measurement priority".
threshold of UE
will be
property adjacent cell performing GPRS UTRAN cell.
Measuremen triggered.
UTRAN Cell Searching 3G cell when signal level is
t threshold of 0 - 6 means
control lower than threshold 0 - 7 (corresponding 0 means
UE General L=-98+n*4
Cell parameter- Qsearch_P to -98, -94, ..., -74 dBm), threshold 7 always
performing Parameter dbm, 7
GPRS indicates always searching; or searching choose 3G
GPRS means
property while above threshold 8 - 15 (-78, -74, ..., neigbor cell;1
UTRAN cell always, 8 -
UTRAN Cell -54 dBm), threshold 15 indicates never = -28 dB;2 =
When cell is reselected to 3G FDD 14 means
control FDD GPRS search. -24
0 dB;
means
FDD_GPRS_ General adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher L=-78+4* (n-
Cell parameter- reselection 15 = 28 dB
always
Qoffset Parameter than the least offset of RLA_P in all GSM 8) dbm, 15
GPRS offset (GPRS 3G
choose
adjacent cells. means never
property packet idle
neigbor cell;1
(GPRS
UTRAN Cell state,
= GPRS
-28 dB;2 =
When cell is reselected to 3G TDD packet
0= idle1=
-20dB,
control TDD GPRS packet
-24 dB;
TDD_GPRS_ General adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher state, 2=
-6dB, GPRS
Cell parameter- reselection transform
15 = 28 dB
Qoffset Parameter packet 3=
than the least offset of RLA_P in all GSM -18dB,
GPRS offset state)
(GPRS
adjacent cells. transform
-8dB, 4=
property packet idle
state) 5=
-16dB,
UTRAN Cell PS MIN state, GPRS
The value of Ec/No of the 3G cell shall -10dB, 6=
control Ec/No of packet
FDD_QminP General be larger than the value defined by this -14dB, 7=
Cell parameter- UTRAN transform
S Parameter parameter in order to reselect the -12dB.
GPRS reselecting state)
adjacent cell. (GPRS
property cell 0 - 7, 2dB.
packet idle
UTRAN Cell (GPRS
state, GPRS
control Offset of packet idle
FDD_Qmin_ General packet
Cell parameter- FDD_QminP Offset of FDD_QminPS state, GPRS
OffsetPS Parameter transform
GPRS S packet
0 - 15: -114
state)
property transform
dBm - -84
UTRAN Cell PS MIN state)()
dBm
control RSCP of When the cell is reselected to 3G (GPRS
FDD_RSCP General
Cell parameter- UTRAN adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be no less packet idle
minPS Parameter
GPRS reselecting than this value. state, GPRS
property cell packet
0 - 15
UTRAN Cell Measuremen transform
(GPRS
control t report It is the measurement report threshold of packet
state) idle
FDDRprtTho Realized
Cell parameter- threshold of Ec/No or RSCP (while not specified in state, GPRS
2PS Parameter
GPRS Ec/No or byFDDRepQuant) packet
property RSCP MS in single-frequency GSM system transform
PS class of
UTRAN Cell needs only to report contents of six state)
reported
control adjacent cells with the strongest signals 0, 1 (0:
FDDRepQnt quantities of Realized It indicates if MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to
Cell parameter- in a frequency band, when reporting the RSCP; 1:
PS UTRAN Parameter report measurement.
GPRS survey result of adjacent cells to the Ec/No)
adjacent This parameter indicates the maximum
property PS MAX network.
cells number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells
UTRAN Cell number of In multi-band networking, MS can enter
included in packet measurement report
control UTRAN/FDD with priority into a specific frequency
FDDMulRatR Realized or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD
Cell parameter- adjacent band during handover. The MS reports 0, 1, 2, 3
rptPS Parameter adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies
GPRS cells in the survey result according to the signal
are used for GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD
property measuremen intensity and the frequency band of the
technology is available, the vacancies
UTRAN Cell t report signals, according to the actual situation.
are used for TDD cells).
control PS Multiband MulBndRprtPS is used to notify MS to
MulBndRprtP Realized
Cell parameter- report report contents of adjacent cells in 0, 1, 2, 3
S Parameter
GPRS indication multiple frequency bands. It is one of the
property system control parameters.
The setting of this parameter is subject
to traffic in each frequency band.
General principles to set the parameters
are as follows: 0: If the traffic of each
frequency band is almost equivalent, and
the operator has no choice over the
frequency band.
3: If the traffic of each frequency band is
 This parameter indicates the MAX
number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell
UTRAN Cell
included in measurement report. If
control
TDDMulRatR TDD multi Realized UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full,
Cell parameter- 0, 1, 2, 3
rptPS report PS Parameter the vacancies are used for GSM
GPRS
adjacent cells (If FDD technology is
property
supported, remained part is given to
UTRAN Cell When BCC is not configured, NCC is
FDD cell).
control PS UE report permitted for BSIC of some GSM cells.
InvldBSICRp Realized
Cell parameter- invalid cell This parameter indicates if the system YES, NO
rtPS Parameter
GPRS level allowed allows UE to report field intensity of such
PS UE
property cell.
search
UTRAN Cell This parameter indicates if to allow UE to
UTRAN
control search UTRAN adjacent cells in the
SEARCHPRI adjacent cell Realized
Cell parameter- frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If YES, NO
OPS3G in bsic Parameter
GPRS yes, then UE can use at most 25 frames
decoding
property for search in 13 seconds.
frame when reporting to GSM850M adjacent
UTRAN Cell GSM850M
indication cell, if signal level in two cells are higher
control adjacent cell 0 - 7 means
RprtOffsetCS Realized than or equal to RprtThoCS850, and
Cell parameter- reporting When reporting to GSM850M adjacent 0 - 42 dB, 6
850 Parameter RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell
GPRS signal level cells, only when signal level in the cell is dB/per step.
with bigger sum of signal level value and
property Offset higher than or equal to RprtThoCS850
RprtOffsetCS850 value is firstly reported. 0: always; 1 -
UTRAN Cell GSM850M (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV
6 means 6 -
control adjacent cell portion in measurement report, different
RprtThoCS8 Realized 36, 6/per
Cell parameter- reporting mapping relationship for different
50 Parameter step; 7
GPRS signal level RXLEV), it can be reported.
means never
property Threshold As to if it can be reported in certain
when reporting to GSM900M adjacent ()
UTRAN Cell GSM900M period, it also depends on signal level,
cell, if signal level in two cells are higher
control adjacent cell RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and 0 - 7 means
RprtOffsetCS Realized than or equal to RprtThoCS900, and
Cell parameter- reporting RprtOffsetCS850.
When reporting to GSM900M adjacent 0 - 42 dB, 6
900 Parameter RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell
GPRS signal level cells, only when signal level in the cell is dB/per step.
with bigger sum of signal level value and
property Offset higher than or equal to RprtThoCS900
RprtOffsetCS900 value is firstly reported. 0: always; 1 -
UTRAN Cell GSM900M (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV
6 means 6 -
control adjacent cell portion in measurement report, different
RprtThoCS9 Realized 36, 6/per
Cell parameter- reporting mapping relationship for different
00 Parameter step; 7
GPRS signal level RXLEV), it can be reported.
means never
property Threshold As to ifreporting
when it can betoreported
GSM1800M in certain
adjacent
()
UTRAN Cell GSM1800M period,
cell, it alsolevel
if signal depends
in twoon signal
cells arelevel,
higher
control adjacent cell RepPrioCS,
than or equalMulBndRprtCS
to RprtThoCS1800, and and 0 - 7 means
RprtOffsetCS Realized
Cell parameter- reporting RprtOffsetCS900.
RepPrioCS value is same, then the cell 0 - 42 dB, 6
1800 Parameter When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent
GPRS signal level with bigger sum of signal level value and dB/per step.
cells, only when signal level in the cell is
property Offset RprtOffsetCS1800 value is firstly
higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1800 0: always; 1 -
UTRAN Cell GSM1800M reported.
(dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV 6 means 6 -
control adjacent cell
RprtThoCS1 Realized portion in measurement report, different 36, 6/per
Cell parameter- reporting
800 Parameter mapping relationship for different step; 7
GPRS signal level
RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can means never
property Threshold When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent
be reported in certain period, it also ()
UTRAN Cell GSM1900M cell, if signal level in two cells are higher
depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,
control adjacent cell than or equal to RprtThoCS1900, and 0 - 7 means
RprtOffsetCS Realized MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS1800.
Cell parameter- reporting RepPrioCS
When value
reporting toisGSM1900M
same, thenadjacent
the cell 0 - 42 dB, 6
1900 Parameter
GPRS signal level with bigger
cells, sum of
only when signal
signal level
level in value
the celland
is dB/per step.
property Offset RprtOffsetCS1900
higher than or equalvalueto RprtThoCS1900
is firstly
0: always; 1 -
UTRAN Cell GSM1900M reported.
(dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV
6 means 6 -
control adjacent cell portion in measurement report, different
RprtThoCS1 Realized 36, 6/per
Cell parameter- reporting mapping relationship for different
900 Parameter step; 7
GPRS signal level RXLEV), it can be reported.
means never
property Threshold As to ifreporting
when it can betoreported
UTRAN/FDD in certain
adjacent
()
UTRAN Cell UTRAN/FDD period,
cell, it alsolevel
if signal depends
in twoon signal
cells arelevel,
higher
control adjacent cell RepPrioCS,
than or equalMulBndRprtCS
to FDDRprtThoCS, and and 0 - 7 means
FDDRprtOffs Realized
Cell parameter- reporting RprtOffsetCS1900.
RepPrioCS
When value
reporting toisUTRAN/FDD
same, then the cell
adjacent 0 - 42 dB, 6
etCS Parameter
GPRS signal level with bigger
cells, sum of
only when signal
signal level
level in value
the celland
is dB/per step.
property Offset FDDRprtOffsetCS
higher than or equal value is firstly
to FDDRprtThoCS
0: always; 1 -
UTRAN Cell UTRAN/FDD reported.
(dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV
6 means 6 -
control adjacent cell portion in measurement report, different
FDDRprtTho Realized 36, 6/per
Cell parameter- reporting mapping relationship for different
CS Parameter step; 7
GPRS signal level RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can
means never
property Threshold be reported in certain period, it also
()
depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,
FDDMulRatRrptCS and
FDDRprtOffsetCS.
 when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent
UTRAN Cell UTRAN/TDD cell, if signal level in two cells are higher
control adjacent cell than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS, and 0 - 7 means
TDDRprtOffs Realized
Cell parameter- reporting RepPrioCS
When reporting value toisUTRAN/TDD
same, then the cell
adjacent 0 - 42 dB, 6
etCS Parameter
GPRS signal level with bigger
cells, only when sum of signal
signal levellevel in value
the celland is dB/per step.
property Offset TDDRprtOffsetCS
higher than or equal value
to TDDRprtThoCS
is firstly
0: always; m;
UTRAN Cell UTRAN/TDD reported.
(dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV
1 - 6 means
control adjacent cell portion in of
Priorities measurement
the adjacent report, cell aredifferent
as
TDDRprtTho Realized 6 - 36, 6/per
Cell parameter- reporting mapping relationship for different
follows:
CS Parameter step; 7
GPRS signal level RXLEV), it can
[Link] be reported.
cell with same frequency As to if it can
means never
property Threshold be reported
band. have in certain period, it also
UTRAN Adjacent This parameter defines the priority of ()
depends
the following on signal
features: level,BSICRepPrioCS,
of color
Neighbor cell UTRAN cell This parameter is a unique identification
adjacent
TDDMulRatRrptCS
code is valid; Its measured and field intensity
handover HoRSObjectI handover Realized of UTRAN
cells to report the measurement report
Cell TDDRprtOffsetCS.
ranks high among cells in the same 1 ~ 64
and d and Parameter adjacent
Handover
during PScell
from handover
traffic GSM toand
operation. UTRAN reselection
being
frequency band and is larger than or
reselection reselection object. of
triggered
Priorities only theindicates
adjacentthat cellUTRANare as
equal to the lower limit specified by
parameter
UTRAN object ID adjacent cell satisfies the minimum
follows:
RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents
Neighbor cell RSCP offset requirementcell
[Link] forwith
normal same UEfrequency
frequency band of serving cell.
handover HoRSCPOffs handover to Realized communication
band. These cellwithin shall it.
have the following
Cell 2. Adjacent cell in the frequency band 0 ~ 63
and etUTRAN UTRAN Parameter This parameter
Handover
features: from of
BSIC is color
GSM a prerequisite
to code
UTRAN to Its
being
is valid;
different
reselection adjacent cell ensure enough
triggered
measured only field intensity
fieldindicates
intensity that
ranks for
UTRAN
high
from that of the serving cell must have
parameter
UTRAN uplink/downlink
adjacent
among cell in
cells of UTRAN
satisfies
the same adjacent band
thefrequency
minimum cells.
the following features: BSIC of color
Neighbor cell Ec/No offset It alsois controls
requirement
and larger for thanthe priority
normal
or equalUEof to atheUElower
to
code is valid. Its measured field intensity
handover HoEcNoOffs handover to Realized handover
communication
limit specified to different
bywithin adjacent
it.
RprtThoPSXXX. cells.
Here,
Cell ranks high among cells in the same 0 ~ 49
and etUTRAN UTRAN Parameter This parameter
XXX representsisfrequency a prerequisite band to of
frequency band and is larger than or
reselection adjacent cell ensure enough
serving cell. field intensity for
equal to the lower limit specified by
parameter
UTRAN uplink/downlink
2. Adjacent cell in of the
UTRAN frequency adjacent band cells.
RprtThoCSXXX.
Neighbor cell It also controls
different from that theof priority
the servingof a UE to
cell
CS adjacent Here, XXX represents the frequency
handover Realized handover
must havetothe different
following adjacent
features: cells.
BSIC 0:Lower;1:Hi
Cell RepPrioCS cell report band different from that of serving cell.
and Parameter of color code is valid. Its measured field gh.
priority 3. Other access technologies, such as
reselection intensity ranks high among cells in the
UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells. These cell
parameter
UTRAN same frequency band and is larger than
shall have the following features: the
Neighbor cell or equal to the lower limit specified by
PS adjacent cells scramble is correct. Its measured
handover Realized RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX 0:Lower;1:Hi
Cell RepPrioPS cell report field intensity ranks high among cells
and Parameter represents
CNN mode the refersfrequency band different
to cell alternating gh.
priority with the same access technologies and
reselection from that of serving
notificaiton. When BSS [Link] CCN
is larger than or equal to the lower limit
parameter
UTRAN [Link] access
mode, MS does technologies,
cell reselection suchinas NC0
specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX
Neighbor cell UTRAN/FDD
and NC1 modes, adjacent
PACKET [Link] These cell
represents access technologies like
handover CCNSUPPO Is support Realized shall have NOTIFICATION
CHANGE the following features: message the
Cell UTRAN/FDD. Yes/No
and RT CCN mode Parameter cells scramble
notification shallisbe correct.
delivered Its measured
to network
For above priorities, if the prioritys
reselection field
in intensity
normal case. ranks
Afterhigh among
network cells
receives
location has surplus, then leave it to
parameter with message,
this the same access it can send technologies
specific and
adjacent cell of the next priority. For
is largermessage
system than or equal abouttostandby
the lower celllimit
to
System Operation access
For internaltechnology
use, assign such the as RNC_ID 1 of
Realized specified by XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX
MS.
Control control OutRNC[1] Outer RNC1 UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as
external [0, 65535]
Parameter represents access technologies like
Parameter parameters GSM
3G 900,cell
target the oncellhandover.
with high RepPrioCS
UTRAN/FDD.
is preferred. For
For above priorities, if the prioritys
cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with
location has surplus, then leave it to
System Operation greater
For internalsumuse, of RprtThoCSXXX
assign the RNC_ID (or 2 of
Realized adjacent cell of the next priority. For
Control control OutRNC[2] Outer RNC2 XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX
external
Parameter access technology such as
Parameter parameters (or XXXRprtOffsetCS)
3G target cell on handover. is preferred.
UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as
GSM 900, the cell with high RepPrioPS
is preferred. For
System Operation For internal use, assign the RNC_ID 3 of
Realized cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with
Control control OutRNC[3] Outer RNC3 external
Parameter greater sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or
Parameter parameters 3G target cell on handover.
XXXRprtThoPS) and RprtOffsetPSXXX
(or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.
System Operation TDD cell
General Determine whether to allow TDD cell
Control control TDHOEnable handover Yes/No
Parameter handover
Parameter parameters enable
UTRAN
Adjacent Adjacent Cell Character
Cell Handover General string with
User Label User Label
Parameter and Parameter the maximum
s Reselection length of 40
Parameters
 Priorities of the adjacent cell are as
follows:
[Link] cell with same frequency
band. have
UTRAN Adjacent This parameter defines the priority of
the following features: BSIC of color
Adjacent Adjacent Cell UTRAN cell This parameter is a unique identification
adjacent
code is valid; Its measured field intensity
Cell Handover HoRSObjectI handover General of UTRAN
cells to report the measurement report
ranks high among cells in the same 1 ~ 64
Parameter and d and Parameter adjacent
Handover
during PScell
from handover
traffic GSM toand
operation. UTRAN reselection
being
frequency band and is larger than or
s Reselection reselection object. of
triggered
Priorities only theindicates
adjacentthat cellUTRAN
are as
equal to the lower limit specified by
Parameters
UTRAN object ID adjacent cell satisfies the minimum
follows:
RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents
Adjacent Adjacent Cell RSCP offset requirementcell
[Link] forwith
normal same UEfrequency
frequency band of serving cell.
Cell Handover HoRSCPOffs handover to Important communication
band. These cellwithin shall [Link] the following
2. Adjacent cell in the frequency band 0 ~ 63
Parameter and etUTRAN UTRAN Parameter This parameter
Handover
features: from of
BSIC GSM
is color
a prerequisite
to code
UTRAN being
to Its
is valid;
different
s Reselection adjacent cell ensure enough
triggered
measured only
fieldindicates
field intensity
intensity that
ranks UTRAN
for
high
from that of the serving cell must have
Parameters
UTRAN uplink/downlink
adjacent
among cell in
cells satisfies
of UTRAN
the same thefrequency
minimum
adjacent band cells.
the following features: BSIC of color
Adjacent Adjacent Cell Ec/No offset It also
requirement
and is controls
larger for thanthe
normal
priority
or equal UEof to atheUElower
to
code is valid. Its measured field intensity
Cell Handover HoEcNoOffs handover to Important handover
communication
limit specified to different
bywithin adjacent
it.
RprtThoPSXXX. [Link],
ranks high among cells in the same 0 ~ 49
Parameter and etUTRAN UTRAN Parameter This parameter
XXX representsisfrequency a prerequisite band to of
frequency band and is larger than or
s Reselection adjacent cell ensure enough
serving cell. field intensity for
equal to the lower limit specified by
Parameters
UTRAN uplink/downlink
2. Adjacent cell in of the
UTRAN frequency adjacent band cells.
RprtThoCSXXX.
Adjacent Adjacent Cell It also controls
different from that theof priority
the servingof a UE to
cell
CS adjacent Here, XXX represents the frequency
Cell Handover General handover
must havetothe different
following adjacent
features: cells.
BSIC 0:Lower;1:Hi
RepPrioCS cell report band different from that of serving cell.
Parameter and Parameter of color code is valid. Its measured field gh.
priority 3. Other access technologies, such as
s Reselection intensity ranks high among cells in the
UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells. These cell
Parameters
UTRAN same frequency band and is larger than
shall have the following features: the
Adjacent Adjacent Cell or equal to the lower limit specified by
PS adjacent cells scramble is correct. Its measured
Cell Handover General RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX 0:Lower;1:Hi
RepPrioPS cell report field intensity ranks high among cells
Parameter and Parameter represents
CNN mode the refersfrequency band different
to cell alternating gh.
priority with the same access technologies and
s Reselection from that of serving
notificaiton. When BSS [Link] CCN
is larger than or equal to the lower limit
Parameters
UTRAN [Link] access
mode, MS does technologies,
cell reselection suchinas NC0
specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX
Adjacent Adjacent Cell UTRAN/FDD
and NC1 modes, adjacent
PACKET [Link] cell
represents access technologies like
Cell Handover CCNSUPPO Is support General shall have NOTIFICATION
CHANGE the following features: message the
UTRAN/FDD. Yes, No
Parameter and RT CCN mode Parameter cells scramble
notification shallisbe correct.
delivered Its measured
to network
For above priorities, if the prioritys
s Reselection field
in normal
intensitycase. ranks
Afterhighnetwork among receives
cells
location has surplus, then leave it to
Parameters
UTRAN with message,
this the same access it can send technologies
specific and
adjacent cell of the next priority. For
Adjacent Adjacent Cell is largermessage
system than or equal abouttostandbythe lower celllimit
to
access
This
Priorities technology
parameter suchBSS
defines
of the adjacent as external
cell are as cell
Cell Handover Related Cell General specified by XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX
MS.
RelationDN UTRAN/FDD,
DN: EcId or related
follows: or frequency
BSS equipment band such DN:as -
Parameter and DN Parameter represents access technologies like
GSM 900, the
BscId-SiteId-BtsId.
[Link] cellcell
withwithsame high RepPrioCS
frequency
s Reselection UTRAN/FDD.
is preferred.
band. have For
Parameters For above priorities, if the prioritys
cellsfollowing
the with same RepPrioCS,
features: BSIC of thecolor
cell with
Adjacent UTRAN location has surplus, then leave it to
greater
code sum ofItsRprtThoCSXXX
is valid; measured field (or intensity
Cell Adjacent Cell UTRAN HO General adjacent
This cell of the
parameter is a next
unique priority. For
identification
HoObjectId XXXRprtThoCS)
ranks high amongand cellsRprtOffsetCSXXX
in the same 1 ~ 64
Parameter Handover ID Parameter access
of
Handover
UTRAN technology
from
adjacent GSM such
cell
to UTRANas
handover being
object.
(or XXXRprtOffsetCS)
frequency band and is is preferred.
larger than or
s Parameters UTRAN/FDD,
triggered only or frequency
indicates thatbandUTRAN such as
equal to the lower limit specified by
GSM 900,cell
adjacent thesatisfies
cell withthe high RepPrioPS
minimum
RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents
Adjacent UTRAN RSCP offset is preferred. For
requirement for normal UE
frequency band of serving cell.
Cell Adjacent Cell HoRSCPOffs handover to Important cells with same within
communication RepPrioPS, it. the cell with
2. Adjacent cell in the frequency band 0 ~ 63
Parameter Handover etUTRAN UTRAN Parameter greater
This
Handover sum
parameter fromof RprtThoPSXXX
GSM to UTRAN(or
is a prerequisite being
to
different
s Parameters adjacent cell XXXRprtThoPS)
ensure
triggered enough
only indicatesandintensity
field RprtOffsetPSXXX
that UTRANfor
from that of the serving cell must have
(or XXXRprtOffsetPS)
uplink/downlink
adjacent cell satisfies
of UTRAN is preferred.
the minimum
adjacent cells.
the following features: BSIC of color
Adjacent UTRAN Ec/No offset It also controls
requirement forthenormal
priority UEof a UE to
code is valid. Its measured field intensity
Cell Adjacent Cell HoEcNoOffs handover to Important handover
communication to different
withinadjacent
it. cells.
ranks high among cells in the same 0 ~ 49
Parameter Handover etUTRAN UTRAN Parameter This parameter is a prerequisite to
frequency band and is larger than or
s Parameters adjacent cell ensure enough field intensity for
equal to the lower limit specified by
uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells.
RprtThoCSXXX.
Adjacent UTRAN It also controls the priority of a UE to
CS adjacent Here, XXX represents the frequency
Cell Adjacent Cell General handover to different adjacent cells. 0:Lower;1:Hi
RepPrioCS cell report band different from that of serving cell.
Parameter Handover Parameter gh.
priority 3. Other access technologies, such as
s Parameters
UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells. These cell
shall have the following features: the
Adjacent UTRAN
cellsparameter
This scramble is defines
correct. BSS Its measured
external cell
Cell Adjacent Cell Related Cell General
RelationDN field EcId
DN: intensity
or related
ranks BSS high amongequipment cellsDN: -
Parameter Handover DN Parameter
with the same access technologies and
BscId-SiteId-BtsId.
s Parameters
is larger than or equal to the lower limit
specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX
Adjacent UTRAN UTRAN
represents
This parameter access is atechnologies
unique identification like
Cell Adjacent Cell Adjacent cell General
RSObjectId UTRAN/FDD.
of UTRAN 1 ~ 64
Parameter Reselection reselection Parameter
For abovecell
adjacent priorities,
reselection if theobject.
prioritys
s Parameters object ID
location has surplus, then leave it to
adjacent cell of the next priority. For
access technology such as
UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as
GSM 900, the cell with high RepPrioCS
is preferred. For
cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with
greater sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or
XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX
 2. Adjacent cell in the frequency band
different from that of the serving cell
must have the following features: BSIC
of color code is valid. Its measured field
intensity ranks high among cells in the
same frequency band and is larger than
Adjacent UTRAN or equal to the lower limit specified by
PS adjacent
Cell Adjacent Cell General RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX 0:Lower;1:Hi
RepPrioPS cell report
Parameter Reselection Parameter represents
CNN mode the
refers
frequency
to cell alternating
band different gh.
priority
s Parameters from that of serving
notificaiton. When BSS [Link] CCN
[Link] access
mode, MS does technologies,
cell reselection
suchinas NC0
Adjacent UTRAN UTRAN/FDD
and NC1 modes,adjacent
PACKET [Link]
These cell
Cell Adjacent Cell CCNSUPPO Is support General shall have NOTIFICATION
CHANGE the following features:
message the
Yes, No
Parameter Reselection RT CCN mode Parameter cells scramble
notification shallisbe
correct. Its measured
delivered to network
s Parameters field
in intensity
normal ranks
case. Afterhigh among
network cells
receives
with message,
this the same access
it can sendtechnologies
specific and
Adjacent UTRAN is largermessage
system than or equal
abouttostandby
the lowercelllimit
to
This parameter defines BSS external cell
Cell Adjacent Cell Related Cell General specified by XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX
MS.
RelationDN DN: EcId or related BSS equipment DN: -
Parameter Reselection DN Parameter represents access technologies like
BscId-SiteId-BtsId.
s Parameters UTRAN/FDD.
For above priorities, if the prioritys
External location has surplus, then leave it to Character
UTRAN
cell Realized adjacent cell of the next priority. For string with
external cell - User Label This interface is identified by the user.
parameter Parameter access technology such as the maximum
parameters
s UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as length of 40
GSM 900, the cell with high RepPrioPS
External is preferred. For When
UTRAN
cell External General cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with "UTRAN Cell
external cell EcUTRANId Serial number of UTRAN external cell 1 ~ 65535
parameter UTRAN ID Parameter greater sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or Type
parameters
s XXXRprtThoPS) and RprtOffsetPSXXX (CellTypeUT
(or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred. RAN)" is
External FDD, value
UTRAN
cell CellTypeUTR UTRAN cell General range is
external cell The type of this UTRAN cell FDD, TDD
parameter AN type Parameter 9612 ~ 9888,
parameters
s 10562 ~
10838;
External MCC consists of three digits of decimal When
UTRAN Mobile When
cell General number. It is used to uniquely identify the "UTRAN Cell
external cell MCC Country 0 ~ 999
MNC3Digits
parameter Parameter home country of the mobile user (or Type
parameters Code is selected
s system) . (CellTypeUT
as 2 digits,
RAN)" is
MNC value
External MNC consists of three digits of decimal TDD and
UTRAN Mobile will be 0~99;
cell General number. It uniquely identifies a specific "UTRAN
external cell MNC Network When
parameter Parameter PLMN network in a country (determined adjacent cell
parameters Code MNC3Digits
s by MCC) . bandwidth
is selected
(BandWidthU
as 3 digits,
External TRAN)" is 0
UTRAN MNC value
cell UTRAN cell General (3.84 Mcps),
external cell ArfcnUTRAN UTRAN cell Frequency will be
parameter Frequency Parameter value range
parameters 0~999.
s is 9262 ~
9638, 9662 ~
External 9938, 10062
UTRAN Local cell For internal use, assign the position
cell General ~ 10113;
external cell LAC position number at 1 ~ 65535
parameter Parameter When
parameters number local cell on handover.
s "UTRAN Cell
Type
When
External Each RNC has a unique number in the (CellTypeUT
UTRAN FDD: It is described in detail in protocol "UTRAN Cell
cell General UTRAN network of PLMN to route RAN)" is
external cell RNC_Id RNC ID 3GPP 0 ~ 4095
Type
parameter Parameter corresponding UTRAN interface TDD and
parameters TS25.213. The scrambling code is used (CellTypeUT
s message correctly. "UTRAN
to RAN)" is
adjacent cell
distinguish the carriers in UTRAN/FDD FDD, this
External bandwidth
UTRAN network. parameter
cell General (BandWidthU
external cell C_Id C ID It identifies
MS measure thethe
UTRAN adjacent cell.
main scrambling code 0 ~ 65535
represents
parameter Parameter TRAN)" is 1
parameters of the FDD
s (1.28 Mcps),
downlink CPICH channel in cell for interference
value range
handover code, value
External is 9254 ~
UTRAN Scrambling or cell reselection. The scrambling codes range is 0 ~
cell ScCodeCellP General 9646, 9654 ~
external cell code or Cell are divided into 0~511. There are one 511;
parameter ara Parameter 9946, 10054
parameters Parameter main When
s ~ 10121;
scrambling code and 15 auxiliary "UTRAN Cell
scrambling Type
codes in each group. 511 main (CellTypeUT
scrambling codes RAN)" is
could be divided into 64 scrambling code TDD, this
sets, parameter
and there are 8 scrabbling codes in each represents
set. TDD cell
TDD: The parameters describing parameter,
 When
"UTRAN Cell
RAC is a composition part of Routing
Type
Area
(CellTypeUT
Identity (RAI) . RAI defines the GPRS
RAN)" is
serving
TDD and
cell identification. GPRS system divides
"UTRAN
External the
UTRAN It indicates if UTRAN adjacent cell uses adjacent cell
cell TX diversity General location area (LAs) to several routing
external cell DiverSity diversity Yes/No
bandwidth
parameter indication Parameter areas (RAs)
parameters transmission. (BandWidthU
s using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC) . In
TRAN)" is 1
MS cell
(1.28 Mcps),
External reselection in the "attach" status, if the
UTRAN the
cell General RAIs of
external cell RAC RAC 0 ~ 255
parameter
parameter Parameter the old and new cells change, the
parameters indicates
s "Routing Area
whether to
Update" process will be initiated.
apply TSTD,
External SGSN "UTRAN
When knows the cell
routing
type" area
is TDD, this
UTRAN UTRAN 1
parameter
cell BandWidthU Realized informationoccurs
parameter of and can be configured,
external cell adjacent cell (1.28Mcps),
value is
parameter TRAN Parameter the MS in the standby
indicating bandwidth status.
of UTRAN
Then,
parameters bandwidth 0 (3.84Mcps)
"apply
s when thecell.
adjacent
TSTD", value
network has packet data or circuit data to
range is Yes,
External transmit,
UTRAN Apply Sync No;
cell SyncCaseTS Realized it will page the MS in that routing area.
external cell Case / Apply It indicates if to apply SyncCase or TSTD When
parameter TD Parameter RAI
parameters TSTD "UTRAN Cell
s cannot span more than one SGSN.
Type
(CellTypeUT
TDD cell RAN)" is
UTRAN General Determine whether to allow TDD cell 0:Allow;1:Un
BSC TDHOEnable handover TDD and
handover Parameter handover allowd
enable "UTRAN
adjacent cell
bandwidth
(BandWidthU
TRAN)" is 0
(3.84 Mcps),
the
parameter
indicates
whether to
apply
SyncCase,
parameter
value is
"apply Sync
Case", value
range is Yes,
No.
 Recommend
Default ed Value for Recommended Value for Different Scenes
Express Way/High-speed
Value in Network Dense Urban/Urban Rural
Railway
OMCR Optimizatio 900M 1800M Co-BCCH 900M 1800M 900M
n

7 7 - - - - - -

6 6 - - - - - -

1 1 - - - - - -

According to According to
MSC, default MSC, default
- - - - - -
handover to handover to
UTRAN first UTRAN first

Handover to Handover to
FDD cell FDD cell
- - - - - -
should be should be
performed performed

35 35 - - - - - -

25 25 - - - - - -

35 35 - - - - - -

No No - - - - - -

No No - - - - - -

35 35 - - - - - -

3 3 - - - - - -
4 4 - - - - - -

25 25 - - - - - -

3 3 - - - - - -

4 4 - - - - - -

35 35 - - - - - -

3 3 - - - - - -

4 4 - - - - - -

15 15 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

No No - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

1 1 - - - - - -

15 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
2 2 - - - - - -

1 1 - - - - - -

0 7 ( -12 dB) 7 7 7 7 7 7

2 2 - - - - - -

8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

NO NO - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

8 5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB)

2 2 - - - - - -

NO NO - - - - - -

NO NO - - - - - -
0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -
0 0 - - - - - -

2 2 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

15 15 - - - - - -

8 8 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

2 2 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -
2 2 - - - - - -

NO NO - - - - - -

NO NO - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -
0 0 - - - - - -

0 0 - - - - - -

According to
the actual
1 0 0 0 0 0 0
planning
configuration

Adopt default
5 0 0 0 0 0 0
value

Adopt default
5 0 0 0 0 0 0
value

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Yes (This
parameter is
No used in Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
association
with NACC )
A testing
parameter
0 - - - - - -
only for
internal use

A testing
parameter
0 - - - - - -
only for
internal use

A testing
parameter
0 - - - - - -
only for
internal use
According to
actual
1 situations of - - - - - -
the current
network
According to
the planning
value of the
parameter
 According to
the actual
1
planning
configuration

Adopt default
5
value

Adopt default
5
value

0 0

0 0

Yes (This
parameter is
No used in
association
with NACC )
According to
the actual
-
planning
configuration

According to
the actual
1
planning
configuration

Adopt default
5
value

Adopt default
5
value

0 0

According to
the actual
-
planning
configuration

According to
the actual
1
planning
configuration
0 0

Yes (This
parameter is
No used in
association
with NACC )
According to
the actual
-
planning
configuration
According to
actual
- situations of
the current
network
According to
radio
1
parameters
planning
When
"UTRAN Cell According to
Type radio
FDD
(CellTypeUT parameters
RAN)" is planning
FDD, default
According to
value is
actual
9612;
460 situations of
When
the current
"UTRAN Cell
network
Type
According to
(CellTypeUT
actual
RAN)" is
0 situations of
TDD and
the current
"UTRAN
network
adjacent cell
bandwidth According to
(BandWidthU radio
TRAN)" is 0 parameters
(3.84 Mcps), planning
default value
is 9262; A testing
When parameter
0
"UTRAN Cell only for
Type internal use
(CellTypeUT
RAN)" is According to
TDD and radio
0
"UTRAN parameters
adjacent cell planning
bandwidth
(BandWidthU According to
TRAN)" is 1 radio
0
(1.28 Mcps), parameters
default value planning
is 9254;
According to
radio
0
parameters
planning
No No

according to
the planning
0
value of the
parameter

1 (1.28Mcps) 1 (1.28Mcps)

No No

According to
actual
1 situations of - - - - - -
the current
network
Value for Different Scenes
Express Way/High-speed
Wide Coverage Indoor Coverage/Tunnel Values
Railway
1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
The parameter belongs to 2-3G
handover parameters. It hasn't been
- - - - - Set a strength threshold for adjacent
used yet, so we recommend to keep the
cells in 3G network (set RSCP and
default value.
Ec/No respectively). When at least some
(P) of the latest sliding averages of
RSCO or Ec/No (N) are larger or equal
- - - - - to the
Set threshold,
a strength handovers
threshold to adjacent
for adjacent
cells in 3G network can (set be RSCP triggered.
and
This handover
Ec/No
The strength threshold
respectively).
decision When is the
method at sum
leastof some
threshold for
(P) of the latest
(controlled byhandover
MSCsliding to 3Gtocells
or BSC)
averages beofand
the offset
RSCO
adopted value.
orisEc/No Usually
(N) are
configured the sliding
larger
through or equal
- - - - - window sizeIfuses
to the threshold,
ServiceHo. the defaultto
the handovers
ServiceHo invalue.
adjacent
cell
cells in 3G
property is network
configured canasbe"BSC triggered.
decides
This strength
handover threshold
priority", then is the the sum of
system
thresholdwhether
decides for handover to 3G3G
to prioritize cells andor
cells
the cells
2G offsetaccording
value. Usually the sliding
to selection strategies
- - - - - window
of handoversize target
uses the cellsdefault
configured [Link]
OMCR. if the ServiceHo in cell property
is configured
The value of this as "MSC
parameter decides shallhandover
be set
When both WCDMA adjacent cellsand
priority",
lower thantheHoRSCPThsFDD;
system decides whether in orderto to
TD-SCDMA adjacent cells exist at the
prioritize
realize 3G cells or
handovers 2G cells
based according
on system load,
same time, we may control the priority of
- - - - - to the needs
iBSC core network
to inform handover
the adjacent preference
BSS
WCDMA and TD-SCDMA through
strategies
or RNS of in itsthe
ownservice
load, which data field. This
is realized
parameter "FDD/TDD handover
parameter
through
The valueiBSC hasn't
of been LOAD
sending
this parameter usedshall yet, sobeweset
(FDDTDDPrio) " at iBSC side.
recommend
INDICATION
lower to(BSSAP)
keep thetodefault
than HoRSCPThsFDD; MSCinat value.
order
regular
to
times. In
realize handovers
order to performbased on loadsystem load,
- - - - - measurement
iBSC needs toand informreportthe indicators,
adjacent BSS
three
or RNS parameters
of its own need load, to which be set is realized
at
OMCR,
through
The valuewhich
iBSC sending
include
of this parameter "LoadInd",
LOADshall be set
"LoadValidTime"
INDICATION
lower (BSSAP)
than HoRSCPThsFDD;and "loadIndPrd"
to MSCinatorder regular
whichto
respectively
times.
realize In orderrepresent
handovers to perform
based whether load
on to enable
system load,
- - - - - the "LoadInd"
needs toand
measurement
iBSC and
informthe
report timeing
the of load
indicators,
adjacent BSS
report.
three
or RNS This
of itsparameter
parameters own needload,hasn't
to
which be setbeen at used
is realized
yet, so we
OMCR,
through which
iBSC recommend
sending to keep the
include "LoadInd",
LOAD
default value.(BSSAP)
"LoadValidTime"
INDICATION and "loadIndPrd"
to MSC at regular which
respectively
times. In order represent
to perform whether load to enable
- - - - - the "LoadInd" and
measurement and the report timing indicators,
of load
[Link]
three This parameter needhasn't to be set been at used
yet, so we
OMCR, whichrecommend to keep the
include "LoadInd",
default
iBSC,value.
"LoadValidTime"
For in orderand to support
"loadIndPrd" 2-3G which
respectively
handover of represent
CS domain, whether
it first needs
to enable
to
- - - - - the "LoadInd"
enable the InterSysHoCtrl
and the timeing in BSC.
of loadWe
report. This
usually keepparameter
the defaulthasn't valuebeen of this
used
yet, so we recommend to keep the
parameter.
To enable inter-system directed retry, we
default value.
need to first enable the external directed
retry in "module parameters", and then
- - - - -
enable "Directed retry to UTRAN cell
allowed". We usually keep the default
value of this parameter.
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

This parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.
 This parameter hasn't been used yet, so
- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

This parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

This parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

This parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

This parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

This parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

This parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.
If the system requires support of GSM-
>3G handover, we recommend to set this
parameter with any value but 15. If it's
- - - - -
not necessary for the system to support
GSM->3G handover, set the parameter
with 15.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - - value, if extended BCCH is not
configured in the system.

For parameter Qsearch_I and cells with

It's recommended
interoperability, to MS
after keepenters
the default
the
- - - - -
value.
interoperability cell it performs
measurements of the other system. As
long as the 3G signals satisfy the
residing requirements of MS, handover
will be performed to the 3G system. If the
7 7 7 7 7
system requires support of GSM->3G
reselection, the parameter shall be set
as 7 in the adjacent cells of the other
system. In this case, 2G->3G reselection
success rate may be improved. To set
the parameter as 15 means to stop the
measurements.
 It's recommended to keep the default
- - - - -
value.

Adopt the default value of the parameter

This is a key parameter for 2G-3G cell
- - - - - or set it with 0 upon operator's
reselection. The parameter's reference
requirement.
value for network optimization is 7 (-
12dB). The difference betwenn cell
reselection decision thresholds of the
two systems WCDMA and GSM/GPRS
7 7 7 7 7
must be at least 4dB, such as the
difference between SsearchRAT of
WCDMA and FDD_Qmin of GSM/GPRS.
To set the parameter as 7 helps to
improve
It's recommended
2G->3G reselection
to keep thesuccess
default
- - - - -
rate. 8 means the offset between GSM
value.
Value
signal and 3G signal is 0. The common
case is that 3G system occupies
2000MHz frequency band
, which results in big transmission loss.
0 0 0 0 0
It's better to set the parameter with 0,
that is not to consider the influence of 3G
signals during GSM->3G reselection
process, which helps to increase 2G-
>3Grecommended
It's reselection success
to keeprate.
the default
- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

Value 8 means the offset is 0 it is only

used for reselction. To set the parameter
5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB) 5 (-12dB) with 5 - 6 helps to improve 2G-3G
reselection success rate. It should be set
with values smaller than 8, like 5 or 6.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.
 It's recommended to keep the default
- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.
 The parameter hasn't been used yet, so
- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet. It

- - - - - needs PBCCH or NC2 function to
support, which are usually disabled.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.
 It's recommended to keep the default
- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.

It's recommended to keep the default

- - - - -
value.
 It's recommended to keep the default
- - - - -
value.

The parameter hasn't been used yet, so

- - - - - we recommend to keep the default
value.

0 0 0 0 0 0

2G->3G handover parameter, not in use

0 0 0 0 0
now; keep the default value;

If this parameter is set high, it means the

measurement information of the adjacent
2G->3G handover parameter, not in use
0 0 0 0 0 cell in the same frequency band will be
now; keep the default value;
reported with higher priority. //If this
parameter is set low, it means the
measurement
If this parameter information
is set high,of itthe
means
adjacent
the
cell will be reported
measurement information
only when
of the the
adjacent
0 0 0 0 0 number
cell in the
of same
adjacent
frequency
cells with
band higher
will be
priority inwith
reported the same
higherfrequency
priority. //Ifband
this does
not reach the
parameter maximum
is set requirement.
low, it means the //To
set the adjacent
measurement cells with of
information different
the adjacent
priorities
cell will bemay affect only
reported handovers
when the and
0 0 0 0 0 coverageofrate.
number For 2/3G
adjacent cells interoperability,
with higher
we recommend
priority to set
in the same the adjacent
frequency bandcells
does
This parameter is used in conjunction
withreach
not the same priority. requirement. //To
the maximum
with NACC. When NACC is enabled, if
set the adjacent cells with different
the parameter is set with Yes, it means
priorities may affect PS reselection and
CNN mode is supported; if the parameter
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes data rate. For 2/3G interoperability, we
is set with No, it means CNN mode is not
recommend to set the adjacent cells with
supported. With NACC enabled, we may
the same priority.
improve the reselection performance of
PS service and improve data rate.
This is a testing parameter only for
- - - - - internal use. Please do not do any
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter only for

- - - - - internal use. Please do not do any
adjustment.

This is a testing parameter only for

- - - - - internal use. Please do not do any
adjustment.

In 2/3G networking, when handover into

- - - - - 3G (TD-SDCMA) cell is necessary, this
parameter should be enabled.
2G->3G handover parameter, not in use
now; keep the default value;

If this parameter is set high, it means the

measurement information of the adjacent
2G->3G handover parameter, not in use
cell in the same frequency band will be
now; keep the default value;
reported with higher priority. //If this
parameter is set low, it means the
measurement
If this parameter information
is set high,of itthe adjacent
means the
cell will be reported
measurement only when
information of the the
adjacent
number
cell of same
in the adjacent cells with
frequency band higher
will be
priority inwith
reported the same
higherfrequency
priority. //Ifband
this does
not reach the
parameter maximum
is set requirement.
low, it means the //To
set the adjacent
measurement cells with of
information different
the adjacent
priorities
cell will bemay affect only
reported handovers
when the and
coverageofrate.
number For 2/3G
adjacent cells interoperability,
with higher
we recommend
priority in the same
to set
frequency
the adjacentbandcells
does
This parameter is used in conjunction
withreach
not the same
the maximum
priority. requirement. //To
with NACC. When NACC is enabled, if
set the adjacent cells with different
the parameter is set with Yes, it means
priorities may affect PS reselection and
CNN mode is supported; if the parameter
data rate. For 2/3G interoperability, we
is set with No, it means CNN mode is not
recommend to set the adjacent cells with
supported. With NACC enabled, we may
the same priority.
improve the reselection performance of
PS service and improve data rate.

2G->3G handover parameter, not in use

now; keep the default value;

If this parameter is set high, it means the

measurement information of the adjacent
2G->3G handover parameter, not in use
cell in the same frequency band will be
now; keep the default value;
reported with higher priority. //If this
parameter is set low, it means the
measurement information of the adjacent
cell will be reported only when the
number of adjacent cells with higher
priority in the same frequency band does
not reach the maximum requirement. //To
set the adjacent cells with different
priorities may affect handovers and
coverage rate. For 2/3G interoperability,
we recommend to set the adjacent cells
with the same priority.
If this parameter is set high, it means the
measurement information of the adjacent
cell in the same frequency band will be
reported with higher priority. //If this
parameter is set low, it means the
measurement information of the adjacent
cell will be reported only when the
number of adjacent cells with higher
priority in the same frequency band does
This parameter is used in conjunction
not reach the maximum requirement. //To
with NACC. When NACC is enabled, if
set the adjacent cells with different
the parameter is set with Yes, it means
priorities may affect PS reselection and
CNN mode is supported; if the parameter
data rate. For 2/3G interoperability, we
is set with No, it means CNN mode is not
recommend to set the adjacent cells with
supported. With NACC enabled, we may
the same priority.
improve the reselection performance of
PS service and improve data rate.

The settings of external cell parameters

must be in consistence with the actual
cell [Link] not, 2-3G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell parameters

must be in consistence with the actual
cell [Link] not, 2-6G
reselection may fail.

This is a testing parameter only for

internal use. Please do not do any
adjustment.

The settings of external cell parameters

must be in consistence with the actual
cell [Link] not, 2-8G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell parameters

must be in consistence with the actual
cell [Link] not, 2-9G
reselection may fail.

The settings of external cell parameters

must be in consistence with the actual
cell [Link] not, 2-10G
reselection may fail.
 The settings of external cell parameters
must be in consistence with the actual
cell [Link] not, 2-11G
reselection may fail.

This parameter must remain in

consistent with the routing data at SGSN
side. Wrong setting may lead to RAU
failure.

In 2/3G networking, when handover into

- - - - - 3G (TD-SDCMA) cell is necessary, this
parameter should be enabled.
 Need to
mapping?

Y
Y

Y
Y

N
N

N
N

Y
Y

N
N

N
N

N
N

N
N